DUPONT PHOTOMASKS INC
S-1/A, 1996-05-17
SPECIAL INDUSTRY MACHINERY, NEC
Previous: ML DIRECT INC, SB-2/A, 1996-05-17
Next: WITTER DEAN SELECT TRUST SELECT 10 INDUSTRIAL PORTFOLIO 96-3, S-6EL24, 1996-05-17



<PAGE>
   
      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 17, 1996
    
   
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 333-3386
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
    
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
                            DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.
              (Exact name of registrant, specified in its charter)
                           --------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          3559                  74-2238819
 (State or other jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
              of                    Classification Number)       Identification
incorporation or organization)                                        No.)
</TABLE>
 
                                100 TEXAS AVENUE
                            ROUND ROCK, TEXAS 78664
                                 (512) 244-0024
         (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
            area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                           --------------------------
 
                              J. MICHAEL HARDINGER
               CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                            DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.
                                100 TEXAS AVENUE
                            ROUND ROCK, TEXAS 78664
                                 (512) 244-0024
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                           --------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                       <C>                                       <C>
       VAN H. LEICHLITER, ESQ.                      JOHN W. WARD, ESQ.                     FRANCIS J. MORISON, ESQ.
       DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.             E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY             DAVIS POLK & WARDWELL
           100 TEXAS AVENUE                         1007 MARKET STREET                       450 LEXINGTON AVENUE
         ROUND ROCK, TX 78664                      WILMINGTON, DE 19898                       NEW YORK, NY 10017
            (512) 244-0024                            (302) 774-1000                            (212) 450-4000
</TABLE>
 
                           --------------------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
  As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
                           --------------------------
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, check the following box. / /
                           --------------------------
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.
/ / _____________________
                           --------------------------
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering. / / _____________________
                           --------------------------
 
    If the delivery of the  prospectus is expected to  be made pursuant to  Rule
434, please check the following box. / /
                           --------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PROPOSED MAXIMUM
                                          AMOUNT TO      PROPOSED MAXIMUM     AGGREGATE         AMOUNT OF
       TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                 BE          OFFERING PRICE       OFFERING        REGISTRATION
     SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED        REGISTERED (1)      PER SHARE         PRICE (2)          FEE (3)
<S>                                    <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
Common Stock, par value $.01 per
 share                                 4,600,000 shares       $16.00         $73,600,000         $25,380
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1) Includes  600,000 shares issuable  upon exercise of option  to be granted to
    underwriters solely to cover over-allotments, if any.
    
   
(2) Estimated solely  for  the  purpose  of  calculating  the  registration  fee
    pursuant to Rule 457(a) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933.
    
   
(3) $22,207 of such registration fee has been previously paid.
    
 
    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  THAT  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933, OR  UNTIL THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                            DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.
 
                             CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
 
        CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(b) OF REGULATION S-K
           SHOWING THE LOCATION IN THE PROSPECTUS OF THE INFORMATION
                       REQUIRED BY THE ITEMS OF FORM S-1
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                REGISTRATION STATEMENT ITEM AND CAPTION                                 LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------
<C>        <S>        <C>                                                 <C>
       1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside Front
           Cover Page of Prospectus.....................................  Outside Front Cover Page
       2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus......  Inside Front Cover Page; Outside Back Cover Page
       3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of Earnings to
           Fixed Charges................................................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Selected
                                                                           Combined Financial Data
       4.  Use of Proceeds..............................................  Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds
       5.  Determination of Offering Price..............................  Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriters
       6.  Dilution.....................................................  Dilution
       7.  Selling Security Holders.....................................  *
       8.  Plan of Distribution.........................................  Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriters
       9.  Description of Securities to be Registered...................  Outside Front Cover Page; Prospectus Summary;
                                                                           Description of Capital Stock; Underwriters
      10.  Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.......................  *
      11.  Information With Respect to the Registrant:
           (a)        Description of Business...........................  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; Management's
                                                                           Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
                                                                           and Results of Operations; Business
           (b)        Description of Property...........................  Business
           (c)        Legal Proceedings.................................  Business
           (d)        Market    Price   of   and    Dividends   on   the
                       Registrant's   Common    Equity    and    Related
                       Stockholder Matters..............................  Outside Front Cover Page; Dividend Policy;
                                                                           Principal Stockholder and Stock Ownership; Shares
                                                                           Eligible for Future Sale; Underwriters
           (e)        Financial Statements..............................  Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements; Combined
                                                                           Financial Statements
           (f)        Selected Financial Data...........................  Selected Combined Financial Data
           (g)        Supplementary Financial Information...............  *
           (h)        Management's    Discussion    and    Analysis   of
                       Financial Condition and Results of
                       Operations.......................................  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                                           Condition and Results of Operations
           (i)        Changes in and Disagreements with
                       Accountants   on    Accounting   and    Financial
                       Disclosure.......................................  *
           (j)        Directors and Executive Officers..................  Management
           (k)        Executive Compensation............................  Management
           (l)        Security    Ownership   of    Certain   Beneficial
                       Owners and Management............................  Management; Principal Stockholder and Stock
                                                                           Ownership
           (m)        Certain Relationships and Related
                       Transactions.....................................  Management; Transactions and Relationship Between
                                                                           the Company and DuPont; Shares Eligible for
                                                                           Future Sale
      12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for
           Securities Act Liabilities...................................  *
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
*  Item is omitted because response is negative or item is inapplicable.
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION)
ISSUED MAY 17, 1996
    
 
   
                                4,000,000 SHARES
                            DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.
                                  COMMON STOCK
    
                               -----------------
   
ALL OF THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY ARE BEING SOLD BY THE  COMPANY.
PRIOR  TO THE OFFERING, THERE HAS BEEN NO PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK
    OF THE  COMPANY.  IT IS  CURRENTLY  ESTIMATED THAT  THE  INITIAL  PUBLIC
    OFFERING  PRICE  WILL BE  BETWEEN $14.00  AND  $16.00 PER  SHARE. SEE
       "UNDERWRITERS" FOR A DISCUSSION OF THE FACTORS TO BE CONSIDERED IN
       DETERMINING THE INITIAL
                                              PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE.
    
 
   
PRIOR TO THE OFFERING, E.I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY ("DUPONT") INDIRECTLY
OWNED 100% OF THE OUTSTANDING SHARES OF THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK, AND UPON
    COMPLETION OF  THE  OFFERING, DUPONT  WILL  INDIRECTLY OWN  72%  OF  THE
    OUTSTANDING  SHARES  OF THE  COMPANY'S COMMON  STOCK  (OR 70%  IF THE
       UNDERWRITERS' OVERALLOTMENT OPTION IS EXERCISED IN FULL) AND WILL
         CONTINUE TO CONTROL  THE COMPANY.  SEE "PRINCIPAL  STOCKHOLDER
         AND STOCK OWNERSHIP" AND "TRANSACTIONS                 AND
                 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND DUPONT."
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
   
        THE  COMMON STOCK HAS BEEN APPROVED FOR QUOTATION ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL
                        MARKET UNDER THE SYMBOL "DPMI."
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
  THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE RISK FACTORS COMMENCING ON
                                 PAGE 7 HEREOF.
                               -----------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES  AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS THE
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
      PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS. ANY
       REPRESENTATION  TO   THE   CONTRARY   IS   A   CRIMINAL   OFFENSE.
                              -------------------
 
                              PRICE $     A SHARE
                              -------------------
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                UNDERWRITING
                                                                    PRICE TO    DISCOUNTS AND   PROCEEDS TO THE
                                                                     PUBLIC    COMMISSIONS (1)    COMPANY (2)
                                                                    ---------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>              <C>
Per Share.........................................................      $             $                $
Total (3).........................................................      $             $                $
</TABLE>
 
- ------------
  (1) THE  COMPANY AND DUPONT HAVE AGREED  TO INDEMNIFY THE UNDERWRITERS AGAINST
      CERTAIN LIABILITIES,  INCLUDING LIABILITIES  UNDER THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF
      1933.
  (2) BEFORE DEDUCTING EXPENSES PAYABLE BY THE COMPANY ESTIMATED AT $660,000.
   
  (3) THE  COMPANY HAS GRANTED TO THE UNDERWRITERS AN OPTION, EXERCISABLE WITHIN
      30 DAYS OF  THE DATE HEREOF,  TO PURCHASE  UP TO AN  AGGREGATE OF  600,000
      ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK AT THE PRICE TO PUBLIC LESS UNDERWRITING
      DISCOUNTS  AND COMMISSIONS FOR THE  PURPOSE OF COVERING OVERALLOTMENTS, IF
      ANY. IF THE UNDERWRITERS EXERCISE SUCH OPTION IN FULL, THE TOTAL PRICE  TO
      PUBLIC, UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS AND PROCEEDS TO THE COMPANY
      WILL  BE $             ,  $           AND $            , RESPECTIVELY. SEE
      "UNDERWRITERS."
    
 
                            ------------------------
    THE SHARES ARE OFFERED, SUBJECT TO PRIOR  SALE, WHEN, AS AND IF ACCEPTED  BY
THE  UNDERWRITERS NAMED HEREIN AND SUBJECT  TO APPROVAL OF CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS
BY DAVIS POLK  & WARDWELL,  COUNSEL FOR THE  UNDERWRITERS. IT  IS EXPECTED  THAT
DELIVERY  OF THE SHARES WILL  BE MADE ON OR  ABOUT                , 1996, AT THE
OFFICE OF MORGAN  STANLEY & CO.  INCORPORATED, NEW YORK,  N.Y., AGAINST  PAYMENT
THEREFOR IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.
                              -------------------
 
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
               INCORPORATED
 
                                COWEN & COMPANY
 
   
                                                         NEEDHAM & COMPANY, INC.
    
 
                , 1996
<PAGE>





               [Graphic description of photomask process and uses]




<PAGE>
    NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION
WITH  ANY  OFFERING  MADE  HEREBY  TO  GIVE  ANY  INFORMATION  OR  TO  MAKE  ANY
REPRESENTATION OTHER THAN  AS CONTAINED  IN THIS  PROSPECTUS, AND,  IF GIVEN  OR
MADE,  SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY  THE  COMPANY  OR  THE  UNDERWRITERS.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  DOES  NOT
CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER TO SELL  OR A SOLICITATION OF AN  OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITY
OTHER THAN THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, NOR DOES IT CONSTITUTE  AN
OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED
HEREBY TO ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN
OFFER  OR SOLICITATION TO  SUCH PERSON. NEITHER THE  DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS
NOR ANY  SALE  MADE  HEREUNDER  SHALL UNDER  ANY  CIRCUMSTANCE  IMPLY  THAT  THE
INFORMATION  CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT  AS OF ANY DATE  SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE
HEREOF.
                            ------------------------
 
    UNTIL        , 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS
DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT
IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN  ACTING
AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
                            ------------------------
 
    THE COMPANY INTENDS TO FURNISH TO ITS STOCKHOLDERS ANNUAL REPORTS CONTAINING
AUDITED  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  CERTIFIED  BY  INDEPENDENT  PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS AND QUARTERLY  REPORTS CONTAINING  UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL
DATA  FOR THE FIRST THREE QUARTERS OF EACH FISCAL YEAR FOLLOWING THE END OF EACH
SUCH QUARTER.
 
                            ------------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Prospectus Summary.........................................................................................           3
Risk Factors...............................................................................................           6
Use of Proceeds............................................................................................          11
Dividend Policy............................................................................................          12
Dilution...................................................................................................          12
Capitalization.............................................................................................          13
Selected Combined Financial Data...........................................................................          14
Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements....................................................................          16
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations......................          22
Business...................................................................................................          32
Management.................................................................................................          47
Transactions and Relationship Between the Company and DuPont...............................................          55
Principal Stockholder and Stock Ownership..................................................................          59
Description of Capital Stock...............................................................................          61
Shares Eligible for Future Sale............................................................................          63
Underwriters...............................................................................................          65
Legal Matters..............................................................................................          66
Experts....................................................................................................          66
Additional Information.....................................................................................          66
Index to Combined Financial Statements.....................................................................         F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                            ------------------------
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVERALLOT OR  EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT
A  LEVEL  ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN  THE OPEN  MARKET. SUCH
TRANSACTIONS  MAY  BE  EFFECTED  ON  THE  NASDAQ  NATIONAL  MARKET  OR  IN   THE
OVER-THE-COUNTER  MARKET OR  OTHERWISE. SUCH  STABILIZING, IF  COMMENCED, MAY BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION,  INCLUDING  "RISK  FACTORS,"  AND  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  APPEARING
ELSEWHERE  IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ALL  REFERENCES  HEREIN,  UNLESS  THE  CONTEXT
OTHERWISE REQUIRES, TO (I) THE "COMPANY"  OR "DPI" MEAN DUPONT PHOTOMASKS,  INC.
AND  ASSUME  THE  COMPLETION  OF  THE  COMPANY'S  ACQUISITION  OF  THE PHOTOMASK
BUSINESSES AS DESCRIBED HEREIN UNDER "TRANSACTIONS AND RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN  THE
COMPANY  AND DUPONT  -- REALIGNMENT OF  PHOTOMASK BUSINESS;"  (II) "DUPONT" MEAN
E.I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY;  AND (III) "DCEO" MEAN DUPONT CHEMICAL  AND
ENERGY OPERATIONS, INC., A WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF DUPONT. UNLESS THE CONTEXT
OTHERWISE  REQUIRES,  THE  INFORMATION  IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS  ASSUMES  THAT  THE
UNDERWRITERS DO NOT EXERCISE THEIR OVERALLOTMENT OPTION. SEE "UNDERWRITERS." THE
COMPANY'S FISCAL YEAR ENDS JUNE 30.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Based on  worldwide  sales, DuPont  Photomasks,  Inc. is  the  largest  U.S.
photomask manufacturer and one of the two largest photomask manufacturers in the
world.  Photomasks are high-purity  quartz or glass  plates containing precision
images  of  integrated  circuits  and  are  used  as  masters  by  semiconductor
manufacturers  to optically transfer these images onto semiconductor wafers. The
Company develops and uses  advanced technology to manufacture  a broad range  of
photomasks  based on  customer-supplied design  data, including  photomasks that
meet the tightest design specifications required by semiconductor  manufacturers
today.  Since  1991, DPI  has operated  globally with  established manufacturing
facilities in North America, Europe and Asia. The Company is the only  photomask
manufacturer  in the world  that also manufactures  and markets both photoblanks
and  pellicles,  the  principal  components  of  photomasks,  facilitating   the
Company's  ability  to  ensure an  adequate  supply of  quality  components. The
Company sells  its  products to  approximately  200 customers  in  20  different
countries.  The Company  believes that  it is  the principal  merchant photomask
supplier for  many  of  its  customers,  including  AMD,  Delco/General  Motors,
Digital,  Hyundai, LG Semicon, Lucent  Technologies Inc. (formerly AT&T), Micron
Technology, Motorola,  National  Semiconductor, Philips,  Samsung,  Seagate  and
SGS-Thomson.  The  Company  serves  its  global  customer  base  from  eight ISO
9002-qualified manufacturing facilities and numerous customer service centers.
 
   
    The market for photomasks consists primarily of semiconductor  manufacturers
in North America, Europe and Asia. Growth in the photomask market has not always
correlated  with increases in semiconductor sales. During the mid-1980's through
the early 1990's, the photomask industry experienced an extended period of  slow
growth, primarily as a result of several advances in semiconductor and photomask
design  and production methods that significantly reduced the number of masks as
well as the precision requirements of masks required to produce a  semiconductor
device. The Company believes that the efficiencies gained from these advances in
semiconductor  and  photomask design  and production  methods have  been largely
realized. In the last  two years, growth in  demand for photomasks has  resumed.
The Company expects that growth in semiconductor design activity, which has been
driven by accelerating trends in the semiconductor industry toward customization
of  semiconductor designs  and the proliferation  of semiconductor applications,
will substantially increase the  demand for photomasks. Furthermore,  increasing
device  complexity  and decreasing  feature  size of  semiconductor  designs are
changing the nature of the photomask industry and its role in the  semiconductor
manufacturing  process. The Company believes that photomasks are reemerging as a
critical and enabling technology in the semiconductor manufacturing process.
    
 
    According to industry sources, the total worldwide market for photomasks was
approximately $1.3  billion in  1995.  The photomask  market in  North  America,
Europe  and non-Japan Asia  is estimated to  have been approximately  50% of the
worldwide market over the last five years, and merchant photomask sales in these
regions are estimated to have been in excess of $375 million in 1995.
 
    DuPont entered  the  photomask  market  in 1986.  Its  strategy  focused  on
establishing  a global presence that would enable  it to respond to the needs of
multinational semiconductor manufacturers. As part of this strategy, DuPont  (i)
purchased  assets  of  numerous  captive  photomask  operations,  (ii)  acquired
merchant  photomask  companies  and  (iii)  constructed  its  own   "greenfield"
manufacturing sites in Round Rock, Texas
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
and  Ichon, Republic  of Korea ("Korea").  DPI is  also the majority  owner of a
joint venture that  is constructing  a new photomask  manufacturing facility  in
Shanghai,  China, which will expand the  Company's capacity to serve the growing
needs of  semiconductor  manufacturers in  Asia.  In addition,  the  Company  is
planning  to construct a photomask manufacturing facility on a "greenfield" site
near Glasgow,  Scotland primarily  to meet  the growing  needs of  semiconductor
manufacturers  in the  United Kingdom and  the Republic of  Ireland. The Company
believes that it is one of the  two largest merchant suppliers in North  America
and  the largest merchant supplier in Europe and non-Japan Asia. The Company has
consistently been an industry leader in developing the most advanced  photomasks
and  believes it is  the principal merchant supplier,  outside Japan, of leading
edge photomasks. The  Company intends to  strengthen its position  as a  leading
supplier  of  photomasks  by  providing the  finest  service  and  most advanced
technology. To achieve this objective, the Company intends to capitalize on  its
global  manufacturing  presence,  advance its  technological  leadership, expand
strategic relationships with its customers, leverage its integrated position and
pursue strategic relationships with key suppliers.
 
   
                            RELATIONSHIP WITH DUPONT
    
 
   
    DuPont, through its wholly owned subsidiary DCEO, currently owns 100% of the
Company's outstanding Common Stock. Upon completion of the Offering, DuPont will
continue to  own  indirectly approximately  72%  (or 70%  if  the  Underwriters'
overallotment  option is exercised in full), of the Company's outstanding Common
Stock. See  "Principal Stockholder  and Stock  Ownership." As  a result  of  its
ownership  interest, DuPont  will be  able to control  the vote  on most matters
submitted to stockholders, including the election of directors and the  approval
of  extraordinary corporate  transactions. See "Risk  Factors --  Control by and
Relationship with DuPont."  DuPont has advised  the Company that  it expects  to
reduce  its ownership interest  in the Company over  time, subject to prevailing
market and other conditions. See "Risk Factors -- Effect of Sales of Substantial
Amounts of Common Stock"  and "Shares Eligible  for Future Sale."  Historically,
the  Company has derived  certain tangible and intangible  benefits from being a
subsidiary of  DuPont. The  Company and  DuPont have  entered into  a number  of
agreements  for the purpose of defining  their ongoing relationship. While these
agreements will  continue to  provide  the Company  with certain  benefits,  the
Company  is only entitled to the ongoing assistance of DuPont for a limited time
and it may not enjoy benefits from its relationship with DuPont beyond the  term
of  the agreements. See "Risk Factors  -- No Independent Operating History Prior
to the  Offering" and  "Transactions and  Relationship Between  the Company  and
DuPont."
    
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
Common Stock offered................  4,000,000 shares
 
Common Stock to be outstanding after
 the Offering.......................  14,500,000 shares (1)
 
Use of Proceeds.....................  The   Company  will   retain  an   amount,  currently
                                      estimated at  $9.1  million,  of  the  estimated  net
                                      proceeds   of  the  Offering;  such  that,  upon  the
                                      consummation  of   the   Offering,   it   will   have
                                      approximately   $18   million   in   cash   and  cash
                                      equivalents, which  will  be  available  for  general
                                      corporate  purposes,  including  working  capital and
                                      capital  expenditures.  The  Company  will  use   the
                                      remaining  $46.0 million as well  as the net proceeds
                                      from any exercise of the Underwriters'  overallotment
                                      option  to repay indebtedness owed  to DCEO. See "Use
                                      of Proceeds."
Nasdaq Symbol.......................  DPMI
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(1) Excludes shares of Common Stock granted under the Company's employee benefit
    plans.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                        SUMMARY COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                        PRO FORMA, AS
                                                                                         PRO FORMA, AS  ADJUSTED, FOR
                                                                    NINE MONTHS ENDED    ADJUSTED, FOR    THE NINE
                                        YEAR ENDED JUNE 30               MARCH 31          THE YEAR     MONTHS ENDED
                                  -------------------------------  --------------------   ENDED JUNE      MARCH 31,
                                    1993       1994       1995       1995       1996     30, 1995 (1)     1996 (1)
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
<S>                               <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>            <C>
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Total Sales.....................  $ 118,896  $ 134,548  $ 161,514  $ 116,670  $ 152,192    $ 161,514      $ 152,192
Cost of Goods Sold..............    112,224    107,456    117,022     85,745     98,717      115,368         97,724
Selling, General and
 Administrative Expense.........     18,630     20,750     21,803     16,017     18,164       22,585         19,214
Research and Development Expense
 -- Net.........................      8,337      8,131      8,777      6,385      6,955        7,260          6,113
Other Operating (Income) Expense
 -- Net.........................      8,497      2,940      3,490      2,317      3,219        3,156          2,941
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
Operating Profit (Loss).........    (28,792)    (4,729)    10,422      6,206     25,137       13,145         26,200
Interest Expense................      9,196      5,814      6,957      5,054      5,091           59            102
Exchange (Gain) Loss............       (430)       322       (493)      (476)       228         (665)           (68)
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
Income (Loss) Before Income
 Taxes and Minority Interest....    (37,558)   (10,865)     3,958      1,628     19,818       13,751         26,166
Provision for Income Taxes......         --         --         --         --      1,899        3,712          9,158
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
Income (Loss) Before Minority
 Interest.......................    (37,558)   (10,865)     3,958      1,628     17,919       10,039         17,008
Minority Interest in Income
 (Loss) of Majority Owned Joint
 Venture........................         --         --       (161)       (82)      (483)        (161)          (483)
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
Net Income (Loss)...............  $ (37,558) $ (10,865) $   4,119  $   1,710  $  18,402    $  10,200      $  17,491
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
                                  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -------------  -------------
Pro Forma Net Income Per Share..                                                           $    0.70      $    1.20
Pro Forma Weighted Average
 Shares Outstanding.............                                                              14,620         14,620
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                          ----------------------------------------
                                                                                                    PRO FORMA, AS
                                                                           ACTUAL    PRO FORMA (1)   ADJUSTED (1)
                                                                          ---------  -------------  --------------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>            <C>
                                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION DATA:
Cash and Cash Equivalents...............................................  $   8,891    $   8,891      $   18,000
Working Capital.........................................................     13,250       25,818          34,927
Net Property, Plant and Equipment.......................................    114,231      114,231         114,231
Total Assets............................................................    190,347      194,849         203,958
Long Term Borrowings....................................................      8,987        8,987           8,987
DuPont Master Notes.....................................................    162,320       46,031              --
Owner's Net Investment/Shareholders' Equity.............................    (36,472)      86,517         141,657
Unrealized Holding Gains................................................      9,350        9,350           9,350
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------------
   
(1)  The Summary  Combined  Pro  Forma  Financial  Data  are  derived  from  the
     Company's  Pro Forma  Combined Financial Statements  appearing elsewhere in
     this Prospectus. The Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements were  prepared
     by  the Company  to illustrate  the estimated  effects of  the Offering and
     related transactions  described in  the  Notes to  the Pro  Forma  Combined
     Financial  Statements  as if  they  had occurred  as  of July  1,  1994 for
     purposes of the pro forma combined statements of operations and as of March
     31, 1996 for  purposes of  the pro  forma combined  statement of  financial
     position. See "Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements."
    
 
   
                                       5
    
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    PROSPECTIVE  PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON  STOCK OFFERED HEREBY SHOULD CAREFULLY
CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING  RISK FACTORS IN  ADDITION TO THE  OTHER INFORMATION  SET
FORTH IN THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE; CAPITAL INTENSIVE INDUSTRY
 
   
    The  photomask industry is  characterized by rapid  technological change and
new  product  introduction  and   enhancements  that  have  required   photomask
manufacturers   to  make   significant  and  ongoing   capital  investments.  In
particular, as semiconductor pattern sizes continue to decrease, the demand  for
more  technologically  advanced  photomasks  is  likely  to  increase, including
photomasks using optical proximity correction and phase-shift technologies. As a
result, the  Company must  continue  to enhance  its  existing products  and  to
develop  and manufacture new  products and upgrades  with improved capabilities.
The  Company's  inability  to  anticipate,   respond  to  or  utilize   changing
technologies  could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business and
results of operations.
    
 
    The development  and  manufacture of  future  generations of  photomasks  is
expected   to   require   additional  research   and   development  expenditures
significantly greater than those required in the past. If the Company is  unable
to generate sufficient funds from its operations, borrowings or outside sources,
the  Company may be forced  to reduce the amount  of its investments in research
and development of new technologies, which could hinder the Company's ability to
maintain its technological leadership  and could eventually  lead to a  material
adverse  effect on the Company's business or results of operations. In addition,
technological changes  leading  to  the  commercial  availability  of  alternate
methods  of transferring circuit  designs onto semiconductor  wafers without the
use of photomasks,  including direct  write lithography, would  have an  adverse
effect  on the  Company's business  or results  of operations.  See "Business --
Industry Background" and "-- Products and Technology."
 
RELATIONSHIP WITH AND DEPENDENCE ON SEMICONDUCTOR INDUSTRY
 
    Substantially all the  Company's sales  are derived  from semiconductor  and
electronic component manufacturers that correspondingly depend on the demand for
end-products  or systems that use such  semiconductors and components. Growth in
the demand for semiconductors, however, may not necessarily lead to an  increase
in  the demand for photomasks. Changes in semiconductor designs or applications,
such as  a  reduction  in  customization,  increased  standardization  or  other
technological  and manufacturing  advances, could  reduce demand  for photomasks
even if the demand for  semiconductors increases. Throughout the mid-1980's  and
the  early 1990's, the photomask industry experienced an extended period of slow
growth despite overall growth in the semiconductor market, primarily as a result
of several advances in semiconductor and photomask design and production methods
that significantly  reduced  the  number  of masks  as  well  as  the  precision
requirements  of masks required to produce  a semiconductor device. There can be
no assurance that technological and manufacturing advances in the  semiconductor
industry  will not have a material adverse  effect on the demand for photomasks.
See "Business -- Industry Background."
 
    In addition, contractions  or downturns in  the semiconductor industry  will
likely  lead  to a  decrease  in the  demand  for photomasks.  The semiconductor
industry is  highly  cyclical  and  has been  subject  to  significant  economic
downturns  at various times, characterized by  reduced product demand and excess
production capacity. Prior semiconductor  downturns have adversely affected  the
Company's operating results. There can be no assurance that any future downturns
will  not be severe or that any such  downturn would not have a material adverse
effect on  the Company's  business  or results  of  operations. See  "--  Recent
Losses" and "Business -- Industry Background."
 
CONCENTRATION OF CUSTOMERS
 
   
    In  fiscal 1995,  the Company's  four largest  customers, in  the aggregate,
accounted for approximately  41% of  the Company's  sales and  the Company's  10
largest  customers, in the aggregate, accounted  for approximately 66% of sales.
The loss of, or  a significant reduction  of orders from,  any of the  Company's
major  customers could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's business
or results of operations. See "Business -- Customers" and Note 4 to the Combined
Financial Statements.
    
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
CONCENTRATION OF AND DEPENDENCE ON SUPPLIERS
 
    The Company relies on a limited number of photomask equipment  manufacturers
to develop and supply the equipment used in the photomask manufacturing process.
There  are currently lead times  of approximately nine to  18 months between the
order and the delivery  of certain photomask  imaging and inspection  equipment,
including  electron beam and laser beam  photomask imaging systems. There can be
no assurance that equipment manufacturers  will successfully develop or  deliver
on a timely basis such imaging and inspection equipment. Failure to develop on a
timely  basis  such  equipment  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's business or results of operations.  In addition, the Company does  not
have long term supply agreements with any of its raw materials suppliers, and it
has  historically relied primarily on one supplier for the quartz plates used in
the manufacture of photoblanks, which are a key component in the manufacture  of
photomasks.  Any disruption in the Company's  supply relationships or any delays
in the shipment  of supplies  or equipment,  particularly the  supply of  quartz
plates, could result in delays or reductions in product shipments by the Company
or  increases in product costs that could  have a material adverse effect on the
Company's  operating  results  in  any  given  period.  In  the  event  of  such
disruption, there can be no assurance that the Company could develop alternative
sources  within reasonable time frames or, if developed, that such sources would
provide such supplies or  equipment at prices comparable  with those charged  by
the  Company's suppliers prior to such disruption. See "Business -- Products and
Technology --  Photoblanks  and  Pellicles" and  "--  Global  Manufacturing  and
Operations."
 
COMPETITION; REVERSAL OF CONSOLIDATION TREND
 
    The  photomask  industry is  highly  competitive. The  Company's  ability to
compete in  this market  is  primarily based  on  product quality,  delivery  to
schedule performance, pricing, technical capabilities, the location and capacity
of  its manufacturing facilities and  technical service. Significant competitors
include other  independent manufacturers  of photomasks,  including  Photronics,
Inc.  ("Photronics"), Compugraphics  International Limited  ("Compugraphics") in
Europe and  Dai  Nippon Printing  Co.  Ltd.  ("DNP"), Hoya  Corp.,  Taiwan  Mask
Corporation  and Toppan Printing Company, Ltd. ("Toppan") in Asia. The Company's
competitors can  be  expected to  continue  to  develop and  introduce  new  and
enhanced  products, any of which  could cause a decline  in market acceptance of
the Company's products or  a reduction in  the Company's prices  as a result  of
intensified  price competition. The Company and its competitors have in the past
had excess production  capacity resulting  from a number  of factors,  including
improved semiconductor and photomask design and manufacturing efficiencies, that
led  to  depressed  prices.  Although the  demand  for  photomasks  has recently
increased, there  can be  no assurance  that  demand will  not decline  or  that
pressure  to reduce prices will not resume,  each of which could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business or results of operations. See "Business
- -- Industry Background."
 
    In addition, Photronics has indicated in its filings with the Securities and
Exchange Commission that it intends  to increase its international presence.  To
that  end, it has made, among other undertakings, certain acquisitions in Europe
and is  constructing a  manufacturing facility  in Singapore.  There can  be  no
assurance  that increased competition on  an international level from Photronics
or any other photomask manufacturer will  not have a material adverse effect  on
the  Company's  business  or  results of  operations.  See  "Business  -- Global
Manufacturing and Operations" and "-- Competition."
 
    The Company  also  competes  with  a limited  number  of  captive  photomask
operations   when  such  operations  have  excess  capacity.  Beginning  in  the
mid-1980's, a  trend developed  toward  the divestiture  or closing  of  captive
photomask  operations by semiconductor manufacturers.  There can be no assurance
that this trend will  continue or that it  will not reverse, thereby  increasing
competition  and  reducing the  demand  for photomasks  produced  by independent
photomask suppliers like the Company.  In particular, as photomasks continue  to
reemerge   as  a   critical  and   enabling  technology   in  the  semiconductor
manufacturing  process,   there  can   be   no  assurance   that   semiconductor
manufacturers  will  not  form  new  captive  operations  to  ensure  that their
photomask needs are met, particularly for advanced and leading edge  photomasks.
See "Business -- Competition."
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
GROWTH BY ACQUISITION
 
    The  Company's  growth  has  been  achieved,  in  large  part,  by  means of
acquisitions.  The  Company  from  time  to  time  evaluates  and  enters   into
negotiations  with respect to  potential acquisitions, and  the Company may make
additional acquisitions  in the  future.  There can  be  no assurance  that  the
Company  will be able to locate suitable acquisition opportunities, that it will
be able to obtain the necessary  financing for any future acquisitions, that  it
will  be  able to  effectively  and profitably  integrate  into the  Company any
operations that are acquired in the future or that any future acquisitions  will
not  have a material adverse effect on the Company's operating results or on the
market price  of the  Company's Common  Stock, particularly  during the  periods
immediately  following such  acquisitions. In addition,  to the  extent that the
Company is unable to locate suitable acquisition opportunities, future  revenues
will  depend  upon  the Company's  existing  business. See  "--  Recent Losses,"
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations" and "Business -- DuPont Photomasks."
 
MANUFACTURING RISKS
 
    The Company's manufacturing processes are highly complex, require the use of
expensive  and  technologically sophisticated  equipment  and materials  and are
continuously subject  to  modification in  an  effort to  improve  manufacturing
yields  and  product quality.  Minute impurities  or  other difficulties  in the
manufacturing  process  can  lower   manufacturing  yields  and  make   products
unmarketable. Moreover, manufacturing leading edge photomasks is relatively more
complex   and  time-consuming  than  manufacturing  high-volume,  less  advanced
photomasks, which may lead to general delays in the manufacturing of all  levels
of   photomasks.  The  Company  has,   on  occasion,  experienced  manufacturing
difficulties and capacity limitations that have delayed the Company's ability to
deliver products within the  time frames contracted  for by some  or all of  its
customers.  There can be no assurance that the Company will not experience these
or other  manufacturing difficulties,  increased  costs or  production  capacity
constraints  in the future, any of which could  result in a loss of customers or
could otherwise have  a material  adverse effect  on the  Company's business  or
results of operations. See "Business -- Global Manufacturing and Operations."
 
DEPENDENCE ON MANAGEMENT AND TECHNICAL PERSONNEL
 
    The  Company's  continued success  depends  upon, in  part,  key managerial,
engineering and  technical  personnel,  as  well as  the  Company's  ability  to
continue  to attract  and retain additional  personnel. The loss  of certain key
personnel could have  a material  adverse effect  on the  Company's business  or
results of operations. There can be no assurance that the Company can retain its
key managerial, engineering and technical employees. The Company's growth may be
dependent  on its ability to attract new highly skilled and qualified personnel.
There can be no assurance that its recruiting efforts to attract and retain such
personnel will  be successful.  In  addition, there  can  be no  assurance  that
modification  of employee compensation  plans from those  previously provided by
DuPont to  those  currently provided  by  the  Company will  not  cause  certain
employees  to  terminate their  employment with  the  Company. See  "Business --
Employees" and "Management -- Compensation of Company Employees."
 
SIGNIFICANT INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
 
   
    Approximately 44% of the  Company's sales in  fiscal 1995 and  approximately
42% of the Company's sales for the nine months ended March 31, 1996 were derived
from sales in foreign markets. The Company expects sales from foreign markets to
continue to represent a significant portion of total sales. The Company operates
three  manufacturing facilities as  well as sales  and technical support service
centers in Europe and Asia. In  addition, DPI is currently participating in  the
construction  of a manufacturing facility in Shanghai,  China as part of a joint
venture arrangement with  the Shanghai  Institute of Metallurgy  and intends  to
construct  a  photomask  manufacturing  facility  on  a  "greenfield"  site near
Glasgow, Scotland.  Certain  risks  are inherent  in  international  operations,
including  exposure  to  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations,  political  and
economic conditions, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, exposure  to
different  legal standards, particularly with  respect to intellectual property,
future import and  export restrictions,  difficulties in  staffing and  managing
operations,  difficulties in collecting receivables  and potentially adverse tax
consequences. There can be no assurance that  the above factors will not have  a
material  adverse effect on the Company's business or results of operations. See
"Business -- Global Manufacturing and Operations."
    
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
    Prior to the Offering, DuPont managed the Company's exposure to fluctuations
in foreign currency  exchange rates as  part of DuPont's  overall management  of
exchange  rate exposure  for DuPont  and its  subsidiaries, as  a whole,  and no
separate hedging  of  the  Company's  foreign  currency  exchange  exposure  was
undertaken.  However, following the Offering, the Company plans to independently
monitor its foreign currency  exchange rate exposure and  may attempt to  reduce
such  exposure in  the future  by hedging.  There can  be no  assurance that the
Company will establish foreign currency  exchange rate exposure controls, or  if
established, that such controls will be adequate to eliminate, or even mitigate,
the  impact of  foreign currency  exchange rate  fluctuations. See "Management's
Discussion and  Analysis of  Financial Condition  and Results  of Operations  --
Other Matters."
 
NO INDEPENDENT OPERATING HISTORY PRIOR TO THE OFFERING
 
   
    Prior  to the Offering,  the Company has  been a wholly  owned subsidiary of
DuPont, through DCEO, and has had no independent operating history. As a result,
following the  Offering, the  Company  will be  required to  develop  financial,
management,  administrative, research and other resources previously provided by
DuPont, which are  necessary to  operate successfully as  an independent  public
company.  In  addition, the  Company  will have  to  develop its  own  system of
internal controls to ensure the reliability of its financial reporting. Although
the Company and DuPont have entered  into several agreements that are, in  part,
intended  to ease  the Company's  transition to  an independent  public company,
there can  be no  assurance  that the  Company will  be  able to  develop  these
resources  and controls. In particular, as  a wholly owned subsidiary of DuPont,
the Company has benefited from its ability to finance its operations and growth,
in part, through  funding provided by  DuPont at favorable  rates. Although  the
Company will have access, subject to certain conditions, to a $30 million credit
facility  provided by DuPont, there can be no assurance that alternative sources
of financing will be available upon  the expiration of such facility in  January
1998 or that alternative sources of funding will be available if DPI's borrowing
requirements  exceed the amount  of the facility.  In addition, there  can be no
assurance that even  if funding  is available, that  the terms  thereof will  be
attractive  to the Company. If such financing  is not available, the Company may
be materially limited  in its  ability to  fund capital  expenditures and  other
investments.  See "--  Rapid Technological Change;  Capital Intensive Industry,"
"-- Control by and Relationship with DuPont" and "Transactions and  Relationship
Between the Company and DuPont -- Credit Facility."
    
 
   
    Following the Offering, the Company will need to manage the risks associated
with  the  operation of  its  business, including  general  liability, property,
workers' compensation, catastrophic medical and business interruption. To manage
these risks, the Company intends to  obtain insurance prior to the  consummation
of  the Offering. However,  there can be  no assurance that  the Company will be
able to obtain insurance adequate to cover its risks and failure to secure  such
insurance  could  have  a  material  adverse effect  on  the  Company  should an
uninsured event occur.
    
 
FLUCTUATIONS IN QUARTERLY AND ANNUAL EARNINGS
 
    The Company's quarterly and annual operating results are affected by a  wide
variety of factors that could adversely affect sales or profitability or lead to
significant  variability of  operating results,  which in  turn could  result in
volatility in the  market price  of the  Company's Common  Stock. These  factors
include the volume and timing of orders shipped. Since the Company's business is
characterized  by short term orders and shipment schedules without a significant
backlog for products, substantially  all of the Company's  sales in any  quarter
are  dependent  upon  orders  received during  that  quarter,  which  limits the
Company's ability to respond  to a changing  business environment. In  addition,
changes  in the mix of products sold, market acceptance of the Company's and its
customers' products,  competitive pricing  pressures, the  Company's ability  to
meet  increasing demand  and delivery  schedules, fluctuations  in manufacturing
yields, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, cyclical semiconductor industry
conditions, the Company's access to advanced process technologies and the timing
and extent of product and process development costs could also affect  operating
results. Moreover, the Company is limited in its ability to reduce costs quickly
in  response  to any  revenue shortfalls  due to  the need  to make  ongoing and
significant capital investments. As a result of the foregoing and other factors,
there can be no assurance that the Company will not experience material  adverse
fluctuations in future operating results on a quarterly or annual basis. Results
of operations in any period therefore should not be considered indicative of the
results to be expected for any future period, and
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
fluctuations  in operating results may also result in fluctuations in the market
price of the Company's Common Stock. See "-- Rapid Technological Change; Capital
Intensive Industry"  and  "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Quarterly Results of Operations."
 
RECENT LOSSES
 
   
    Although  the Company had net income of $4.1 million for the year ended June
30, 1995, and net income  of $18.4 million for the  nine months ended March  31,
1996, the Company reported losses before income taxes of $10.9 million and $37.6
million  for fiscal 1994  and 1993, respectively. An  important reason for these
losses was that  fixed costs increased  faster than sales  as the Company  added
capacity  in the  early 1990's. The  Company anticipates adding  capacity in the
near future. There can be no assurance that sales will increase  correspondingly
as   fixed  costs  increase  or  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to  sustain
profitability in  the  future.  See  "--  Rapid  Technological  Change;  Capital
Intensive  Industry"  and  "Management's Discussion  and  Analysis  of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
    
 
   
CONTROL BY AND RELATIONSHIP WITH DUPONT
    
 
   
    Upon the  completion  of  the  Offering,  DuPont,  through  DCEO,  will  own
approximately  72% of the outstanding Common  Stock (or 70% if the Underwriters'
overallotment option  is exercised  in  full). As  a  result, DuPont  will  have
sufficient  voting power to  control the direction and  policies of the Company,
including mergers, consolidations, the sale of  all or substantially all of  the
assets of the Company and the election of the Board of Directors of the Company,
and  to prevent  or cause  a change  in control  of the  Company. See "Principal
Stockholder and Stock Ownership."
    
 
   
    Historically, the  Company  has  derived  certain  tangible  and  intangible
benefits  from being a  subsidiary of DuPont. Subsequent  to the consummation of
this Offering, the relationship between the  Company and DuPont will be  defined
pursuant  to  several  transitional  agreements.  While  these  agreements  will
continue to  provide the  Company with  certain benefits,  the Company  is  only
entitled  to the ongoing assistance of DuPont for  a limited time and it may not
enjoy benefits  from  its  relationship  with DuPont  beyond  the  term  of  the
agreements,  including benefits  derived from DuPont's  reputation, research and
development, supply  of raw  materials, trade  names and  trademarks and  credit
support.  There can be  no assurance that  the Company upon  termination of such
assistance from  DuPont  will  be  able  to  provide  adequately  such  services
internally  or obtain favorable arrangements from  third parties to replace such
services. See "-- No  Independent Operating History Prior  to the Offering"  and
"Transactions and Relationship Between the Company and DuPont."
    
 
EFFECT OF SALES OF SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNTS OF COMMON STOCK
 
    Subject  to  the restrictions  described herein  under "Shares  Eligible for
Future Sale" and applicable law, DuPont will be free to sell any and all of  the
shares  of  Common Stock  of the  Company  that it  indirectly owns.  DuPont has
advised the Company  that it  expects to reduce  its ownership  interest in  the
Company  over  time,  subject  to prevailing  market  and  other  conditions. No
predictions can be  made as to  the effect, if  any, that market  sales of  such
shares,  or the availability  of such shares  for future sale,  will have on the
market price of the Common Stock. Sales  of a significant number of such  shares
in  the public  market could adversely  affect prevailing market  prices for the
Common Stock and  could impair  the Company's  future ability  to raise  capital
through  an offering of equity securities,  which in turn could adversely affect
the Company's business or  results of operations. Each  of the Company and  DCEO
has  agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock for a
period of 180 days after the date  of this Prospectus without the prior  written
consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, subject to certain exceptions. See
"Shares Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriters."
 
ABSENCE OF PRIOR PUBLIC TRADING MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
   
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
Although the Common Stock has been approved for quotation on the Nasdaq National
Market,  there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop or
be sustained after the Offering, or that purchasers of Common Stock will be able
to resell their  Common Stock at  prices equal  to or greater  than the  initial
public offering price.
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
The  initial public offering price will  be determined by negotiations among the
Company and the Underwriters and  may not be indicative  of the prices that  may
prevail  in the public market. See "Underwriters." Furthermore, the market price
of the Common  Stock may be  highly volatile. Factors  such as announcements  of
fluctuations  in the Company's or its  competitors' operating results and market
conditions for  growth stocks  or  technology stocks  in  general could  have  a
significant  impact on the future price of  the Common Stock. In particular, the
common stock of  many technology  companies have experienced  extreme price  and
volume  fluctuations,  which  have  at times  been  unrelated  to  the operating
performance of such companies whose stock prices were affected.
 
DILUTION INCURRED BY INVESTORS
 
   
    The offering price is substantially higher than the net tangible book  value
per  share of Common Stock. Accordingly, investors participating in the Offering
will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the amount of $4.87 per  share,
assuming a public offering price of $15.00 per share. See "Dilution."
    
 
NO ANTICIPATED DIVIDENDS
 
    The  Company does not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future.
See "Dividend Policy."
 
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    The Company believes that the success  of its business depends primarily  on
its  proprietary technology, information and processes and know-how, rather than
on patents  or trademarks.  Much of  the Company's  proprietary information  and
technology  relating to manufacturing  processes is not patented  and may not be
patentable. There  can  be  no  assurance  that the  Company  will  be  able  to
adequately  protect its technology, that competitors will not be able to develop
similar technology independently, that the claims allowed on any patents held by
the Company will be  sufficiently broad to protect  the Company's technology  or
that  foreign intellectual property  laws will adequately  protect the Company's
intellectual property  rights. In  addition,  any litigation  in the  future  to
enforce  patents issued  to the  Company, to  protect trade  secrets or know-how
possessed by the Company or to  defend the Company against claimed  infringement
of  the rights of others  could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's
business or operating results. See "Business -- Intellectual Property."
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
    Federal, state,  local  and  foreign laws  and  regulations  impose  various
environmental  controls on, among other things, the discharge of pollutants into
the air and water and the handling, use, storage, disposal and clean-up of solid
and hazardous wastes. As a result, the  Company will incur costs, on an  ongoing
basis,  associated with  environmental regulatory compliance.  In addition, more
stringent environmental laws and regulations may be enacted in the future, which
may require the Company to expend additional amounts on environmental compliance
or may require  modifications in the  Company's operations. Any  failure by  the
Company  to adequately comply  with such laws and  regulations could subject the
Company to  significant  future  liabilities.  See  "Business  --  Environmental
Matters."
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
   
    The estimated net proceeds from the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby,
assuming  an  initial  offering  price  of  $15.00  per  share,  after deducting
estimated offering  expenses  and  the underwriting  discounts  and  commissions
payable  by the Company, are approximately  $55 million. The Company will retain
an amount, currently  estimated at $9.1  million, of such  proceeds; such  that,
upon the consummation of the Offering, it will have approximately $18 million in
cash  and  cash  equivalents,  which will  be  available  for  general corporate
purposes, including working capital and capital expenditures.
    
 
   
    The Company will use the remaining  $46.0 million of such proceeds to  repay
indebtedness  owed to DCEO  under a master  note agreement, which  is payable on
demand  and  currently  bears  interest  at  5.38%  (the  "Master  Note").   The
indebtedness incurred by the Company from time to time under the Master Note was
used  for  acquisitions,  capital  expenditures  and  working  capital.  If  the
Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised  in full, the net proceeds  from
the  sale  of  such shares  of  Common Stock  by  the Company,  estimated  to be
approximately $8 million, will also be  used to repay indebtedness owed to  DCEO
under the
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
   
Master  Note. The remaining balance owed  under the Master Note, upon completion
of the repayment described above, will  be contributed as equity capital to  the
Company  by DCEO.  See "Transactions  and Relationship  Between the  Company and
DuPont -- Realignment of Photomask Business."
    
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company  currently intends  to  retain its  earnings to  finance  future
growth  and  therefore does  not  anticipate paying  any  cash dividends  in the
foreseeable future. The declaration  and payment of dividends,  if any, will  be
subject to the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and will depend on
the  Company's  earnings, capital  requirements, financial  condition, statutory
restrictions and other factors deemed to be relevant by the Board of  Directors.
See "Risk Factors -- No Anticipated Dividends."
 
                                    DILUTION
 
   
    The  net tangible book value of the Company as of March 31, 1996 was $(31.3)
million, or $(2.98) per outstanding share of Common Stock after giving effect to
the issuance of one million shares to DCEO for nominal consideration  subsequent
to  March 31, 1996. The net tangible  book value per share represents the amount
of total tangible assets less total  liabilities of the Company, divided by  the
number  of shares of  Common Stock outstanding following  the realignment of the
photomask business as described herein but  prior to the Offering. After  giving
effect  to the sale  by the Company of  4,000,000 shares of  Common Stock in the
Offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share,  after
deduction  of  underwriting  discounts and  commissions  and  estimated offering
expenses and following the capital contribution by DCEO described under "Use  of
Proceeds,"  the pro forma  net tangible book  value of the  Company at March 31,
1996, would have been $146.9 million, or $10.13 per outstanding share of  Common
Stock. This represents an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $4.87
per  share to the purchasers of shares of Common Stock in the Offering. Dilution
is determined by subtracting net tangible  book value per share of Common  Stock
after the Offering from the amount of cash paid by a new investor for a share of
Common  Stock. The following table illustrates  the dilution per share of Common
Stock:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share...........             $   15.00
Net tangible book value per share.........................  $   (2.98)
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable
 to capital contributions by DCEO.........................      11.71
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable
 to investors in the Offering.............................       1.40
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the
 Offering.................................................                 10.13
                                                                       ---------
Dilution to new investors.................................             $    4.87
                                                                       ---------
                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The following table summarizes, on the basis of the assumptions referred  to
above,  the number of shares to be retained by DuPont and to be purchased by new
investors in the Offering, and the total consideration and the average price per
share paid by DuPont and the new investors:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       SHARES PURCHASED           TOTAL CONSIDERATION        AVERAGE
                                   -------------------------  ---------------------------   PRICE PER
                                      NUMBER       PERCENT        AMOUNT        PERCENT       SHARE
                                   ------------  -----------  --------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>          <C>
DuPont...........................    10,500,000         72%   $   95,867,000         63%    $    9.13
New Investors....................     4,000,000         28        55,140,000         37     $   13.79
                                   ------------        ---    --------------        ---
    Total (1)....................    14,500,000        100%   $  151,007,000        100%
                                   ------------        ---    --------------        ---
                                   ------------        ---    --------------        ---
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(1) Excludes shares of Common Stock granted under the Company's employee benefit
    plans.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
    The following table sets forth the combined capitalization of the Company as
of March  31,  1996,  pro forma  as  of  March 31,  1996  assuming  the  capital
contributions  by DCEO  and as  adjusted to reflect  the Offering  at an assumed
public offering price of $15.00 per  share and the application of the  estimated
net proceeds as described herein under "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    PRO FORMA, AS
                                                                           ACTUAL    PRO FORMA (1)   ADJUSTED (1)
                                                                         ----------  -------------  --------------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                                      <C>         <C>            <C>
Short Term Borrowings (2)..............................................  $    4,691   $     4,691    $      4,691
                                                                         ----------  -------------  --------------
                                                                         ----------  -------------  --------------
Long Term Borrowings (2)...............................................  $    8,987   $     8,987    $      8,987
DuPont Master Notes (3)................................................     162,320        46,031         --
Owner's Net Investment/Shareholders' Equity:
  Owner's Net Investment...............................................     (36,472)       86,517         --
  Common Stock, $.01 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized;
   14,500,000 shares issued and outstanding for pro forma, as adjusted
   (4).................................................................      --           --                  145
  Additional Paid-in Capital...........................................      --           --              141,512
  Unrealized Holding Gains.............................................       9,350         9,350           9,350
                                                                         ----------  -------------  --------------
Total Capitalization...................................................  $  144,185   $   150,885    $    159,994
                                                                         ----------  -------------  --------------
                                                                         ----------  -------------  --------------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(1) See "Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements."
    
 
   
(2) For  a description of the Company's borrowings,  see Note 15 to the Combined
    Financial Statements for the nine months ended March 31, 1996.
    
 
   
(3) For a description of the Master Note, see "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
(4) Excludes shares of Common Stock granted under the Company's employee benefit
    plans.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
                        SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
    The following tables set  forth selected combined  historical and pro  forma
financial  data of the Company. The  historical statement of operations data for
the three years ended June 30, 1995 and the nine months ended March 31, 1996 and
the historical statement of financial position data as of June 30, 1995 and 1994
and March 31,  1996 have  been derived  from the  Combined Financial  Statements
audited  by Price Waterhouse  LLP, independent accountants.  The results for the
nine months ended March 31, 1995  have been derived from the unaudited  combined
financial  statements also  appearing herein.  The unaudited  combined financial
statements, in the  opinion of management,  include all adjustments,  consisting
only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the
results  for the unaudited period.  The results for the  nine months ended March
31, 1996 are not necessarily indicative of  results to be expected for the  full
fiscal  year. The pro forma financial data  have been derived from the Pro Forma
Combined Financial Statements which were  prepared by the Company to  illustrate
the  estimated effects of the Offering and related transactions described in the
Notes to the  Pro Forma  Combined Financial Statements  as if  the Offering  and
related  transactions had occurred  as of July  1, 1994 for  purposes of the pro
forma combined statements of operations and as of March 31, 1996 for purposes of
the pro forma combined statement of  financial position. The Pro Forma  Combined
Financial  Statements do not purport to represent what the results of operations
or financial position of  the Company would actually  have been if the  Offering
and  related transactions had in  fact occurred on such  dates or to project the
results of operations or financial position of the Company for any future period
or date.  The  following  data should  be  read  in conjunction  with,  and  are
qualified  by reference  to, the  Combined Financial  Statements, the  Pro Forma
Combined Financial  Statements  and  "Management's Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of Operations"  included  elsewhere  in this
Prospectus.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PRO FORMA,
                                                                                                PRO FORMA, AS  AS ADJUSTED,
                                                                          NINE MONTHS ENDED     ADJUSTED, FOR  FOR THE NINE
                                            YEAR ENDED JUNE 30                 MARCH 31           THE YEAR     MONTHS ENDED
                                    ----------------------------------  ----------------------   ENDED JUNE     MARCH 31,
                                       1993        1994        1995        1995        1996     30, 1995 (1)     1996 (1)
                                    ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------  ------------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                 <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Total Sales.......................  $  118,896  $  134,548  $  161,514  $  116,670  $  152,192   $   161,514    $  152,192
Cost of Goods Sold................     112,224     107,456     117,022      85,745      98,717       115,368        97,724
Selling, General and
 Administrative Expense...........      18,630      20,750      21,803      16,017      18,164        22,585        19,214
Research and Development Expense
 -- Net...........................       8,337       8,131       8,777       6,385       6,955         7,260         6,113
Other Operating (Income) Expense
 -- Net...........................       8,497       2,940       3,490       2,317       3,219         3,156         2,941
                                    ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------  ------------
Operating Profit (Loss)...........     (28,792)     (4,729)     10,422       6,206      25,137        13,145        26,200
Interest Expense..................       9,196       5,814       6,957       5,054       5,091            59           102
Exchange (Gain) Loss..............        (430)        322        (493)       (476)        228          (665)          (68)
                                    ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------  ------------
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes
 and Minority Interest............     (37,558)    (10,865)      3,958       1,628      19,818        13,751        26,166
Provision for Income Taxes........          --          --          --          --       1,899         3,712         9,158
                                    ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------  ------------
Income (Loss) Before Minority
 Interest.........................     (37,558)    (10,865)      3,958       1,628      17,919        10,039        17,008
Minority Interest in Income (Loss)
 of Majority Owned Joint
 Venture..........................          --          --        (161)        (82)       (483)         (161)         (483)
                                    ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------  ------------
Net Income (Loss).................  $  (37,558) $  (10,865) $    4,119  $    1,710  $   18,402   $    10,200    $   17,491
                                    ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------  ------------
                                    ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------  ------------
Pro Forma Net Income Per Share....                                                               $      0.70    $     1.20
Pro Forma Weighted Average Shares
 Outstanding......................                                                                    14,620        14,620
</TABLE>
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     MARCH 31, 1996
                                                       JUNE 30          -----------------------------------------
                                                ----------------------                             PRO FORMA, AS
                                                   1994        1995       ACTUAL    PRO FORMA (1)   ADJUSTED (1)
                                                ----------  ----------  ----------  -------------  --------------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>
STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION DATA:
Cash and Cash Equivalents.....................  $    3,924  $    8,412  $    8,891   $     8,891    $     18,000
Working Capital...............................      22,853      16,405      13,250        25,818          34,927
Net Property, Plant and Equipment.............     112,043     113,124     114,231       114,231         114,231
Total Assets..................................     160,901     171,701     190,347       194,849         203,958
Long Term Borrowings..........................       6,704       4,265       8,987         8,987           8,987
DuPont Master Notes...........................     140,846     125,570     162,320        46,031              --
Owner's Net Investment/Shareholders' Equity...      (7,229)      5,082     (36,472)       86,517         141,657
Unrealized Holding Gains......................          --          --       9,350         9,350           9,350
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(1) The Selected  Combined  Pro  Forma  Financial  Data  are  derived  from  the
    Company's  Pro Forma  Combined Financial  Statements appearing  elsewhere in
    this Prospectus. The Pro Forma  Combined Financial Statements were  prepared
    by  the  Company to  illustrate the  estimated effects  of the  Offering and
    related transactions  described  in the  Notes  to the  Pro  Forma  Combined
    Financial Statements as if they had occurred as of July 1, 1994 for purposes
    of  the Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations and as of March 31, 1996
    for purposes of the Pro Forma Combined Statement of Financial Position.  See
    "Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements."
    
 
                            SELECTED FIVE-YEAR DATA
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AS OF OR FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30
                                                       ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1991        1992        1993        1994        1995
                                                       ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Total Sales..........................................  $  105,229  $  119,522  $  118,896  $  134,548  $  161,514
Net Income (Loss)....................................     (33,725)    (35,429)    (37,558)    (10,865)      4,119
Total Assets.........................................     189,935     185,298     176,953     160,901     171,701
Third Party Borrowings...............................      34,621      35,533       3,731       8,090       7,225
DuPont Master Notes..................................     126,236     136,786     142,841     140,846     125,570
</TABLE>
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                    PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
    The  following tables set  forth Pro Forma  Combined Financial Statements of
the Company for the year ended June 30,  1995 and as of and for the nine  months
ended  March 31, 1996. The  pro forma financial statements  were prepared by the
Company to  illustrate  the  estimated  effects  of  the  Offering  and  related
transactions  described in the Notes to  Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements
as if  they had  occurred as  of July  1, 1994  for purposes  of the  pro  forma
combined  statements of operations and as of  March 31, 1996 for purposes of the
pro forma  combined statement  of  financial position.  The Pro  Forma  Combined
Financial  Statements do not purport to represent what the results of operations
or financial position of  the Company would actually  have been if the  Offering
and  related transactions had in  fact occurred on such  dates or to project the
results of operations or financial position of the Company for any future period
or date. The  Pro Forma Combined  Financial Statements should  be read  together
with  the  Combined  Financial  Statements  of  the  Company  and  "Management's
Discussion and  Analysis  of  Financial Condition  and  Results  of  Operations"
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
   
    PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS OF MARCH 31, 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        PRO FORMA                     OFFERING     PRO FORMA,
                                                       HISTORICAL      ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA    ADJUSTMENTS   AS ADJUSTED
                                                       -----------  -----------------  -----------  -------------  -----------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>                <C>          <C>            <C>
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and Cash Equivalents............................   $   8,891   $                   $   8,891    $   9,109(2)   $  18,000
Accounts Receivable, Trade -- Net....................      29,580                          29,580                      29,580
Accounts Receivable, Related Parties.................       2,331                           2,331                       2,331
Accounts and Notes Receivable, Miscellaneous.........       3,405                           3,405                       3,405
Inventories..........................................       8,158                           8,158                       8,158
Deferred Income Taxes................................                   2,484(3)            2,484                       2,484
Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets............         472                             472                         472
                                                       -----------  -----------------  -----------  -------------  -----------
Total Current Assets.................................      52,837       2,484              55,321        9,109         64,430
Net Property, Plant and Equipment....................     114,231                         114,231                     114,231
Accounts Receivable, Related Parties --
 Non-Current.........................................       1,835                           1,835                       1,835
Deferred Income Taxes................................       2,156       2,018(3)            4,174                       4,174
Other Assets.........................................      19,288                          19,288                      19,288
                                                       -----------  -----------------  -----------  -------------  -----------
    Total Assets.....................................   $ 190,347   $   4,502           $ 194,849    $   9,109      $ 203,958
                                                       -----------  -----------------  -----------  -------------  -----------
                                                       -----------  -----------------  -----------  -------------  -----------
LIABILITIES, DUPONT MASTER NOTES AND
 OWNER'S NET INVESTMENT / SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts Payable, Trade..............................   $   4,791   $                   $   4,791    $              $   4,791
Accounts Payable, Related Parties....................      15,867      (8,129)(4)           7,738                       7,738
Accounts Payable, Miscellaneous......................       1,740                           1,740                       1,740
Short Term Borrowings................................       4,691                           4,691                       4,691
Other Accrued Liabilities............................      12,498      (1,955)(1)          10,543                      10,543
                                                       -----------  -----------------  -----------                 -----------
    Total Current Liabilities........................      39,587     (10,084)             29,503                      29,503
Long Term Borrowings.................................       8,987                           8,987                       8,987
Deferred Income Taxes................................                   7,886(3)            7,886                       7,886
Other Liabilities....................................       5,526                           5,526                       5,526
Minority Interest in Net Assets of Majority Owned
 Joint Venture.......................................       1,049                           1,049                       1,049
DuPont Master Notes..................................     162,320    (116,289)(4)          46,031      (46,031)(2)     --
Owner's Net Investment / Shareholders' Equity........     (36,472)    122,989 (1)(3)(4     86,517       55,140(2)     141,657
Unrealized Holding Gains.............................       9,350                           9,350                       9,350
                                                       -----------  -----------------  -----------  -------------  -----------
    Total Liabilities, DuPont Master Notes and
     Owner's Net Investment / Shareholders' Equity...   $ 190,347   $   4,502           $ 194,849    $   9,109      $ 203,958
                                                       -----------  -----------------  -----------  -------------  -----------
                                                       -----------  -----------------  -----------  -------------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
        See Notes to Pro Forma Combined Statement of Financial Position
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
          NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION
 
   
1.  Adjustment  reflects  the  retention  of  certain  Company  related  payroll
    liabilities by DuPont.
    
 
   
2.  Adjustments reflect  the Offering  and the  repayment of  a portion  of  the
    Master  Note with the net  proceeds of the Offering.  The Company intends to
    retain sufficient proceeds  to have  approximately $18 million  in cash  and
    cash equivalents after the Offering.
    
 
   
3.  Adjustments reflect deferred taxes arising from the fact that, following the
    Offering,  DPI's tax return will not  be consolidated with that of DuPont's.
    As a result, net operating losses, which were previously utilized by  DuPont
    and  were assumed  to be  available solely  for determining  taxes under the
    separate taxpayer approach  in SFAS  109, will  not be  available to  offset
    deferred  tax  liabilities. Certain  future  tax benefits,  aggregating $3.6
    million, are  included  in  Accounts Payable,  Related  Parties  since  such
    amounts  will be paid to  DuPont when utilized pursuant  to the terms of the
    Tax  Indemnification  Agreement  described  herein.  See  "Transactions  and
    Relationship   Between  the  Company  and   DuPont  --  Tax  Indemnification
    Agreement."
    
 
   
4.  Adjustments to the Master Note and Accounts Payable, Related Parties reflect
    the contribution to capital  by DCEO of  the balances remaining  outstanding
    under  the Master Note  and Accounts Payable, Related  Parties that were not
    repaid with the proceeds of the Offering.
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                     PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                              YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1995
                                    (UNAUDITED)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              PRO FORMA                        OFFERING     PRO FORMA,
                                                HISTORICAL   ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA      ADJUSTMENTS    AS ADJUSTED
                                                ----------  -------------  ----------------  ------------  -------------
                                                                 (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                             <C>         <C>            <C>               <C>           <C>
Sales.........................................  $  155,146  $              $    155,146      $             $  155,146
Sales to Related Parties......................       6,368                        6,368                         6,368
                                                ----------                 ----------------                -------------
Total Sales...................................     161,514                      161,514                       161,514
Cost of Goods Sold............................     117,022     (1,654)(1)       115,368                       115,368
                                                ----------  -------------  ----------------                -------------
Gross Profit..................................      44,492      1,654            46,146                        46,146
Selling, General and Administrative Expense...      21,803        782(2)         22,585                        22,585
Research and Development Expense -- Net.......       8,777     (1,517)(3)         7,260                         7,260
Other Operating (Income) Expense -- Net.......       3,490       (334)(4)         3,156                         3,156
                                                ----------  -------------  ----------------                -------------
Operating Profit..............................      10,422      2,723            13,145                        13,145
Interest Expense..............................       6,957     (4,444)(5)         2,513         (2,454)(5)         59
Exchange (Gain) Loss..........................        (493)      (172)(6)          (665)                         (665)
                                                ----------  -------------  ----------------  ------------  -------------
Income Before Income Taxes and Minority
 Interest.....................................       3,958      7,339            11,297          2,454         13,751
Provision for Income Taxes....................      --          3,050(7)          3,050(7)         662(7)       3,712
                                                ----------  -------------  ----------------  ------------  -------------
Income Before Minority Interest...............       3,958      4,289             8,247          1,792         10,039
Minority Interest in Income (Loss) of Majority
 Owned Joint Venture..........................        (161)                        (161)                         (161)
                                                ----------  -------------  ----------------  ------------  -------------
Net Income....................................  $    4,119  $   4,289      $      8,408      $   1,792     $   10,200
                                                ----------  -------------  ----------------  ------------  -------------
                                                ----------  -------------  ----------------  ------------  -------------
Pro Forma Net Income Per
 Common Share.................................                                                             $     0.70
Pro Forma Weighted Average Shares
 Outstanding..................................                                                                 14,620(8)
</TABLE>
    
 
            See Notes to Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
   
                   PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                        NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996
                                  (UNAUDITED)
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PRO FORMA                     OFFERING       PRO FORMA,
                                                 HISTORICAL   ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA     ADJUSTMENTS    AS ADJUSTED
                                                 ----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                              <C>         <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Sales..........................................  $  145,471  $              $  145,471     $              $  145,471
Sales to Related Parties.......................       6,721                      6,721                         6,721
                                                 ----------                 -------------                 --------------
Total Sales....................................     152,192                    152,192                       152,192
Cost of Goods Sold.............................      98,717       (993)(1)      97,724                        97,724
                                                 ----------  -------------  -------------                 --------------
Gross Profit...................................      53,475        993          54,468                        54,468
Selling, General and Administrative Expense....      18,164      1,050(2)       19,214                        19,214
Research and Development Expense -- Net........       6,955       (842)(3)       6,113                         6,113
Other Operating (Income) Expense -- Net........       3,219       (278)(4)       2,941                         2,941
                                                 ----------  -------------  -------------                 --------------
Operating Profit...............................      25,137      1,063          26,200                        26,200
Interest Expense...............................       5,091     (3,574)(5)       1,517        (1,415)(5)         102
Exchange (Gain) Loss...........................         228       (296)(6)         (68)                          (68)
                                                 ----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
Income Before Income Taxes and Minority
 Interest......................................      19,818      4,933          24,751         1,415          26,166
Provision for Income Taxes.....................       1,899      6,764(7)        8,663(7)        495(7)        9,158
                                                 ----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
Income before Minority Interest................      17,919     (1,831)         16,088           920          17,008
Minority Interest in Income (Loss) of Majority
 Owned Joint Venture...........................        (483)                      (483)                         (483)
                                                 ----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
Net Income.....................................  $   18,402  $  (1,831)     $   16,571     $     920      $   17,491
                                                 ----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
                                                 ----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  --------------
Pro Forma Net Income Per
 Common Share..................................                                                           $     1.20
Pro Forma Weighted Average Shares
 Outstanding...................................                                                               14,620(8)
</TABLE>
    
 
            See Notes to Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
              NOTES TO PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             YEAR ENDED    NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                            JUNE 30, 1995    MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                            -------------  ------------------
<C>        <S>                                                                   <C>        <C>            <C>
       1.  Adjustments to cost of goods sold reflect the following:
           Changes in benefit plans............................................  (a)          $    (567)       $     (335)
           Elimination of DuPont allocated overhead expenses...................  (b)             (3,086)           (1,761)
           Additional contracted services and employees........................  (c)              1,999             1,103
                                                                                            -------------         -------
                                                                                              $  (1,654)       $     (993)
                                                                                            -------------         -------
                                                                                            -------------         -------
 
       2.  Adjustments to selling, general and administrative expense reflect the following:
           Changes in benefit plans............................................  (a)          $    (111)       $     (100)
           Elimination of DuPont allocated overhead expenses...................  (b)             (6,573)           (3,572)
           Additional contracted services and employees........................  (c)              6,566             4,047
           Stock Performance Plan..............................................  (d)                900               675
                                                                                            -------------         -------
                                                                                              $     782        $    1,050
                                                                                            -------------         -------
                                                                                            -------------         -------
 
       3.  Adjustments to research and development expense reflect the following:
           Changes in benefit plans............................................  (a)          $     (34)       $      (29)
           Elimination of DuPont allocated overhead expenses...................  (b)             (1,966)           (1,063)
           Additional contracted services and employees........................  (c)                483               250
                                                                                            -------------         -------
                                                                                              $  (1,517)       $     (842)
                                                                                            -------------         -------
                                                                                            -------------         -------
 
       4.  Adjustments to other operating expense reflect the following:
           Elimination of DuPont allocated overhead expenses...................  (b)          $    (560)       $     (396)
           Additional contracted services and employees........................  (c)                226               118
                                                                                            -------------         -------
                                                                                              $    (334)       $     (278)
                                                                                            -------------         -------
                                                                                            -------------         -------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
5. Adjustment to interest expense, at a weighted average interest rate of 5% and
   4% for the year ended June 30, 1995 and the nine months ended March 31, 1996,
   respectively, reflects  the reductions  in the  DuPont Master  Note from  the
   contribution  to capital by DCEO of the balance of the Master Note not repaid
   with proceeds of the  Offering and the partial  repayment of the Master  Note
   with estimated net proceeds from the Offering.
    
 
6. Adjustment  to  exchange (gain)  loss reflects  the  payment of  dividends to
   DuPont de Nemours (Deutschland) GmbH by  DuPont Photomasks GmbH & Co. KG  and
   the  refinancing of  DuPont Photomasks  (France) S.A.'s  Master Note  to U.S.
   Dollars.
 
   
7. Federal, state and foreign income taxes have been computed using an estimated
   combined effective rate of 27% for the  year ended June 30, 1995 and 35%  for
   the  nine months ended March 31, 1996. For  the year ended June 30, 1995, the
   estimated combined  effective  rate  differs from  the  U.S.  statutory  rate
   primarily  due to  the Company's  tax exemption  in Korea.  See "Management's
   Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
    
 
8. The number  of  shares have  been  computed based  on  the Offering  and  the
   realignment  of the photomask  business as described  under "Transactions and
   Relationship Between  the  Company and  DuPont  -- Realignment  of  Photomask
   Business"  in this  Prospectus. The number  of shares  includes the estimated
   number of  shares  of  restricted  stock  to  be  issued  under  DPI's  Stock
   Performance Plan.
- ------------------------
Footnotes:
 
a.  CHANGES IN BENEFIT PLANS.  The Company will not continue to provide DuPont's
    postretirement  or  postemployment benefits  to  employees and  will replace
    DuPont's defined benefit pension plan with a
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
   
    defined contribution  retirement  plan.  The  impact  of  these  changes  in
    benefits will be the elimination of benefits expense related to discontinued
    DuPont  plans of $1,491 for the year ended  June 30, 1995 and $1,145 for the
    nine months ended March 31, 1996, and the addition of expense related to the
    Company's defined contribution retirement  plan of $779  for the year  ended
    June  30,  1995 and  $681  for the  nine months  ended  March 31,  1996. See
    "Management -- Compensation of Company Employees."
    
 
b.  ELIMINATION  OF  DUPONT  ALLOCATED   OVERHEAD  EXPENSES.    Represents   the
    elimination  of DuPont allocated overhead expenses  that are not expected to
    be incurred by the Company following the Offering.
 
c.  ADDITIONAL CONTRACTED SERVICES  AND EMPLOYEES.   Represents the addition  of
    services  to be provided by third parties or DuPont pursuant to transitional
    administrative services  agreements with  DuPont  and its  subsidiaries  and
    additional  employees assumed  to be hired  by the Company  to replace those
    services previously provided by  DuPont. See "Transactions and  Relationship
    Between the Company and DuPont -- Administrative Services Agreements."
 
d.  STOCK  PERFORMANCE PLAN.   Represents  the compensation  expense the Company
    will  recognize  related  to  restricted  stock  granted  under  its   Stock
    Performance Plan. The Company estimates that it will recognize approximately
    $1,800  of expense related  to the Plan  during the two  years following the
    Offering.  See  "Management   --  Compensation  of   Company  Employees   --
    Compensation of DPI Employees in 1996 -- Stock Performance Plan."
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The  following discussion and analysis  of the Company's financial condition
and results  of operations  should  be read  in  conjunction with  the  Combined
Financial  Statements  of the  Company appearing  elsewhere in  this Prospectus.
Prior to the Offering, DPI was reincorporated in Delaware, and DuPont's  foreign
photomask  operations were realigned so that these operations would be conducted
by wholly owned subsidiaries of DPI. See "Transactions and Relationship  Between
the  Company and  DuPont --  Realignment of  Photomask Business."  The pro forma
information, which is presented herein to facilitate additional analysis, should
be read  in  conjunction  with  the  Pro  Forma  Combined  Financial  Statements
appearing  elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Unless the context otherwise requires,
references to  years  with respect  to  the Company's  financial  condition  and
results of operations in this "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" are to fiscal years.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    Based  on  worldwide  sales, DuPont  Photomasks,  Inc. is  the  largest U.S.
photomask manufacturer and one of the two largest photomask manufacturers in the
world. Photomasks are  high-purity quartz or  glass plates containing  precision
microscopic   images  of  integrated  circuits  and   are  used  as  masters  by
semiconductor  manufacturers   to   optically   transfer   these   images   onto
semiconductor  wafers.  The Company  develops  and uses  advanced  technology to
manufacture a broad range of photomasks based on customer-supplied design  data,
including   photomasks  that   meet  the   tightest  design   specifications  by
semiconductor manufacturers today. The Company  serves its global customer  base
from  eight ISO  9002-qualified manufacturing  facilities and  numerous customer
service centers.
 
    DuPont, which currently owns, through  DCEO, 100% of the outstanding  Common
Stock  of DPI, entered the photomask market  in 1986 with the acquisition of Tau
Laboratories, a  merchant  photomask  supplier whose  principal  customers  were
Delco/General Motors and Motorola. From this base, DuPont embarked on a strategy
to  establish a global presence that would enable  it to respond to the needs of
multi-national semiconductor manufacturers. As part of this strategy, DuPont (i)
purchased  assets  of  numerous  captive  photomask  operations,  (ii)  acquired
merchant  photomask companies and (iii)  constructed "greenfield" sites in Round
Rock, Texas  (1987)  and  Ichon,  Korea (1991).  In  addition,  the  Company  is
currently  participating  in the  construction  of a  manufacturing  facility in
Shanghai, China  as part  of a  joint  venture arrangement  and is  planning  to
construct  a "greenfield" site  near Glasgow, Scotland.  See "Business -- DuPont
Photomasks."
 
    During the late 1980's and early 1990's, the photomask market was relatively
flat. While growth in semiconductor manufacturing and new semiconductor  designs
generated demand for new photomasks throughout this period, the Company believes
that  this  underlying  growth  was  offset  by  advances  in  semiconductor and
photomask design and production methods that significantly reduced the number of
photomasks required to manufacture a  semiconductor device, thereby slowing  the
growth  of  photomask unit  sales. See  "Business  -- Industry  Background." The
Company believes that the  weak market conditions during  this period, in  part,
led   to  the   poor  financial   performance  of   several  merchant  photomask
manufacturers, including the Company, which had net losses of $10.9 million  and
$37.6  million  in 1994  and  1993, respectively.  See  "Risk Factors  -- Recent
Losses."
 
    Since 1993, growth in the photomask market has resumed. The Company's  total
sales  grew from $118.9 million in 1993 to $161.5 million in 1995. This increase
of approximately 36% was  primarily the result of  an accelerating trend in  the
semiconductor   industry  toward   semiconductor  device   customization,  which
generates demand for new photomasks, and semiconductor device complexity,  which
increases  the  value  and  number  of  photomask  layers  needed  to  produce a
semiconductor device. In  addition, the proliferation  of semiconductor  devices
into  new products and markets  contributed to the increase  in total sales. See
"Business  --  Industry  Background."  The  Company's  sales  also  became  more
diversified  internationally. North American sales amounted to approximately 65%
of the Company's total  sales in 1993  compared to 56% in  1995, while sales  in
Europe  and Asia accounted for approximately 20% and 15% of sales, respectively,
in 1993 compared to 26% and 18% in 1995. Sales in Europe grew approximately  73%
from 1993 to
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
   
1995  from $24.2 million  to $42.0 million.  The increase in  European sales was
primarily attributable to increased growth  from certain of the Company's  major
customers  and the  impact of a  full year of  sales to an  affiliate of Philips
Electronics N.V.  ("Philips") following  the acquisition  of selected  photomask
manufacturing  assets from Philips in mid-1993. Sales in Asia grew approximately
69% from 1993 to 1995 from $17.4 million in 1993 to $29.5 million in 1995, as  a
result  of the growth  experienced by semiconductor  manufacturers in Korea. The
Company expects  net sales  from  foreign markets  to  continue to  represent  a
significant  portion of total sales. Certain risks are inherent in international
operations, including exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations. See "Risk
Factors -- Significant International Operations" and "-- Other Matters."
    
 
    Due to the capital intensive  nature of photomask manufacturing  operations,
at  a given level of manufacturing capacity,  a high proportion of the Company's
operating costs  remains  relatively  constant  as  sales  volumes  increase  or
decrease.  To the extent that the Company has underutilized production capacity,
profit margins increase or decrease significantly, as sales volumes increase  or
decrease.  In the early  1990's, the Company had  excess capacity; therefore, as
total  sales  increased  from  1993   to  1995,  fixed  costs  associated   with
manufacturing  remained relatively  unchanged, and  the Company's  gross margins
over the period benefited from this operating leverage. In addition, fixed costs
were reduced by the closure of two of the Company's photomask facilities and the
subsequent consolidation of production into  other facilities. The Company  has,
for  the most part,  fully utilized its existing  capacity, and anticipates that
fixed operating costs will increase as  it adds capacity to position itself  for
future  growth.  See  "Risk  Factors  --  Rapid  Technological  Change;  Capital
Intensive Industry," "Risk Factors --  Recent Losses" and "Business --  Industry
Background."
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The   following  table  sets  forth  the  Company's  combined  statement  of
operations data as a percentage of sales for the periods indicated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                                   FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30                   31
                                                              -------------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                                 1993         1994         1995         1995         1996
                                                              -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Total Sales.................................................      100.0%       100.0%       100.0%       100.0%       100.0%
Cost of Goods Sold..........................................       94.4         79.9         72.5         73.5         64.9
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Gross Profit................................................        5.6         20.1         27.5         26.5         35.1
Selling, General and Administrative Expense.................       15.7         15.4         13.5         13.7         11.9
Research and Development Expense -- Net.....................        7.0          6.0          5.4          5.5          4.6
Other Operating (Income) Expense -- Net.....................        7.1          2.2          2.2          2.0          2.1
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Operating Profit (Loss).....................................      (24.2)        (3.5)         6.4          5.3         16.5
Interest Expense............................................        7.7          4.3          4.2          4.3          3.3
Exchange (Gain) Loss........................................       (0.4)         0.2         (0.3)        (0.4)         0.2
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes and Minority Interest.....      (31.5)        (8.0)         2.5          1.4         13.0
Provision for Income Taxes..................................      --           --           --           --             1.2
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Income (Loss) Before Minority Interest......................      (31.5)        (8.0)         2.5          1.4         11.8
Minority Interest in Income (Loss) of Majority Owned Joint
 Venture....................................................      --           --           --            (0.1)        (0.3)
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
Net Income (Loss)...........................................      (31.5)%       (8.0)%        2.5%         1.5%        12.1%
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
                                                                  -----        -----        -----        -----        -----
</TABLE>
    
 
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1994
 
    TOTAL SALES.   Total  sales is  comprised primarily  of photomask  sales  to
semiconductor  manufacturers and,  to a  lesser extent,  photoblank and pellicle
sales to  other photomask  manufacturers.  Total sales  also includes  sales  to
related parties, including sales to DuPont operations acting as distributors and
a  partnership with DNP.  These related party  sales have historically accounted
for less than 5% of total sales. Total
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
   
sales increased 20.0% from $134.5 million in 1994 to $161.5 million in 1995.  Of
the  total sales  in 1995,  less than  10% represents  sales of  photoblanks and
pellicles  to  other  photomask  suppliers.  Overall,  sales  in  North  America
increased  from $81.7 million in 1994 to  $90.1 million in 1995; sales in Europe
increased from $31.1 million in 1994 to $42.0 million in 1995; and sales in Asia
increased from $21.7 million in 1994 to $29.5 million in 1995. In addition to  a
general  increase in demand for most types  of photomasks, the increase in total
sales reflects a shift in demand toward the Company's more advanced  photomasks,
which  tend to have higher average selling prices. This shift in demand reflects
the trend toward greater utilization of more complex semiconductor devices  with
finer line-widths. See "Business -- Industry Background."
    
 
    COST  OF  GOODS SOLD.    Cost of  goods  sold consists  of  material, labor,
depreciation  and  manufacturing  and  service  overhead.  Cost  of  goods  sold
increased  from $107.5 million in 1994 to  $117.0 million in 1995. However, as a
percentage of total sales, cost  of goods sold decreased  from 79.9% in 1994  to
72.5%  in  1995.  As a  result,  gross profit  as  a percentage  of  total sales
increased from  20.1%  in 1994  to  27.5%  in 1995.  The  improvement  primarily
reflects  the Company's improved capacity  utilization. In addition, the Company
increased the proportion of internally-sourced photoblanks and pellicles used in
its  photomask  manufacturing,  which  improved  capacity  utilization  in   the
manufacture  of these materials. As a result, photoblank and pellicle costs as a
percentage of  sales were  reduced  and margins  on photomasks  improved.  Gross
profit  was also improved  by lower depreciation and  amortization costs of $1.3
million and $1.2 million, respectively, as equipment and intangibles  associated
with acquisitions in the late 1980's became fully depreciated and amortized. The
Company  does  not  anticipate  that benefits  from  decreased  depreciation and
amortization costs will recur in the near future, as the Company invests in  new
capacity  to meet anticipated  growth in photomask demand.  See "Risk Factors --
Rapid Technological Change; Capital Intensive Industry" and "-- Recent Losses."
 
    SELLING,  GENERAL  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE   EXPENSE.    Selling,  general   and
administrative  expense includes salaries of sales personnel, marketing expense,
general and administrative  expense and finished  product distribution  expense.
Selling, general and administrative expense increased from $20.8 million in 1994
to  $21.8 million in 1995. However,  selling, general and administrative expense
decreased as a  percentage of sales  from 15.4% in  1994 to 13.5%  in 1995.  The
percentage decrease resulted primarily from greater efficiencies associated with
sales  volume increases. General and  administrative expense principally include
allocated costs for services provided by centralized DuPont organizations. These
allocated costs are not necessarily indicative of the costs that would have been
incurred by the Company if the Company had been an independent company. See Note
2 to the Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations and Note 3 to the  Combined
Financial Statements appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSE.  Research and development expense consists
primarily   of  employee  cost,  cost  of  material  consumed,  depreciation  of
equipment, engineering  related  costs  and the  Company's  allocated  share  of
DuPont's  central  research  and  development  costs.  Research  and development
expense for 1995 was $8.8 million  compared to $8.1 million in 1994,  reflecting
the  Company's continuing focus on developing advanced photomasks. However, as a
percentage of sales, research and development expense declined slightly compared
to the prior year, reflecting increased sales. Research and development  expense
is  net of funds  the Company received  from customers, industry  groups such as
SEMATECH Inc. ("SEMATECH") and the Joint European Submicron Strategic Initiative
("JESSI") and  governmental sources  in  the amount  of  $1.6 million  and  $0.5
million  for  1994  and 1995,  respectively.  The Company's  allocated  share of
DuPont's central  research  and development  costs  was $2.4  million  and  $2.0
million  in 1994 and  1995, respectively. The  Company anticipates that research
and development  expense will  continue to  increase in  absolute terms  in  the
future,  reflecting  the  Company's  strategy  of  advancing  its  technological
leadership. See "Risk Factors --  Rapid Technological Change; Capital  Intensive
Industry" and "Business -- Research and Development."
 
    OTHER OPERATING (INCOME) EXPENSE.  Other operating (income) expense consists
primarily  of miscellaneous costs not directly related to the manufacture of the
Company's products. Historically, a  significant portion of  this item has  been
the  expense associated  with the early  retirement of  equipment resulting from
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
technological obsolescence.  The  timing and  amount  of these  retirements  are
uncertain  and difficult to  predict. Other operating expense  for 1994 was $2.9
million compared  to $3.5  million in  1995. This  increase reflects  additional
pre-production  costs associated with  the Company's joint  venture in Shanghai,
China.
 
    INTEREST EXPENSE.    The  Company's interest  expense  increased  from  $5.8
million  in 1994 to $7.0 million in  1995, reflecting higher interest rates. The
primary source of  interest expense  is the Company's  Master Notes  arrangement
with  DuPont. As  part of  the Realignment  of DuPont's  photomask business, the
DuPont  Master  Notes  were  consolidated   into  a  single  Master  Note.   See
"Transactions  and Relationship Between the Company and DuPont -- Realignment of
Photomask Business." A  portion of the  net proceeds from  the Offering will  be
used  to repay indebtedness  under the Master Note.  Any remaining balance under
the Master Note will be  contributed as equity capital  to the Company by  DCEO.
See  "Use of Proceeds,"  "-- Liquidity and  Capital Resources" and "Transactions
and Relationship Between the  Company and DuPont  -- Credit Facility."  Interest
expense  also includes amounts  paid pursuant to  other long-term borrowings and
capital leases. See Notes 8, 15 and 16 to the Combined Financial Statements.
 
    EXCHANGE (GAIN) LOSS.   Exchange (Gain)  Loss consists of  gains and  losses
resulting   from  the  remeasurement  of   the  Company's  monetary  assets  and
liabilities denominated in foreign  currencies into U.S.  Dollars, which is  the
Company's functional currency. The Company incurred a $0.3 million exchange loss
in  1994  compared to  a $0.5  million exchange  gain in  1995 primarily  due to
fluctuations of the U.S.  Dollar compared to the  German Mark and French  Franc.
The  Company does not currently hedge  against foreign exchange risks. See "Risk
Factors -- Significant International Operations" and "-- Other Matters."
 
    PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.  Tax expense has been allocated by applying  the
asset  and  liability method  set forth  in SFAS  109 to  each of  the Company's
operations as if it were a separate taxpayer. Under this approach the  Company's
effective  tax rate was 0% in  1994 and 1995, as a  result of net operating loss
carryforwards in the  U.S. and Europe  and a Korean  tax exemption, pursuant  to
which  the Company is exempt from paying  taxes on earnings arising from current
investments in Korea. In actuality, the  Company's results were included in  the
consolidated  tax returns filed  by DuPont and  the tax benefits  of prior years
losses  were  realized  by  DuPont.  See  Note  10  to  the  Combined  Financial
Statements.  The Company  will continue  to enjoy the  full benefits  of the tax
exemption in Korea  until 2001 and  a partial benefit  thereafter until the  tax
exemption terminates in 2003.
 
YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1994 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1993
 
    TOTAL  SALES.  Total  sales increased 13.2%  from $118.9 million  in 1993 to
$134.5 million in 1994, reflecting generally  stronger demand for most types  of
photomasks. Overall, sales in North America increased from $77.3 million in 1993
to  $81.7 million in 1994; sales in  Europe increased from $24.2 million in 1993
to $31.1 million in 1994; and sales in Asia increased from $17.4 million in 1993
to $21.7 million in 1994. An increase in the sales of more advanced  photomasks,
which  have higher average  selling prices, also contributed  to the total sales
increase in  this period.  This shift  in demand  for more  advanced  photomasks
reflects  the  trend toward  greater utilization  of more  complex semiconductor
devices with  finer  line-widths.  See "Business  --  Industry  Background."  In
addition,  total sales  increased approximately  $5 million  from the  full year
impact of sales to Philips pursuant  to a supply agreement executed in  mid-1993
in  connection with the  purchase of selected  photomask manufacturing equipment
from Philips.
 
   
    COST OF GOODS SOLD.   Cost of  goods sold decreased  from $112.2 million  in
1993 to $107.5 million in 1994. The principal reasons for this decrease were the
retirement of assets and staff reductions associated with the Company's shutdown
of   its   Danbury,  Connecticut   and   Nijmegen,  The   Netherlands  photomask
manufacturing facilities in  1993. In  addition, lower  amortization charges  of
$1.3  million relating to  intangibles associated with  acquisitions in the late
1980's that became fully amortized contributed  to the decrease. As a result  of
the foregoing and the benefits of improved capacity utilization described above,
cost of goods sold, as a percentage of total sales, decreased from 94.4% in 1993
to  79.9% in 1994, and gross profits as a percentage of net sales increased from
5.6% in 1993 to 20.1% in 1994. See "-- Overview."
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    SELLING,  GENERAL  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE   EXPENSE.    Selling,  general   and
administrative  expense increased from $18.6 million in 1993 to $20.8 million in
1994.  However,  as  a   percentage  of  total   sales,  selling,  general   and
administrative expense decreased from 15.7% in 1993 to 15.4% in 1994, reflecting
greater efficiencies associated with sales volume increases.
 
    RESEARCH   AND  DEVELOPMENT  EXPENSE.    Research  and  development  expense
decreased slightly from  $8.3 million  in 1993  to $8.1  million in  1994. As  a
percentage of sales, research and development expense declined from 7.0% in 1993
to 6.0% in 1994, reflecting increased sales. Research and development expense is
net   of  funds  the  Company  received  from  customers,  industry  groups  and
governmental sources in the amount of $1.9 million and $1.6 million for 1993 and
1994, respectively. The Company's allocated  share of DuPont's central  research
and  development  costs was  $2.3 million  and  $2.4 million  in 1993  and 1994,
respectively.
 
    OTHER OPERATING (INCOME)  EXPENSE.  Other  operating expense decreased  from
$8.5  million in 1993 to $2.9 million in 1994. The decrease was primarily due to
a  $5.2  million  expense  in  1993   related  to  the  shutdown  of   photomask
manufacturing facilities in Danbury, Connecticut and Nijmegen, The Netherlands.
 
    INTEREST  EXPENSE.  Interest expense decreased  from $9.2 million in 1993 to
$5.8 million in 1994 primarily due to  a decrease in external borrowings by  the
Company's Korean operations.
 
    EXCHANGE  (GAIN) LOSS.  The Company incurred a $0.3 million exchange loss in
1994 compared to a $0.4  million exchange gain in  1993. The major component  of
the loss in 1993 was a weakening of the U.S. Dollar against the German Mark.
 
    PROVISION  FOR INCOME TAXES.  Tax expense has been allocated by applying the
asset and  liability method  set forth  in SFAS  109 to  each of  the  Company's
operations  as if it were a separate taxpayer. Under this approach the Company's
effective tax rate was 0%  in 1993 and 1994, as  a result of net operating  loss
carryforwards  in the  U.S. and  Europe and  the Korean  tax exemption described
above. In actuality, the Company's results were included in the consolidated tax
returns filed  by  DuPont and  the  tax benefits  of  prior years'  losses  were
realized by DuPont. See Note 10 to the Combined Financial Statements.
 
   
NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
    
 
   
    TOTAL  SALES.  Total sales  increased 30.4% from $116.7  million in the nine
months ended March 31, 1995 to $152.2 million in the nine months ended March 31,
1996. Overall, sales  in North  America, Europe  and Asia  increased from  $65.5
million, $30.3 million and $20.9 million, respectively, in the nine months ended
March  31, 1995 to $88.8 million, $37.5 million and $25.9 million, respectively,
in the nine months ended March 31, 1996. A continued increase in the demand  for
more  advanced photomasks,  which have  higher average  selling prices,  was the
primary contributor to  the increase  in total  sales during  this period.  This
shift  in demand for more advanced  photomasks reflects the trend toward greater
utilization of more  complex semiconductor devices  with finer line-widths.  See
"Business  --  Industry Background."  The increase  in  total sales  during this
period also reflects the overall increase in demand for photomasks. In addition,
approximately $7 million  of photomask  sales to  Lucent Technologies  (formerly
AT&T)  were generated during the nine months ended March 31, 1996 as a result of
a supply  agreement  executed  in  connection  with  the  purchase  of  selected
photomask   manufacturing  equipment  from  an  affiliate  of  AT&T  (the  "AT&T
Acquisition").
    
 
   
    COST OF GOODS SOLD.  Cost of  goods sold increased 15.2% from $85.7  million
in  the nine  months ended March  31, 1995 to  $98.7 million in  the nine months
ended March 31, 1996, resulting primarily from increased sales. As a  percentage
of sales, cost of goods sold decreased from 73.5% in the nine months ended March
31,  1995 to  64.9% in the  nine months ended  March 31, 1996.  The decrease was
primarily due to  continued improvements in  capacity utilization and  increased
use  of internally sourced photoblanks and  pellicles. As a result, gross profit
as a percentage of  total sales increased  from 26.5% in  the nine months  ended
March 31, 1995 to 35.1% in the nine months ended March 31, 1996.
    
 
   
    SELLING,   GENERAL  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSE.     Selling,  general  and
administrative expense increased  13.8% from  $16.0 million in  the nine  months
ended    March   31,    1995   to   $18.2    million   in    the   nine   months
    
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
   
ended March  31, 1996.  The increase  was due  largely to  increases in  selling
expenses  corresponding to increased sales.  Selling, general and administrative
expense as a percentage of total sales was 11.9% for the nine months ended March
31, 1996 compared with 13.7% for the corresponding period of the prior year.
    
 
   
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSE.  Research and development expense for  the
nine  months ended  March 31,  1996 increased to  $7.0 million  compared to $6.4
million in the same period in the prior year. As a percentage of sales, research
and development expense declined  from 5.5% in the  nine months ended March  31,
1995  to 4.6%  in the  nine months  ended March  31, 1996,  reflecting increased
sales. Research and  development expense is  net of funds  the Company  received
from  customers, industry  groups and government  sources in the  amount of $0.4
million and $0.1 million for the nine  months ended March 31, 1995 and the  nine
months  ended March 31,  1996, respectively. The  Company's allocated or charged
share of DuPont's  central research and  development was $1.4  million and  $1.1
million  for the nine months  ended March 31, 1995  and 1996, respectively. Such
allocations terminated on  December 31,  1995, and the  Company will  thereafter
only  incur such  charges pursuant to  the Research,  Development and Consulting
Agreement with DuPont.  See "Transactions and  Relationship Between the  Company
and DuPont -- Research, Development and Consulting Agreement."
    
 
   
    OTHER  OPERATING (INCOME) EXPENSE.   Other operating  expense increased from
$2.3 million in the nine months ended March 31, 1995 to $3.2 million in the nine
months ended March  31, 1996.  The increase  was due  largely to  pre-production
costs associated with the Company's joint venture in Shanghai, China.
    
 
   
    INTEREST EXPENSE.  Interest expense was essentially flat at $5.1 million for
both  the nine months ended  March 31, 1995 and the  nine months ended March 31,
1996.
    
 
   
    EXCHANGE (GAIN) LOSS.   Exchange loss was $0.2  million for the nine  months
ended  March 31,  1996 compared  to a  $0.5 million  exchange gain  for the same
period  in  the  prior  year.  The  loss  in  the  current  year  was  primarily
attributable to the fluctuation of the U.S. Dollar against the German Mark.
    
 
   
    PROVISION  FOR INCOME TAXES.   The Company's provision  for income taxes was
$1.9 million  for the  nine months  ended March  31, 1996.  The Company  had  no
provision for income taxes for the nine months ended March 31, 1995.
    
 
   
    MINORITY  INTEREST IN  INCOME (LOSS) OF  MAJORITY OWNED JOINT  VENTURE.  The
Minority Interest  impact  of the  Company's  joint venture  with  the  Shanghai
Institute  of Metallurgy was ($0.5 million) for  the nine months ended March 31,
1996 compared  to  ($0.1  million)  for  the same  period  in  the  prior  year,
reflecting  increased  pre-operating losses  from, and  partner funding  of, the
joint venture.
    
 
   
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATION
    
 
   
    The following table  sets forth certain  unaudited quarterly financial  data
for  each of the last eight fiscal quarters  ended March 31, 1996, and such data
as a percentage of the Company's  total sales. Such information is derived  from
the  unaudited combined financial statements of the Company that include, in the
    
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
   
opinion of management,  all normal  recurring adjustments necessary  for a  fair
presentation  of the  information set forth  therein. Operating  results for any
quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              THREE MONTHS ENDED
                           -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           JUNE 30    SEPT. 30    DEC. 31    MARCH 31    JUNE 30    SEPT. 30    DEC. 31    MARCH 31
                             1994       1994        1994       1995        1995       1995        1995       1996
                           --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------
                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA:
Total Sales..............  $35,537    $ 38,715    $ 37,617   $ 40,338    $44,844    $ 46,039    $ 50,279   $ 55,874
Cost of Goods Sold.......   27,152      28,132      28,185     29,428     31,277      32,192      31,151     35,374
Selling, General and
 Administrative
 Expense.................    5,144       5,136       5,058      5,823      5,786       5,869       6,316      5,979
Research and Development
 Expense -- Net..........    1,747       2,018       2,026      2,341      2,392       2,458       2,450      2,047
Other Operating (Income)
 Expense -- Net..........      732         507       1,107        703      1,173         633       1,614        972
                           --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------
Operating Profit.........      762       2,922       1,241      2,043      4,216       4,887       8,748     11,502
Interest Expense.........    1,438       1,597       1,660      1,797      1,903       1,832       1,634      1,625
Exchange (Gain) Loss.....      314          49        (137)      (388)       (17)        230          78        (80)
                           --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------
Income (Loss) Before
 Income Taxes and
 Minority Interest.......     (990)      1,276        (282)       634      2,330       2,825       7,036      9,957
Provision for Income
 Taxes...................    --          --          --         --         --            454         472        973
                           --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------
Income (Loss) Before
 Minority Interest.......     (990)      1,276        (282)       634      2,330       2,371       6,564      8,984
Minority Interest in
 Income (Loss) of
 Majority Owned Joint
 Venture.................    --          --             (6)       (76)       (79)        (55)      --          (428)
                           --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------
Net Income (Loss)........  $  (990)   $  1,276    $   (276)  $    710    $ 2,409    $  2,426    $  6,564   $  9,412
                           --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------
                           --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------
 
AS A PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL
 SALES:
Total Sales..............    100.0%      100.0%      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%      100.0%      100.0%     100.0%
Cost of Goods Sold.......     76.4        72.7        74.9       73.0       69.8        69.9        61.9       63.3
Selling, General and
 Administrative
 Expense.................     14.5        13.3        13.5       14.4       12.9        12.8        12.6       10.7
Research and Development
 Expense -- Net..........      4.9         5.2         5.4        5.8        5.3         5.3         4.9        3.7
Other Operating (Income)
 Expense -- Net..........      2.1         1.3         2.9        1.7        2.6         1.4         3.2        1.7
                           --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------
Operating Profit.........      2.1         7.5         3.3        5.1        9.4        10.6        17.4       20.6
Interest Expense.........      4.0         4.1         4.4        4.5        4.2         3.9         3.2        3.0
Exchange (Gain) Loss.....      0.9         0.1        (0.4)      (1.0)     --            0.5         0.2       (0.2)
                           --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------
Income (Loss) Before
 Income Taxes and
 Minority Interest.......     (2.8)        3.3        (0.7)       1.6        5.2         6.2        14.0       17.8
Provision for Income
 Taxes...................    --          --          --         --         --            1.0         0.9        1.7
                           --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------
Income (Loss) Before
 Minority Interest.......     (2.8)        3.3        (0.7)       1.6        5.2         5.2        13.1       16.1
Minority Interest in
 Income (Loss) of
 Majority Owned Joint
 Venture.................    --          --          --          (0.2)      (0.2)       (0.1)      --          (0.7)
                           --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------
Net Income (Loss)........     (2.8)%       3.3%       (0.7)%      1.8%       5.4%        5.3%       13.1%      16.8%
                           --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------
                           --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------   --------   ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
    Quarterly sales have increased sequentially  in every quarter over the  last
five  quarters primarily because of stronger demand for photomasks and the shift
in demand toward advanced photomasks as  described above. The Company derives  a
significant  portion  of  its  sales  revenues  from  sales  to  relatively  few
semiconductor manufacturers. The loss of,  or a significant reduction of  orders
from,  any of the Company's major customers could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business or results of operations, particularly on a  quarterly
basis.  See  "Risk  Factors --  Concentration  of Customers."  In  addition, the
Company's quarterly and annual operating results are affected by a wide  variety
of  factors that affect sales or profitability. These factors include the volume
and timing of orders shipped. Since  the Company's business is characterized  by
short  term  orders and  shipment schedules  without  a significant  backlog for
products, substantially all of the Company's sales in any quarter are  dependent
upon  orders received during that quarter.  See "Risk Factors -- Fluctuations in
Quarterly and Annual Earnings."
    
 
   
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
    
 
   
    Cash used  by operations  was $2.4  million in  1993, and  cash provided  by
operations  was $12.4 million in  1994, $29.0 million in  1995 and $36.3 million
for the nine  months ended March  31, 1996. These  increases were primarily  the
result  of higher sales  volume, which led  to improved net  income. The Company
believes that cash provided by operations  will be the Company's primary  source
of liquidity.
    
 
   
    The  Company's working  capital was  $22.9 million  at June  30, 1994, $16.4
million at June 30, 1995  and $13.3 million at March  31, 1996. The decrease  in
working    capital    for   the    nine    months   ended    March    31,   1996
    
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
   
principally reflects higher related party payables for amounts paid by DuPont on
behalf of the Company and  billed to the Company  on a monthly basis,  partially
offset  by increases in trade receivables  and inventory, all resulting from the
increased level of sales and business  activity during the period. The  decrease
in  1995 was partially caused by lower  prepaid expenses resulting from a change
in the manner in which the Company  pays one of its suppliers for its  services.
Prior  to June 1995, the Company prepaid  certain amounts owed to such supplier;
however, since such time, the  Company has paid such  supplier on a monthly,  as
billed,  basis. In addition, accounts payable  increased by $6.0 million in 1995
as a result of a deferred payment to AT&T pursuant to the AT&T Acquisition.
    
 
   
    Cash flows used for investing activities  were $22.1 million in 1993,  $11.7
million  in 1994, $18.6  million in 1995  and $18.8 million  for the nine months
ended March 31, 1996. The Company's  most significant use of cash for  investing
activities  was for purchases of property and equipment. Such purchases totalled
$18.1 million in 1993,  $5.0 million in  1994, $14.9 million  in 1995 and  $13.7
million  for the nine  months ended March  31, 1996. See  "Risk Factors -- Rapid
Technological Change; Capital Intensive Industry."
    
 
   
    Cash provided by financing  activities was $24.5 million  in 1993, and  cash
used for financing activities was $2.9 million in 1994, $7.0 million in 1995 and
$16.7  million for  the nine months  ended March  31, 1996. As  a participant in
DuPont's central cash management system, the  Company has used cash provided  by
operations  to repay borrowings from  DuPont pursuant to the  Master Note. As of
March 31, 1996, the  Company had borrowings of  $162.3 million under the  Master
Note.  Part  of  the  net proceeds  from  the  Offering will  be  used  to repay
indebtedness under the Master Note, and  any remaining balance under the  Master
Note  will be contributed as equity capital to  the Company by DCEO. See "Use of
Proceeds."
    
 
   
    Cash and cash equivalents were $3.9  million at June 30, 1994, $8.4  million
at  June 30, 1995 and $8.9 million at March 31, 1996. The Company will retain an
amount, currently  estimated  at  $9.1  million, of  the  net  proceeds  of  the
Offering;  such that, at the date the  Offering is consummated, the Company will
have cash and cash equivalents totalling approximately $18 million. The  Company
intends  to use these proceeds for general corporate purposes, including capital
expenditures and working capital. See "Use of Proceeds."
    
 
   
    The Company's ongoing  cash requirement  will be  for capital  expenditures,
research  and  product development  and working  capital. The  Company's capital
expenditures  for  1995  were  $18.9   million.  The  Company  expects   capital
expenditures to be approximately $30 million in 1996, $19.7 million of which has
been   spent,  and  it  expects  that  capital  expenditures  in  1997  will  be
approximately $42 million. The  capital expenditures for 1996  and 1997 will  be
used  primarily to expand  the Company's manufacturing  capacity and advance the
Company's technical capability.  The Company expects  that cash from  operations
and  the  credit  agreement  with  DCEO  will  be  sufficient  to  fund  capital
expenditures, product development  and working capital  requirements. See  "Risk
Factors  --  Rapid  Technological  Change;  Capital  Intensive  Industry," "Risk
Factors --  No  Independent Operating  History  Prior to  the  Offering,"  "Risk
Factors -- Recent Losses" and "-- Overview."
    
 
   
    The  Company  and  DCEO  have  entered  into  a  two-year  credit agreement,
effective as of January 1, 1996, pursuant  to which DCEO has agreed, subject  to
certain  conditions, to provide a revolving  credit/ working capital facility to
the Company in an  aggregate amount of  up to $30  million. The credit  facility
will  serve  as a  back-up to  cash  from operations  and provide  financing for
general capital  spending and  corporate purposes  and ongoing  working  capital
needs.  The credit agreement contains, among other things, covenants restricting
the Company's ability to  incur additional debt above  a certain threshold.  See
"Transactions  and  Relationship  Between  the  Company  and  DuPont  --  Credit
Facility."
    
 
   
    The Company believes that its available funds following the Offering and its
access to the credit facility will  be sufficient to meet its cash  requirements
through  at least fiscal 1997. See  "Risk Factors -- Rapid Technological Change;
Capital Intensive Industry."
    
 
OTHER MATTERS
 
   
    The Company is currently negotiating an agreement with three other companies
that, if  consummated, would  result in  the formation  of a  limited  liability
company  that  would develop  advanced  photomask fabrication  technologies. The
Company believes that through its participation it will be able to help meet the
    
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
   
future technology needs of the  semiconductor industry for advanced  photomasks.
There  can be no  assurance that final  agreements will be  executed or that, if
executed, will yield results that are favorable to the Company. See "Business --
Strategy --  Advance  Technological Leadership"  and  "Business --  Strategy  --
Expand Strategic Relationships with Customers."
    
 
    Foreign  operations  are subject  to  certain risks  inherent  in conducting
business abroad, including price and currency exchange controls, fluctuation  in
the  relative value of currencies  and restrictive governmental actions. Changes
in the relative value of currencies occur from time to time and may, in  certain
instances,  have a material  effect on the Company's  results of operations. The
Combined  Financial  Statements   reflect  remeasurements   of  monetary   items
denominated  in  foreign currencies  to U.S.  Dollars, the  Company's functional
currency. Monetary assets and liabilities  are remeasured at the exchange  rates
in  effect at  the end of  the applicable  period. Exchange gains  or losses are
included in Exchange (Gain) Loss  in income in the  period in which they  occur.
Non-monetary  assets, which are principally  inventories and plant, property and
equipment, are remeasured at historical exchange rates, and income and  expenses
are remeasured at average exchange rates in effect during the applicable period,
except  for expenses related to balance  sheet amounts, which are measured using
historical exchange rates.
 
    Prior to the Offering, DuPont managed the Company's exposure to fluctuations
in foreign currency exchange rates as part of its overall management of exchange
rate exposure  of DuPont  and its  subsidiaries,  as a  whole, and  no  separate
hedging  of  the  Company's  foreign  exchange  rate  exposure  was  undertaken.
Accordingly, the  Combined  Financial  Statements do  not  reflect  any  hedging
activities.  However, following the Offering, the Company plans to independently
monitor its  foreign exchange  rate  exposure and  may  attempt to  reduce  such
exposure  in the future by hedging. The risks associated with foreign operations
have not, to date, had a material adverse impact on the Company's liquidity  and
results  of operations. There can, however, be no assurance that such risks will
not have a  material adverse impact  on the Company's  liquidity and results  of
operations  in the future. See Note 17  to the Combined Financial Statements for
the three years ended June 30,  1995 for geographical financial data  concerning
the  Company's  operations.  See  "Risk  Factors  --  Significant  International
Operations."
 
    The effects of inflation are experienced by the Company through increases in
the cost of labor, services and raw materials. In general, these costs have been
anticipated by periodic increases in the prices of its products.
 
   
DISCUSSION OF PRO FORMA
    
 
   
    The Pro Forma Combined Statement of Financial Position estimates the  effect
that  the  following  transactions would  have  had on  the  Company's financial
position had they occurred as of March 31, 1996: (i) the Offering and the use of
net proceeds as described under "Use of Proceeds"; (ii) the contribution by DCEO
of the remaining balance outstanding under the Master Note and certain  accounts
payable  relating to the  Master Note; and (iii)  other adjustments described in
the Notes to the Combined Pro Forma Financial Statements. The principal  effects
on  the Company's financial position would have  been (i) a net increase in cash
and cash  equivalents of  $9.1 million  resulting from  the payment  of  certain
dividends to DuPont and the Company's retaining a portion of the net proceeds of
the  Offering sufficient to ensure that it has approximately $18 million of cash
and cash  equivalents  following  the  Offering;  (ii)  a  decrease  in  amounts
outstanding  under the Master  Note resulting from  the use of  the net proceeds
from the Offering  to repay  $46.0 million  outstanding under  the Master  Note;
(iii) an increase of $3.4 million in deferred income taxes arising from the fact
that  the Company's tax return will  not be consolidated with DuPont's following
the Offering; and (iv) an  increase in the Owner's Net  Investment/Shareholder's
Equity  of  $123.0 million,  which represents  the contribution  by DCEO  of the
remaining balance outstanding under the Master Note and certain accounts payable
described above and retention by DuPont of certain payroll liabilities. See "Use
of Proceeds."
    
 
   
    The Pro Forma Combined  Statements of Operations  estimate the effects  that
the  following would have  had on the  Company's results of  operations had they
occurred as of July 1, 1994: (i) the discontinuance of DuPont's  post-retirement
and  post-employment benefits  and the  replacement of  DuPont's defined benefit
pension plan  with the  Company's defined  contribution pension  plan; (ii)  the
elimination of DuPont allocated
    
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
   
overhead  expenses that are not expected to be incurred by the Company following
the Offering; (iii)  the cost of  services to  be provided by  third parties  or
DuPont  pursuant to transitional administrative  services agreements with DuPont
and its subsidiaries and additional employees assumed to be hired by the Company
to replace those services previously provided by DuPont; and (iv) recognition of
expenses relating to the  Company's Stock Performance  Plan. See "Management  --
Compensation   of  DPI  Employees  in  1996   --  Stock  Performance  Plan"  and
"Transactions and Relationship Between the Company and DuPont --  Administrative
Services  Agreements." The principal effect of these adjustments would have been
a decrease in  costs of goods  sold by,  and a corresponding  increase in  gross
profit  of, $1.7  million for 1995  and $1.0  million for the  nine months ended
March 31, 1996. In addition,  selling, general and administrative expense  would
have  increased by $0.8  million for 1995  and $1.1 million  for the nine months
ended March 31, 1996, and research and development expense would have  decreased
by  $1.5 million for 1995  and $0.8 million for the  nine months ended March 31,
1996. As a result of these adjustments, operating profit would have increased by
$2.7 million for 1995 and $1.1 million for the nine months ended March 31, 1996.
Furthermore, because of  the repayment and  contribution of the  Master Note  as
described above, interest expense would have decreased $6.9 million for 1995 and
$5.0  million for the nine months ended March 31, 1996. Consequently, net income
(offset by increases in provision for income taxes) would have been increased by
$6.1 million for 1995 and  decreased by $0.9 million  for the nine months  ended
March 31, 1996.
    
 
   
    The Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements do not purport to represent what
the  results of operations  or financial position of  the Company would actually
have been had  the events  described above in  fact occurred  on the  applicable
dates  or to  project the  results of  operations or  financial position  of the
Company for  any future  period.  See Pro  Forma Combined  Financial  Statements
appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
    Based  on  worldwide  sales, DuPont  Photomasks,  Inc. is  the  largest U.S.
photomask manufacturer and one of the two largest photomask manufacturers in the
world. Photomasks are  high-purity quartz or  glass plates containing  precision
microscopic   images  of  integrated  circuits  and   are  used  as  masters  by
semiconductor  manufacturers   to   optically   transfer   these   images   onto
semiconductor  wafers.  The Company  develops  and uses  advanced  technology to
manufacture a broad range of photomasks based on customer-supplied design  data,
including  photomasks that meet  the tightest design  specifications required by
semiconductor manufacturers today.  Since 1991, DPI  has operated globally  with
established  manufacturing  facilities in  North America,  Europe and  Asia. The
Company is the only photomask manufacturer  in the world that also  manufactures
and  markets  both  photoblanks  and  pellicles,  the  principal  components  of
photomasks, facilitating the Company's ability  to ensure an adequate supply  of
quality  components.  The  Company  sells  its  products  to  approximately  200
customers in  20  different countries.  The  Company  believes that  it  is  the
principal  merchant photomask supplier for many of its customers, including AMD,
Delco/General Motors,  Digital, Hyundai,  LG Semicon,  Lucent Technologies  Inc.
(formerly  AT&T), Micron Technology,  Motorola, National Semiconductor, Philips,
Samsung, Seagate and SGS-Thomson.  The Company serves  its global customer  base
from  eight ISO  9002-qualified manufacturing  facilities and  numerous customer
service centers.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
    Semiconductors are the basic  building blocks used  to create an  increasing
variety   of  electronic  products  and   systems.  Continuous  improvements  in
semiconductor processing  and  design technologies  have  led to  smaller,  more
complex  and more reliable devices at a  lower cost per function. As performance
has increased and  size and  cost have decreased,  semiconductors have  expanded
beyond  their original primary applications, such as computer systems, to a wide
array of additional applications such as telecommunications systems,  automotive
products,  consumer  goods and  industrial  automation and  control  systems. In
addition, systems users  and designers  have demanded  semiconductors with  more
functionality,  higher levels  of performance,  greater reliability  and shorter
design  cycles,  all  in  smaller  packages  at  lower  costs.  The  demand  for
semiconductors  has  also  expanded  geographically with  the  emergence  of new
markets, particularly in Asia. As  a result, semiconductor sales have  increased
substantially  over time, though with  significant cyclical variations in growth
rates. According to  industry sources, worldwide  semiconductor sales  increased
from  approximately $30 billion in 1985 to  over $150 billion in 1995. See "Risk
Factors -- Relationship with and Dependence on Semiconductor Industry."
 
    The  market  for   photomasks  is  primarily   comprised  of   semiconductor
manufacturers  in North America, Europe and Asia. Growth in the photomask market
has not always correlated  with increases in  semiconductor sales, since  demand
for  photomasks is driven  principally by new  semiconductor designs rather than
sales. While growth in semiconductor manufacturing and new semiconductor designs
generated demand  for  new photomasks  from  the mid-1980's  through  the  early
1990's,  the  Company  believes  that  this  underlying  growth  was  offset  by
semiconductor  and  photomask  design  and  manufacturing  efficiencies.  First,
cost-effective  and  powerful  workstations  and  CAD  tools  enabled integrated
circuit designers to perfect semiconductor designs through computer  simulation,
thereby  significantly  reducing  the  need to  produce  numerous  iterations of
photomasks. Second, ultra-thin  protective covers called  pellicles began to  be
widely  used in the mid-1980's to protect photomask surfaces from contamination,
thereby prolonging the life of photomasks. Third, the need for backup  photomask
sets  was significantly reduced  by improved production  cycle time that enabled
lead times for replacement photomasks to fall from several days to 24 hours. See
"Risk Factors -- Relationship with and Dependence on Semiconductor Industry."
 
    Photomask manufacturers increased production  capacity significantly in  the
mid-1980's, failing to anticipate the offsetting effect of these efficiencies on
the  growing underlying demand for new photomasks. The resulting excess capacity
created a  competitive  environment that  led  to depressed  prices.  See  "Risk
Factors  -- Competition; Reversal  of Consolidation Trend."  The excess capacity
was further  exacerbated by  the  advent of  reduction photolithography  in  the
mid-1980's. Reduction photolithography, which allowed the
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
use  of photomasks with features  five times larger than  the image being etched
onto the semiconductor wafer, resulted in a significant relaxation of  photomask
specifications  and,  consequently,  extended  the  life  of  existing photomask
technology and manufacturing facilities.
 
   
    Partly as a result of the excess capacity and depressed prices caused by the
factors described above, the merchant photomask market in the United States  and
Europe  began in 1985 to consolidate as  a number of merchant suppliers acquired
other merchant  photomask manufacturers.  Concurrently with  this  consolidation
trend,  semiconductor  manufacturers  began to  divest  their  captive photomask
operations by  selling  such  operations  to  independent  photomask  merchants.
Consequently,  the  share  of the  market  served by  the  remaining independent
merchants  has   increased  significantly.   The  Company   believes  that   the
consolidation of photomask manufacturers was primarily caused by the significant
capital  requirements and competitive pricing  pressures of the photomask market
as a whole as well as the poor financial performance of some merchant suppliers.
The number of significant independent manufacturers in North America and  Europe
decreased  from approximately 14 in the mid-1980's  to five in 1994. The Company
believes that, in addition to excess capacity and competitive pricing, the other
cause of  the  divestiture  trend  was the  emergence  of  reliable  independent
photomask   manufacturers,   such   as  the   Company,   enabling  semiconductor
manufacturers to divest or limit  new investment in their photomask  facilities.
See "Risk Factors -- Rapid Technological Change; Capital Intensive Industry" and
"-- Competition; Reversal of Consolidation Trend."
    
 
    The  Company  believes that  in  the last  two  years growth  in  demand for
photomasks has  resumed.  According to  industry  sources, the  total  worldwide
market  for photomasks  was approximately  $1.3 billion  in 1995.  The photomask
market in North  America, Europe and  non-Japan Asia is  estimated to have  been
approximately 50% of the worldwide market over the last five years, and merchant
photomask  sales in these regions  are estimated to have  been in excess of $375
million in 1995.
 
    The  Company   believes  that   the  impact   of  CAD   efficiencies,   mask
pelliclization,  reduced  cycle time  and reduction  photolithography technology
that negatively affected photomask industry growth throughout the mid-1980's and
the early 1990's has largely dissipated, and consequently, prices for photomasks
have stabilized. As a result, the  Company expects that growth in  semiconductor
design  activity and demand will drive current photomask industry growth without
the offsetting influences  that previously  existed. The  following factors  are
expected to be particularly important:
 
    -CUSTOMIZATION   OF   SEMICONDUCTOR   DESIGNS.      Increasing   demand  for
     semiconductors including application specific integrated circuits  (ASICs),
     application  specific standard products  (ASSPs), embedded microcontrollers
     and  a  growing  variety  of  memory  products  has  generated  demand  for
     photomasks as each new type of semiconductor device requires additional new
     photomasks.
 
    -INCREASING  DEVICE COMPLEXITY.  As  the complexity of semiconductor devices
     has increased in response to continued efforts to improve the functionality
     of these devices through greater  transistor densities and smaller  feature
     sizes,  the  number  of photomasks  used  in  the manufacture  of  a single
     integrated  circuit  has  also  increased.  For  example,  the  number   of
     photomasks  typically required  for the  manufacture of  microprocessors in
     1991 was 14 as  compared to 22 photomasks  for the currently most  advanced
     generation of microprocessors.
 
    -DECREASING  SIZE OF  SEMICONDUCTOR DESIGNS.   The  semiconductor industry's
     growth is  driven by  its  ability to  produce  smaller and  more  powerful
     semiconductor  chips  at  lower costs.  Development  of  increasingly small
     design features  is likely  to generate  increased demand  for  high-value,
     advanced  photomasks that  can accurately and  reliably replicate intricate
     design features.
 
    -NEW  WAFER  FABRICATION  FACILITIES.    Semiconductor  manufacturers   have
     announced    plans   to   increase    investment   significantly   in   new
     state-of-the-art wafer  fabrication  facilities and  upgrades  of  existing
     facilities. New wafer fabrication facilities are likely to utilize improved
     lithography  equipment which typically increases demand for technologically
     advanced photomasks.
 
    -PROLIFERATION OF SEMICONDUCTOR APPLICATIONS.  Semiconductor devices of  all
     types  are continuing to proliferate  into new products, including cellular
     telephones, pagers, automobiles, medical products,
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
     household appliances and other  electronic consumer products. In  addition,
     the  demand  for semiconductor  devices  from traditional  markets  such as
     personal computers  is growing  significantly as  semiconductor content  in
     electronic  systems  increases and  as personal  computers expand  into new
     market segments such as home use.
 
    The Company believes that certain of these trends are changing the nature of
the photomask industry
and its importance  in the semiconductor  manufacturing process. Photomasks  are
reemerging   as  a  critical  and   enabling  technology  in  the  semiconductor
manufacturing process,  and  the  photomask market  is  expected  to  experience
greater growth as a result. Semiconductor design rules have recently advanced so
that  even  "5X" reduction  ratios require  photomasks with  submicron features.
Future  semiconductor  devices  are  expected  to  require  features  below  the
resolution  limit  of  existing photolithography  equipment.  Advanced photomask
technologies such  as phase  shift and  optical proximity  correction masks  can
extend  the optical  resolution of existing  photolithography equipment, thereby
delaying the significant investment required for new semiconductor manufacturing
equipment. In addition,  as semiconductor  line widths  become as  small as  the
wavelength of the illumination sources in optical lithography, the semiconductor
manufacturing   process   becomes  increasingly   dependent   on  high-precision
photomasks with  tighter specifications  and tolerances.  Future generations  of
wafer lithography equipment are expected to increase the need for high precision
photomasks,  thereby further increasing demand for advanced photomasks that have
tighter specifications. All of these  changes in the semiconductor industry  are
increasing the already important role of photomasks and driving the need for the
continuing development of advanced photomasks.
 
DUPONT PHOTOMASKS
 
   
    DuPont  entered the  photomask market  in 1986  with the  acquisition of Tau
Laboratories, a  merchant  photomask  supplier whose  principal  customers  were
Delco/General Motors and Motorola. From this base, DuPont embarked on a strategy
to  establish a global presence that would enable  it to respond to the needs of
multi-national semiconductor  manufacturers. As  part of  this strategy,  DuPont
purchased  assets of numerous captive  photomask operations and acquired several
merchant photomask companies. Such acquisitions include Gould AMI (1987), Master
Images  (1987),  Motorola  (1987),   Symbios  Logic  (1988),  Nanomask   (1988),
SGS-Thomson/Texas   (1989),  National   Semiconductor  (1990),  Philips/Nijmegen
(1990),  Rexotech   (1990),  Perkin   Elmer   ALO  (1990),   Tektronix   (1991),
Philips/Hamburg  (1993) and  AT&T (1995). In  addition, DPI  constructed its own
"greenfield" sites in  Round Rock,  Texas (1987)  and Ichon,  Korea (1991).  The
Company  is  currently  participating  in the  construction  of  a manufacturing
facility in  Shanghai, China  as part  of a  joint venture  and is  planning  to
construct  a  photomask  manufacturing  facility  on  a  "greenfield"  site near
Glasgow, Scotland. The Company has established a large, worldwide  manufacturing
structure  that  can  supply  the  needs  of  the  leading  global semiconductor
manufacturers. Based on sales in North America, the Company believes that it  is
one  of the two  largest photomask suppliers  in North America,  and the Company
believes that it is the largest photomask supplier in Europe and non-Japan  Asia
based  on sales in such  regions. See "Risk Factors  -- Competition; Reversal of
Consolidation Trend" and "-- Growth by Acquisition."
    
 
    DPI's  photomask   technology  spans   the  full   array  of   semiconductor
requirements,    including   dynamic   and   static   memory,   microprocessors,
microcontrollers, application specific integrated circuits (ASICs),  application
specific  standard products (ASSPs) and analog and discrete devices. The Company
also manufactures photomasks for thin film heads used in disk drives,  multichip
modules   and  flat  panel  displays.   Customers  for  these  products  include
Micromodule,  Philips,  Seagate  and  Xerox.   In  addition,  the  Company   has
consistently been an industry leader in developing the most advanced photomasks.
In  order to maintain and enhance  its technological leadership, the Company has
strategic relationships with key customers in developing leading edge photomasks
and with leading equipment suppliers such as Etec Systems Inc. ("Etec") and  KLA
Instruments  Corporation ("KLA")  in developing  equipment capable  of producing
such leading edge  photomasks. Outside Japan,  the Company believes  that it  is
currently  the  principal  independent  supplier  of  leading  edge  photomasks,
including phase shift, optical  proximity correction and advanced  specification
photomasks.  See "Risk Factors --  Rapid Technological Change; Capital Intensive
Industry."
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    The  Company believes that it is the principal photomask supplier of many of
the leading, global semiconductor manufacturers. The Company sells its  products
to  approximately 200 customers in 20 different countries, and its customers are
among  the  largest  worldwide  semiconductor  and  electronics   manufacturers,
including  AMD,  Delco/General Motors,  Digital,  Fujitsu, Hyundai,  LG Semicon,
Lucent Technologies  (formerly  AT&T),  Micron  Technology,  Motorola,  National
Semiconductor, Philips, Samsung, Seagate, SGS-Thomson and Texas Instruments. The
Company  believes that  its customers  have come  to rely  on DPI  to meet their
photomask  needs  on  a  timely  basis  and  to  make  mask  production  process
improvements  necessary to keep pace with their own technological advances. As a
result, the Company believes that  most of its primary  customers view DPI as  a
strategic  partner in the semiconductor manufacturing process. See "Risk Factors
- -- Concentration of Customers."
 
    The Company  is the  only  photomask manufacturer  in  the world  that  also
manufactures and markets the principal components of photomasks: photoblanks and
pellicles.  The  Company  produces  and  supplies between  70%  and  80%  of the
photoblanks and the pellicles  it uses to manufacture  photomasks. As a  result,
the  Company believes it has  a competitive advantage because  of its ability to
manage the supply,  quality and costs  of these component  materials. See  "Risk
Factors -- Concentration of and Dependence on Suppliers."
 
STRATEGY
 
    The Company's objective is to be the world's premier supplier of photomasks,
providing   superior  service  and  advanced  technology,  by  implementing  the
following strategies.
 
    CAPITALIZE  ON  GLOBAL  MANUFACTURING   PRESENCE.    The  Company's   global
manufacturing presence enables it to respond to the needs of its customers, many
of which have facilities located throughout the world. The Company believes that
delivery  of photomasks on a timely basis  is important to its customers because
it reduces their cycle  times. Photomask suppliers  that have global  operations
should  have  a  competitive  advantage because  proximity  to  their customers'
worldwide facilities makes  rapid delivery  more feasible. Since  1991, DPI  has
operated  globally with  established manufacturing facilities  in North America,
Europe and Asia.  The Company  intends to  capitalize on  this global  strategic
position by continuing to invest in each of these regions in order to expand its
existing manufacturing base and participate in regional market growth.
 
   
    ADVANCE  TECHNOLOGICAL LEADERSHIP.   To meet  the demands  of leading global
semiconductor manufacturers, the  Company has continually  invested in  research
and  development and  the advanced equipment  necessary to  produce leading edge
photomasks. The Company intends to  continue to develop leading edge  photomasks
and  advance  its technological  leadership  by beta  testing  new manufacturing
equipment and developing manufacturing processes to produce the next  generation
of  photomasks.  For example,  the Company's  facility in  Round Rock,  Texas is
specifically designed to pioneer the most advanced technologies at the  earliest
stage   of  development.  As  a  result,   this  facility  operates  both  as  a
manufacturing and  research  and  development  facility.  The  Company  cascades
technological  advancements  from  Round Rock  to  its other  facilities  as the
customers served by  these facilities  begin to demand  these advancements.  The
Company's  other  facilities often  enhance  the processes  that  were initially
developed in Round Rock and subsequently  share these enhancements with all  the
Company's  facilities, thereby enabling  the Company to  reduce redundancies and
inconsistencies in  manufacturing development.  The  Company also  is  currently
negotiating  an agreement with three other companies that, if consummated, would
result in  the formation  of  a limited  liability  company that  would  develop
advanced  photomask fabrication  technologies. See  "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of  Results  of Operations  --  Other  Matters." DPI  also  intends  to
continue  to  participate  in  research and  development  projects  supported by
SEMATECH, JESSI  and  other  organizations focused  on  advancing  semiconductor
technology.  DPI believes that by advancing its technological leadership it will
strengthen its position  as a  strategic partner  to its  primary customers.  In
addition,  DPI believes that by manufacturing  and selling advanced products, it
should be able to increase sales of other types of photomasks. Typically, a  set
of photomasks for each semiconductor device contains one or two advanced levels,
which  are considered critical by the customer. The photomasks that comprise the
rest of the set are
    
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
typically less critical. In order to obtain proper alignment of the  photomasks,
however,  the entire set  is typically manufactured  by a single  supplier. As a
result, DPI  believes that  the ability  to manufacture  critical levels  should
generate additional photomask sales.
 
    EXPAND  STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS WITH  CUSTOMERS.  The  Company has developed
strategic relationships with certain of its customers, and it intends to  expand
these relationships by increasing its shared activities with some of the world's
leading  semiconductor manufacturers, including joint investment in the research
and development of advanced photomasks. DPI believes that the expansion of these
relationships will enable it to share  the risks and benefits of developing  the
next generation of photomasks. In addition, relationships with customers provide
the  Company with valuable know-how and position it as the key supplier to these
customers.
 
    LEVERAGE  INTEGRATED  POSITION.     The  Company   is  the  only   photomask
manufacturer  in the world that also manufactures photoblanks and pellicles, the
principal components of photomasks. As a  result, the Company believes it has  a
competitive  advantage because of its ability  to manage the supply, quality and
costs of  these  component materials.  In  addition,  DPI intends  to  use  this
capability  to develop the advanced photoblanks  and pellicles necessary for the
production of the  next generation of  photomasks. For example,  the Company  is
currently   developing  numerous  component   material  enhancements,  including
embedded attenuated photoblanks and  improved deep ultraviolet (DUV)  pellicles,
as part of an integrated effort to develop more advanced photomasks.
 
    PURSUE  STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS  WITH KEY  SUPPLIERS.   The Company believes
that its strategic  relationships with leading  equipment suppliers help  ensure
that  it  can provide  its  customers with  early  access to  the  most advanced
photomasks. As a result,  delays between any  advances in semiconductor  devices
and  advances in photomasks  can be minimized. DPI  works closely with equipment
suppliers, including Etec and KLA, and  with materials suppliers, in some  cases
under  the auspices of  Sematech. For example, the  Company regularly beta tests
new  pattern   generation   and   inspection  equipment,   providing   it   with
"time-to-market" advantages.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
PRODUCTS AND TECHNOLOGY
 
    PHOTOMASKS.   Photomasks are  high-purity quartz or  glass plates containing
precision, microscopic images of  integrated circuits that  are used as  masters
(equivalent to "negatives" in a photographic process) to optically transfer such
microscopic  images  of circuit  patterns onto  semiconductor wafers  during the
fabrication of  semiconductor  integrated  circuits  and  discrete  devices.  In
producing  a semiconductor, a photomask is  usually placed in a photolithography
tool, called a stepper, to make  numerous reproductions of the pattern image  on
semiconductor   wafers.   This   reproduction  is   typically   accomplished  by
transferring light through the photomask onto a photoresist that was spin-coated
onto the surface of the semiconductor  wafer. The areas of the photoresist  that
have  been  exposed  to light  are  then  dissolved by  chemical  developers and
subjected to further  processing, such  as etching, ion  implantation and  metal
deposition. Successive steps of lithography, deposition and processing gradually
create the multiple layers of conducting, semiconducting and insulating patterns
that make up the millions of transistors found in a modern semiconductor device.
 
   
           [Diagram of use of photomask in semiconductor lithography]
    
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
    Photomasks  are manufactured by the Company in accordance with semiconductor
design data provided on a confidential basis by its customers. The final  design
of  each  integrated circuit  results  in a  set  of precise  individual circuit
patterns to be imaged  onto a series  of typically 10  to 22 separate  photomask
levels.  The complete set of patterned photomasks is required to manufacture the
customer's integrated  circuit  design. Upon  receipt  of a  customer's  circuit
design,  the Company  converts the  design to  pattern data,  which are  used to
control an electron or laser beam that  exposes the circuit pattern onto a  thin
layer  of  photosensitive polymer,  called  a photoresist,  covering  the opaque
chrome layer of  the photoblank.  The exposed  areas are  dissolved by  chemical
developers,  and the thin chrome layer of  the photoblank is etched to replicate
the customer design  pattern on  the photomask. Subsequently,  the photomask  is
inspected for defects, its critical dimensions are confirmed and any defects are
repaired. Pellicles are then mounted onto the masks, and the masks are delivered
to the customer.
 
   
            [Flow chart of typical photomask manufacturing process]
    
 
    The  Company manufactures a  broad range of  photomasks for varying customer
applications,  including  applications  requiring   the  use  of  leading   edge
photomasks.  The  Company produces  4"  by 4"  through  7" by  7"  photomasks at
reduction ratios ranging from 1:1 to 10:1,  which can be used on 1:1  projection
aligners and steppers, 5:1 reduction steppers and 4:1 step and scan systems. The
Company's  products  are compatible  with  nearly all  semiconductor lithography
technologies, ranging  from  G-Line and  I-Line  to DUV  lithography,  which  is
expected  by the Company to become the principal advanced lithography technology
during the next decade. The  Company manufactures these products using  multiple
production  techniques, including  electron beam and  laser exposure  as well as
lower cost optical exposure techniques.
 
    The Company has  developed advanced photomask  products for customers  using
leading  edge  lithography  technologies  in three  categories:  (i)  masks with
extremely tight  specifications, (ii)  phase shift  masks and  (iii) masks  with
optical  proximity  correction.  Advanced  specification  photomasks  permit the
customer to use
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
a  variety  of  lithography  technologies  since  the  high  quality  and  tight
tolerances  of  the photomask  permit greater  flexibility in  the semiconductor
manufacturing process.  Phase  shift  mask  and  masks  with  optical  proximity
correction   typically  require  extremely  tight  specifications  coupled  with
additional unique characteristics. Phase shift  masks are photomasks that  alter
the  phase of the light passing  through the photomask permitting improved depth
of focus and  resolution on the  wafer. Optical proximity  correction masks  are
photomasks with submicron features that help minimize optical distortions on the
wafer  and  therefore  permit  improved image  fidelity.  The  demand  for these
products has  grown during  the past  two  years as  customers search  for  cost
effective,  less capital  intensive methods for  improving current semiconductor
fabrication yields  and shrinking  feature  sizes. All  three of  these  product
categories provide opportunities for semiconductor manufacturers to produce more
advanced products with existing lithography equipment. Therefore, these advanced
photomasks  are expected by the Company to enable semiconductor manufacturers to
delay significant capital  investment in  new generation  steppers. The  Company
estimates  that sales of these three product categories was less than 15% of the
Company's total sales  for fiscal 1995,  but the Company  expects that sales  of
these  products will  increase. The Company's  current product  offerings are as
follows:
 
   
                [Chart showing the Company's photomask products]
    
 
    PHOTOBLANKS AND PELLICLES.   Photomasks are  manufactured from  photoblanks,
which  are highly polished quartz or  glass plates coated with ultra-thin layers
of  chrome  and   photoresist.  The   photomask  is   protected  from   particle
contamination  by  an  ultra-thin,  frame-mounted  transparent  film,  called  a
pellicle.  The  pellicle  when  mounted  on  the  photomask  creates  a   sealed
contamination-free environment for the photomask pattern. Because the Company is
the  only  photomask  manufacturer  that  also  manufactures  and  markets  both
photoblanks and pellicles, it  believes that it has  a competitive advantage  in
managing  the supply,  quality and  cost of  its principal  component materials.
Photoblanks and pellicles  constitute approximately 80%  of the materials  costs
associated  with  photomask production.  Between 70%  and  80% of  the Company's
demand for these  critical components  is internally  supplied. Photoblanks  and
pellicles  are also sold to customers  that include Fujitsu, Intel, Motorola and
Siemens AG.  The  Company  is  currently one  of  the  major  quartz  photoblank
suppliers  worldwide, and it believes that it is the only commercial supplier of
quartz photoblanks outside Japan.  The Company believes that  it is also one  of
the  three  largest  pellicle  suppliers  worldwide.  In  1992,  DPI transferred
pellicle production from its Poughkeepsie, New York facility, where  photoblanks
are  manufactured, to  a new manufacturing  facility in  Danbury, Connecticut in
order to better meet the quality requirements for future product generations.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    The production  of  photoblanks requires  ultra  pure chrome  deposition  on
highly  polished  and extremely  flat quartz  or  glass substrates.  The Company
purchases virgin quartz substrates primarily from Shin Etsu Handotai Co.,  which
is  the world's largest  producer of these substrates.  In addition, the Company
recycles quartz substrates which  have been repolished in  order to reduce  cost
and  dependence on external suppliers. The  Company acquires between 20% and 30%
of the photoblanks it uses to manufacture photomasks from Hoya Corp. and  others
that  serve  as  a backup  to  the  Company's own  production.  The  quality and
properties of photoblanks strongly affect  the yield and quality of  photomasks.
The  Company's research and development of photoblanks is focused on the optimum
balance of  properties among  the quartz  substrate, the  chrome layer  and  the
resist  layer  and on  contamination-free manufacturing  techniques in  order to
achieve the  characteristics that  are needed  for the  manufacture of  advanced
photomasks.  This  work  has  resulted  in two  patents,  including  one  for an
attenuated embedded shifter  blank, and  a third  patent is  pending. See  "Risk
Factors -- Concentration of and Dependence on Suppliers."
 
    Pellicles  are produced from nitrocellulose  or other polymer solutions that
the Company prepares or  purchases. The ultra thin  film is typically  precision
coated   with   an  anti-reflective   layer   to  improve   optical  performance
characteristics. Material properties and manufacturing conditions are  carefully
tuned   to  match  the   pellicle's  light  transmission   properties  with  the
requirements of the specific semiconductor lithography application. The  Company
has  introduced  proprietary pellicle  films that  are specifically  designed to
withstand the  powerful  DUV  radiation  found in  the  emerging  generation  of
advanced   steppers.  In  addition,  the  Company  is  developing  contamination
resistant features  for the  pellicle  frame assembly.  The Company  holds  five
patents  covering  various  aspects  of pellicle  technology,  with  two patents
pending. To assure a backup supply,  the Company purchases approximately 20%  to
30%  of  the pellicles  it  uses to  manufacture  photomasks from  several other
suppliers.
 
GLOBAL MANUFACTURING AND OPERATIONS
 
    In order to meet the increasing  global demand for their products,  original
equipment  manufacturers (OEMs)  are constructing  new factories  throughout the
world. Semiconductor  manufacturers  are similarly  building  wafer  fabrication
facilities  located near their  OEM customers. Semiconductors  produced at these
facilities are designed either locally or at separate design centers, which  are
sometimes  located  on different  continents. The  Company believes  that global
semiconductor manufacturers prefer  photomask suppliers that  can accept  orders
and  manufacture photomasks in  close proximity to their  facilities in order to
ensure a more stable and dependable photomask supply. This preference creates  a
competitive  advantage for  photomask companies  that have  global manufacturing
facilities as  well  as a  telecommunications  network capable  of  rapidly  and
securely   transmitting  semiconductor   design  data.  See   "Risk  Factors  --
Competition; Reversal of Consolidation Trend."
 
    Since  1991,  DPI  has  operated  globally  with  established  manufacturing
facilities  in North  America, Europe  and Asia.  In North  America, the Company
operates photomask manufacturing facilities in  Round Rock, Texas; Santa  Clara,
California;   and  Kokomo,  Indiana.  In  Europe,  the  Company's  manufacturing
facilities are  located in  Rousset,  France and  Hamburg,  Germany, and  it  is
planning to construct a third photomask manufacturing facility on a "greenfield"
site  near  Glasgow,  Scotland.  In  Asia,  the  Company  currently  operates  a
manufacturing facility in Ichon, Korea and is participating in the  construction
of  a facility with  its joint venture  partner in Shanghai,  China. The Company
believes that its global presence is  important for meeting the supply needs  of
multi-national  customers  as it  facilitates  the Company's  ability  to supply
quality products to its customers' worldwide locations on a timely basis.  Close
proximity  to customers is important because  of rapid delivery requirements and
the need for  frequent personal  interactions. As a  result, each  manufacturing
facility primarily supplies local semiconductor manufacturers. Moreover, each of
the  Company's  manufacturing facilities  is  connected by  a  data transmission
network, which allows these facilities to transfer confidential customer  design
data   and  manufacturing  instructions  rapidly  and  coordinate  manufacturing
responsibility with the Company's  other facilities. By  being able to  transfer
information  throughout  the world  with this  network, the  Company is  able to
optimize capacity utilization, thereby lowering production costs while providing
effective customer service on a local level. In addition, a trend is  developing
whereby   semiconductor  manufacturers  in  certain  regions  are  beginning  to
specialize in certain technologies. For example, semiconductor manufacturers  in
Korea are rapidly assuming global leadership in
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
DRAMS.  Because of  its global  network, the  Company believes  that it  is well
positioned to  flexibly  manage  its  capacity,  enabling  it  to  use  all  its
manufacturing  facilities in order to  take advantage of regional opportunities.
See "Risk Factors -- Significant International Operations."
 
    Approximately 26% of the Company's sales in fiscal 1995 were in Europe where
the Company believes  that it  is the  largest photomask  supplier. Through  its
manufacturing  facilities in Germany and France, the Company supplies photomasks
to the  major European  semiconductor manufacturers,  including  Alcatel-Mietec,
Atmel/ES(2),   Austria   Mikrosysteme  International   AG,   Motorola,  National
Semiconductor, Philips, SGS-Thomson, TEMIC  and Texas Instruments. In  addition,
through  its planned facility in Glasgow, Scotland,  the Company will be able to
serve numerous  semiconductor customers  of DPI  that have  established, or  are
planning  to establish, manufacturing  operations in the  United Kingdom and the
Republic of Ireland.  In addition, this  facility will also  serve customers  in
other European countries.
 
    The  Company's photomask  sales in Asia  have grown  significantly. Sales in
Asia grew  approximately  69% from  fiscal  1993  to fiscal  1995.  The  Company
supplies   photomasks  to  semiconductor  manufacturers  principally  in  Korea,
including Daewoo, Hyundai, LG Semicon and Samsung through its facility in Ichon,
Korea. This facility also serves customers  located in Japan, Hong Kong,  Taiwan
and  Singapore. In  addition, the Company  is expanding its  Asian operations to
China. As  part  of  a  joint  venture, the  Company  is  participating  in  the
construction  of a manufacturing facility, which it expects will begin producing
photomasks in  fiscal  1997. The  Company  is a  majority  owner of  this  joint
venture,  and upon  completion, this facility  will be the  first local facility
capable of meeting the high-end  photomask needs of semiconductor  manufacturers
in China.
 
    The photomask market in Japan is estimated to have been approximately 50% of
the  worldwide  market  over  the  last  five  years.  The  Japanese  market  is
predominantly served by captive Japanese  suppliers and three significant  local
independent   suppliers.  The  Company  is   beginning  to  serve  semiconductor
manufacturers in Japan through its facility in Ichon, Korea.
 
    In 1988, the  Company formed  a partnership, DuPont  Dai Nippon  Engineering
("DDE"),  with DNP, Japan's largest photomask manufacturer. DDE supplies certain
Japanese semiconductor manufacturers' facilities in the United States, including
Matsushita Ltd., NEC  Corp., Sony and  Toshiba with photomasks  produced at  the
Company's facilities in the United States.
 
    The  Company's management is committed to  the highest quality standards for
its products, a standard  maintained in part by  continuous improvements to  its
production  processes and upgrades  to its manufacturing  equipment. Each of the
Company's manufacturing sites  is ISO-9002 qualified.  The Company  manufactures
photomasks  in clean rooms designed to provide a contamination-free, temperature
and humidity controlled environment. These clean rooms are similar to those used
in the  manufacture  of semiconductors.  The  Company's historical  emphasis  on
product  research and development has carried over to process technology and has
resulted in the development of  world class production facilities equipped  with
state-of-the-art  manufacturing equipment. The Company  believes that it has the
world's largest installed base of photomask  equipment. It operates some of  the
most   advanced   types   of  equipment   currently   available,   including  an
ALTA-Registered Trademark- laser pattern generator from Etec as well as  301/331
Series  and Starlight-Registered  Trademark- inspection equipment  from KLA. See
"Risk Factors -- Manufacturing Risks."
 
CUSTOMERS
 
    The Company is  the principal  photomask supplier  of many  of the  leading,
global semiconductor manufacturers. The Company believes that its customers have
come  to rely on DPI to meet their photomask needs on a timely basis and to make
mask   production   process   improvements   necessary   to   keep   pace   with
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
   
their own technological advances. As a result, the Company believes that most of
its  primary  customers view  DPI as  a strategic  partner in  the semiconductor
manufacturing process. The following table  lists the Company's current  primary
customers.
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                    <C>
Alcatel-Mietec                         Maxim
AMD*                                   Micron Technology*
AMI*                                   Motorola*
Atmel/ES(2)                            National Semiconductor*
Delco/General Motors*                  Philips*
Digital*                               Samsung*
Hexfet/IRC*                            Seagate*
Hyundai*                               SGS-Thomson*
Intel                                  Symbios Logic
LG Semicon*                            Texas Instruments
LSI Logic                              VLSI Technology
Lucent Technologies (formerly AT&T)*
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
*The  Company believes it is the principal merchant photomask supplier for these
 customers.
 
   
    In fiscal  1995, the  Company's four  largest customers,  in the  aggregate,
accounted  for  approximately  41% of  the  Company's sales,  and  the Company's
largest 10  customers, in  the  aggregate, accounted  for approximately  66%  of
sales.  The customers listed in the table above accounted for, in the aggregate,
approximately 80% of sales in fiscal 1995. See "Risk Factors -- Concentration of
Customers" and Note 4 to the Combined Financial Statements.
    
 
    The Company  has entered  into multi-year,  non-exclusive supply  agreements
with  some  of its  customers,  including Lucent  Technologies  (formerly AT&T),
Motorola, Philips and SGS-Thomson. Each  agreement is separately negotiated  and
therefore specific terms vary.
 
WORLDWIDE SALES AND SUPPORT
 
    Because  each  photomask  is unique,  the  Company works  closely  with each
customer to define and communicate precisely the specifications required by  the
customer.  The Company sells and services  its products in North America, Europe
and non-Japan Asia  principally through  its own  employees based  at its  eight
manufacturing  sites throughout the  world and the  facility in Shanghai, China,
which is  currently  under  construction.  The Company  has  sales  and  service
employees  located in Agrate,  Italy; Austin, Texas;  Beaverton, Oregon; Dallas,
Texas; Edinburgh,  Scotland;  Fort  Collins, Colorado;  Lille,  France;  Munich,
Germany; Orange, California; and Phoenix, Arizona. In addition, the Company uses
DuPont distributors in Taipei, Taiwan and Tokyo, Japan.
 
    DPI   has  established  customer  service  centers  inside  several  of  its
customers'  design   centers  and   wafer  fabrication   facilities,   including
SGS-Thomson  (Agrate, Italy and  Dallas, Texas); Maxim  (Beaverton, Oregon); and
Texas Instruments  (Dallas,  Texas).  DPI employees  located  at  these  centers
routinely  interact  with  customer engineers  to  improve the  accuracy  of the
customers' design data and  documentation and ensure  that the customers'  order
receives the appropriate priority at the manufacturing facility and that routine
problems  are resolved promptly. The Company believes that these centers located
in customers' facilities reduce errors and returns and improve on time delivery,
each of which improves customer satisfaction.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The photomask  industry is  highly competitive,  and most  of the  Company's
customers  utilize  more  than one  photomask  supplier. Because  of  its global
presence, the Company competes with different independent manufacturers in  each
local  geographic region in which  it operates. The Company  believes that it is
one of the two largest photomask suppliers  in North America and that it is  the
largest  photomask supplier in Europe and  non-Japan Asia. In North America, the
Company competes primarily with Photronics and,  to a lesser extent, with  other
smaller  independent  photomask  suppliers.  In  Europe,  the  Company  competes
primarily with Compugraphics and Photronics, and in Asia, the Company  primarily
competes  with DNP, Hoya Corp., Taiwan  Mask Corporation and Toppan. The Company
expects that some of its competitors will
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
expand operations to international markets in order to better meet the needs  of
international  customers  and take  advantage of  new growth  opportunities. For
example, Photronics has, among other undertakings, made certain acquisitions  in
Europe  and has announced that it plans to construct a manufacturing facility in
Singapore. The  Company expects  to face  continued competition  from these  and
other  suppliers in the future, including P.K. Ltd. (formerly Anam S&T Co. Ltd.)
in Korea. See "Risk Factors -- Competition; Reversal of Consolidation Trend."
 
    Captive operations served approximately 45% of the total worldwide photomask
market during  1995. The  Company  competes with  a  limited number  of  captive
operations  when  such  operations  sell excess  capacity  on  the  open market.
Beginning in the mid-1980s, a trend developed toward the divestiture or  closing
of  captive photomask  operations by semiconductor  manufacturers. As photomasks
continue to reemerge as a critical and enabling technology in the  semiconductor
manufacturing   process,  semiconductor  manufacturers   may  form  new  captive
operations to  ensure  that their  photomask  needs are  met,  particularly  for
advanced  and leading edge photomasks. The  Company believes that its ability to
develop the most advanced photomasks provides a more cost effective  alternative
to  the  formation  of  captive operations,  which  require  significant capital
investments  and  operating  costs   to  develop  the  requisite   manufacturing
expertise. See "Risk Factors -- Competition; Reversal of Consolidation Trend."
 
    On   time  delivery   of  defect-free   photomasks  at   competitive  prices
historically has  been the  important competitive  factor in  the industry.  The
Company  believes that with the increasing  importance of leading edge photomask
technology  in  the   semiconductor  manufacturing  process,   the  ability   to
manufacture  these  advanced photomasks  will also  be an  important competitive
factor. See "-- Industry Background."
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    The  photomask  industry  has  been  and  is  expected  to  continue  to  be
characterized by rapid technological change. In order to remain competitive, the
Company  expects that it will be  required to continually anticipate, respond to
and utilize changing technologies. The Company has historically made significant
investments in research and development  in order to maintain its  technological
leadership.  See "Risk Factors --  Rapid Technological Change; Capital Intensive
Industry."
 
   
    The Company intends  to continue to  invest in research  and development  in
order  to  ensure  its technological  leadership.  The Company  is  focusing its
research and  development  in  three  areas: (i)  the  enhancement  of  existing
products  by  improving  manufacturing  techniques  and  technologies;  (ii) the
development of leading edge photomask products such as phase shift masks,  masks
with  optical proximity correction  and advanced specification  masks; and (iii)
the development of advanced materials needed for the manufacture of leading edge
photomasks. In addition, the Company is currently negotiating an agreement  with
three  other companies that, if consummated, would  result in the formation of a
limited liability  company that  would  develop advanced  photomask  fabrication
technologies. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations
- -- Other Matters."
    
 
    The  Company is enhancing its existing products through worldwide integrated
engineering, capital  investment for  improved capability  and beta  testing  of
leading  edge equipment. Product enhancements in the past led to the development
of technology currently used  to produce photomasks  compatible with 0.5  micron
semiconductor  lithography. This  technology is  providing the  platform for the
development  of   manufacturing  technologies   consistent  with   0.35   micron
semiconductor  lithography at high yields and  rapid cycle time. The Company has
been a leader  in the development  of leading edge  photomask products, such  as
phase  shift, optical proximity and advanced specification masks. In addition to
its internal  development  efforts,  the Company  has  participated  in  several
development  programs supported  by SEMATECH in  the United States  and JESSI in
Europe with respect to advanced products. The Company's research and development
of photomask component materials is also responding to the technology demands of
semiconductor manufacturers through the development of improved materials needed
to produce advanced photomasks. Recent  examples of such materials  developments
include  low stress chrome blanks, pellicles with contamination-control features
and attenuated embedded chrome  blanks for phase shift  masks. See "--  Products
and Technology."
 
    The  Company has established a research  and development group that consists
of  highly  trained  and  experienced  personnel  who  focus  on  research   and
development issues. The capabilities of this group have
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
   
been  augmented  by its  access to  DuPont's  corporate science  and engineering
resources. There are certain elements of DuPont's material science expertise and
its  analytical  capabilities  that  are  relevant  to  photomask  research  and
development. Following the Offering, the Company will continue to have access to
DuPont's  corporate science and engineering for  a period of five years pursuant
to a  research, development  and consulting  agreement between  the Company  and
DuPont,  which will provide the  Company with a supplement  to its core research
and development program. See "Transactions and Relationship between the  Company
and DuPont -- Research, Development and Consulting Agreement."
    
 
   
    An  alternative to photomask lithography  is direct-write lithography, which
writes the circuit pattern directly onto the semiconductor wafer without the use
of a photomask. The direct-write method  generates patterns onto a wafer  slowly
and  therefore  is  not  currently  useful  for  high-volume,  commercial device
manufacturing. A significant advance in  this technology, however, would have  a
material adverse effect on the Company's business and results of operations. See
"Risk Factors -- Rapid Technological Change; Capital Intensive Industry."
    
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    Much  of the  Company's proprietary  information and  technology relating to
manufacturing processes  is not  patented  and may  not be  patentable.  Certain
aspects  of the Company's  photoblanks and pellicles  technologies are, however,
protected by ten patents  or patent applications.  They include product  patents
for  certain types of attenuated, embedded phase shift blanks and DUV pellicles.
While the  Company considers  its patents  to be  valuable assets,  it does  not
believe  that its competitive position is dependent on patent protection or that
its operations  are dependent  on any  individual patent.  The Company  believes
instead  that the success  of its business  depends primarily on  its ability to
maintain lead time  in developing  its proprietary  technology, information  and
processes  and  know-how.  Nevertheless,  the Company  attempts  to  protect its
intellectual property  rights with  respect to  its products  and  manufacturing
processes through patents, trademarks and trade secrets when appropriate as part
of  its ongoing research, development  and manufacturing activities. The Company
also relies on non-disclosure agreements  with employees and vendors to  protect
its proprietary processes.
 
    There  can  be  no assurance  that  the  Company's means  of  protecting its
proprietary rights will be adequate or  that the Company's competitors will  not
independently  develop similar processes. In addition, there can be no assurance
that third parties will not claim that the Company's current or future  products
infringe  on their  proprietary rights. Any  such claim, with  or without merit,
could result in  costly litigation or  might require the  Company to enter  into
licensing  agreements. Such  agreements, if  required, may  not be  available on
terms acceptable to  the Company  or at all.  See "Risk  Factors --  Proprietary
Information and Intellectual Property."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   
    As  of  March  31,  1996,  the  Company  had  approximately  1,100 employees
worldwide, of  whom approximately  10% have  engineering or  technical  degrees,
including  Ph.D. degrees. The  Company had, as of  March 31, 1996, approximately
110 sales, marketing and customer  support employees. The Company believes  that
it  has a good relationship  with its employees. There  can be no assurance that
the Company can retain its  key managerial, engineering and technical  employees
or  that it can  attract similar additional  employees in the  future. See "Risk
Factors -- Dependence on Management and Technical Personnel."
    
 
    The Company has no employees who  are represented by a union. The  Company's
German  subsidiary, however,  is subject  to German  law, which  binds it,  as a
member  of  a  selected  industry  group,  to  agreements  reached  by  industry
management and employee representatives.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    The Company is not currently involved in any material legal proceedings.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
 
    The operations of the Company and its ownership of real property are subject
to  federal, state,  local and foreign  environmental laws  and regulations that
govern, among other things, the discharge  of pollutants into the air and  water
and  the handling,  use, storage, disposal  and clean-up of  solid and hazardous
wastes.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
   
Compliance with such laws and regulations requires the Company to incur  capital
expenditures  and operating costs in connection  with its ongoing operations. In
addition, such  laws  and  regulations  may impose  liabilities  on  owners  and
operators  of businesses and  real property without  regard to fault  and may be
joint and  several  with  other  parties. The  Company  estimates  that  capital
expenditures relating to environmental matters will be approximately $260,000 in
each  of fiscal 1996, 1997  and 1998. In addition,  the Company expects to incur
expenses relating to environmental matters  of approximately $1 million in  each
of fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998. More stringent environmental laws and regulations
may be enacted in the future, which may require the Company to expend additional
amounts  on  environmental  compliance  or  may  require  modifications  in  the
Company's operations. Although the  Company is unable to  predict the extent  of
its  future liability  with respect  to any  environmental matters,  the Company
believes, based upon  current information, that  environmental liabilities  will
not  be material to its financial condition  or results of operations. See "Risk
Factors  --   Environmental  Matters."   With  respect   to  any   environmental
contamination  present on the  Company's manufacturing sites at  the time of the
Offering or present at any such site as a result of the Company's  manufacturing
operations  due  to  the generation,  use,  treatment, storage,  or  disposal of
hazardous waste or hazardous  materials prior to the  date of the Offering,  the
Company  will be indemnified  by DuPont pursuant to  an agreement between DuPont
and the Company effective the date of  the Offering. The Company will be  solely
responsible  for  any environmental  liabilities  resulting from  its operations
following the consummation of the  Offering. See "Transactions and  Relationship
Between the Company and DuPont -- Environmental Indemnification Agreement."
    
 
FACILITIES
 
   
    The  Company conducts manufacturing operations throughout the world. Each of
these operations  is  ISO-9002  qualified.  The  table  below  presents  certain
information  (as  of  March  31,  1996)  relating  to  the  Company's  principal
manufacturing and support facilities.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
LOCATION                                                FLOOR SPACE SQUARE FEET  TYPE OF INTEREST     PRODUCTS
- ------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------  ----------------  --------------
<S>                                                     <C>                      <C>               <C>
NORTH AMERICA
  Round Rock, Texas...................................          54,000                Owned          Photomasks
  Santa Clara, California.............................          38,000                Leased         Photomasks
  Kokomo, Indiana.....................................          42,000                Owned          Photomasks
  Poughkeepsie, New York..............................          23,000                Owned         Photoblanks
  Danbury, Connecticut................................          55,000                Owned          Pellicles
EUROPE
  Rousset, France.....................................          24,000                Leased         Photomasks
  Hamburg, Germany....................................          22,000                Leased         Photomasks
ASIA
  Ichon, Korea........................................          102,000               Owned          Photomasks
  Shanghai, China.....................................   (under construction)     Jointly Owned      Photomasks
</TABLE>
 
   
    The facility  in Round  Rock, Texas  not only  operates as  a  manufacturing
facility  but also is the Company's primary research and development center. The
Company owns  most  of  the  manufacturing  equipment  at  its  facilities.  The
executive  offices of the Company  are located at 100  Texas Avenue, Round Rock,
Texas 78664, and its telephone number is (512) 244-0024.
    
 
    The Company  is  the majority  owner  of the  joint  venture that  owns  the
facility  in Shanghai, China, which is currently under construction. The Company
expects that this facility will be completed and operational in fiscal 1997.  In
addition,  the  Company  is  planning  to  construct  a  photomask manufacturing
facility on a "greenfield" site near Glasgow, Scotland.
 
   
    Facilities and property located in Santa Clara and Hamburg are leased  under
leases that expire in March 1997 and October 2022, respectively. The facility at
Rousset  is leased under a  lease that expires in April  1998 at which point the
Company has an option to  take ownership of the  facility upon payment of  taxes
and  expenses relating to the conveyance.  The Company's Santa Clara facility is
in a seismically  active area.  Although the  Company plans  to obtain  business
interruption  insurance, a  major catastrophe  (such as  an earthquake  or other
natural disaster) at any of its  sites could result in a prolonged  interruption
of the
    
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
   
Company's  North  American business.  The  Company is  currently  negotiating an
extension of the  lease covering the  facilities and property  located in  Santa
Clara and anticipates reaching an agreement with respect to such lease extension
prior  to  the termination  of the  present  lease. There  can be  no assurance,
however, that the Company will obtain an extension of the current lease. In  the
event  that the Company is required to move its equipment from the facilities at
Santa Clara, the costs associated with such a move would likely be significant.
    
 
    The  Company  also  maintains  customer  service  data  centers  in   leased
facilities in Beaverton, Oregon and Dallas, Texas.
 
    The Company believes that its facilities are adequate and suitable for their
respective uses.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
   
    The  following table  sets forth the  name, age  (as of March  31, 1996) and
position with the Company of each person who is an executive officer or director
of DPI.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           NAME                 AGE                                POSITION WITH DPI
- --------------------------      ---      ---------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>          <C>
J. Michael Hardinger                49   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Preston M. Adcox                    52   President and Chief Operating Officer
Gerard Cognie                       51   Executive Vice President -- European Operations
David S. Gino                       38   Executive Vice President -- Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Van H. Leichliter                   51   Executive Vice President -- General Counsel and Secretary
Kenneth A. Rygler                   52   Executive Vice President -- Marketing and Sales
John L. Doyle                       64   Director
John C. Hodgson                     52   Director
Charles O. Holliday, Jr.            47   Director
Peter G. Kehoe                      52   Director
Gary W. Pankonien                   45   Director
John C. Sargent                     57   Director
Marshall C. Turner                  54   Director
Susan A. Vladuchick                 48   Director
</TABLE>
    
 
    J. MICHAEL HARDINGER.  Mr. Hardinger  is Chairman of the Board of  Directors
and  Chief Executive Officer of  the Company, positions he  assumed as a part of
the global realignment of the photomask  business. He joined DuPont in 1970  and
has  served  in a  number of  management positions  with DuPont,  including Vice
President and  General  Manager  of  DuPont's  Acrylics  and  Consumer  Products
Business  from  1990  until 1993.  He  was  Vice President  --  DuPont Corporate
Sourcing prior to assuming his position with the Company.
 
    PRESTON M. ADCOX.  Mr. Adcox is President and Chief Operating Officer of the
Company. He joined DuPont  in 1967 and  has held a  number of manufacturing  and
technology  management positions  including Business  Director of  DuPont's high
performance films business from 1982 to  1988. He became a Managing Director  in
DuPont's   Semiconductor  Materials  Business   in  1988  and   has  had  global
responsibility for DuPont's Photomask Business since that time. He was a  member
of  the Board of Directors  of Etec Systems Inc. from  1990 to early 1995. Since
1988, he has served on the Board of Directors of Semi-Sematech, an  organization
representing   U.S.  equipment  and  material  suppliers  to  the  semiconductor
manufacturing industry.
 
    GERARD  COGNIE.    Mr.  Cognie  is  Executive  Vice  President  --  European
Operations of the Company. He joined DuPont in 1968 and since 1988 has served as
the  Director  of Photomask  Europe  and the  Chairman  of the  Board  of DuPont
Photomask (France). He has also served as the Director of Electronics for DuPont
France since 1985.
 
    DAVID S. GINO.   Mr.  Gino is Executive  Vice President,  Finance and  Chief
Financial  Officer of  the Company.  He joined DuPont  in 1987  after serving as
Chief Financial  Officer and  Controller of  Master Images,  Inc. until  it  was
acquired  by DuPont  in 1987.  He has  held a  number of  financial and business
management positions with DuPont's semiconductor materials, imaging systems  and
printing  and publishing businesses. He was  the North American Business Manager
- -- Pressroom Systems for DuPont's  Printing and Publishing Business  immediately
prior  to  rejoining  the  Company  in  August 1995  as  a  part  of  the global
realignment of the photomask business.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
    VAN H. LEICHLITER.  Mr. Leichliter  is Executive Vice President and  General
Counsel  of the Company. He also serves as Corporate Secretary. He joined DuPont
in 1970 as a commercial lawyer and served as Vice President and General  Counsel
of DuPont's Endo Laboratories subsidiary from 1978 until 1983. Since then he has
held  a number of  legal advisory positions with  DuPont including most recently
serving as Senior Counsel to DuPont's Fibers Business.
 
    KENNETH A. RYGLER.  Mr. Rygler is Executive Vice President -- Marketing  and
Sales  of the  Company. He  joined DuPont  in 1964  and held  numerous sales and
management positions  in DuPont's  Fabrics and  Finishes Department.  He held  a
number  of  marketing,  sales,  planning  and  business  development  management
positions in DuPont's Electronic Materials Strategic Business Unit from 1985  to
1991,  when he became the Company's Vice  President for Marketing and Sales. Mr.
Rygler's involvement in the electronics industry began in 1969.
 
    JOHN L. DOYLE.  Mr. Doyle is  a private consultant, having retired from  the
Hewlett-Packard Company in 1991. At the time of his retirement, he was Executive
Vice  President, Business Development  with responsibility for Hewlett-Packard's
integrated circuit  facilities  as  well  as  acquisitions,  mergers,  planning,
corporate purchasing, manufacturing and engineering. He was also a member of the
Executive  Committee. Mr. Doyle  was Co-Chief Executive  Officer of Hexcel Corp.
from July 1993 to December 1993. Hexcel Corp. filed for bankruptcy under Chapter
11 of the  United States Bankruptcy  Code in  December 1993. He  is currently  a
director  of Xilinx, Inc., Analog Devices,  Inc. and Silicon Valley Research. He
became a director of the Company in April 1996.
 
    JOHN C. HODGSON.   Mr. Hodgson is the  Managing Director/General Manager  of
the  Electronic  Materials  Strategic Business  Unit  of DuPont,  a  position he
assumed in 1994.  He has  been with  DuPont for  29 years  and has  served in  a
variety  of  management  positions  in  the  X-Ray,  Electronics  and Diagnostic
businesses in the United States and in Geneva, Switzerland. In 1991, Mr. Hodgson
became the Business Director of  Microcircuit and Component Materials for  North
America,  and  from  1993 until  assuming  his  current position,  he  served as
Managing Director  of  Microcircuit  and  Component  Materials,  worldwide,  and
Electronic  Materials, Americas.  He became a  director of the  Company in April
1996.
 
    CHARLES O. HOLLIDAY, JR.  Since October 1995, Mr. Holliday has been a member
of the Office of the Chief Executive  of DuPont and an Executive Vice  President
with  global responsibility for  Electronic Materials, White  Pigments & Mineral
Products, Nonwovens, Advanced Fibers Systems, Printing and Publishing,  Polymers
and  Industrial  Packaging and  Agricultural Products.  He  is also  Chairman of
DuPont Asia Pacific.  Since joining DuPont  in 1970  as an engineer  at the  Old
Hickory,  Tennessee Fibers plant, he has  held a variety of management positions
in a number of DuPont's businesses. He became President -- Asia Pacific in  1990
and  was made Senior Vice  President -- DuPont Electronics  in 1992. He became a
director of the Company in April 1996.
 
    PETER G. KEHOE.   Mr. Kehoe is  a DuPont Business  Director who, since  June
1995,  has had responsibility for the  initial public offering of the photomasks
business. From 1988 until his current assignment, he was a Business Director  in
the  Advanced Fiber Systems  Strategic Business Unit  with global responsibility
for, at various times, Kevlar-Registered Trademark-, Nomex-Registered Trademark-
and Teflon-Registered  Trademark-.  He  joined  DuPont in  1973  as  a  Research
Engineer, and since then he has held a wide variety of technology, manufacturing
and  business  management  responsibilities  in  DuPont's  Chemicals  and Fibers
businesses. He became a director of the Company in December 1995.
 
    GARY W.  PANKONIEN.   Mr.  Pankonien is  the  Chairman and  Chief  Executive
Officer  of DarkHorse  Systems, Inc.  and 1st  Tech Corporation.  Both companies
engage in computer  engineering design  and manufacturing  activities. Prior  to
starting  1st  Tech  Corporation,  he  spent  seven  years  at  Compaq  Computer
Corporation where  he served  as  the Notebook  Computer Design  and  Operations
Manager  for three years. He co-developed and currently holds the patent for the
first notebook computer  as well  as several  other patents.  Mr. Pankonien  has
twenty  years  of  management experience  in  the electronics  industry  and has
extensive experience  in  off-shore operations.  He  became a  director  of  the
Company in April 1996.
 
    JOHN C. SARGENT.  Mr. Sargent is the Vice President and Treasurer of DuPont.
He  joined the Treasury Department  of Conoco in 1964 and  worked in a number of
financial management positions with Conoco
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
both in the United States and Europe. He became Vice President and Treasurer  of
Conoco  in  1981 and  also served  as  Assistant Treasurer  and Director  of the
Treasury Division of  DuPont after  Conoco was acquired  by DuPont  in 1982.  He
assumed  his present  position at DuPont  in 1992.  He became a  director of the
Company in December 1995.
 
    MARSHALL C. TURNER.  Mr. Turner is a venture capital investor and consultant
specializing in technology companies. He is  General Partner of Taylor &  Turner
Associates,  Ltd.,  Principal of  Turner Venture  Associates  and a  director of
Alliance  Technology  Fund,  Inc.,  Remanco  International,  Inc.,  the   Public
Broadcasting  Service  and the  George Lucas  Educational Foundation.  From 1983
until 1995, he  was a director  of six privately  held technology companies,  in
which  Taylor & Turner  was an investor, and  from 1987 to 1992,  he served as a
director and two years as Chairman  of the Corporation For Public  Broadcasting.
He  has taught  entrepreneurial management as  an adjunct faculty  member at the
Stanford University School of Engineering. Mr. Turner became a director in April
1996.
 
    SUSAN A. VLADUCHICK.  Since March 1995, Ms. Vladuchick has been the Director
of Human Development,  Staffing and  Personnel Relations at  DuPont. She  joined
DuPont  as a chemist in  1969 and has worked  in research and development, human
resources and manufacturing during the course of her career. In 1989, she became
Plant Manager of the Cape Fear fibers plant, a position she held until 1992 when
she became  the Director  of Manufacturing  for Specialty  Chemicals. From  1993
until  1995 she served as  the Director of Operations  for Medical Products. She
became a director of the Company in April 1996.
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    The Bylaws of the Company (the "Bylaws") provide for a Board of Directors of
not less than one nor more than  fifteen directors, with the current number  set
at nine. Each member of the Board of Directors holds office until the expiration
of  his or  her term and  until his or  her successor is  elected and qualified.
Vacancies on  the Board  of Directors  may be  filled by  the majority  vote  of
directors  then in office  or by a  sole remaining director.  The members of the
Board of Directors were elected by DCEO.
 
    Directors who are officers of the Company receive no additional compensation
for serving  on the  Board  of Directors.  Non-employee  Directors who  are  not
affiliated with DuPont will receive an annual fee of $20,000.
 
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    The   purpose  of  the  Non-Employee   Directors'  Stock  Option  Plan  (the
"Directors' Plan")  is to  allow the  Company to  recruit and  retain  qualified
outside  directors  to serve  on  the Company's  Board  of Directors.  Under the
Directors' Plan, each director who is not  an employee of the Company or any  of
its subsidiaries (and who is not precluded by his or her employer from receiving
such  grant) will receive a one-time grant  of options to purchase 10,000 shares
of the Company's  Common Stock  upon the  later of  first joining  the Board  of
Directors or the consummation of the Offering (the "IPO Date"). Thereafter, each
non-employee  director will receive, during his or  her tenure as a director, an
annual grant of options covering 3,000 shares  as of the first day of the  month
following  the annual meeting of stockholders  of the Company. Directors who are
first elected to  the Board within  the 60 day  period immediately preceding  an
annual  meeting of stockholders and  who at the time  of their election received
the one-time grant of  options to purchase 10,000  shares described above,  will
not, under the terms of the Plan, receive an additional grant of 3,000 shares as
of  the first of  the month following  such annual meeting.  Upon exercise of an
option, payments of  the purchase price  for the stock  subject to the  exercise
will  be made in cash. Under the terms  of the Directors' Plan, no more than 25%
of the  total  number  of  shares  of stock  granted  under  option  may  become
exercisable  in any  given year following  the grant.  Currently, 250,000 shares
have been  reserved for  issuance under  the Directors'  Plan. Each  of John  L.
Doyle,  Gary W.  Pankonien and  Marshall C.  Turner are  expected to  be granted
options to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock under this Plan effective upon
the IPO Date at an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering
price of Common  Stock sold  in the Offering.  Stock options  granted under  the
Directors'  Plan following the Offering will be exercisable at a price per share
equal to the average  of the high and  low sale prices of  the Common Stock,  as
quoted on the NASDAQ National Market, on the date of the grant.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
AUDIT COMMITTEE
 
   
    The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors will meet with the independent
public  accountants to discuss the scope and results of their examination of the
books and  records  of  the  Company.  It will  also  meet  with  the  Company's
independent  public  accountants  to  review  the  internal  audit  department's
activities, if  and  when  established,  and to  discuss  the  adequacy  of  the
Company's  accounting and  control systems. The  committee also  will review the
audit schedule and consider  any issues raised by  its members, the  independent
public  accountants, the  internal audit staff,  the legal  staff or management.
Each year  it will  recommend to  the full  Board of  Directors the  name of  an
accounting  firm to audit the financial statements  of the Company. No member of
the Audit Committee may be an employee or  officer of the Company or any of  its
subsidiaries.  The  Audit Committee  consists of  John L.  Doyle, who  serves as
chairman of the committee, Marshall C. Turner and John C. Sargent.
    
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE
 
   
    The  Compensation   Committee  will   review  and   approve  the   corporate
organization  structure,  review  performance of  corporate  officers, establish
overall employee compensation policies and  recommend to the Board of  Directors
major  compensation  programs.  The  committee  also  will  review  and  approve
compensation of directors and corporate officers, including salary, bonus awards
and stock option and restricted stock award grants and administer the  Company's
employee  stock  option and  incentive plan  and  bonus plan.  No member  of the
Compensation Committee may be an  employee or officer of  the Company or any  of
its  subsidiaries. The Compensation  Committee consists of  Charles O. Holliday,
Jr., who serves  as chairman of  the committee, Gary  W. Pankonien, Marshall  C.
Turner and Susan A. Vladuchick.
    
 
COMPENSATION OF COMPANY EMPLOYEES
 
    The  Company's officers and employees have  been participants in the various
employee benefit  plans maintained  by  DuPont, including,  without  limitation,
savings  plans, health and welfare  plans and pension plans  and are expected to
continue such  participation until  the Company  adopts its  own benefit  plans,
anticipated to be effective July 1, 1996. The Company currently expects to adopt
plans  that are substantially similar to  the existing DuPont plans, except that
effective July  1,  1996, the  Company  will replace  DuPont's  defined  benefit
pension  plan with a  defined contribution retirement  plan and will discontinue
DuPont's post-retirement medical benefit plan.  Until July 1, 1996, the  Company
will  continue to be  charged by DuPont  for all amounts  contributed or paid by
DuPont on behalf  of DPI's employees  with respect  to the DuPont  plans. It  is
expected  that, beginning July  1, 1996, although employees  of the Company will
continue as participants in  the DuPont Savings and  Investment Plan, they  will
receive  contributions from the Company thereunder rather than DuPont. See "Risk
Factors -- Dependence on Management and Technical Personnel."
 
    COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS DURING 1995
 
    During fiscal  1995, the  executive officers  named in  the tables  included
under  this  caption  were  employees of  DuPont  and  participated  in DuPont's
executive benefit plans, as indicated in the tables.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
 
    The following table sets forth the  aggregate cash compensation paid to  the
Company's  chief  executive  officer  and  five  other  most  highly compensated
executive officers (the "Named Officers")  by DuPont or its subsidiaries  during
fiscal 1995.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                                ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        OTHER ANNUAL     ALL OTHER
                                                                  SALARY      BONUS     COMPENSATION   COMPENSATION
NAME                                                   YEAR        ($)        ($)(1)         ($)          ($)(2)
- ---------------------------------------------------  ---------  ----------  ----------  -------------  -------------
<S>                                                  <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>            <C>
J. Michael Hardinger...............................       1995  $  194,000  $  147,000       --          $   5,824
Preston M. Adcox...................................       1995     152,920      45,000       --              4,579
Gerard Cognie (3)..................................       1995     156,573      26,966       --             13,315
David S. Gino......................................       1995     106,750      40,300       --              5,262
Kenneth A. Rygler..................................       1995     122,750      29,100       --              3,685
Van H. Leichliter..................................       1995     106,340      35,200       --              6,313
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) The  bonus paid in  1995 was approved by  DuPont's Compensation Committee in
    March 1995. On average, approximately 25%  of such bonus was paid in  DuPont
    common  stock. Each of the above Named Officers received a bonus pursuant to
    DuPont's Variable  Compensation Plan  in February  1996 for  their  services
    during  1995, as determined  by DuPont's Compensation  Committee in February
    1996. Messrs. Hardinger, Adcox, Cognie, Gino, Rygler and Leichliter received
    $167,000, $87,000, $58,900, $41,300, $65,000 and $38,600, respectively.
 
(2) Includes contributions made by DuPont to each of the Named Officer's Savings
    and Investment Plan.
 
(3) Mr. Cognie  is  paid  in  French  Francs.  The  Dollar  figures  shown  were
    calculated  using the International Monetary  Fund average exchange rate for
    1995 of 4.9915 Francs to the Dollar.
 
    The compensation of  Messrs. Adcox,  Cognie and  Rygler is  included in  the
Company's  Combined Financial  Statements herein.  None of  Messrs. Hardinger's,
Gino's and Leichliter's 1995 compensation is included in the Company's  Combined
Financial  Statements. All executive officers became employees of the Company on
January 1, 1996, except  Gerard Cognie who became  an employee of the  Company's
French subsidiary on March 1, 1996.
 
                         DUPONT OPTION GRANTS FOR 1995
 
    The  following table  sets forth  information regarding  options to purchase
shares of DuPont's  common stock  granted to  the Named  Officers during  fiscal
1995.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                                                 VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                             INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
                                                         -------------------------                            PRICE APPRECIATION FOR
                                              OPTIONS       % OF TOTAL OPTIONS       EXERCISE                    OPTION TERM (5)
                                              GRANTED        GRANTED TO DUPONT         PRICE     EXPIRATION   ----------------------
NAME                                         (#)(1)(2)    EMPLOYEES FOR 1995 (3)    ($/SH) (4)      DATE          5%         10%
- ------------------------------------------  -----------  -------------------------  -----------  -----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>                        <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
J. Michael Hardinger......................       8,000              --               $   55.50     3/2/2005   $  279,270  $  705,960
Preston M. Adcox..........................       3,250              --                   55.50     3/2/2005      113,636     286,796
Gerard Cognie.............................         800              --                   55.50     3/2/2005       27,972      70,612
David S. Gino.............................         800              --                   55.50     3/2/2005       27,972      70,612
Kenneth A. Rygler.........................       1,700              --                   55.50     3/2/2005       59,440     150,656
Van H. Leichliter.........................      --                  --                  --           --           --          --
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
(1) Stock  options become exercisable  twelve months after  their date of grant.
    All of these options were granted on March  3, 1995, and have a term of  ten
    years.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
(2) In  January 1995, the DuPont Board  of Directors approved the worldwide 1995
    DuPont Corporate Sharing Program and awarded to essentially all employees  a
    grant of options, which is not included in this table, to acquire 100 shares
    of  DuPont common stock at the fair market value ($57 per share) on the date
    of grant.
 
(3) The options granted to  any Named Officer  amounted to less  than 1% of  the
    total number of options granted to all DuPont employees in 1995.
 
(4) The  exercise price  is the  average of  the high  and low  prices of DuPont
    common  stock  as  reported  on   the  New  York  Stock   Exchange-Composite
    Transactions Tape on the date of grant.
 
(5) Represents  total potential appreciation  of approximately 63%  and 159% for
    assumed annual rates of appreciation of 5% and 10%, respectively, compounded
    annually for the ten-year option term.
 
                 AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES OF DUPONT STOCK IN
                        1995 AND YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
                              AS OF JUNE 30, 1995
 
    The following table  sets forth  information regarding  the exercisable  and
unexercisable  options  to  acquire DuPont  common  stock granted  to  the Named
Officers.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          VALUE OF IN-THE-MONEY
                                                                             NUMBER OF UNEXERCISED        UNEXERCISED OPTIONS AT
                                                                              OPTIONS AT YEAR-END           JUNE 30, 1995 (1)
                                          SHARES ACQUIRED      VALUE      ----------------------------  --------------------------
                                            ON EXERCISE      REALIZED     EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE
NAME                                            (#)             ($)           (#)            (#)            ($)           ($)
- ----------------------------------------  ---------------  -------------  -----------  ---------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                                       <C>              <C>            <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
J. Michael Hardinger....................           500       $  16,625        33,950          8,100      $ 931,833    $   107,175
Preston M. Adcox........................        --              --            13,750          3,350        340,216         44,238
Gerard Cognie...........................        --              --               100            900          3,050         11,775
David S. Gino...........................        --              --               600            900         11,175         11,775
Kenneth A. Rygler.......................        --              --             3,820          1,800         85,925         23,700
Van H. Leichliter.......................           580           8,736        --                100         --              1,175
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(1) The closing price  per share of  DuPont common  stock on June  30, 1995  was
    $68.75.
 
                      ESTIMATED DUPONT RETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
    The  following  table shows  estimated  annual pension  benefits  payable to
officers and other key employees of the Company assuming retirement from  DuPont
on  June 30,  1995 at  age 65 under  the provisions  of the  DuPont Pension Plan
currently in effect.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   ESTIMATED ANNUAL RETIREMENT
 SALARY AND                       BENEFITS BASED ON SERVICE OF:
  VARIABLE     --------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPENSATION   10 YEARS   15 YEARS    20 YEARS    25 YEARS    30 YEARS    35 YEARS
- -------------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>            <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
 $   150,000   $  18,000  $  28,000  $   39,000  $   50,000  $   60,000  $   71,000
     200,000      26,000     40,000      54,000      68,000      83,000      98,000
     250,000      33,000     51,000      69,000      87,000     105,000     124,000
     300,000      41,000     62,000      84,000     106,000     128,000     150,000
     350,000      48,000     73,000      99,000     125,000     150,000     176,000
     400,000      56,000     85,000     114,000     143,000     173,000     203,000
</TABLE>
 
   
    As of June 30,  1995, the full  years of service  credited under the  DuPont
Retirement  Plan  for the  following individuals  were:  Mr. Hardinger,  24; Mr.
Adcox, 28;  Mr.  Gino,  7;  Mr.  Rygler,  30;  and  Mr.  Leichliter,  24.  These
individuals'  participation in the  DuPont Retirement Plan  will terminate as of
the IPO  Date. Upon  termination, they  will either  receive a  reduced  pension
immediately or receive a full pension at a deferred date. They will also receive
health benefits from DuPont, if eligible. Mr. Cognie has 28 years of service and
is covered by the DuPont France Pension Plan.
    
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
    COMPENSATION OF DPI EMPLOYEES IN 1996
 
    The  Company  has designed  an  executive compensation  program  intended to
attract and motivate  officers and  key employees  of the  Company. The  Company
believes  that executive compensation should be  tied to the Company's long term
performance and benefit to its stockholders.  As such, a significant portion  of
executive  management's  compensation will  be tied  to  the performance  of the
Company's long term total shareholder return. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on
Management and Technical Personnel."
 
   
    BASE SALARY.   At  May 1,  1996, the  base salaries  for Messrs.  Hardinger,
Adcox, Cognie, Gino, Rygler and Leichliter were increased to $290,000, $225,000,
910,000   FFr  (approximately   $180,000),  $145,000,   $168,000  and  $138,000,
respectively.
    
 
    BONUS PLAN.  The  Company will adopt, effective  January 1, 1996, an  annual
incentive  plan (the "Bonus Plan") for officers and employees of the Company and
its subsidiaries. Beginning  in August 1996,  pursuant to the  Bonus Plan,  cash
bonuses  will be awarded for performance following  the close of the fiscal year
for which the services were rendered.
 
    Employees  are  selected   by  the  Company's   Compensation  Committee   to
participate in the Bonus Plan based on the recommendation of the Chairman of the
Board  of  Directors.  Target bonus  grants  will  be established  based  on the
position of the employee and computed as a percentage of the employee's  salary.
A  performance goal based primarily on the Company's earnings and cash flow will
be set by the  Board of Directors,  and the amount of  bonus will be  calculated
based  on  the employee's  target bonus  grant, the  performance of  the Company
compared with the performance goal and individual contributions by the employee.
Although the Compensation Committee has the discretion to award what it believes
to be appropriate bonus awards, the  Committee will primarily use the  preceding
factors in determining the award amounts.
 
    STOCK  PERFORMANCE PLAN.   The  Company will  adopt, effective  upon the IPO
Date, a Stock Performance Plan to provide additional incentive to those officers
and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries primarily responsible for  the
success of the Company and to closely identify their interests with those of the
stockholders.  Under  the  Stock  Performance  Plan,  grants  of  stock options,
restricted stock  or  combinations  of  the two  may  be  awarded  to  employees
(including those who are directors of the Company) and to individuals performing
services  for the Company on a consulting  basis. The aggregate number of shares
of stock of the Company which may be made subject to option or restriction under
the Stock  Performance Plan  will  not exceed  2,000,000  shares of  which  only
300,000 shares may be subject to restricted stock grants. Grantees of restricted
stock awards will have the right to dividends (unless otherwise restricted).
 
    The  Stock  Performance  Plan  will  be  administered  by  the  Compensation
Committee of  the Company  which will  determine the  timing and  size of  stock
option  or restricted  stock grants, the  individuals, if any,  who will receive
grants and the terms and conditions of such grants. Upon exercise of an  option,
payment of the purchase price for the stock subject to the exercise will be made
in  cash.  In certain  circumstances, the  Compensation Committee  may establish
conditions under  which the  Company may  elect to  make a  cash payment  to  an
employee  exercising an option equal to  the difference between the option price
and the fair market value  of the stock in lieu  of executing the option.  Under
the terms of the Stock Performance Plan, no more than 25% of the total number of
shares  of stock granted under  option may become exercisable  in any given year
following the grant. Restrictions  on restricted stock  granted under the  Stock
Performance  Plan may  not lapse  before the second  anniversary of  the date of
grant. Grants to individuals who are not members of the Board of Directors  will
be  made  by the  Compensation  Committee based  on  the recommendations  of the
Chairman of the Board. Grants to eligible members of the Board of Directors will
be based on the recommendation of the Compensation Committee and will be made in
the sole discretion of the Board of Directors whose members taking action on the
grant shall be ineligible for grants under the Plan.
 
    The Compensation Committee  is expected to  grant, effective as  of the  IPO
Date,  restricted stock worth $1.8 million  to approximately 40 employees of the
Company. In  addition, the  Compensation Committee  is expected  to grant  stock
options,  with an  aggregate exercise price  of $10.6 million,  exercisable at a
price equal to the initial public offering price to approximately 120 employees.
Messrs. Hardinger, Adcox, Cognie, Gino,
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
Rygler and Leichliter  will receive restricted  stock worth $242,000,  $150,000,
$60,800,  $48,330, $56,000 and $46,000, respectively,  and stock options with an
aggregate exercise price of $2,475,000, $1,500,000, $500,000, $600,000, $600,000
and $200,000, respectively.  In the  case of Messrs.  Hardinger, Adcox,  Cognie,
Gino  and Rygler, these grants represent  compensation expected to be paid under
the Stock Performance Plan during the two  years following the IPO Date. In  the
case  of  Mr. Leichliter,  the grant  of  stock options  represents compensation
expected to be paid under the plan for the year following the IPO Date.
 
    FOUNDERS' STOCK OPTION  PLAN.   In 1996,  the Company's  Board of  Directors
approved  a  Founders'  Stock Option  Plan  pursuant to  which  the Compensation
Committee intends  to award  to nearly  all  employees of  the Company  and  its
subsidiaries,  worldwide, effective upon the IPO  Date, each a one-time grant of
options to acquire 252  shares of Common  Stock at an  exercise price per  share
equal to the initial public offering price of Common Stock in the Offering. Upon
exercise  of an option, payments of the  purchase price for the stock subject to
the exercise will be  made in cash.  Each of the Named  Officers is expected  to
receive  a grant under this  Plan. Grants under the  Founders' Stock Option Plan
will vest over  a four-year period  at the rate  of 25% of  the total grant  per
year.
 
    EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT.  DuPont entered into an employment agreement with Mr.
Hardinger dated as  of September 21,  1995, whereby  he agreed to  serve as  the
chairman  and chief executive officer of the Company. The agreement provides Mr.
Hardinger with: (i)  an annual base  salary of  at least $290,000;  and (ii),  a
restricted  stock grant of Common Stock valued at ten months' base salary at the
IPO Date and  $2,475,000 of  stock options priced  to equal  the initial  public
offering  price  of Common  Stock sold  in  the Offering,  both pursuant  to the
Company's Stock  Performance  Plan  described above.  These  options  will  vest
immediately in the event of termination without cause.
 
    In the event of termination without cause prior to the second anniversary of
the  IPO Date,  Mr. Hardinger  would receive from  DuPont the  equivalent of two
years' salary and target bonus and the  right to exercise all stock options.  In
the  event of termination  without cause thereafter,  Mr. Hardinger will receive
from DuPont a  payment equal  to one  year's base  salary and  target bonus.  In
addition, the other Named Officers and certain other senior management employees
will  receive from DuPont in  the event of termination  without cause within two
years of the IPO Date the equivalent of two years' salary and target bonus.  The
Company  has  no  change-in-control  arrangements  with  any  of  its  executive
officers.
 
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE
 
   
    The Certificate  and Bylaws  provide for  indemnification of  directors  and
officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law
(the  "DGCL") and, to the  extent permitted by such  law, eliminate or limit the
personal liability of directors and officers to the Company and its stockholders
for monetary damages for  certain breaches of fiduciary  duty. In addition,  the
Company  will enter into an indemnification agreement with each of its directors
to the fullest  extent permitted by  the DGCL,  pursuant to which  they will  be
entitled to advances for the costs of defending actions against them in addition
to that provided by the indemnification provisions in the Certificate and Bylaws
or  the Company's directors  and officers insurance  policy. See "Description of
Capital Stock -- Certain DGCL, Certificate and Bylaws Provisions."
    
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
          TRANSACTIONS AND RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND DUPONT
 
   
    The Company and  DuPont have  entered into a  number of  agreements for  the
purpose of defining the ongoing relationship between them. These agreements were
negotiated  in the context of a parent-subsidiary relationship and therefore are
not the result of negotiations between independent parties. It is the  intention
of the Company and DuPont that such agreements and the transactions provided for
therein, taken as a whole, should accommodate the parties' interests in a manner
that is fair to both parties, while continuing certain mutually beneficial joint
arrangements.  However, because of  the complexity of  the various relationships
between the Company and DuPont (including  their subsidiaries), there can be  no
assurance  that  each  of  such agreements,  or  the  transactions  provided for
therein, will be effected on terms at least as favorable to the Company as could
have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties. The agreements summarized in
this section have been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of  which
this Prospectus forms a part, and the following summaries are qualified in their
entirety  by reference to  the agreements as filed.  While these agreements will
provide the Company with certain benefits,  the Company is only entitled to  the
ongoing  assistance of DuPont for  a limited time and  it may not enjoy benefits
from its relationship with DuPont beyond  the term of the agreements. There  can
be no assurance that the Company upon termination of such assistance from DuPont
will  be able to provide adequately such services internally or obtain favorable
arrangements from third parties to replace  such services. See "Risk Factors  --
No  Independent Operating History Prior to the  Offering" and "-- Control by and
Relationship with DuPont."
    
 
    Additional or modified arrangements and transactions may be entered into  by
the  Company, DuPont and  their respective subsidiaries  after completion of the
Offering. Any  such  future arrangements  and  transactions will  be  determined
through   negotiation  between  the  Company  and  DuPont  or  their  respective
subsidiaries, as  the case  may be.  There can  be no  assurance that  any  such
arrangements  or transactions will be the same as that which would be negotiated
between independent parties.
 
    The following  is  a  summary  of  certain  past,  present  and  prospective
arrangements and transactions between the Company and DuPont.
 
REALIGNMENT OF PHOTOMASK BUSINESS
 
   
    Prior to the Realignment described below, DuPont's U.S. photomask operations
were  conducted  by  DuPont  Photomasks,  Inc.,  a  Texas  corporation. European
photomask operations were  conducted by separate,  wholly-owned subsidiaries  of
DuPont  in  their  respective  countries.  Photomask  operations  in  Korea were
conducted by a Korean subsidiary, which was 31% owned by DuPont Photomasks, Inc.
and 69% owned by  DuPont and which also  conducted DuPont's other  non-photomask
business.
    
 
   
    In  connection  with the  Offering,  DuPont realigned  its  global photomask
business, pursuant  to  which  certain  transactions  were  undertaken  so  that
DuPont's  foreign photomask operations would reside in subsidiaries wholly owned
by the Company (the "Realignment").  The Company was reincorporated in  Delaware
on  December 31, 1995. On May 14, 1996,  DPI issued one million shares of Common
Stock to DCEO for a nominal amount.
    
 
    On November 9, 1995, DPI incorporated  a new subsidiary in Delaware,  DuPont
Photomasks  Delaware Inc. ("Photomasks Delaware") and  as of March 29, 1996, DPI
had contributed  approximately $37  million to  Photomasks Delaware.  Photomasks
Delaware  used such contribution  to make loans  to Photomasks Korea, Photomasks
Germany and Photomasks France (each, as defined herein) in order to complete the
Realignment. In  addition, the  amounts  owed to  DuPont  by the  Company  under
several  Master Note agreements  were consolidated into a  single Master Note on
February 22, 1996.  The proceeds from  the Offering  will, in part,  be used  to
repay  a portion of the amount outstanding  under the Master Note. The remaining
balance under  the Master  Note will  be contributed  as equity  capital to  the
Company by DCEO. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
   
    On August 31, 1995, DPI incorporated a new wholly owned subsidiary in Korea,
DuPont  Photomasks  Korea  Ltd., and  on  January  30, 1996,  DuPont  Korea Ltd.
transferred all  of its  assets  (except for  cash)  relating to  the  photomask
business  to DuPont Photomasks Korea Ltd. ("Photomasks Korea") for approximately
$37 million, which was based upon an appraisal conducted by an independent third
party. In addition to the
    
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
   
transfer of the assets  related to the photomask  business in Korea,  Photomasks
Korea  also assumed all  of the liabilities relating  to the photomask business,
including  trade  payables,  any  liabilities  relating  to  photomask   product
warranties,  and any employee related liabilities or other claims with regard to
employees transferred  by  DuPont  Korea  Ltd. to  Photomask  Korea.  While  the
manufacturing operations and the title to approximately 75% of the real property
at  the Korean manufacturing facility has  been transferred to Photomasks Korea,
certain  real  property  at  this  manufacturing  site  that  is  not  used  for
manufacturing  purposes  has  yet  to be  transferred  pending  local government
review. On May 7,  1996, DPI agreed  to sell its 31%  equity interest in  DuPont
Korea  Ltd. to DuPont for $26.6 million. The proceeds from the sale will be used
to reduce the balance under  the Master Note. In  connection with such sale,  to
the  extent there  is a loss,  any tax  benefit attributable to  such loss will,
pursuant to the Tax Indemnification  Agreement described below, be for  DuPont's
benefit  at such time as when DuPont's beneficial ownership of the Company falls
below 50%.
    
 
    On January 4, 1996,  DuPont purchased all the  outstanding shares of  DuPont
Photomasks  (France) S.A. ("Photomasks France")  from DuPont de Nemours (France)
S.A. for 81  million FFr (approximately  $16.2 million), which  was based on  an
appraisal by an independent third party. On January 11, 1996, DuPont contributed
such  shares to DCEO, and  on January 15, 1996,  DCEO contributed such shares to
DPI.
 
    In Germany, DuPont's  photomask business  had been  operated through  DuPont
Photomasks  GmbH & Co.  KG ("Photomasks KG") by  DuPont de Nemours (Deutschland)
GmbH ("DuPont  Germany") and  DuPont  Photomasks Verwaltungs  GmbH  ("Photomasks
Germany").  On  December  18, 1995,  Photomasks  KG distributed  DM  4.3 million
(approximately $2.95 million) to DuPont  Germany. On March 29, 1996,  Photomasks
KG  distributed DM 6.4  million (approximately $4.3  million) to DuPont Germany,
and Photomasks  Delaware and  DPI loaned  DM 30.2  million (approximately  $20.3
million)  to Photomasks KG. On April 1,  1996, Photomasks KG redeemed the equity
interest in Photomask KG held by DuPont Germany for DM 30.2 million. Pursuant to
German law, all of the assets and  liabilities of Photomasks KG were assumed  by
Photomasks  Germany. On April  4, 1996, DCEO contributed  all of the outstanding
shares  of  Photomasks  Germany   to  DPI.  In  April   1996,  DM  7.5   million
(approximately $5.2 million) of DPI's loan was converted into equity.
 
    On  February 8,  1996, DuPont  purchased a  60.5% equity  interest in DuPont
Photomasks Company  Limited, Shanghai  ("Photomasks  China") from  DuPont  China
Holding  Company Limited  ("DuPont China")  for RMB  11.8 million (approximately
$1.4 million). On February 8, 1996,  DuPont contributed such equity interest  to
DCEO,  and DCEO contributed such equity interest to DPI. In connection with this
equity contribution,  DPI agreed  to guarantee  for the  benefit of  DuPont  all
amounts  payable in the future by DuPont pursuant to a previous guarantee DuPont
made on behalf  of Photomasks China  for up  to $4.6 million  plus interest  and
expenses.
 
    On  August 28, 1995, DCEO contributed  50,000 shares of Etec preferred stock
to DPI,  and such  Etec  preferred stock  by its  terms  has been  converted  to
1,025,640 shares of Etec common stock.
 
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENTS
 
    The  Company and its subsidiaries,  on the one hand,  and DuPont and certain
DuPont subsidiaries, on  the other  hand, will enter  into several  transitional
administrative  services  agreements,  each  effective  as  of  January  1, 1996
(collectively, the  "Administrative  Services Agreements"),  pursuant  to  which
DuPont  will continue to provide various services to the Company, including cash
management, accounting, computer and information systems, telecommunications and
employee benefits administration.
 
    Each service under the Administrative Services Agreements is provided for  a
specified  time period, ranging from one to  two years. However, the Company and
its subsidiaries may  terminate any or  all services that  it receives under  an
Administrative  Services  Agreement  at any  time  upon 45  days'  prior written
notice. Each Administrative Services Agreement shall terminate upon the later of
(i) January 1, 1998 or (ii) the date upon which DuPont owns less than 50% of the
outstanding Common Stock of the Company.  See "Risk Factors -- Effects of  Sales
of  Substantial Amounts of Common Stock." As long as DuPont owns at least 50% of
the outstanding Common  Stock of the  Company, DPI or  its subsidiaries, as  the
case may be, may unilaterally extend the period during which DuPont provides any
service, other than computer, information
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
systems  and  telecommunications services,  for an  additional twelve  months by
providing DuPont at  least 45 prior  days' written notice.  The Company and  its
subsidiaries  are  obligated  to take  all  steps  necessary to  obtain  its own
administrative  and  support   services  prior   to  the   termination  of   the
Administrative Services Agreements.
 
   
    The  Company and its subsidiaries will  be obligated to pay fees established
in the Administrative  Services Agreements  based upon  the type  and amount  of
services  rendered. It  is estimated  that DuPont will  charge an  annual fee of
approximately $10 million for all of the services that it will provide under the
Administrative  Services   Agreements.  In   addition,  the   Company  and   its
subsidiaries  will reimburse DuPont for any  out-of-pocket expenses it incurs in
connection with providing the services. With the exception of the administrative
services agreement entered into by the respective subsidiaries of DuPont and DPI
in Korea, in the absence of gross negligence or willful or reckless  misconduct,
DuPont's  liability for  damages to DPI  for any breach  of DuPont's obligations
under the  Administrative Services  Agreements is  limited to  payments made  to
DuPont  thereunder.  With  respect  to  the  administrative  services  agreement
covering the operations in Korea, DuPont's subsidiary is not required to provide
any guarantee  or warranty  of any  nature and  cannot be  held liable  for  any
claims,  damages or liabilities of any kind resulting from the furnishing of the
services thereunder.
    
 
RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND CONSULTING AGREEMENT
 
   
    The Company  and  DuPont  have  entered into  a  research,  development  and
consulting  agreement  (the  "Research, Development  and  Consulting Agreement")
dated as  of  January  1, 1996,  whereby  DuPont  will provide  to  the  Company
supplemental   technical  assistance   and  consulting  with   respect  to:  (i)
state-of-the-art analytical  support  and  consulting  on  an  as  needed  basis
("Analytical  Support") and (ii) research projects addressing specific DPI needs
("Research Project Support"). In exchange  for the Analytical Support, DPI  will
pay  DuPont $100,000 per calendar year. In the event the costs of these services
are estimated to exceed $100,000, the Company can either agree to pay additional
projected costs or elect not to  have DuPont provide these additional  services.
Compensation  for Research Project  Support will be determined  at the time each
specific project  relating thereto  is  undertaken. The  term of  the  Research,
Development  and Consulting Agreement is five years and shall continue on a year
to year basis  thereafter until terminated  by either of  DuPont or the  Company
pursuant  to  certain  procedures set  forth  in the  Research,  Development and
Consulting Agreement. The  Company believes that  the Research, Development  and
Consulting  Agreement will  provide the  Company with  a supplement  to its core
research and development program. See "Business -- Research and Development."
    
 
TAX INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
 
   
    The Company,  DuPont  and  DCEO  have entered  into  a  tax  indemnification
agreement  effective as of  the IPO Date  (the "Tax Indemnification Agreement"),
pursuant to which the Company will make a payment to DuPont, or DuPont will make
a payment to the Company, as appropriate, of an amount in respect of taxes shown
as due attributable to  the operations of the  Company on DuPont's  consolidated
federal  income tax return for the short period  ending on the date on which the
Company ceases to be a member of the DuPont consolidated group. DuPont and  DCEO
jointly  and  severally will  indemnify the  Company  and its  subsidiaries from
liability for certain matters, including, net of corresponding tax benefits, (i)
any federal, state or local income or other taxes attributable to any affiliated
or combined group of which the Company was a member at any time prior to the IPO
Date and (ii) any federal, state or local income or other tax for any period  up
to  and  including the  IPO  Date. The  Company  will indemnify  DuPont  and its
subsidiaries from liability for certain matters, including any federal, state or
local income  or other  taxes  attributable to  the  operations of  the  Company
following the IPO Date.
    
 
   
    In  connection with DPI's  sale of its  31% equity interest  in DuPont Korea
Ltd. to DuPont, to the extent there  is a loss, any tax benefit attributable  to
such  loss will, pursuant to the  Tax Indemnification Agreement, be for DuPont's
benefit at such time as when DuPont's beneficial ownership of the Company  falls
below 50%.
    
 
    The Tax Indemnification Agreement will require payments of claims to be made
within 30 days of the date a written demand for the claim is delivered. Interest
accrues on payments that are not made within 10
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
days  of the final due  date at the rate applicable  to the underpayments of the
applicable  tax.  Any   disputes  concerning   the  calculation   or  basis   of
determination  of any payment  provided under the  Tax Indemnification Agreement
will be resolved by a law firm  or a "big six" accounting firm selected  jointly
by the parties.
 
ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
 
   
    The  Company and DuPont  have entered into  an environmental indemnification
agreement effective  as  of the  IPO  Date (the  "Environmental  Indemnification
Agreement"),  pursuant  to which  DuPont  will generally  indemnify  the Company
against substantially all contingent  liabilities relating to any  environmental
contamination  present  on  the  manufacturing  sites  of  the  Company  and its
subsidiaries as of the IPO Date or present on any other site as a result of  the
manufacturing  operations of the  Company and its subsidiaries  prior to the IPO
Date.
    
 
   
    In the event  that the  parties cannot determine  with reasonable  certainty
following  good  faith  negotiations  whether the  contamination  was  caused by
activities occurring before or after the IPO Date, the Agreement will provide  a
mechanism  whereby the  liability associated with  such claim  will be allocated
according to  the following:  DuPont  will bear  100  percent of  the  liability
associated  with claims filed  by the Company with  regard to such contamination
prior to the first  anniversary of the IPO  Date; DuPont's liability for  claims
filed  following the first anniversary of the  IPO Date will decline at the rate
of 20 percent per year; and DuPont will have no liability for such claims  filed
following the fifth anniversary of the IPO Date.
    
 
    The  Environmental  Indemnification  Agreement will  include  procedures for
notice and payment of indemnification claims and will generally provide that the
party bearing the  majority of  the liability will  assume the  defense of  such
claim and will control any negotiation or remediation activities.
 
CREDIT FACILITY
 
    The  Company and DCEO have  entered into a credit  agreement effective as of
January 1, 1996 (the "Credit Agreement"),  pursuant to which DCEO has agreed  to
provide  a revolving credit/working capital  facility (the "Credit Facility") to
the Company in an aggregate amount of up to $30 million. The Credit Facility has
a term  of  24 months,  and  any loans  thereunder  will bear  interest  at  the
six-month  London Interbank  Offered Rate  (LIBOR) plus  50 basis  points, which
shall be  adjusted  every  six  months. The  amounts  loaned  under  the  Credit
Agreement  are  secured  by  all  the  Company's  (i)  equipment,  (ii) accounts
receivable, (iii) instruments, documents and securities owned by DPI and in  the
possession  of DCEO and (iv) the proceeds  of the foregoing. The Credit Facility
will provide financing for general  capital spending and corporate purposes  and
ongoing  working  capital needs.  See "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of   Operation  --  Liquidity  and   Capital
Resources."
 
   
    The  Credit Agreement contains various representations, covenants and events
of default typical for financings of a  similar size and nature. In addition  to
restrictive  covenants limiting the ability of  the Company and its subsidiaries
to enter into leases  and pledge its assets,  the Credit Agreement contains  the
following  restrictive covenants. Without DCEO's prior written consent, DPI will
not incur,  create,  assume  or  permit to  exist  any  indebtedness,  including
guarantees  on indebtedness  (in addition to  the indebtedness  under the Credit
Facility), in  excess of  $30 million  in the  aggregate. In  addition,  without
DCEO's  prior written consent, which may  not be unreasonably withheld, DPI will
not (a)  change  its  capital  structure, (b)  merge  or  consolidate  with  any
corporation,  (c) amend or change its articles of incorporation or bylaws or (d)
sell, transfer  or otherwise  dispose of  all  or any  substantial part  of  its
assets,  whether now owned or hereafter  acquired, except for sales of inventory
in the  ordinary  course  of  business. See  "Risk  Factors  --  No  Independent
Operating  History Prior to  the Offering" and  "Risk Factors --  Control by and
Relationship with DuPont."
    
 
   
CORPORATE TRADENAME AND TRADEMARK AGREEMENT
    
 
   
    The Company and DuPont have entered into a corporate tradename and trademark
agreement dated  as  of May  16,  1996 (the  "Corporate  Tradename  Agreement"),
whereby  DuPont will license to the Company (i) use of the tradename "DuPont" as
part of the Company's name and (ii) use of the trademark DuPont in Oval as  part
of  the  Company's  corporate  logotype.  DuPont  may  terminate  the  Corporate
Tradename Agreement upon 90  days written notice in  the event that: (i)  DuPont
and/or its affiliates cease to hold 51% of
    
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
   
the  total  outstanding Common  Stock of  DPI;  (ii) DPI  purports to  assign or
otherwise transfer the  Corporate Tradename Agreement  without DuPont's  written
consent;  or (iii) DPI uses the tradename "DuPont" other than under the terms of
the Corporate  Tradename  Agreement.  In  addition,  DuPont  may  terminate  the
Corporate  Tradename Agreement upon 90 days  written notice for any reason after
January 1, 2000. Upon termination of the Corporate Tradename Agreement, DPI will
be obligated to: (i) change its name  so that the tradename "DuPont" is  omitted
therefrom;  (ii) cease to use the tradename "DuPont" or any similar tradename as
part of its corporate name or in any other manner whatsoever; and (iii) cease to
use the DuPont in Oval trademark.
    
 
DISTRIBUTOR AGREEMENTS
 
   
    DPI has entered into separate  distributor agreements, each effective as  of
January  1, 1996  (the "Distributor  Agreements") with  DuPont K.K.,  a Japanese
subsidiary of  DuPont, and  DuPont  Taiwan Limited,  a Taiwanese  subsidiary  of
DuPont   (collectively,  the   "Distributors").  Pursuant   to  the  Distributor
Agreements, DPI has appointed the Distributors  to sell DPI's products in  their
respective  countries.  The  products will  be  sold  to the  Distributors  at a
discount, which shall permit the Distributors  to earn a pre-tax profit  between
2%  and 4%.  The Distributor  Agreements have  a term  of two  years but  may be
terminated  without  cause   upon  six   months'  prior   written  notice.   See
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations -- Year Ended June 30, 1994  Compared to Year Ended June 30, 1995  --
Total Sales."
    
 
HISTORICAL TRANSACTIONS
 
    The  Company  borrowed  funds  for  acquisitions,  capital  expenditures and
working capital from DCEO pursuant to the Master Note. The interest rate charged
has been equal to the  rate DuPont pays for  its commercial paper borrowings.  A
portion of the net proceeds from the Offering will be used to repay indebtedness
owed  under the Master  Note. Any remaining  balance on the  Master Note will be
contributed to the Company as equity capital by DCEO. See "Use of Proceeds"  and
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
 
   
    Prior to the Realignment,  DuPont provided significant management  functions
and  services, including cash management, tax administration, accounting, legal,
data processing,  benefit administration  and other  support services.  DPI  was
charged  and/or allocated expenses for  the years ended June  30, 1993, 1994 and
1995 of $12.0 million, $12.5 million  and $13.1 million, respectively, and  $9.6
million  and $8.4  million for the  nine months  ended March 31,  1995 and 1996,
respectively. The  costs of  these services  have been  directly charged  and/or
allocated  using methods  that DuPont  management believes  are reasonable. Such
charges and allocations are not necessarily indicative of the costs the  Company
would have been incurred to obtain these services had it been a separate entity.
Neither  DuPont  nor the  Company  has made  a study  or  any attempt  to obtain
estimates from  third parties  to  determine what  the  cost of  obtaining  such
services  from such  parties may  have been.  See Note  3 to  Combined Financial
Statements.
    
 
                   PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDER AND STOCK OWNERSHIP
 
   
    DuPont, through its  wholly owned  subsidiary DCEO, currently  owns all  the
shares  of  Common Stock  of  the Company  outstanding.  Upon completion  of the
Offering, DuPont will own approximately 72% of the outstanding Common Stock  (or
70%,  if the  Underwriters' overallotment option  is exercised  in full). DuPont
will, therefore, be able, acting alone,  to elect the entire Board of  Directors
of  the Company and to control  the vote on most matters  submitted to a vote of
the Company's  stockholders,  including  extraordinary  corporate  transactions.
DuPont's  address is 1007 Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19898. See "Risk Factors
- -- Control by and Relationship with DuPont."
    
 
   
    The following  table  furnishes  information,  as of  the  date  hereof  and
adjusted  to reflect the consummation of the Offering, with respect to shares of
Common Stock beneficially owned by DuPont. In addition, the table sets forth the
number of shares of DPI Common Stock and DuPont common stock beneficially  owned
    
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
by  (i) each executive officer of the Company, (ii) all directors of the Company
as a group and (iii)  all directors and executive officers  of the Company as  a
group.  The officers of the  Company are expected to  have sole voting power and
investment power over the shares to be held by them.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              BEFORE THE OFFERING              AFTER THE OFFERING
                                         -----------------------------  --------------------------------
                                          DPI SHARES   PERCENT OF DPI    DPI SHARES       PERCENT OF      DUPONT SHARES
                NAME OF                  BENEFICIALLY      SHARES       BENEFICIALLY      DPI SHARES       BENEFICIALLY
           BENEFICIAL OWNER                 OWNED        OUTSTANDING     OWNED (1)     OUTSTANDING (1)      OWNED (2)
- ---------------------------------------  ------------  ---------------  ------------  ------------------  --------------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>              <C>           <C>                 <C>
DuPont ................................    10,500,000          100%       10,500,000            72%             --
 1007 Market Street
 Wilmington, DE 19898
J. Michael Hardinger...................       --             --              --               --                --
Preston M. Adcox.......................       --             --              --               --                --
Gerard Cognie..........................       --             --              --               --                --
David S. Gino..........................       --             --              --               --                --
Kenneth A. Rygler......................       --             --              --               --                --
Van H. Leichliter......................       --             --              --               --                --
All directors (9 persons) (3)..........       --             --              --               --                --
All directors and executives officers         --             --              --               --                --
 as a group (14 persons) (2)...........
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(1) Excludes shares of Common Stock granted under the Company's employee benefit
    plans.
    
 
(2) The directors and executive officers of the Company as a group  beneficially
    own less than 1% of outstanding shares of DuPont's common stock.
 
(3) The  Company's directors  are J. Michael  Hardinger; John L.  Doyle; John C.
    Hodgson; Charles O. Holliday, Jr.; Peter  G. Kehoe; Gary W. Pankonien;  John
    C. Sargent; Marshall C. Turner; and Susan A. Vladuchick.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
   
    In  connection  with  the  Realignment, the  Company  was  reincorporated in
Delaware.  Pursuant  to   the  Company's  Certificate   of  Incorporation   (the
"Certificate"),  the Company is authorized to  issue 25,000,000 shares of Common
Stock, par  value $.01  per share,  of which  10,500,000 shares  are issued  and
outstanding.   The  Common  Stock  offered  hereby,  when  issued  and  sold  as
contemplated by  this  Prospectus,  will  be  validly  issued,  fully  paid  and
nonassessable.  Upon completion of the Offering, there will be 14,500,000 shares
of Common Stock outstanding.
    
 
COMMON STOCK
 
   
    Each holder of Common Stock is entitled to one vote for each share owned  of
record  on  all matters  voted  upon by  stockholders,  and a  majority  vote is
generally required for all actions to be taken by stockholders. Because  holders
of  Common Stock do not have cumulative  voting rights, holders of a majority of
the shares of Common Stock  represented at a meeting in  person or by proxy  can
elect all of the directors. Accordingly, after the Offering, DuPont will be able
to  control the  vote on most  matters submitted to  stockholders, including the
election of directors and approval of extraordinary corporate transactions.  See
"Risk  Factors -- Control  by and Relationship  with DuPont." In  the event of a
liquidation, dissolution or  winding-up of  the Company, the  holders of  Common
Stock are entitled to share equally and ratably in the assets of the Company, if
any, remaining after the payment of all debts and liabilities of the Company and
the  liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock. The Common Stock
has no  preemptive  rights  and  no  redemptions,  sinking  fund  or  conversion
provisions.
    
 
   
    The  Common Stock  has been  approved for  quotation on  the Nasdaq National
Market. The transfer agent and registrar  for the Common Stock will be  Chemical
Mellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.
    
 
    Holders  of Common Stock are  entitled to such dividends  as may be declared
from time to  time by  the Board  of Directors  out of  funds legally  available
therefor,  subject to the dividend and liquidation rights of any preferred stock
that may be issued. See "Dividend Policy."
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The Certificate authorizes the Board to provide for the issuance, from  time
to  time, of classes  or series of  preferred stock, to  establish the number of
shares to be included in any such  class or series and to fix the  designations,
voting powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each such class or series
and  any qualifications, limitations or  restrictions thereof. Because the Board
has the power to establish the preferences and rights of the shares of any  such
class or series of preferred stock, it may afford holders of any preferred stock
preferences,  powers and rights (including voting  rights), senior to the rights
of holders of Common Stock, which  could adversely affect the rights of  holders
of  Common Stock. There are no  shares of preferred stock currently outstanding,
and the Company  currently has  no intention to  issue any  shares of  preferred
stock.
 
CERTAIN DGCL, CERTIFICATE AND BYLAWS PROVISIONS
 
    The  DGCL  authorizes  corporations  to  limit  or  eliminate  the  personal
liability of  directors  to corporations  and  their stockholders  for  monetary
damages  for  breach of  directors' fiduciary  duty  of care.  The duty  of care
requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors must exercise
an informed  business  judgment based  on  all material  information  reasonably
available  to them. Absent the limitations now authorized by the DGCL, directors
are accountable to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages  for
conduct constituting gross negligence in the exercise of their duty of care. The
DGCL  enables corporations to limit available  relief to equitable remedies such
as injunction or rescission. The  Certificate limits the liability of  directors
of  the  Company  to the  Company  or  its stockholders  (in  their  capacity as
directors but not in their capacity as officers) to the fullest extent permitted
by the  DGCL. Specifically,  directors of  the Company  will not  be  personally
liable for monetary damages for breach of a director's fiduciary duty other than
liability  for breaches of  the duty of  loyalty, acts or  omissions not in good
faith or which  involve intentional misconduct  or a knowing  violation of  law,
violations  under Section  174 of  the DGCL  or any  transaction from  which the
director   derived   an   improper   personal   benefit.   The   inclusion    of
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
these  provisions  in  the  Certificate  may have  the  effect  of  reducing the
likelihood of  derivative litigation  against the  Company's directors  and  may
discourage  or deter stockholders or management  from bringing a lawsuit against
the Company's directors for breach  of their duty of  care, even though such  an
action,  if  successful,  might otherwise  have  benefited the  Company  and its
stockholders. Such provisions do not limit or affect a stockholder's ability  to
seek and obtain relief under the Federal securities laws.
 
    In addition, Article VII of the Bylaws requires the Company to indemnify any
current  or former director  or officer to  the fullest extent  permitted by the
DGCL. In addition,  the Company  has agreed to  indemnify each  director to  the
fullest  extent permitted by  the DGCL pursuant  to an Indemnification Agreement
from and against any and all  expenses, losses, claims, damages and  liabilities
incurred by such director for or as a result of actions taken or not taken while
such  director  or officer  was acting  in his  or her  capacity as  a director,
officer, employee or agent  of the Company. In  addition, the Company  maintains
directors  and officers  liability insurance  which insures  against liabilities
that directors and  officers of the  Company may incur  in such capacities.  The
Company  believes  that these  provisions are  necessary  to attract  and retain
qualified persons as directors and officers. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence  on
Management and Technical Personnel."
 
    The  Certificate contains a provision expressly  electing not to be governed
by Section 203 of DGCL.  In general, Section 203  of the DGCL restricts  certain
business  combinations involving interested stockholders  (defined as any person
or entity that is the beneficial owner of at least 15% of a corporation's voting
stock or is an affiliate  or associate of the corporation  and was the owner  of
15%  or more of the  outstanding voting stock of the  corporation at any time in
the past  three  years)  or  their affiliates  (as  defined).  Because  of  such
election, Section 203 will not apply to the Company.
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
    Upon  completion of the Offering, the Company will have 14,500,000 shares of
Common Stock outstanding.  Of these  shares, the  4,000,000 shares  sold in  the
Offering  (4,600,000 shares, if the  Underwriters' overallotment option is fully
exercised) will be  freely tradeable  without restriction  under the  Securities
Act,  unless they  are held  by an "affiliate"  of the  Company as  that term is
defined in Rule  144 under the  Securities Act of  1933 (the "Securities  Act").
Shares  purchased  by  affiliates  of  the  Company  may  generally  be  sold in
compliance with  the  volume  limitation, availability  of  public  information,
manner of sale and notice of sale requirements of Rule 144.
    
 
   
    The 10,500,000 shares of Common Stock that will continue to be owned by DCEO
will  be  "restricted"  securities within  the  meaning  of Rule  144  under the
Securities Act and  may not be  sold in  the absence of  registration under  the
Securities  Act or unless an exemption from registration is available, including
the exemptions contained in Rule 144 and Rule 144A under the Securities Act.
    
 
    In  general,  under  Rule  144,  a  person  (or  persons  whose  shares  are
aggregated),  including  any person  who  may be  deemed  an "affiliate"  of the
Company, who has  beneficially owned restricted  shares for at  least two  years
would  be entitled to sell within any  three-month period a number of restricted
shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding shares  of
Common Stock or the average weekly trading volume in the over-the-counter market
during  the four  calendar weeks preceding  such sale, provided  that the seller
files a  Form  144  with  respect  to  such  sale,  and  complies  with  certain
requirements  concerning availability of public  information and manner of sale.
In addition, under Rule 144(k), a person who is not an affiliate of the Company,
and who has not been an affiliate of the Company at any time during the 90  days
preceding  any sale, would be entitled  to sell restricted shares without regard
to the limitations  described above,  provided that the  restricted shares  have
been  beneficially owned for  at least three years.  The Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") has proposed reducing the three year and two  year
restrictions  described above to two and one year restrictions, respectively. It
is not known whether this proposal will  be adopted. In addition, DCEO would  be
permitted to sell its existing shares of stock to qualified institutional buyers
pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144A.
 
    Each  of the Company and DCEO has agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of
any shares of the Common Stock held by them for 180 days after the date of  this
Prospectus   without  the  prior  written  consent   of  Morgan  Stanley  &  Co.
Incorporated, subject to certain exceptions. See "Underwriters."
 
    DuPont has  advised the  Company that  it expects  to reduce  its  ownership
interest  in  the Company  over  time, subject  to  prevailing market  and other
conditions. The Company is  unable to estimate the  amount, timing or nature  of
future  sales of outstanding Common Stock. Prior to the Offering, there has been
no market for the Common  Stock, and no precise predictions  can be made of  the
effect,  if any, that market  sales of shares or  the availability of shares for
sale will have on the market  price prevailing from time to time.  Nevertheless,
sales  of substantial amounts of the Common  Stock in the public market may have
an adverse effect on the  market price thereof. See  "Risk Factors -- Effect  of
Sales of Substantial Amounts of Common Stock."
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    Under  a Registration  Rights Agreement dated  as of December  31, 1995 (the
"Registration Rights  Agreement") between  DCEO and  the Company,  DCEO and  its
assignees  ("Holders") will  be entitled to  certain rights with  respect to the
registration of shares they  hold under the Securities  Act. Subject to  certain
limitations  (including a minimum  registration of over  1,000,000 shares), each
Holder has the right to require the Company to register the sale of all or  part
of  the shares it holds under the  Securities Act (a "demand registration"). The
Holders,  in  the  aggregate,  are  entitled  to  request  up  to  five   demand
registrations.  Each Holder  is also  entitled to  include the  shares of Common
Stock it holds in a registered offering of securities by the Company for its own
account, subject to certain  conditions and restrictions.  The Company will  pay
all  expenses associated  with a  registration of  shares of  Common Stock  by a
Holder pursuant to  the Registration Rights  Agreement, other than  underwriting
discounts  and  commissions,  Holders' out-of-pocket  expenses  or underwriters'
counsel fees and disbursements,  if any, relating to  such shares. In  addition,
the Registration
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
   
Rights  Agreement contains certain indemnification provisions (i) by the Company
for the benefit  of Holders as  well as  any potential underwriter  and (ii)  by
Holders  for  the benefit  of  the Company  and  related persons.  DCEO  and its
assignees may transfer  its registration  rights under  the Registration  Rights
Agreement  without the  prior approval of  the Company.  The Registration Rights
Agreement also provides that while DCEO owns 50% or more of the Company's Common
Stock, the Company may not grant registration rights to any other person without
DCEO's prior consent. DCEO has no current intention to exercise its registration
rights under the Registration Rights Agreement.
    
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITERS
 
   
    Under the  terms and  subject  to conditions  contained in  an  Underwriting
Agreement  dated the  date hereof  (the "Underwriting  Agreement"), each  of the
Underwriters named below, for  whom Morgan Stanley &  Co. Incorporated, Cowen  &
Company  and  Needham  &  Company,  Inc.  are  acting  as  Representatives, have
severally agreed to purchase, and  the Company has agreed  to sell to them,  the
respective  number of shares of Common Stock set forth opposite their respective
names below:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             NUMBER OF
NAME                                                                                           SHARES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated..........................................................
Cowen & Company............................................................................
Needham & Company, Inc.....................................................................
 
                                                                                             ----------
    Total..................................................................................   4,000,000
                                                                                             ----------
                                                                                             ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The Underwriting  Agreement provides  that the  obligations of  the  several
Underwriters  to  pay for  and accept  delivery  of the  shares of  Common Stock
offered hereby are  subject to the  approval of certain  legal matters by  their
counsel  and to certain other conditions. The Underwriters are obligated to take
and pay for  all the shares  of Common  Stock offered hereby  (other than  those
covered  by the  overallotment option  described below)  if any  such shares are
taken.
 
    The Underwriters initially  propose to offer  part of the  shares of  Common
Stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover
page  hereof and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession
not in excess  of $            per share under  the public  offering price.  The
Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess
of  $        per  share to other Underwriters or to certain other dealers. After
the initial offering of the shares of Common Stock, the offering price and other
selling terms may from time to time be varied by the Underwriters.
 
   
    The Company  has granted  to  the Underwriters  an option,  exercisable  for
thirty  days  from  the date  of  this  Prospectus, to  purchase  up  to 600,000
additional shares of Common Stock at the public offering price set forth on  the
cover  page  hereof,  less  the  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions.  The
Underwriters may exercise  such option  to purchase  solely for  the purpose  of
covering  overallotments, if any,  made in connection with  the Offering. To the
extent that such option  is exercised, each  Underwriter will become  obligated,
subject  to certain conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of
such additional shares as the number  set forth next to such Underwriter's  name
in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares offered hereby.
    
 
    The Company, DuPont and the Underwriters have agreed to indemnify each other
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
    Each  of the Company and DCEO has  agreed in the Underwriting Agreement that
it will  not,  without  the  prior  written consent  of  Morgan  Stanley  &  Co.
Incorporated, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract
to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or
warrant   to  purchase,  or  otherwise  transfer  or  dispose  of,  directly  or
indirectly, any shares  of Common Stock  or any securities  convertible into  or
exercisable  or exchangeable for  Common Stock or  enter into any  swap or other
arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the  economic
consequences  of ownership of the  Common Stock, for a  period of 180 days after
the date of this Prospectus, except  under the Company's existing benefit  plans
and certain other circumstances.
 
    The  Underwriters have informed the Company that they do not intend sales to
discretionary accounts to exceed five percent  of the total number of shares  of
Common Stock offered by them.
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
    The Representatives of the Underwriters and certain of their affiliates from
time  to time  provide investment  banking and other  services to  DuPont and to
certain of its affiliates, for which they receive customary fees.
 
PRICING OF THE OFFERING
 
    Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
The initial public offering price has been determined by negotiations among  the
Company   and  the  Representatives  of  the  Underwriters.  Among  the  factors
considered in  determining the  initial public  offering price  were the  future
prospects  of  the Company  and  its industry  in  general, sales,  earnings and
certain other  financial and  operating  information of  the Company  in  recent
periods,  and the  price-earnings ratios,  price-sales ratios,  market prices of
securities and certain financial and operating information of companies  engaged
in  activities  similar to  those  of the  Company.  There can,  however,  be no
assurance that the  prices at which  the Common  Stock will sell  in the  public
market  after the Offering will not be lower  than the price at which it is sold
by the Underwriters.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The validity of the Common Stock will be passed upon for the Company by  Van
H.  Leichliter, Executive Vice  President, General Counsel  and Secretary of the
Company. Certain legal matters  in connection with the  Offering will be  passed
upon for the Underwriters by Davis Polk & Wardwell of New York, New York.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
   
    The combined financial statements as of June 30, 1995 and 1994 and March 31,
1996  and for each of the three years in  the period ended June 30, 1995 and for
the nine months ended March 31, 1996, included in this Prospectus, have been  so
included  in  reliance  on  the reports  of  Price  Waterhouse  LLP, independent
accountants, given on  the authority  of said firm  as experts  in auditing  and
accounting.
    
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The  Company has filed with the  Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 under the  Securities Act with  respect to the  Common Stock offered  hereby
(including   all   amendments   and  supplements   thereto,   the  "Registration
Statement"). As permitted by the rules  and regulations of the Commission,  this
Prospectus,  which is part  of the Registration Statement,  does not contain all
the information set  forth in the  Registration Statement and  the exhibits  and
schedules  thereto. For further information with  respect to the Company and the
Common Stock, reference is  hereby made to the  Registration Statement and  such
exhibits  and schedules  filed as  a part  of thereof,  which may  be inspected,
without charge, at the Public Reference Section of the Commission at Room  1024,
Judiciary  Plaza, 450  Fifth Street,  N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549,  and at the
regional offices of  the Commission  located at  Seven World  Trade Center,  New
York,  New York 10048, and Room 3190,  Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street,
Suite 1400,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661.  Copies  of all  or  any portion  of  the
Registration  Statement may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the
Commission, upon payment of prescribed fees or may be examined without charge at
the public reference facility of such office.
 
   
    Statements made  in this  Prospectus as  to the  contents of  any  contract,
agreement  or other document referred to are summaries of material terms of such
contract, agreement  or other  document.  With respect  to each  such  contract,
agreement  or other document filed as  an exhibit to the Registration Statement,
reference is made to the exhibit for  a more complete description of the  matter
involved,  and each such statement shall be  deemed qualified in its entirety by
such reference.
    
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
                     INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
 
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Independent Accountants..........................................................................        F-2
 
Combined Statement of Operations -- Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995........................        F-3
 
Combined Statement of Financial Position -- June 30, 1994 and 1995.........................................        F-4
 
Combined Statement of Cash Flows -- Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995........................        F-5
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements.....................................................................        F-6
 
Report of Independent Accountants..........................................................................       F-20
 
Combined Statement of Operations -- Nine Months Ended March 31, 1995 (unaudited) and 1996..................       F-21
 
Combined Statement of Financial Position -- June 30, 1995 and March 31, 1996...............................       F-22
 
Combined Statement of Cash Flows -- Nine Months Ended March 31, 1995 (unaudited) and 1996..................       F-23
 
Notes to Combined Financial Statements.....................................................................       F-24
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
 
    In  our opinion, the  accompanying combined statement  of financial position
and the related  combined statements  of operations  and of  cash flows  present
fairly,  in all material  respects, the financial  position of DuPont Photomasks
Business, a division of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company (the "Company"),  at
June 30, 1994 and 1995, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for
each  of the three years  in the period ended June  30, 1995, in conformity with
generally accepted  accounting principles.  These financial  statements are  the
responsibility  of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these  financial statements  based on  our audits.  We conducted  our
audits  of  these  statements  in accordance  with  generally  accepted auditing
standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain  reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the   amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,  assessing  the
accounting principles used  and significant  estimates made  by management,  and
evaluating  the overall  financial statement  presentation. We  believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
 
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
April 4, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
 
                 COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (SEE NOTE 1)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30
                                                                                     ----------------------------------
 SEE NOTE                                                                               1993        1994        1995
   -----                                                                             ----------  ----------  ----------
<C>          <S>                                                                     <C>         <C>         <C>
             Sales.................................................................  $  115,295  $  130,497  $  155,146
         3   Sales To Related Parties..............................................       3,601       4,051       6,368
                                                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------
             Total Sales...........................................................     118,896     134,548     161,514
             Cost of Goods Sold....................................................     112,224     107,456     117,022
                                                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------
             Gross Profit..........................................................       6,672      27,092      44,492
       3,7   Selling, General and Administrative Expense...........................      18,630      20,750      21,803
         2   Research and Development Expense -- Net...............................       8,337       8,131       8,777
         8   Other Operating (Income) Expense -- Net...............................       8,497       2,940       3,490
                                                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------
             Operating Profit (Loss)...............................................     (28,792)     (4,729)     10,422
         9   Interest Expense......................................................       9,196       5,814       6,957
             Exchange (Gain) Loss..................................................        (430)        322        (493)
                                                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------
             Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes and Minority Interest...............     (37,558)    (10,865)      3,958
        10   Provision for Income Taxes............................................      --          --          --
                                                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------
             Income (Loss) Before Minority Interest................................     (37,558)    (10,865)      3,958
             Minority Interest in Income (Loss) of Majority Owned Joint Venture....      --          --            (161)
                                                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------
             Net Income (Loss).....................................................  $  (37,558) $  (10,865) $    4,119
                                                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                     ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
       See pages F-6 to F-19 for Notes to Combined Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
 
             COMBINED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION (SEE NOTE 1)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
                                     ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    JUNE 30
                                                                                            ------------------------
SEE NOTE                                                                                       1994         1995
- ---------                                                                                   -----------  -----------
<C>        <S>                                                                              <C>          <C>
           CURRENT ASSETS
        2  Cash and Cash Equivalents......................................................  $     3,924  $     8,412
        4  Accounts Receivable, Trade -- Net..............................................       23,273       27,696
        3  Accounts Receivable, Related Parties...........................................        3,268        1,846
           Accounts and Notes Receivable, Miscellaneous...................................        1,166        1,263
       11  Inventories....................................................................        6,812        6,830
           Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets......................................        2,951          695
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
           Total Current Assets...........................................................       41,394       46,742
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
       12  Property, Plant and Equipment..................................................      226,702      251,194
           Less: Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization................................     (114,659)    (138,070)
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
           Net Property, Plant and Equipment..............................................      112,043      113,124
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
           Accounts Receivable, Related Parties -- Non-Current............................          910        1,405
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
      2,3  Other Assets...................................................................        6,554       10,430
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
           Total Assets...................................................................  $   160,901  $   171,701
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                            LIABILITIES, DUPONT MASTER NOTES AND OWNER'S NET INVESTMENT
<C>        <S>                                                                              <C>          <C>
 
           CURRENT LIABILITIES
           Accounts Payable, Trade........................................................  $     3,745  $     2,923
        3  Accounts Payable, Related Parties..............................................        4,735        8,076
       13  Accounts Payable, Miscellaneous................................................          989        7,255
       16  Short Term Borrowings..........................................................        1,386        2,960
    13,14  Other Accrued Liabilities......................................................        7,686        9,123
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
           Total Current Liabilities......................................................       18,541       30,337
    15,16  Long Term Borrowings...........................................................        6,704        4,265
       13  Other Liabilities..............................................................        2,039        5,958
           Minority Interest in Net Assets of Majority Owned Joint Venture................      --               489
        9  DuPont Master Notes............................................................      140,846      125,570
           Owner's Net Investment.........................................................       (7,229)       5,082
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
               Total Liabilities, DuPont Master Notes, and Owner's Net Investment.........  $   160,901  $   171,701
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
       See pages F-6 to F-19 for Notes to Combined Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
 
                 COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (SEE NOTE 1)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30
                                                                                      ----------------------------------
 SEE NOTE                                                                                1993        1994        1995
   -----                                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------
<C>          <S>                                                                      <C>         <C>         <C>
             CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD.......................  $    6,981  $    5,867  $    3,924
                                                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------
             CASH PROVIDED BY (USED FOR) OPERATIONS
             Net Income (Loss)......................................................     (37,558)    (10,865)      4,119
             Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Cash Provided by (Used
              for) Operations:
             Depreciation...........................................................      23,958      25,504      24,179
             Asset Retirements......................................................       6,813       1,005         603
             Amortization...........................................................       3,324       1,988         761
             (Increase) Decrease in Operating Assets................................        (354)     (5,724)        486
             Increase (Decrease) in Operating Liabilities...........................      (1,193)        133      (1,159)
             Other Noncash Charges and Credits -- Net...............................       2,643         311          42
                                                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------
             Cash Provided by (Used for) Operations.................................      (2,367)     12,352      29,031
                                                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------
             INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES
             Purchases of Property, Plant and Equipment.............................     (18,067)     (4,953)    (14,853)
        13   Payments for Acquisitions..............................................      (4,010)     (7,109)     (4,000)
             Miscellaneous -- Net...................................................      --             378         272
                                                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------
             Cash (Used for) Investment Activities..................................     (22,077)    (11,684)    (18,581)
                                                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------
             FINANCING ACTIVITIES
             Increase (Decrease) in Borrowings......................................     (31,649)      1,354      (1,591)
             Cash Provided by (Paid to) DuPont -- Net...............................      56,150      (4,234)     (5,432)
                                                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------
             Cash Provided by (Used for) Financing Activities.......................      24,501      (2,880)     (7,023)
                                                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------
             Effect of Exchange Rate Changes On Cash................................      (1,171)        269       1,061
                                                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------
             CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD.............................  $    5,867  $    3,924  $    8,412
                                                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------
             INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.......................  $   (1,114) $   (1,943) $    4,488
                                                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------
                                                                                      ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
       See pages F-6 to F-19 for Notes to Combined Financial Statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
 
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 1 -- BASIS OF PRESENTATION
    On June 8, 1995, E. I. du  Pont de Nemours and Company ("DuPont")  announced
its   intention  to  (i)  realign   its  worldwide  Photomasks  operations  (the
"Business") into a  stand-alone entity  and (ii)  sell shares  of the  realigned
Business  to the public  through an initial  public offering (See  Note 19). The
Business manufactures  photomasks  for  sale  to  semiconductor  and  electronic
component  manufacturers  and manufactures  photoblanks  and pellicles  for both
internal consumption and sale to other photomask producers.
 
    The Combined Financial Statements include the operations of the Business  in
the following countries:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 NORTH AMERICA         EUROPE                  ASIA PACIFIC
- ---------------  -------------------  ------------------------------
<S>              <C>                  <C>
United States    France               Peoples Republic of China
                 Germany              Republic of Korea
                 The Netherlands
</TABLE>
 
    Throughout  the  period covered  by the  Combined Financial  Statements, the
Business's U.S. operations were conducted  by DuPont Photomasks, Inc., a  wholly
owned  subsidiary of DuPont. European operations  of the Business were conducted
by separate, wholly owned subsidiaries of DuPont in their respective  countries.
During  the  period June  30,  1992 to  April  20, 1993,  the  Business's Korean
operations were conducted  by a  wholly owned subsidiary  of DuPont  Photomasks,
Inc.  Subsequent to  this period, the  Business's operations in  the Republic of
Korea ("Korea") were  merged with DuPont's  non-Photomasks Korean operations  to
form a Korean subsidiary owned 31% by DuPont Photomasks, Inc. and 69% by DuPont.
The  Business's  operations in  China are  conducted by  a Joint  Venture formed
September, 1994, which is  owned 60.5% by a  DuPont wholly owned subsidiary  and
39.5% by SIMIC Electronic Company, Ltd., a state-owned enterprise in the Peoples
Republic  of China.  In this context,  no direct  ownership relationship existed
among all the various units comprising the Business; accordingly, DuPont and its
subsidiaries' net investment in the Business ("Owner's Net Investment") is shown
in lieu of Stockholder's Equity in the Combined Financial Statements.
 
    Throughout the  period covered  by the  Combined Financial  Statements,  the
Business  was accounted  for as  a division  within DuPont's  Electronics Group.
Financial statements have not been  previously prepared for the Business.  These
Combined  Financial  Statements  have  been  prepared  from  DuPont's historical
accounting records.
 
    The assets, liabilities and operating results of DuPont resale operations in
Japan and  Taiwan have  been excluded  from the  Combined Financial  Statements.
These  operations involve distributorships for the Business. Sales to the DuPont
operations in Japan and Taiwan are reported in the Combined Financial Statements
as Sales to Related Parties and are  accounted for as if the operations were  an
outside  distributor for which the Business  has guaranteed full recovery of all
costs plus a specified operating margin. Charges  of $608, $189 and $76 for  the
fiscal  years ended June 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, were included in
Selling and Distribution Expense with respect to the payments by the Business to
DuPont under the terms of this guarantee.
 
    The Business's manufacturing  operations in  Korea are conducted  at a  site
where  other DuPont operations not included in the Business are present. At this
shared site, only  the assets  and liabilities expected  to be  included in  the
Business  after completion of the above  referenced realignments are included in
the Combined Statement of Financial Position.
 
    The Combined Statement of Operations includes all revenue and costs directly
attributable to  the Business,  including costs  for facilities,  functions  and
services  used by the Business  at shared sites and  costs for certain functions
and services performed by centralized  DuPont organizations outside the  defined
scope  of the Business and directly charged  to the Business based on usage. The
results of operations also include  allocations of (i) costs for  administrative
functions    and   services   performed   on   behalf   of   the   Business   by
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 1 -- BASIS OF PRESENTATION (CONTINUED)
centralized  staff  groups  within  DuPont,  (ii)  DuPont's  Electronics   Group
management  expense, (iii) DuPont's general corporate expenses, (iv) pension and
other retirement benefit costs and (v) interest expense. (See Notes 2, 3, 5,  6,
7  and 9 for  a description of  the allocation methodologies  employed). As more
fully described in Notes 2 and 10, current and deferred income taxes and related
tax expense  have  been allocated  to  the  Business by  applying  Statement  of
Financial  Accounting Standards No. 109 ("SFAS  109") to each Business operation
in each country as if it was a separate taxpayer.
 
    All charges and allocations of  cost for facilities, functions and  services
performed by DuPont organizations outside the defined scope of the Business have
been  deemed to have been paid by the Business to DuPont, in cash, in the period
in which the cost was recorded in the Combined Financial Statements. Allocations
of current  income  taxes  payable to  the  Business  are deemed  to  have  been
remitted, in cash, to DuPont in the period the related tax expense was recorded.
Allocations  to the  Business of current  income taxes receivable  are deemed to
have been remitted to the  Business, in cash, by DuPont  in the period to  which
the receivable applies only to the extent that a refund of such taxes could have
been  recognized by  the Business on  a stand-alone  basis under the  law of the
relevant taxing jurisdiction.
 
    All of the allocations  and estimates in  the Combined Financial  Statements
are  based on assumptions  that DuPont management  believes are reasonable under
the circumstances. However, these allocations and estimates are not  necessarily
indicative  of the costs and  expenses that would have  resulted if the Business
had been operated as a separate entity.
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    BASIS OF COMBINATION
 
    The Combined Financial  Statements include  the accounts of  the wholly  and
majority  owned individual members of the Business. The Business's interest in a
50% owned  joint venture  with Dai  Nippon Printing  Co., Ltd.,  located in  the
United   States,  is  accounted  for  under  the  equity  method.  All  material
transactions and  accounts between  individual members  comprising the  Business
have been eliminated in combination.
 
    INCOME RECOGNITION
 
    Sales  and related cost of goods sold  are included in income when goods are
shipped to the customer except in Korea, where sales and cost of goods sold  are
included in income upon customer acceptance in accordance with Korean law.
 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The Business participated in DuPont's centralized cash management system. In
general, the cash funding requirements of the Business were met by, and all cash
generated  by the Business was  transferred to, DuPont. In  the U.S. and France,
this was  accomplished under  the terms  of interest-bearing  loan  arrangements
between  DuPont's  U.S. photomask  subsidiary  and DuPont  and  between DuPont's
French photomask subsidiary and DuPont  France, S.A. (collectively, the  "DuPont
Master  Notes"). As part of the realignment of the Business described in Note 1,
the DuPont Master Notes  were consolidated into a  single master note (See  Note
19).  Accordingly,  the only  cash and  cash  equivalents (cash  equivalents are
highly liquid investments  with maturities of  three months or  less at time  of
purchase),  other than petty cash amounts, included in the Combined Statement of
Financial Position  are  accounts pertaining  to  the Business's  operations  in
Germany,  the  Netherlands,  and,  prior  to April  20,  1993,  Korea  that were
conducted through wholly owned DuPont subsidiaries dedicated exclusively to  the
Business.
 
    INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories  are valued  at the  lower of  cost or  market, with  cost being
determined by the average cost method. Elements of cost in inventory include raw
materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT ("PP&E")
 
    PP&E is carried at  cost and is depreciated  using the straight-line  method
over   the  estimated  useful  lives  of   the  related  assets.  Buildings  and
improvements are depreciated over 20 years and machinery and equipment over 3 to
10 years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated using the straight-line  method
over  the term  of the lease  or the life  of the equipment,  whichever is less.
Historical cost  for a  significant portion  of PP&E  was determined  under  the
principles set forth in Accounting Principles Board Opinion Number 16.
 
    The  gross carrying  value of PP&E  surrendered, retired,  sold or otherwise
disposed of  and  related  accumulated  depreciation  are  eliminated  from  the
accounts  at the date of disposal and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in
income.
 
    Maintenance  and  repairs  are  charged  to  operations;  replacements   and
betterments are capitalized.
 
    INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
    Purchased   identifiable   intangible   assets  are   amortized   using  the
straight-line method over their  estimated useful lives. Goodwill,  representing
the excess of cost over fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in
purchase   business  combinations,   is  amortized   over  5   years  using  the
straight-line method.  The future  economic  benefit of  the carrying  value  of
intangibles  is reviewed periodically through an undiscounted cash flow analysis
and any change in useful life or  impairment of value is recorded in the  period
such   determination  is  made.  Net   intangible  assets,  representing  supply
agreements, were $1,250 and $5,193 at June 30, 1994 and 1995, respectively,  and
are included in Other Assets (See Note 13).
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    The  taxable income (loss)  of each member  of the Business  was included in
consolidated tax returns of the DuPont entity  of which it was a part. As  such,
separate  income tax returns were not prepared  or filed for the Business except
for the Business's operations in Korea prior to April 20, 1993.
 
    For all periods  presented, deferred  income taxes and  related tax  expense
have been allocated to the Business by applying the asset and liability approach
set  forth in SFAS 109 to  each member of the Business  as if it were a separate
taxpayer. Under this approach, deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the
expected future  tax consequences  of  carryforwards and  temporary  differences
between  the carrying amounts and the tax  bases of assets and liabilities. SFAS
109 generally requires that all expected future events, other than enactment  of
changes  in  tax  law or  tax  rates,  be considered  in  estimating  future tax
consequences. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets
by the amount of  any tax benefits  that, based on  available evidence, are  not
expected to be realized.
 
    Current  tax expense has been  determined as if each  member of the Business
was a separate taxpayer. Income taxes currently payable are deemed to have  been
remitted  by the  Business to  DuPont in  the period  that the  liability arose.
Income taxes  currently receivable  are  deemed to  have  been received  by  the
Business  from DuPont in the period that  a refund could have been recognized by
the Business had the Business been a separate taxpayer.
 
    Under the basis of presentation for these financial statements, no provision
has been made for taxes on cash remittances from the members of the Business  to
the DuPont entity of which they are a part. Generally, remittances from a wholly
owned subsidiary to its in-country parent are tax free.
 
    FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
 
    DuPont has determined that the U.S. Dollar is the functional currency of its
worldwide   operations  and  that  this  functional  currency  determination  is
appropriate to the economic  environment in which  the Business operated  during
the  period covered by  these Combined Financial  Statements. Monetary asset and
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
liability amounts denominated  in foreign  currencies are  remeasured into  U.S.
Dollars  at end-of-period  exchange rates; foreign  currency nonmonetary assets,
principally inventories and PP&E, are remeasured into U.S. Dollars at historical
exchange rates. Income and expenses are remeasured into U.S. Dollars at  average
exchange  rates  in effect  during the  period, except  for expenses  related to
balance sheet  amounts  that are  remeasured  using historical  exchange  rates.
Exchange  gains and losses from remeasurement of monetary assets and liabilities
are included in income in the period they occur.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    Research and development  costs are  expensed as incurred.  The Business  is
party to certain contracts which provide for partial funding of its research and
development  costs. Funding under these contracts  of $1,942, $1,625 and $451 in
the fiscal years  ended June 30,  1993, 1994, and  1995, respectively, has  been
recognized as an offset to Research and Development Expense.
 
    PENSIONS
 
    DuPont  has noncontributory defined benefit plans covering substantially all
U.S. employees, including the U.S. employees of the Business. The cost of  these
plans  for active employees  was allocated to  the Business (See  Note 5) and is
principally included  in  Cost of  Goods  Sold.  Amounts so  allocated  are  not
necessarily  indicative of the pension cost that would have been incurred if the
Business had been operated as a separate company.
 
    Pension  coverage  for  employees  of  DuPont's  non-U.S.  subsidiaries   is
provided,  to the extent deemed appropriate, through separate plans. Obligations
under such  plans  are systematically  provided  for by  depositing  funds  with
trustees,  under  insurance policies  or  by book  reserves.  The cost  of these
non-U.S. plans has  been allocated  to the  Business using  methods that  DuPont
believes are appropriate to the nature of the plans.
 
    U.S.  Pension cost allocated to the Business is deemed to have resulted in a
cash contribution between the Business and DuPont in the period the pension cost
was incurred and, in return, DuPont is deemed to have assumed all responsibility
for pension  payments to  retirees. Accordingly,  no pension  related assets  or
liabilities  related to  U.S. plans  are included  in the  Combined Statement of
Financial Position.
 
    OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
    DuPont and  certain of  its subsidiaries  provide medical,  dental and  life
insurance  benefits  to  pensioners and  survivors.  These  Other Postretirement
Benefits are accounted for under the  accrual provisions of SFAS 106. Under  the
terms  of the  benefit plans,  DuPont reserves  the right  to change,  modify or
discontinue the  plans.  The  cost  of these  plans  for  active  employees  was
allocated  to the Business (See  Note 6) and is  principally included in Cost of
Goods  Sold.  These  costs   are  not  necessarily   indicative  of  the   Other
Postretirement  Benefit costs that would have  been incurred if the Business had
operated as a separate entity.
 
    Other Postretirement Benefits cost  allocated to the  Business is deemed  to
have  resulted in  a cash  contribution between the  Business and  DuPont in the
period the cost was incurred  and, in return, DuPont  is deemed to have  assumed
all   responsibility   for   payments  to   retirees.   Accordingly,   no  other
postretirement benefit  related  assets  or  liabilities  are  included  in  the
Combined Statement of Financial Position.
 
    INSURANCE
 
    During  the period covered by the  Combined Financial Statements, DuPont did
not insure for property  damage losses. Liability  insurance was purchased  with
high  deductible limits. Costs included in  the Combined Statement of Operations
resulting from noninsured losses were not  material. Such costs are expensed  as
incurred.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    ENVIRONMENTAL
 
    DuPont  accrues for certain environmental remediation activities relating to
past operations, including Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and
Liability Act ("CERCLA") cleanup and certain Resource Conservation and  Recovery
Act  ("RCRA") and related compliance activities, for which commitments have been
made, and reasonable  estimates are  possible. Where feasible,  these costs  are
assigned  to the business unit responsible  for the conditions being remediated.
During the  period covered  by the  Combined Financial  Statements, no  material
environmental remediation costs were assigned to the Business.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make reasonable  estimates
and  assumptions, based upon all known  facts and circumstances, that affect the
reported amounts of assets and  liabilities and disclosure of contingent  assets
and  liabilities at the  date of the financial  statements. Actual results could
differ from those estimates.
 
NOTE 3 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    The Combined  Financial  Statements include  significant  transactions  with
other  DuPont  business units  involving functions  and  services (such  as cash
management, tax  administration, accounting,  legal, and  data processing)  that
were  provided to the  Business by centralized  DuPont organizations outside the
defined scope of the  Business. The costs of  these functions and services  have
been directly charged and/or allocated to the Business using methods that DuPont
management  believes  are  reasonable.  Such  charges  and  allocations  are not
necessarily indicative  of  the costs  that  would  have been  incurred  if  the
Business  had  been a  separate  entity. Amounts  charged  and allocated  to the
Business for these functions and services were $12,047, $12,518 and $13,106  for
the  fiscal years  ended June  30, 1993,  1994 and  1995, respectively,  and are
principally included in General and Administrative expenses.
 
    Sales to Related Parties include sales to DuPont distributor operations (see
Note 1) and sales to the Business's joint venture with Dai Nippon Printing  Co.,
Ltd. of $1,157, $887 and $815 for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1993, 1994 and
1995,  respectively.  Purchases of  products produced  by other  DuPont business
units were not material.
 
    Throughout the  period covered  by the  Combined Financial  Statements,  the
Business  held  an  approximate  8% ownership  interest  in  Etec  Systems, Inc.
("Etec"), the principal supplier to the Business of electron beam and laser beam
systems used to produce photomasks. The $5,000 original cost of this  investment
is  included  in Other  Assets  at the  lower of  cost  or market.  Purchases of
equipment and equipment maintenance services from Etec, including equipment  and
service  contracts, were $14,919,  $8,500 and $6,175 for  the fiscal years ended
June 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively (See Note 19).
 
    Accounts Receivable, Related Parties includes receivables from employees  of
the  Business of $952  (Current $42, Non-Current $910)  and $1,445 (Current $40,
Non-Current $1,405) at June 30, 1994 and 1995, respectively, principally related
to housing and automobile loans to non-U.S. employees. The remainder  represents
receivables  for goods sold to DuPont distributor operations and receivables for
sales to the Business's joint venture with Dai Nippon Printing Co., Ltd.
 
    Accounts Payable, Related Parties represents payables to DuPont for  payroll
and  benefits and vendor payments  paid by DuPont on  behalf of the Business and
billed to the business on a one-month-lag basis.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 4 -- SALES AND ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, TRADE
    Essentially  all  of  the   Business's  sales  are   to  customers  in   the
semiconductor  manufacturing  industry.  The  Business  assesses  the  financial
strength of its customers to reduce the risk of loss.
 
    The Business's  sales  to  Motorola,  National  Semiconductor,  Philips  and
SGS-Thomson, individually represented more than 10% of combined sales in each of
the  years presented.  Accounts Receivable from  these parties  total $9,221 and
$8,422 at June 30, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
NOTE 5 -- PENSION COST
    Pension Cost for active employees (See  Note 2) was determined by  measuring
the Projected Benefit Obligation ("PBO") using a discount rate of 8.5%, 7.9% and
8.1%  for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and
an assumed long  term rate  of compensation  increase of  5%. The  PBO for  such
employees was determined using a discount rate of 7.2% and 9.0% at June 30, 1994
and  1995, respectively. The PBO so measured  was $11,800 and $8,600 at June 30,
1994 and 1995,  respectively. The PBO  was assumed  to be fully  funded by  plan
assets  with an assumed long term rate of return of 9% allocated from the DuPont
plan. The elements of pension cost  allocated to the Business using this  method
were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30
                                                                   -------------------------------
                                                                     1993       1994       1995
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                <C>        <C>        <C>
Service Cost.....................................................  $   1,165  $   1,405  $   1,320
Interest on PBO..................................................        637        742        742
Assumed Return on Assets.........................................       (669)      (862)      (846)
Amortization of Gains............................................        (42)       (93)      (142)
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   $   1,091  $   1,192  $   1,074
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                   ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Pension  coverage  for  employees of  the  Business's  non-U.S. consolidated
subsidiaries is provided,  to the  extent deemed  appropriate, through  separate
plans.  Obligations under these plans are provided by book reserves. The PBO and
the pension  liability  were  $1,069 and  $1,210  at  June 30,  1994  and  1995,
respectively. The elements of pension cost allocated to the Business were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30
                                                                        -------------------------------
                                                                          1993       1994       1995
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>
Service Cost..........................................................  $     103  $     109  $     111
Interest on PBO.......................................................         77         77         95
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        $     180  $     186  $     206
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  economic assumptions  used for the  non-U.S plans are  similar to those
used for the U.S. plans.
 
NOTE 6 -- OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT COST
    Other Postretirement  Benefit Cost  for active  employees (See  Note 2)  was
determined  by  measuring  the  Accumulated  Postretirement  Benefit  Obligation
("APBO") for such employees using a discount rate of 8.5%, 7.9% and 8.1% for the
fiscal years ended June 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively, and a health care
escalation rate  of 10%  decreasing  to 5%  over 10  years.  The APBO  for  such
employees was determined using
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 6 -- OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT COST (CONTINUED)
a  discount rate of 7.2%  and 9.0% at June 30,  1994 and 1995, respectively. The
APBO so measured was $4,900 and $3,500 at June 30, 1994 and 1995,  respectively.
The  elements of  Other Postretirement  Benefit Cost  allocated to  the Business
using this method were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30
                                                                       -------------------------------
                                                                         1993       1994       1995
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>
Service Cost.........................................................  $     681  $     545  $     489
Interest on APBO.....................................................        360        316        308
Amortization of Prior Service Credit.................................        (54)      (107)      (109)
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                       $     987  $     754  $     688
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 7 -- SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE
    Selling, General and Administrative Expense consists of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30
                                                               -------------------------------
                                                                 1993       1994       1995
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Selling and Distribution Expense.............................  $  10,405  $  11,426  $  11,937
General and Administrative Expense...........................      8,225      9,324      9,866
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               $  18,630  $  20,750  $  21,803
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    As  discussed  in  Note  3,  General  and  Administrative  Expense  consists
principally of amounts allocated and/or charged by DuPont. Allocations are based
on  factors such as head count and/or  investment depending on the nature of the
item being allocated. Amounts charged  to the Business are generally  determined
based  on usage. Such charges and/or  allocations are not necessarily indicative
of the costs and expenses that would have been incurred if the Business had been
operated as a separate entity.
 
NOTE 8 -- PLANT SHUTDOWNS
    In response to general industry overcapacity, the Business consolidated  its
manufacturing  operations during the  fiscal year ended June  30, 1993, and shut
down  mask  manufacturing  facilities  at  Danbury,  Connecticut  and  Nijmegen,
Netherlands.  A charge of $5,202 is included in Fiscal Year 1993 Other Operating
(Income) Expense -- Net for the retirement of property, plant and equipment  and
employee severance costs associated with these shutdowns.
 
NOTE 9 -- INTEREST EXPENSE
    Interest  expense includes interest expense under the DuPont Master Notes of
$5,271, $5,134 and $6,898  for the fiscal  years ended June  30, 1993, 1994  and
1995, respectively.
 
    The  interest  rate  charged  under the  DuPont  Master  Notes  is generally
equivalent to the  rate DuPont pays  for its commercial  paper borrowings.  Such
amounts are not necessarily indicative of the cost that would have been incurred
if the Business had been operated as a separate entity.
 
NOTE 10 -- PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
    Throughout  the period covered by  the Combined Financial Statements, DuPont
utilized various tax  planning strategies  and elections to  minimize its  total
income  tax expense.  It is  not practicable  to identify  the effects  of these
strategies and elections on the results of operations of the Business.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 10 -- PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
 
    The results of the Business were included in DuPont consolidated tax returns
and  DuPont received tax benefits for operating losses reported by the Business.
The allocation of tax expense to the Business is set forth in Note 2.
 
    The Provision for Income Taxes consists of:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30
                                                                      -------------------------------
                                                                        1993       1994       1995
                                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>        <C>
U.S. Federal:
  Current...........................................................  $  --      $  --      $  --
  Deferred..........................................................     --         --         --
U.S. State and Local:
  Current...........................................................     --         --         --
  Deferred..........................................................     --         --         --
Non-U.S.:
  Current...........................................................     --         --          1,554
  Deferred..........................................................     --         --         (1,554)
                                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
Provision for Income Taxes..........................................  $  --      $  --      $  --
                                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                      ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Deferred income taxes  result from temporary  differences between  financial
carrying  value and tax basis of the  Business's assets and liabilities. The tax
effects of these temporary differences included in deferred income taxes are  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30
                                                                -------------------------------
                                                                  1993       1994       1995
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Depreciation..................................................  $  (4,203) $  (3,645) $   2,807
Inventories...................................................       (666)       201       (235)
Accrued Liabilities...........................................       (256)       162        (70)
Net Operating Loss Carryforwards..............................     (7,743)    (2,076)    (4,817)
Other.........................................................       (134)       165        187
Change in Valuation Allowance.................................     13,002      5,193        574
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
Total Deferred Tax Provision..................................  $  --      $  --      $  (1,554)
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 10 -- PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
 
    Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities) are comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               JUNE 30
                                                                        ----------------------
                                                                           1994        1995
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
Inventories...........................................................  $      465  $      700
Depreciation -- Non-U.S...............................................       1,764       1,964
Accrued Liabilities...................................................       1,829       1,899
Net Operating Loss Carryforwards (1)..................................      59,205      62,468
Other.................................................................         149         197
                                                                        ----------  ----------
Total Deferred Tax Assets.............................................      63,412      67,228
                                                                        ----------  ----------
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
Depreciation -- U.S...................................................      (9,320)    (12,326)
Other.................................................................        (117)       (121)
                                                                        ----------  ----------
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities........................................      (9,437)    (12,447)
                                                                        ----------  ----------
Valuation Allowance (1)...............................................     (53,975)    (54,781)
                                                                        ----------  ----------
Total Deferred Taxes..................................................  $   --      $   --
                                                                        ----------  ----------
                                                                        ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The  categorization of these deferred tax  assets and liabilities as current
and non-current is presented in the Combined Statement of Financial Position.
 
    An analysis  of the  U.S. federal  provision  to the  book provision  is  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30
                                                              ---------------------------------
                                                                 1993        1994       1995
                                                              ----------  ----------  ---------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>
Income (Loss) Before Income Taxes and Minority Interest.....  $  (37,558) $  (10,865) $   3,958
                                                              ----------  ----------  ---------
Tax at 35% Statutory U.S. Federal Tax Rate..................  $  (13,145) $   (3,803) $   1,385
Higher (Lower) Effective Tax Rate on Non-U.S. Operations....       1,000        (129)       485
Tax Exemption (2)...........................................      --            (962)    (2,340)
Changes in Valuation Allowance (1)..........................      13,002       5,193        574
State Taxes, Net of Federal.................................      (1,021)       (347)      (161)
Other -- Net................................................         164          48         57
                                                              ----------  ----------  ---------
Provision for Income Taxes..................................  $   --      $   --      $  --
                                                              ----------  ----------  ---------
                                                              ----------  ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
   
(1) Net  operating  loss  carryforwards have  been  utilized by  DuPont,  as the
    Business was included in  consolidated tax returns of  the DuPont entity  of
    which it was a part. It is assumed that the net operating loss carryforwards
    are  available  solely for  determining  taxes under  the  separate taxpayer
    approach in SFAS 109 (See Note 2). Such amounts will not be available to the
    Business, and upon  consummation of the  Offering described in  Note 1,  the
    Business  will  record net  deferred tax  liabilities. Changes  in Valuation
    Allowance exclude the effects of currency remeasurement.
    
 
(2) The Business's operations in Korea  operated under a government granted  tax
    exemption throughout the period covered by the financial statements.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 11 -- INVENTORIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   JUNE 30
                                                                             --------------------
                                                                               1994       1995
                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Raw Materials, Stores and Supplies.........................................  $   5,935  $   4,598
Semi-Finished Product......................................................        329        380
Finished Product...........................................................        548      1,852
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             $   6,812  $   6,830
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 12 -- PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              JUNE 30
                                                                      ------------------------
                                                                         1994         1995
                                                                      -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                   <C>          <C>
Construction In Progress............................................  $     3,109  $    23,644
Land................................................................        5,341        5,341
Buildings...........................................................       36,674       37,099
Equipment...........................................................      181,578      185,110
                                                                      -----------  -----------
    Total...........................................................      226,702      251,194
Less: Accumulated Depreciation......................................     (114,659)    (138,070)
                                                                      -----------  -----------
Net Property, Plant and Equipment...................................  $   112,043  $   113,124
                                                                      -----------  -----------
                                                                      -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 13 -- ACQUISITIONS
    On  February 1,  1993, the Business  purchased from an  affiliate of Philips
Electronics N.V.  ("Philips")  selected  photomask  manufacturing  equipment  at
Philips'  captive photomask  manufacturing facility located  in Hamburg, Germany
and entered  into  a  five-year supply  agreement  with  Philips  Semiconductors
International B.V. Consideration for the equipment was $9,292, and consideration
for  the supply agreement was  $1,808. Under the terms  of the supply agreement,
Philips agreed to  purchase certain  minimum quantities of  photomasks from  the
Business  each year during the  term of the agreement or  to refund a portion of
the purchase price if such minimum  quantities of photomasks were not  purchased
during  a given year. The supply agreement  also calls for the Business to grant
price discounts to Philips in the event that purchases by Philips during a given
year exceed specified limits. Through June  30, 1995, the Business had  received
$644  from Philips  due to  its failure  to purchase  specified minimum amounts.
These payments were applied to reduce the carrying amount assigned to the supply
agreement at the date of acquisition.
 
    On April 7,  1995, the Business  purchased from an  affiliate of AT&T  Corp.
("AT&T")  selected photomask manufacturing equipment at AT&T's captive photomask
manufacturing facility located  in Allentown,  Pennsylvania and  entered into  a
five-year  supply agreement  with Lucent  Technologies Inc.  ("Lucent," formerly
AT&T). Consideration for the  equipment was $10,000,  and consideration for  the
supply agreement was $5,000. Of these amounts, $4,000 was paid at closing and as
of June 30, 1995, $6,000 was included in Accounts Payable, Miscellaneous, $1,500
was  included in  Other Accrued Liabilities,  and the remainder  was included in
Other Liabilities. Under  the terms of  the supply agreement,  Lucent agreed  to
purchase  certain minimum quantities  of photomasks from  the Business each year
during the term of the agreement or to refund a portion of the purchase price if
such minimum  quantities were  not purchased  during a  given year.  The  supply
agreement  also calls for the Business to grant price discounts to Lucent in the
event that purchases by Lucent during a given year exceed specified limits.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 14 -- OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   JUNE 30
                                                                             --------------------
                                                                               1994       1995
                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Accrued Vacation Pay.......................................................  $   2,592  $   2,827
Other Accrued Compensation and Benefits....................................      2,569      2,417
Lucent Supply Agreement....................................................     --          1,500
Deferred Revenue...........................................................      1,088        838
Accrued Royalties..........................................................        263        420
Other......................................................................      1,174      1,121
                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Total..................................................................  $   7,686  $   9,123
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 15 -- LEASES
       Minimum Lease Payments for Fiscal Years Ending June 30:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            CAPITAL    OPERATING
                                                                            LEASES      LEASES
                                                                           ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
  1996...................................................................  $     745   $     891
  1997...................................................................        703         285
  1998...................................................................        505          61
  1999...................................................................        415          29
  2000...................................................................        415           5
  2001...................................................................        415      --
Remainder................................................................      1,455      --
                                                                           ---------  -----------
    Total Minimum Lease Payments.........................................      4,653   $   1,271
                                                                                      -----------
                                                                                      -----------
Less: Imputed Interest...................................................       (461)
                                                                           ---------
Present Value of Net Minimum Lease Payments..............................  $   4,192
                                                                           ---------
                                                                           ---------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 16 -- BORROWINGS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 JUNE 30
                                                                           --------------------
                                                                             1994       1995
                                                                           ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Non-Interest Bearing Notes Payable to Customers Due 1996 - 1997..........  $   2,500  $   2,921
Capital Lease Obligations................................................      5,590      4,192
6% Bank Borrowings Due 1998 - 2001.......................................     --            112
                                                                           ---------  ---------
  Total Borrowings.......................................................      8,090      7,225
    Less: Current Portion................................................     (1,386)    (2,960)
                                                                           ---------  ---------
Long Term Borrowings.....................................................  $   6,704  $   4,265
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 17 -- GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
 
    The Business operates within a single industry segment:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        UNITED                 ASIA
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30                                               STATES     EUROPE     PACIFIC    COMBINED
- --------------------------------------------------------------------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
<S>                                                                   <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>
1993
Sales to Unaffiliated Customers (1).................................  $   73,674  $  24,225  $  17,396  $  115,295
Sales to Related Parties............................................       3,601     --         --           3,601
Transfers Between Geographic Areas (2)..............................       3,616          1     --          --
                                                                      ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
    Total...........................................................  $   80,891  $  24,226  $  17,396  $  118,896
                                                                      ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
                                                                      ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
Net (Loss)..........................................................  $  (29,158) $  (3,986) $  (4,153) $  (37,558)
Identifiable Assets at June 30......................................  $   93,807  $  34,223  $  48,923  $  176,953
 
1994
Sales to Unaffiliated Customers (1).................................  $   77,883  $  31,135  $  21,479  $  130,497
Sales to Related Parties............................................       3,866     --            185       4,051
Transfers Between Geographic Areas (2)..............................       7,397        838     --          --
                                                                      ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
    Total...........................................................  $   89,146  $  31,973  $  21,664  $  134,548
                                                                      ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
                                                                      ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
Net Income (Loss)...................................................  $  (10,631) $  (2,825) $   2,692  $  (10,865)
Identifiable Assets at June 30......................................  $   82,948  $  31,755  $  46,198  $  160,901
 
1995
Sales to Unaffiliated Customers (1).................................  $   84,503  $  41,958  $  28,685  $  155,146
Sales to Related Parties............................................       5,592     --            776       6,368
Transfers Between Geographic Areas (2)..............................       9,710      4,130        187      --
                                                                      ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
    Total...........................................................  $   99,805  $  46,088  $  29,648  $  161,514
                                                                      ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
                                                                      ----------  ---------  ---------  ----------
Net Income (Loss) (3)...............................................  $   (5,518) $   3,426  $   6,167  $    4,119
Identifiable Assets at June 30......................................  $   84,107  $  37,685  $  49,909  $  171,701
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
(1) Sales outside the  United States  of products manufactured  in and  exported
    from  the United States totaled  $191, $483 and $3,396  for the fiscal years
    ended June 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
(2) Products are transferred  between geographic  areas on a  basis intended  to
    approximate the "market value" of such products.
 
   
(3) For  the fiscal  year ended June  30, 1995, Asia  Pacific operations include
    pre-production  costs  for  the  Business's  joint  venture  in  China;   no
    commercial operations were conducted in China during this period.
    
 
NOTE 18 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    The  Business has various  purchase commitments for  materials, supplies and
items of permanent investment incident to  the ordinary conduct of business.  In
the aggregate, such commitments are not at prices in excess of current market.
 
    Under  the terms  of certain equipment  purchase contracts,  the Business is
required to make  periodic, non-refundable  deposits during  the period  between
order placement and final delivery. Cancellation of such
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 18 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
orders prior to delivery results in forfeiture of the deposit. At June 30, 1995,
such  deposits totaled $1,070 and were included in Property, Plant and Equipment
under the caption, Construction  in Progress. The  aggregate purchase price  for
equipment to which these deposits relate was $11,000.
 
   
    The  Business is subject to various lawsuits and claims with respect to such
matters as product liabilities,
governmental regulations  and other  actions  arising in  the normal  course  of
business.  In  the  opinion  of the  Business's  General  Counsel,  the ultimate
liabilities resulting from  such lawsuits and  claims will not  have a  material
adverse effect on the combined financial position or results of operations, cash
flows or liquidity of the Business.
    
 
NOTE 19 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
 
    ETEC  INVESTMENT  In October 1995, Etec completed an initial public offering
of its  common  stock. At  that  date, the  Business's  investment in  Etec  was
classified as an "available for sale" security.
 
    REALIGNMENT    As  part  of  the realignment  described  in  Note  1, DuPont
Photomasks, Inc.  ("DPI" or  the "Company")  was reincorporated  in Delaware  on
December  31, 1995,  pursuant to which  certain transactions  were undertaken so
that DuPont's foreign photomask operations  would reside in subsidiaries  wholly
owned by the Company.
 
    On  November 9, 1995, DPI incorporated  a new subsidiary in Delaware, DuPont
Photomasks Delaware, Inc. ("Photomasks Delaware") and as of March 29, 1996,  DPI
had   contributed  approximately  $37,000  to  Photomasks  Delaware.  Photomasks
Delaware used such contribution  to make loans  to Photomasks Korea,  Photomasks
Germany and Photomasks France (each, as defined herein) in order to complete the
realignment.  In addition, the amounts  owed to DuPont by  the Company under the
DuPont Master Notes  were consolidated into  a single master  note (the  "Master
Note")  on February 22, 1996.  The proceeds from the  offering will, in part, be
used to repay a  portion of the  amount outstanding under  the Master Note.  The
remaining balance under the Master Note will be contributed as equity capital to
the Company by DCEO (as defined herein).
 
   
    On August 31, 1995, DPI incorporated a new wholly owned subsidiary in Korea,
DuPont  Photomasks  Korea, Ltd.,  and on  January 30,  1996, DuPont  Korea, Ltd.
transferred all of its assets (except for cash) and liabilities relating to  the
photomask  business to DuPont Photomasks  Korea, Ltd. ("DPKL") for approximately
$37,000.  Approximately  $18,000  was  borrowed  by  DPKL  to  effectuate   this
transaction. The borrowing was repaid with Master Note proceeds.
    
 
    On  January 4, 1996,  DuPont purchased all the  outstanding shares of DuPont
Photomasks (France) S.A.  from DuPont de  Nemours (France) S.A.  for 81,000  FFr
(approximately  $16,200). On January 11, 1996, DuPont contributed such shares to
DuPont Chemical and Energy Operations, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of DuPont
("DCEO"), and on January 15, 1996, DCEO contributed such shares to DPI.
 
    In  Germany,  the  photomask  business  has  been  operated  through  DuPont
Photomasks  GmbH & Co.  KG ("Photomasks KG") by  DuPont de Nemours (Deutschland)
GmbH ("DuPont  Germany") and  DuPont  Photomasks Verwaltungs  GmbH  ("Photomasks
Germany").   On  December   18,  1995,   Photomasks  KG   distributed  DM  4,300
(approximately $2,950)  to DuPont  Germany.  On March  29, 1996,  Photomasks  KG
distributed  DM 6,362 (approximately  $4,309) to DuPont  Germany, and Photomasks
Delaware and DPI loaned DM 30,200  (approximately $20,300) to Photomasks KG.  On
April 1, 1996, Photomasks KG redeemed the interest held by DuPont Germany for DM
30,200  and  pursuant  to  German  law all  of  the  assets  and  liabilities of
Photomasks KG  were  assumed by  Photomasks  Germany.  On April  4,  1996,  DCEO
contributed all of the outstanding shares of Photomasks Germany to DPI. In April
1996, DM 7,500 (approximately $5,200) of DPI's loan was converted to equity.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
 
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
NOTE 19 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS) (CONTINUED)
    On  February 8,  1996, DuPont  purchased a  60.5% equity  interest in DuPont
Photomasks Company  Limited,  Shanghai  (Photomasks  China)  from  DuPont  China
Holding  Company Limited for  RMB 11,830 (approximately  $1,400). On February 8,
1996, DuPont contributed such equity interest to DCEO and DCEO contributed  such
equity  interest to DPI. In connection with this equity contribution, DPI agreed
to guarantee for  the benefit of  DuPont all  amounts payable in  the future  by
DuPont  pursuant to  a previous  guarantee DuPont  made on  behalf of Photomasks
China.
 
    CREDIT FACILITY  The Company and  DCEO have entered into a credit  agreement
effective as of January 1, 1996 (the "Credit Agreement"), pursuant to which DCEO
has  agreed  to  provide  a  revolving/working  capital  facility  (the  "Credit
Facility") to the Company in  an aggregate amount of  up to $30,000. The  Credit
Facility has a term of 24 months, and any loans thereunder will bear interest at
the  six-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 50 basis points, which
shall be  adjusted  every  six  months. The  amounts  loaned  under  the  Credit
Agreement  are  secured  by  all  the  Company's  (i)  equipment,  (ii) accounts
receivable, (iii) instruments, documents and securities owned by DPI and in  the
possession  of DCEO and (iv) the proceeds  of the foregoing. The Credit Facility
will provide financing for general  capital spending and corporate purposes  and
ongoing   working  capital   needs.  The   Credit  Agreement   contains  various
representations, covenants and  events of  default typical for  financings of  a
similar  size  and nature.  In addition  to  restrictive covenants  limiting the
ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to enter into leases and pledge  its
assets,  the  Credit  Agreement contains  the  following  restrictive covenants.
Without DCEO's prior  written consent,  DPI will  not incur,  create, assume  or
permit  to  exist any  indebtedness,  including guarantees  of  indebtedness (in
addition to the indebtedness under the Credit Facility), in excess of $30,000 in
the aggregate. In addition, without DCEO's prior written consent, which may  not
be  unreasonably withheld,  DPI will not  (a) change its  capital structure, (b)
merge or consolidate with any corporation,  (c) amend or change its articles  of
incorporation or bylaws or (d) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any
substantial  part of its assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except
for sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
 
   
    In  our opinion, the  accompanying combined statement  of financial position
and the related  combined statements  of operations  and of  cash flows  present
fairly,  in all material  respects, the financial  position of DuPont Photomasks
Business, a division of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company (the "Company"), at
June 30, 1995 and March 31, 1996, and the results of its operations and its cash
flows for the  nine months ended  March 31, 1996,  in conformity with  generally
acccepted   accounting   principles.   These   financial   statements   are  the
responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express  an
opinion  on these  financial statements  based on  our audits.  We conducted our
audits of  these  statements  in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards  which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of   material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,  assessing   the
accounting  principles used  and significant  estimates made  by management, and
evaluating the overall  financial statement  presentation. We  believe that  our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.
    
 
   
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
May 10, 1996
    
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
                 COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (SEE NOTE 1)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                             MARCH 31
  SEE                                                            ---------------------------------
  NOTE                                                                                    1996
- --------                                                                               -----------
                                                                    1995
                                                                 -----------
                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
          Sales.............................................     $  112,569            $   145,471
<C>       <S>                                                    <C>                   <C>
   3      Sales To Related Parties..........................          4,101                  6,721
                                                                 -----------           -----------
              Total Sales...................................        116,670                152,192
          Cost of Goods Sold................................         85,745                 98,717
                                                                 -----------           -----------
          Gross Profit......................................         30,925                 53,475
  3,7     Selling, General and Administrative Expense.......         16,017                 18,164
   2      Research and Development Expense -- Net...........          6,385                  6,955
          Other Operating (Income) Expense -- Net...........          2,317                  3,219
                                                                 -----------           -----------
          Operating Profit..................................          6,206                 25,137
   8      Interest Expense..................................          5,054                  5,091
          Exchange (Gain) Loss..............................           (476)                   228
                                                                 -----------           -----------
          Income Before Income Taxes and Minority
           Interest.........................................          1,628                 19,818
   9      Provision for Income Taxes........................         --                      1,899
                                                                 -----------           -----------
          Income Before Minority Interest...................          1,628                 17,919
          Minority Interest in Income (Loss) of Majority
           Owned Joint Venture..............................            (82)                  (483)
                                                                 -----------           -----------
          Net Income........................................     $    1,710            $    18,402
                                                                 -----------           -----------
                                                                 -----------           -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
       See Pages F-24 to F-38 for Notes to Combined Financial Statements
    
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
             COMBINED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION (SEE NOTE 1)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   SEE                                                                                        JUNE 30     MARCH 31
  NOTE                                                                                         1995         1996
- ---------                                                                                   -----------  -----------
<C>        <S>                                                                              <C>          <C>
           CURRENT ASSETS
    2      Cash and Cash Equivalents......................................................  $     8,412  $     8,891
    4      Accounts Receivable, Trade -- Net..............................................       27,696       29,580
    3      Accounts Receivable, Related Parties...........................................        1,846        2,331
           Accounts and Notes Receivable, Miscellaneous...................................        1,263        3,405
   10      Inventories....................................................................        6,830        8,158
           Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets......................................          695          472
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
               Total Current Assets.......................................................       46,742       52,837
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
   11      Property, Plant and Equipment..................................................      251,194      270,917
           Less: Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization................................     (138,070)    (156,686)
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
           Net Property, Plant and Equipment..............................................      113,124      114,231
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
    3      Accounts Receivable, Related Parties -- Non-Current............................        1,405        1,835
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
    9      Deferred Income Taxes -- Non-Current...........................................      --             2,156
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
   2,3     Other Assets...................................................................       10,430       19,288
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
               Total Assets...............................................................  $   171,701  $   190,347
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
 
                            LIABILITIES, DUPONT MASTER NOTES AND OWNER'S NET INVESTMENT
 
           CURRENT LIABILITIES
           Accounts Payable, Trade........................................................  $     2,923  $     4,791
    3      Accounts Payable, Related Parties..............................................        8,076       15,867
   12      Accounts Payable, Miscellaneous................................................        7,255        1,740
   15      Short Term Borrowings..........................................................        2,960        4,691
  12,13    Other Accrued Liabilities......................................................        9,123       12,498
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
               Total Current Liabilities..................................................       30,337       39,587
  14,15    Long Term Borrowings...........................................................        4,265        8,987
   12      Other Liabilities..............................................................        5,958        5,526
           Minority Interest in Net Assets of Majority Owned Joint Venture................          489        1,049
    8      DuPont Master Notes............................................................      125,570      162,320
           Owner's Net Investment.........................................................        5,082      (36,472)
   3,9     Unrealized Holding Gains.......................................................      --             9,350
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
               Total Liabilities, DuPont Master Notes, and Owner's Net Investment.........  $   171,701  $   190,347
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
                                                                                            -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
       See Pages F-24 to F-38 for Notes to Combined Financial Statements
    
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
                 COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (SEE NOTE 1)
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                             MARCH 31
  SEE                                                            ---------------------------------
  NOTE                                                                                    1996
- --------                                                                               -----------
                                                                    1995
                                                                 -----------
                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
          CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF
           PERIOD...........................................     $    3,924            $     8,412
<C>       <S>                                                    <C>                   <C>
                                                                 -----------           -----------
          CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATIONS
          Net Income........................................          1,710                 18,402
          Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Cash
           Provided by Operations:
            Depreciation....................................         18,060                 18,556
            Asset Retirements...............................            409                  1,166
            Amortization....................................            466                    873
            (Increase) Decrease in Operating Assets.........             51                 (6,934)
            Increase (Decrease) in Operating Liabilities....         (1,047)                 4,984
            Other Noncash Charges and Credits -- Net........           (340)                  (771)
                                                                 -----------           -----------
              Cash Provided by Operations...................         19,309                 36,276
                                                                 -----------           -----------
          INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES
          Purchases of Property, Plant and Equipment........        (12,611)               (13,690)
   12     Payments for Acquisitions.........................         --                     (6,000)
          Miscellaneous -- Net..............................            271                    920
                                                                 -----------           -----------
              Cash (Used for) Investment Activities.........        (12,340)               (18,770)
                                                                 -----------           -----------
          FINANCING ACTIVITIES
          Increase (Decrease) in Borrowings.................           (892)                 1,799
          Cash (Paid to) DuPont -- Net......................         (2,410)               (18,520)
                                                                 -----------           -----------
          Cash (Used for) Financing Activities..............         (3,302)               (16,721)
                                                                 -----------           -----------
          Effect of Exchange Rate Changes On Cash...........          1,142                   (306)
                                                                 -----------           -----------
          CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD........     $    8,733            $     8,891
                                                                 -----------           -----------
          INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS.............     $    4,809            $       479
                                                                 -----------           -----------
                                                                 -----------           -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
       See Pages F-24 to F-38 for Notes to Combined Financial Statements.
    
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
   
                        (CURRENCY AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
NOTE 1 -- BASIS OF PRESENTATION
   
    On  June 8, 1995, E. I. du  Pont de Nemours and Company ("DuPont") announced
its  intention  to  (i)  realign   its  worldwide  Photomasks  operations   (the
"Business")  into a  stand-alone entity  and (ii)  sell shares  of the realigned
Business to  the  public  through  an  initial  public  offering.  The  Business
manufactures  photomasks  for  sale to  semiconductor  and  electronic component
manufacturers and  manufactures  photoblanks  and pellicles  for  both  internal
consumption and sale to other photomask producers.
    
 
    The  Combined Financial Statements include the operations of the Business in
the following countries:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 NORTH AMERICA     EUROPE             ASIA PACIFIC
- ---------------  ----------  ------------------------------
<S>              <C>         <C>
United States    France      Peoples Republic of China
                 Germany     Republic of Korea
</TABLE>
 
   
    Throughout the  period covered  by the  Combined Financial  Statements,  the
Business's  U.S. operations were conducted by DuPont Photomasks, Inc. ("DPI"), a
wholly owned subsidiary  of DuPont.  Prior to the  realignment transactions  set
forth  below, European  operations of the  Business were  conducted by separate,
wholly  owned  subsidiaries  of  DuPont  in  their  respective  countries;   the
Business's  operations  in the  Republic of  Korea  ("Korea") were  conducted by
DuPont Korea, Ltd., a DuPont subsidiary owned 31% by DPI, and 69% by DuPont; and
the Business's operations  in China  were conducted  by a  Joint Venture  formed
September,  1994, owned 60.5% by DuPont  China Holding Company Limited, a DuPont
wholly owned  subsidiary,  and  39.5%  by  SIMIC  Electronic  Company,  Ltd.,  a
state-owned  enterprise in  the Peoples Republic  of China. In  this context, no
direct ownership relationship existed among all the various units comprising the
Business; accordingly,  DuPont  and  its subsidiaries'  net  investment  in  the
Business  ("Owner's Net Investment") is shown in lieu of Stockholder's Equity in
the Combined Financial Statements.
    
 
   
    As part of the realignment noted  above, DPI was reincorporated in  Delaware
on  December 31, 1995, pursuant to which certain transactions were undertaken so
that DuPont's foreign photomask operations  would reside in subsidiaries  wholly
owned by DPI.
    
 
   
    On  November 9, 1995, DPI incorporated  a new subsidiary in Delaware, DuPont
Photomasks Delaware, Inc. ("Photomasks Delaware") and as of March 29, 1996,  DPI
had  contributed approximately  $37,000, principally  proceeds from  Master Note
borrowings, to Photomasks Delaware.  Photomasks Delaware used such  contribution
to  make loans  to Photomasks  Korea, Photomasks  Germany and  Photomasks France
(each, as defined herein) in order to complete the realignment. In addition, the
amounts owed  to DuPont  by the  Business  under the  DuPont Master  Notes  were
consolidated into a single master note (the "Master Note") on February 22, 1996.
    
 
   
    On August 31, 1995, DPI incorporated a new wholly owned subsidiary in Korea,
DuPont  Photomasks Korea,  Ltd., ("Photomasks Korea")  and on  January 30, 1996,
DuPont Korea,  Ltd.  transferred  all  of  its  assets  (except  for  cash)  and
liabilities  relating to  the photomask business  to Photomasks  Korea, Ltd. for
approximately $37,000. Approximately $18,000 was borrowed by Photomasks Korea to
effectuate this transaction. The borrowing was repaid with Master Note proceeds.
    
 
   
    On January 4, 1996,  DuPont purchased all the  outstanding shares of  DuPont
Photomasks  (France) S.A. ("Photomasks France")  from DuPont de Nemours (France)
S.A. for  81,000  FFr  (approximately  $16,200). On  January  11,  1996,  DuPont
contributed such shares to DuPont Chemical and Energy Operations, Inc., a wholly
owned  subsidiary of DuPont ("DCEO"), and  on January 15, 1996, DCEO contributed
such shares to DPI.
    
 
   
    In  Germany,  the  photomask  business  has  been  operated  through  DuPont
Photomasks  GmbH & Co.  KG ("Photomasks KG") by  DuPont de Nemours (Deutschland)
GmbH ("DuPont  Germany") and  DuPont  Photomasks Verwaltungs  GmbH  ("Photomasks
Germany"). On December 18, 1995, Photomasks KG
    
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   
                        (CURRENCY AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
NOTE 1 -- BASIS OF PRESENTATION (CONTINUED)
   
distributed  DM 4,300  (approximately $2,950)  to DuPont  Germany. On  March 29,
1996, Photomasks  KG  distributed  DM 6,362  (approximately  $4,309)  to  Dupont
Germany,  and  Photomasks  Delaware  and DPI  loaned  DM  30,200, (approximately
$20,300) to Photomasks KG. These funds were used by Photomasks KG to redeem  the
interest  held by DuPont Germany for DM 30,200 and pursuant to German law all of
the assets  and liabilities  of  Photomasks KG  will  be assumed  by  Photomasks
Germany.  After this  redemption, DCEO  will contribute  all of  the outstanding
shares of Photomasks Germany to DPI and DM 7,500 (approximately $5,200) of DPI's
loan will be converted to equity.
    
 
   
    On February 8,  1996, DuPont  purchased a  60.5% equity  interest in  DuPont
Photomasks  Company  Limited,  Shanghai  (Photomasks  China)  from  DuPont China
Holding Company Limited for  RMB 11,830 (approximately  $1,400). On February  8,
1996,  DuPont contributed such equity interest to DCEO and DCEO contributed such
equity interest to DPI. In connection with this equity contribution, DPI  agreed
to  guarantee for  the benefit of  DuPont all  amounts payable in  the future by
DuPont pursuant to  a previous  guarantee DuPont  made on  behalf of  Photomasks
China.
    
 
   
    Income and expenses arising from the above realignment transactions were not
associated  with  the operations  of the  Business and,  except for  Master Note
interest expense, have been excluded from the Combined Statement of  Operations.
Cash  and capital transactions  arising from the  above realignment transactions
are recorded in Owner's Net Investment, except for proceeds obtained from Master
Note borrowings. Cash flows associated  with the above realignment  transactions
are  included in the  Combined Statement of  Cash Flows under  the caption "Cash
(Paid to) DuPont -- Net".
    
 
    Throughout the  period covered  by the  Combined Financial  Statements,  the
Business  was accounted  for as  a division  within DuPont's  Electronics Group.
Financial statements have not been  previously prepared for the Business.  These
Combined  Financial  Statements  have  been  prepared  from  DuPont's historical
accounting records.
 
   
    The assets, liabilities and operating results of DuPont resale operations in
Japan and  Taiwan have  been excluded  from the  Combined Financial  Statements.
These  operations involve distributorships for the Business. Sales to the DuPont
operations in Japan and Taiwan are reported in the Combined Financial Statements
as Sales to Related Parties and are  accounted for as if the operations were  an
outside  distributor for which the Business  has guaranteed full recovery of all
costs plus a specified operating  margin. Charges of $58  and $196 for the  nine
months ended March 31, 1995 (unaudited) and 1996, respectively, were included in
Selling and Distribution Expense with respect to the payments by the Business to
DuPont under the terms of this guarantee.
    
 
   
    Prior  to  the  realignment described  above,  the  Business's manufacturing
operations in Korea were conducted at  a site where other DuPont operations  not
included  in the Business  were present. Only  the assets and  liabilities to be
included in the Business  after completion of the  realignment were included  in
the Combined Statement of Financial Position.
    
 
    The Combined Statement of Operations includes all revenue and costs directly
attributable  to  the Business,  including costs  for facilities,  functions and
services used by the  Business at shared sites  and costs for certain  functions
and  services performed by centralized  DuPont organizations outside the defined
scope of the Business and directly charged  to the Business based on usage.  The
results  of operations also include allocations  of (i) costs for administrative
functions and services performed on behalf of the Business by centralized  staff
groups  within DuPont, (ii) DuPont's Electronics Group management expense, (iii)
DuPont's general corporate expenses, (iv)  pension and other retirement  benefit
costs and (v) interest expense. (See Notes 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 and 8 for a description
of the allocation methodologies employed). As more
 
                                      F-25
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   
                        (CURRENCY AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
NOTE 1 -- BASIS OF PRESENTATION (CONTINUED)
fully  described in Notes 2 and 9, current and deferred income taxes and related
tax expense  have  been allocated  to  the  Business by  applying  Statement  of
Financial  Accounting Standards No. 109 ("SFAS  109") to each Business operation
in each country as if it was a separate taxpayer.
 
    All charges and allocations of  cost for facilities, functions and  services
performed by DuPont organizations outside the defined scope of the Business have
been  deemed to have been paid by the Business to DuPont, in cash, in the period
in which the cost was recorded in the Combined Financial Statements. Allocations
of current  income  taxes  payable to  the  Business  are deemed  to  have  been
remitted, in cash, to DuPont in the period the related tax expense was recorded.
Allocations  to the  Business of current  income taxes receivable  are deemed to
have been remitted to the  Business, in cash, by DuPont  in the period to  which
the receivable applies only to the extent that a refund of such taxes could have
been  recognized by  the Business on  a stand-alone  basis under the  law of the
relevant taxing jurisdiction.
 
    All of the allocations  and estimates in  the Combined Financial  Statements
are  based on assumptions  that DuPont management  believes are reasonable under
the circumstances. However, these allocations and estimates are not  necessarily
indicative  of the costs and  expenses that would have  resulted if the Business
had been operated as a separate entity.
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    BASIS OF COMBINATION
 
    The Combined Financial  Statements include  the accounts of  the wholly  and
majority  owned individual members of the Business. The Business's interest in a
50% owned  joint venture  with Dai  Nippon Printing  Co., Ltd.,  located in  the
United   States,  is  accounted  for  under  the  equity  method.  All  material
transactions and  accounts between  individual members  comprising the  Business
have been eliminated in combination.
 
    UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
   
    The  unaudited combined financial statements for the nine months ended March
31,  1995  include  all  adjustments,   consisting  only  of  normal   recurring
adjustments,  which management considers necessary  for the fair presentation of
the results for this period. Results for the interim period are not  necessarily
indicative of results for the entire year.
    
 
    INCOME RECOGNITION
 
    Sales  and related cost of goods sold  are included in income when goods are
shipped to the customer except in Korea, where sales and cost of goods sold  are
included in income upon customer acceptance in accordance with Korean law.
 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
   
    Throughout  the  period covered  by the  Combined Financial  Statements, the
Business  participated  in  DuPont's  centralized  cash  management  system.  In
general, the cash funding requirements of the Business were met by, and all cash
generated  by the Business was  transferred to, DuPont. In  the U.S. and France,
this was  accomplished under  the terms  of interest-bearing  loan  arrangements
between  DPI and  DuPont and between  Photomasks France and  DuPont France, S.A.
(collectively, the "DuPont Master Notes"). As  a part of the realignment of  the
Business  described in Note 1, the DuPont  Master Notes were consolidated into a
single master note. Prior to the realignment, the only cash and cash equivalents
(cash equivalents are highly liquid investments with maturities of three  months
or  less at time  of purchase), other  than petty cash  amounts, included in the
Combined  Statement  of  Financial  Position  are  accounts  pertaining  to  the
Business's operations in Germany and China.
    
 
                                      F-26
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   
                        (CURRENCY AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories  are valued  at the  lower of  cost or  market, with  cost being
determined by the average cost method. Elements of cost in inventory include raw
materials, direct labor and manufacturing overhead.
 
    PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT ("PP&E")
 
    PP&E is carried at  cost and is depreciated  using the straight-line  method
over   the  estimated  useful  lives  of   the  related  assets.  Buildings  and
improvements are depreciated over 20 years and machinery and equipment over 3 to
10 years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated using the straight-line  method
over  the term  of the lease  or the life  of the equipment,  whichever is less.
Historical cost  for a  significant portion  of PP&E  was determined  under  the
principles set forth in Accounting Principles Board Opinion Number 16.
 
    The  gross carrying  value of PP&E  surrendered, retired,  sold or otherwise
disposed of  and  related  accumulated  depreciation  are  eliminated  from  the
accounts  at the date of disposal and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in
income.
 
    Maintenance  and  repairs  are  charged  to  operations;  replacements   and
betterments are capitalized.
 
    INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
   
    Purchased   identifiable   intangible   assets  are   amortized   using  the
straight-line method over their  estimated useful lives. Goodwill,  representing
the excess of cost over fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in
purchase   business  combinations,   is  amortized   over  5   years  using  the
straight-line method.  The future  economic  benefit of  the carrying  value  of
intangibles  is reviewed periodically through an undiscounted cash flow analysis
and any change in useful life or  impairment of value is recorded in the  period
such   determination  is  made.  Net   intangible  assets,  representing  supply
agreements, were  $5,193  and  $4,154 at  June  30,  1995 and  March  31,  1996,
respectively, and are included in Other Assets (See Note 12).
    
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
   
    The  taxable income (loss)  of each member  of the Business  was included in
consolidated tax returns of the DuPont entity  of which it was a part. As  such,
separate income tax returns were not prepared or filed for the Business.
    
 
    For  all periods  presented, deferred income  taxes and  related tax expense
have been allocated to the Business by applying the asset and liability approach
set forth in SFAS 109 to  each member of the Business  as if it were a  separate
taxpayer. Under this approach, deferred tax assets and liabilities represent the
expected  future  tax consequences  of  carryforwards and  temporary differences
between the carrying amounts and the  tax bases of assets and liabilities.  SFAS
109  generally requires that all expected future events, other than enactment of
changes in  tax  law  or tax  rates,  be  considered in  estimating  future  tax
consequences. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets
by  the amount of  any tax benefits  that, based on  available evidence, are not
expected to be realized.
 
    Current tax expense has  been determined as if  each member of the  Business
was  a separate taxpayer. Income taxes currently payable are deemed to have been
remitted by  the Business  to DuPont  in the  period that  the liability  arose.
Income  taxes  currently receivable  are  deemed to  have  been received  by the
Business from DuPont in the period that  a refund could have been recognized  by
the Business had the Business been a separate taxpayer.
 
    Under the basis of presentation for these financial statements, no provision
has  been made for taxes on cash remittances from the members of the Business to
the DuPont entity of which they are a part. Generally, remittances from a wholly
owned subsidiary to its in-country parent are tax free.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   
                        (CURRENCY AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
 
    DuPont has determined that the U.S. Dollar is the functional currency of its
worldwide  operations  and  that  this  functional  currency  determination   is
appropriate  to the economic  environment in which  the Business operated during
the period covered by  these Combined Financial  Statements. Monetary asset  and
liability  amounts denominated  in foreign  currencies are  remeasured into U.S.
Dollars at end-of-period  exchange rates; foreign  currency nonmonetary  assets,
principally inventories and PP&E, are remeasured into U.S. Dollars at historical
exchange  rates. Income and expenses are remeasured into U.S. Dollars at average
exchange rates  in effect  during the  period, except  for expenses  related  to
balance  sheet  amounts that  are  remeasured using  historical  exchange rates.
Exchange gains and losses from remeasurement of monetary assets and  liabilities
are included in income in the period they occur.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
   
    Research  and development  costs are expensed  as incurred.  The Business is
party to certain contracts which provide for partial funding of its research and
development costs. Funding under  these contracts of $398  and $98 for the  nine
months  ended  March  31,  1995 (unaudited)  and  1996,  respectively,  has been
recognized as an offset to Research and Development Expense.
    
 
    PENSIONS
 
    DuPont has noncontributory defined benefit plans covering substantially  all
U.S.  employees, including the U.S. employees of the Business. The cost of these
plans for active employees  was allocated to  the Business (See  Note 5) and  is
principally  included  in  Cost of  Goods  Sold.  Amounts so  allocated  are not
necessarily indicative of the pension cost that would have been incurred if  the
Business had been operated as a separate company.
 
    Pension   coverage  for  employees  of  DuPont's  non-U.S.  subsidiaries  is
provided, to the extent deemed appropriate, through separate plans.  Obligations
under  such  plans  are systematically  provided  for by  depositing  funds with
trustees, under  insurance policies  or  by book  reserves.  The cost  of  these
non-U.S.  plans has  been allocated  to the  Business using  methods that DuPont
believes are appropriate to the nature of the plans.
 
    U.S. Pension cost allocated to the Business is deemed to have resulted in  a
cash contribution between the Business and DuPont in the period the pension cost
was incurred and, in return, DuPont is deemed to have assumed all responsibility
for  pension payments  to retirees.  Accordingly, no  pension related  assets or
liabilities related to  U.S. plans  are included  in the  Combined Statement  of
Financial Position.
 
    OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
 
    DuPont  and certain  of its  subsidiaries provide  medical, dental  and life
insurance benefits  to  pensioners  and survivors.  These  Other  Postretirement
Benefits  are accounted for under the accrual  provisions of SFAS 106. Under the
terms of  the benefit  plans, DuPont  reserves the  right to  change, modify  or
discontinue  the  plans.  The  cost  of these  plans  for  active  employees was
allocated to the Business (See  Note 6) and is  principally included in Cost  of
Goods   Sold.  These  costs   are  not  necessarily   indicative  of  the  Other
Postretirement Benefit costs that would have  been incurred if the Business  had
operated as a separate entity.
 
    Other  Postretirement Benefits cost  allocated to the  Business is deemed to
have resulted in  a cash  contribution between the  Business and  DuPont in  the
period  the cost was incurred  and, in return, DuPont  is deemed to have assumed
all  responsibility   for   payments   to  retirees.   Accordingly,   no   other
postretirement  benefit  related  assets  or  liabilities  are  included  in the
Combined Statement of Financial Position.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   
                        (CURRENCY AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
NOTE 2 -- SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    INSURANCE
 
    During the period covered by  the Combined Financial Statements, DuPont  did
not  insure for property  damage losses. Liability  insurance was purchased with
high deductible limits. Costs included  in the Combined Statement of  Operations
resulting  from noninsured losses were not  material. Such costs are expensed as
incurred.
 
    ENVIRONMENTAL
 
    DuPont accrues for certain environmental remediation activities relating  to
past operations, including Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and
Liability  Act ("CERCLA") cleanup and certain Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act ("RCRA") and related compliance activities, for which commitments have  been
made,  and reasonable  estimates are possible.  Where feasible,  these costs are
assigned to the business unit  responsible for the conditions being  remediated.
During  the period  covered by  the Combined  Financial Statements,  no material
environmental remediation costs were assigned to the Business.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting principles requires management to make reasonable estimates
and assumptions, based upon all known  facts and circumstances, that affect  the
reported  amounts of assets and liabilities  and disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the  date of the financial  statements. Actual results  could
differ from those estimates.
 
NOTE 3 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
   
    The  Combined  Financial  Statements include  significant  transactions with
other DuPont  business units  involving  functions and  services (such  as  cash
management,  tax administration,  accounting, legal,  and data  processing) that
were provided to the  Business by centralized  DuPont organizations outside  the
defined  scope of  the Business. Prior  to January  1, 1996, the  costs of these
functions and  services  have been  directly  charged and/or  allocated  to  the
Business  using  methods that  DuPont management  believes are  reasonable. Such
charges and allocations are not necessarily  indicative of the costs that  would
have  been incurred if the Business had  been a separate entity. Amounts charged
and allocated to the Business for  these functions and services were $9,550  for
the  nine months ended March 31, 1995 (unaudited) and $7,251 for the period July
1, 1995  to December  31, 1995,  and  are principally  included in  General  and
Administrative  expenses. Effective January  1, 1996, the  Business entered into
several Administrative  Services  Agreements  with  DuPont  and  certain  DuPont
subsidiaries  which set forth  services to be  provided to the  Business and the
fees to be paid by the Business for such services. Charges to the Business under
these agreements were $1,102 for the period January 1, 1996 to March 31, 1996.
    
 
   
    Sales to Related Parties include sales to DuPont distributor operations (see
Note 1) and sales to the Business's joint venture with Dai Nippon Printing  Co.,
Ltd.  of $495 and $434 for the nine  months ended March 31, 1995 (unaudited) and
1996, respectively.  Purchases of  products produced  by other  DuPont  business
units were not material.
    
   
    Prior  to  October  1995,  the Business  held  an  approximate  8% ownership
interest in Etec Systems, Inc. ("Etec"), the principal supplier to the  Business
of  electron beam and laser beam systems  used to produce photomasks. The $5,000
original cost of this  investment is included  in Other Assets  at the lower  of
cost  or market at  June 30, 1995.  In October, 1995,  Etec completed an initial
public offering  of its  common stock.  Upon completion  of the  offering ,  the
Business's  ownership interest in Etec was converted to 1,025,640 shares of Etec
common stock.  At  March  31,  1996,  the  Business's  investment  in  Etec  was
classified  as an available for sale  security. The $14,350 estimated fair value
(based on  the March  29,  1996 closing  market price  of  Etec stock)  of  this
investment  was included in Other Assets. The associated unrealized holding gain
    
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   
                        (CURRENCY AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
NOTE 3 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)
   
is reported as  a separate  component of  Owner's Net  Investment. Purchases  of
equipment  and equipment maintenance  services from Etec  were $3,864 and $7,419
for the nine months ended March 31, 1995 (unaudited) and 1996, respectively.
    
 
   
    Accounts Receivable, Related Parties includes receivables from employees  of
the  Business of  $1,445 (Current $40,  Non-Current $1,405)  and $2,028 (Current
$193, Non-Current $1,835)  at June 30,  1995 and March  31, 1996,  respectively,
principally  related to housing and automobile  loans to non-U.S. employees. The
remainder represents receivables for goods sold to DuPont distributor operations
and receivables  for sales  to  the Business's  joint  venture with  Dai  Nippon
Printing Co., Ltd.
    
 
   
    Accounts  Payable, Related Parties represents payables to DuPont for payroll
and benefits,  vendor payments  paid by  DuPont on  behalf of  the Business  and
billed to the business on a one-month-lag basis, and at March 31, 1996, includes
amounts  payable under the Administrative Services Agreements, $1,255 payable by
Photomasks China to DuPont  for PP&E, and $2,770  payable to DuPont Korea,  Ltd.
for VAT incurred in conjunction with the Korean realignment (See Note 1).
    
 
NOTE 4 -- SALES AND ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, TRADE
    Essentially   all  of  the   Business's  sales  are   to  customers  in  the
semiconductor  manufacturing  industry.  The  Business  assesses  the  financial
strength of its customers to reduce the risk of loss.
 
   
    The  Business's  sales to  Motorola,  Philips and  SGS-Thomson, individually
represented more than 10%  of combined sales in  each of the periods  presented.
Accounts Receivable from these parties total $9,452 at March 31, 1996.
    
 
   
    Additionally,  the  Business's sales  to National  Semiconductor represented
more than  10% of  combined  sales for  the nine  months  ended March  31,  1995
(unaudited)  and for fiscal  year ended June 30,  1995. Accounts Receivable from
Motorola, National Semiconductor, Philips and  SGS-Thomson total $8,422 at  June
30, 1995.
    
 
NOTE 5 -- PENSION COST
   
    Pension  Cost for active employees (See  Note 2) was determined by measuring
the Projected Benefit Obligation ("PBO") using a discount rate of 7.8% and  8.4%
for the nine months ended March 31, 1995 (unaudited) and 1996, respectively, and
an  assumed long  term rate  of compensation  increase of  5%. The  PBO for such
employees was determined using a discount rate of 9.0% and 7.2% at June 30, 1995
and March 31, 1996, respectively. The PBO so measured was $8,600 and $14,500  at
June  30, 1995 and March 31, 1996, respectively. The PBO was assumed to be fully
funded by plan assets with an assumed  long term rate of return of 9%  allocated
from  the DuPont plan.  The elements of  pension cost allocated  to the Business
using this method were:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                 MARCH 31
                                                                          ----------------------
                                                                             1995        1996
                                                                          -----------  ---------
                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                       <C>          <C>
Service Cost............................................................   $   1,055   $     967
Interest on PBO.........................................................         573         598
Assumed Return on Assets................................................        (672)       (650)
Amortization of Gains...................................................         (62)        (81)
                                                                          -----------  ---------
                                                                           $     894   $     834
                                                                          -----------  ---------
                                                                          -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-30
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   
                        (CURRENCY AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
NOTE 5 -- PENSION COST (CONTINUED)
   
    Pension coverage  for  employees  of the  Business's  non-U.S.  consolidated
subsidiaries  is provided,  to the  extent deemed  appropriate, through separate
plans. Obligations under these plans are provided by book reserves. The PBO  and
the  pension liability  were $1,210 and  $1,350 at  June 30, 1995  and March 31,
1996, respectively. The elements of pension cost allocated to the Business were:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                    MARCH 31
                                                            ------------------------
                                                                1995         1996
                                                            -------------  ---------
                                                             (UNAUDITED)
Service Cost..............................................    $      46    $      61
<S>                                                         <C>            <C>
Interest on PBO...........................................           69           69
                                                                  -----    ---------
                                                              $     115    $     130
                                                                  -----    ---------
                                                                  -----    ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The economic assumptions  used for the  non-U.S plans are  similar to  those
used for the U.S. plans.
 
NOTE 6 -- OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT COST
   
    Other  Postretirement Benefit  Cost for  active employees  (See Note  2) was
determined  by  measuring  the  Accumulated  Postretirement  Benefit  Obligation
("APBO")  for such employees using a discount rate of 7.8% and 8.4% for the nine
months ended March  31, 1995 (unaudited)  and 1996, respectively,  and a  health
care  escalation rate of 10%  decreasing to 5% over 10  years. The APBO for such
employees was determined using  a discount rate  of 9.0%, and  7.2% at June  30,
1995  and March  31, 1996,  respectively. The  APBO so  measured was  $3,500 and
$5,000 at June 30, 1995 and March 31, 1996, respectively. The elements of  Other
Postretirement Benefit Cost allocated to the Business using this method were:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                   MARCH 31
                                                                           ------------------------
                                                                               1995         1996
                                                                           -------------  ---------
                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                        <C>            <C>
Service Cost.............................................................    $     392    $     361
Interest on APBO.........................................................          234          232
Amortization of Prior Service Credit.....................................          (80)         (81)
                                                                                 -----    ---------
                                                                             $     546    $     512
                                                                                 -----    ---------
                                                                                 -----    ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
NOTE 7 -- SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE
    Selling, General and Administrative Expense consists of:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                               MARCH 31
                                                                        ----------------------
                                                                           1995        1996
                                                                        -----------  ---------
                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                     <C>          <C>
Selling and Distribution Expense......................................   $   8,721   $  10,756
General and Administrative Expense....................................       7,296       7,408
                                                                        -----------  ---------
                                                                         $  16,017   $  18,164
                                                                        -----------  ---------
                                                                        -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
    As  discussed  in  Note  3,  General  and  Administrative  Expense  consists
principally of amounts allocated and/or charged by DuPont. Allocations are based
on factors such as head count and/or  investment depending on the nature of  the
item  being allocated. Amounts charged to  the Business are generally determined
based on usage. Such charges  and/or allocations are not necessarily  indicative
of the costs and expenses that would have been incurred if the Business had been
operated as a separate entity.
 
                                      F-31
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
 
   
                        (Currency amounts in thousands)
    
 
NOTE 8 -- INTEREST EXPENSE
   
    Interest  expense includes interest expense under the DuPont Master Notes of
$5,091 and $5,040 for the nine months ended March 31, 1995 (unaudited) and 1996,
respectively.
    
 
    The interest  rate  charged  under  the DuPont  Master  Notes  is  generally
equivalent  to the  rate DuPont pays  for its commercial  paper borrowings. Such
amounts are not necessarily indicative of the cost that would have been incurred
if the Business had been operated as a separate entity.
 
NOTE 9 -- PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
    Throughout the period covered by  the Combined Financial Statements,  DuPont
utilized  various tax  planning strategies and  elections to  minimize its total
income tax  expense. It  is not  practicable to  identify the  effects of  these
strategies and elections on the results of operations of the Business.
 
    The results of the Business were included in DuPont consolidated tax returns
and  DuPont received tax benefits for operating losses reported by the Business.
The allocation of tax expense to the Business is set forth in Note 2.
 
    The Provision for Income Taxes consists of:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                         MARCH 31
                                                                                  ----------------------
                                                                                                 1996
                                                                                     1995      ---------
                                                                                  -----------
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                               <C>          <C>
U.S. Federal:
  Current.......................................................................   $  --       $   9,092
  Deferred......................................................................      --          (9,092)
U.S. State and Local:
  Current.......................................................................      --           1,476
  Deferred......................................................................      --          (1,476)
Non-U.S.:
  Current.......................................................................       1,103       3,420
  Deferred......................................................................      (1,103)     (1,521)
                                                                                  -----------  ---------
Provision for Income Taxes......................................................   $  --       $   1,899
                                                                                  -----------  ---------
                                                                                  -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-32
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   
                        (CURRENCY AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
NOTE 9 -- PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    Deferred income taxes  result from temporary  differences between  financial
carrying  value and tax basis of the  Business's assets and liabilities. The tax
effects of these temporary differences included in deferred income taxes are  as
follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                        MARCH 31
                                                                                 -----------------------
                                                                                                 1996
                                                                                    1995      ----------
                                                                                 -----------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>
Depreciation...................................................................   $   2,294   $   (5,613)
Inventories....................................................................        (190)         196
Accrued Liabilities............................................................         (57)        (210)
Net Operating Loss Carryforwards...............................................      (3,902)      --
Other..........................................................................         137         (417)
Change in Valuation Allowance..................................................         615       (6,045)
                                                                                 -----------  ----------
    Total Deferred Tax Provision Included in Provision for
     Income Taxes..............................................................      (1,103)     (12,089)
Deferred Tax Provision Allocated to Owner's Net Investment:
  Unrealized Holding Gains.....................................................      --            3,602
  Change in Valuation Allowance................................................      --           (3,602)
                                                                                 -----------  ----------
    Total Deferred Tax Provision...............................................   $  (1,103)  $  (12,089)
                                                                                 -----------  ----------
                                                                                 -----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
    Deferred Tax Assets (Liabilities) are comprised of the following:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   JUNE 30     MARCH 31
                                                                                     1995        1996
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                               <C>         <C>
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
Inventories.....................................................................  $      700  $      504
Depreciation -- Non-U.S.........................................................       1,964       4,253
Accrued Liabilities.............................................................       1,899       2,109
Net Operating Loss Carryforwards (1)............................................      62,468      50,451
Other...........................................................................         197         493
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
    Total Deferred Tax Assets...................................................      67,228      57,810
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
Depreciation -- U.S.............................................................     (12,326)     (6,846)
Unrealized Holding Gains........................................................      --          (3,602)
Other...........................................................................        (121)       (123)
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
    Total Deferred Tax Liabilities..............................................     (12,447)    (10,571)
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
Valuation Allowance (1).........................................................     (54,781)    (45,083)
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
    Total Deferred Taxes........................................................  $   --      $    2,156
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
                                                                                  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The  categorization of these deferred tax  assets and liabilities as current
and non-current is presented in the Combined Statement of Financial Position.
 
                                      F-33
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   
                        (CURRENCY AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
NOTE 9 -- PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    An analysis  of the  U.S. federal  provision  to the  book provision  is  as
follows:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                         MARCH 31
                                                                                  ----------------------
                                                                                                 1996
                                                                                     1995      ---------
                                                                                  -----------
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                               <C>          <C>
Income Before Income Taxes and Minority Interest................................   $   1,688   $  19,818
                                                                                  -----------  ---------
Tax at 35% Statutory U.S. Federal Tax Rate......................................   $     591   $   6,936
Higher Effective Tax Rate on Non-U.S. Operations................................         399       2,246
Tax Exemption (2)...............................................................      (1,507)     (1,821)
Changes in Valuation Allowance (1)..............................................         615      (6,045)
State Taxes, Net of Federal.....................................................        (131)        458
Other -- Net....................................................................          33         125
                                                                                  -----------  ---------
Provision for Income Taxes......................................................   $  --       $   1,899
                                                                                  -----------  ---------
                                                                                  -----------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(1) Net  operating  loss  carryforwards have  been  utilized by  DuPont,  as the
    Business was included in  consolidated tax returns of  the DuPont entity  of
    which it was a part. It is assumed that the net operating loss carryforwards
    are  available  solely for  determining  taxes under  the  separate taxpayer
    approach in SFAS 109 (See Note 2). Such amounts will not be available to the
    Business, and upon  consummation of the  Offering described in  Note 1,  the
    Business  will  record net  deferred tax  liabilities. Changes  in Valuation
    Allowance exclude the effects of currency remeasurement.
    
 
(2) The Business's operations in Korea  operated under a government granted  tax
    exemption throughout the periods covered by the financial statements.
 
NOTE 10 -- INVENTORIES
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      JUNE 30     MARCH 31
                                                                                       1995         1996
                                                                                    -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                                 <C>          <C>
Raw Materials, Stores and Supplies................................................   $   4,598    $   5,918
Semi-Finished Product.............................................................         380          600
Finished Product..................................................................       1,852        1,640
                                                                                    -----------  -----------
                                                                                     $   6,830    $   8,158
                                                                                    -----------  -----------
                                                                                    -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
NOTE 11 -- PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  JUNE 30     MARCH 31
                                                                                   1995         1996
                                                                                -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                             <C>          <C>
Construction In Progress......................................................  $    23,644  $     9,121
Land..........................................................................        5,341        5,526
Buildings.....................................................................       37,099       37,099
Equipment.....................................................................      185,110      219,171
                                                                                -----------  -----------
    Total.....................................................................      251,194      270,917
Less: Accumulated Depreciation................................................     (138,070)    (156,686)
                                                                                -----------  -----------
Net Property, Plant and Equipment.............................................  $   113,124  $   114,231
                                                                                -----------  -----------
                                                                                -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   
                        (CURRENCY AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
NOTE 12 -- ACQUISITIONS
   
    On  February 1,  1993, the Business  purchased from an  affiliate of Philips
Electronics N.V.  ("Philips")  selected  photomask  manufacturing  equipment  at
Philips'  captive photomask  manufacturing facility located  in Hamburg, Germany
and entered  into  a  five-year supply  agreement  with  Philips  Semiconductors
International B.V. Consideration for the equipment was $9,292, and consideration
for  the supply agreement was  $1,808. Under the terms  of the supply agreement,
Philips agreed to  purchase certain  minimum quantities of  photomasks from  the
Business  each year during the  term of the agreement or  to refund a portion of
the purchase price if such minimum  quantities of photomasks were not  purchased
during  a given year. The supply agreement  also calls for the Business to grant
price discounts to Philips in the event that purchases by Philips during a given
year exceed specified limits. Through March 31, 1996, the Business had  received
$810  from Philips  due to  its failure  to purchase  specified minimum amounts.
These payments were applied to reduce the carrying amount assigned to the supply
agreement at the date of acquisition.
    
 
   
    On April 7,  1995, the Business  purchased from an  affiliate of AT&T  Corp.
("AT&T")  selected photomask manufacturing equipment at AT&T's captive photomask
manufacturing facility located  in Allentown,  Pennsylvania and  entered into  a
five-year  supply agreement  with Lucent  Technologies Inc.  ("Lucent," formerly
AT&T). Consideration for the  equipment was $10,000,  and consideration for  the
supply  agreement was $5,000. Of these amounts, $10,868 has been paid, and as of
March 31, 1996, $1,500 was included in Other Accrued Liabilities, and $2,632 was
included in Other Liabilities. Under the  terms of the supply agreement,  Lucent
agreed  to purchase certain  minimum quantities of  photomasks from the Business
each year  during the  term of  the  agreement or  to refund  a portion  of  the
purchase  price if  such minimum  quantities were  not purchased  during a given
year. The supply agreement also calls for the Business to grant price  discounts
to  Lucent in  the event  that purchases  by Lucent  during a  given year exceed
specified limits.
    
 
NOTE 13 -- OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      JUNE 30    MARCH 31
                                                                                       1995        1996
                                                                                     ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>
Accrued Vacation Pay...............................................................  $   2,827   $   3,357
Other Accrued Compensation and Benefits............................................      2,417       4,210
Lucent Supply Agreement............................................................      1,500       1,500
Deferred Revenue...................................................................        838       1,851
Accrued Royalties..................................................................        420          81
Other..............................................................................      1,121       1,499
                                                                                     ---------  -----------
    Total..........................................................................  $   9,123   $  12,498
                                                                                     ---------  -----------
                                                                                     ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   
                        (CURRENCY AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
NOTE 14 -- LEASES
   
    Minimum Lease Payments at March 31, 1996 for Fiscal Years Ending June 30:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      CAPITAL    OPERATING
                                                                                      LEASES      LEASES
                                                                                     ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>
  1996.............................................................................  $   2,639   $     118
  1997.............................................................................      1,097         285
  1998.............................................................................        899          61
  1999.............................................................................        809          29
  2000.............................................................................        809           5
  2001.............................................................................        809      --
Remainder..........................................................................      1,989      --
                                                                                     ---------       -----
    Total Minimum Lease Payments...................................................      9,051   $     498
                                                                                                     -----
                                                                                                     -----
Less: Imputed Interest.............................................................       (863)
                                                                                     ---------
Present Value of Net Minimum Lease Payments........................................  $   8,188
                                                                                     ---------
                                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
NOTE 15 -- BORROWINGS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      JUNE 30    MARCH 31
                                                                                       1995        1996
                                                                                     ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                                  <C>        <C>
Non-Interest Bearing Notes Payable to Customers Due 1996 - 1997....................  $   2,921   $   1,161
Capital Lease Obligations..........................................................      4,192       8,188
6% U.S. Dollar denominated Bank Borrowings Due 1999 - 2001.........................        112       2,500
15% RMB denominated Bank Borrowings Due 1996 - 2001................................     --           1,829
                                                                                     ---------  -----------
    Total Borrowings...............................................................      7,225      13,678
      Less: Current Portion........................................................     (2,960)     (4,691)
                                                                                     ---------  -----------
    Long Term Borrowings...........................................................  $   4,265   $   8,987
                                                                                     ---------  -----------
                                                                                     ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   
                        (CURRENCY AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
NOTE 16 -- GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
    The Business operates within a single industry segment:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          NINE MONTHS ENDED                             UNITED                 ASIA
                              MARCH 31                                  STATES     EUROPE     PACIFIC    COMBINED
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------
<S>                                                                    <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
1995
(UNAUDITED)
Sales to Unaffiliated Customers (1)..................................  $  61,754  $  30,283  $  20,532  $  112,569
Sales to Related Parties.............................................      3,738     --            363       4,101
Transfers Between Geographic Areas (2)...............................      7,198      3,237         95      --
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------
    Total............................................................  $  72,690  $  33,520  $  20,990  $  116,670
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------
Net Income (Loss)....................................................  $  (4,464) $   2,128  $   4,015  $    1,710
Identifiable Assets at March 31......................................  $  75,250  $  35,461  $  50,517  $  161,228
 
1996
Sales to Unaffiliated Customers (1)..................................  $  84,217  $  37,457  $  23,797  $  145,471
Sales to Related Parties.............................................      4,575     --          2,146       6,721
Transfers Between Geographic Areas (2)...............................      9,884      1,714         68      --
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------
    Total............................................................  $  98,676  $  39,171  $  26,011  $  152,192
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------
                                                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------
Net Income (3).......................................................  $  13,155  $   4,206  $     905  $   18,402
Identifiable Assets at March 31......................................  $  97,065  $  28,129  $  65,153  $  190,347
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
   
(1) Sales outside the  United States  of products manufactured  in and  exported
    from  the United States totaled $2,337 and  $3,016 for the nine months ended
    March 31, 1995 (unaudited) and 1996, respectively.
    
 
(2) Products are transferred  between geographic  areas on a  basis intended  to
    approximate the "market value" of such products.
 
   
(3) For  the nine months ended March 31,  1995 and 1996, Asia Pacific operations
    include pre-production costs for the  Business's joint venture in China;  no
    commercial  operations were conducted in  China during these periods. During
    the  nine  months  ended  March  31,  1996,  the  Business's  United  States
    operations  charged the  China Joint Venture  a $2,520 royalty  fee which is
    included in  net income  for that  period  for the  United States  and  Asia
    Pacific regions.
    
 
NOTE 17 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    The  Business has various  purchase commitments for  materials, supplies and
items of permanent investment incident to  the ordinary conduct of business.  In
the aggregate, such commitments are not at prices in excess of current market.
 
   
    Under  the terms  of certain equipment  purchase contracts,  the Business is
required to make  periodic, non-refundable  deposits during  the period  between
order  placement  and  final  delivery. Cancellation  of  such  orders  prior to
delivery results in forfeiture of the deposit. Such deposits totaled $1,070, and
$4,275 at June 30, 1995 and March  31, 1996, respectively, and were included  in
Property,  Plant and Equipment  under the caption,  Construction in Progress. At
March 31,  1996, the  Business had  entered into  contractual arrangements  with
certain parties that provide for partial reimbursement of the loss that would be
incurred  by the Business in the  event the Business cancels specified equipment
purchase  orders.  The   aggregate  purchase  price   for  equipment  to   which
cancellation penalties apply was $29,700 at March 31, 1996.
    
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS
               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
   
                        (CURRENCY AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
    
 
NOTE 17 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
   
    The  Business is subject to various lawsuits and claims with respect to such
matters as  product  liabilities,  governmental regulations  and  other  actions
arising  in the  normal course  of business.  In the  opinion of  the Business's
General Counsel,  the  ultimate liabilities  resulting  from such  lawsuits  and
claims  will  not  have a  material  adverse  effect on  the  combined financial
position or results of operations, cash flows or liquidity of the Business.
    
 
   
NOTE 18 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
    
 
   
    REALIGNMENT  On May 7, 1996, DPI  agreed to sell its 31% equity interest  in
DuPont  Korea, Ltd.  for approximately $26,600.  Proceeds from the  sale will be
used by DPI to repay  Master Note borrowings. Also in  May 1996, DPI issued  one
million shares of its common stock to DCEO for a nominal amount.
    
 
    CREDIT  FACILITY  The Company and DCEO  have entered into a credit agreement
effective as of January 1, 1996 (the "Credit Agreement"), pursuant to which DCEO
has  agreed  to  provide  a  revolving/working  capital  facility  (the  "Credit
Facility")  to the Company in  an aggregate amount of  up to $30,000. The Credit
Facility has a term of 24 months, and any loans thereunder will bear interest at
the six-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 50 basis points,  which
shall  be  adjusted  every  six  months. The  amounts  loaned  under  the Credit
Agreement are  secured  by  all  the  Company's  (i)  equipment,  (ii)  accounts
receivable,  (iii) instruments, documents and securities owned by DPI and in the
possession of DCEO and (iv) the  proceeds of the foregoing. The Credit  Facility
will  provide financing for general capital  spending and corporate purposes and
ongoing  working   capital  needs.   The  Credit   Agreement  contains   various
representations,  covenants and  events of default  typical for  financings of a
similar size  and nature.  In  addition to  restrictive covenants  limiting  the
ability  of the Company and its subsidiaries to enter into leases and pledge its
assets, the  Credit  Agreement  contains the  following  restrictive  covenants.
Without  DCEO's prior  written consent,  DPI will  not incur,  create, assume or
permit to  exist  any indebtedness,  including  guarantees on  indebtedness  (in
addition to the indebtedness under the Credit Facility), in excess of $30,000 in
the  aggregate. In addition, without DCEO's prior written consent, which may not
be unreasonably withheld,  DPI will not  (a) change its  capital structure,  (b)
merge  or consolidate with any corporation, (c)  amend or change its articles of
incorporation or bylaws or (d) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or any
substantial part of its assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired,  except
for sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business.
 
                                      F-38
<PAGE>




                    [Map of Company's worldwide operations]





<PAGE>
                         [BLANK BACK PROSPECTUS COVER]
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The following table sets forth the expenses to be incurred by the Registrant
in  connection  with  the  issuance and  distribution  of  the  securities being
registered.
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                         <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee.......................  $  25,380
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Filing Fee...............      6,940
Printing and Mailing Expenses.............................................    100,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses..............................................    350,000
Legal Fees and Expenses...................................................    150,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses................................................      7,500
Registrar and Transfer Agent Fees.........................................      2,500
Miscellaneous Expenses....................................................     17,680
                                                                            ---------
    Total.................................................................  $ 660,000
                                                                            ---------
                                                                            ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
    All of  the above  fees and  expenses, except  the Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  registration fee and the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. filing fee, represent estimates only.
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    Section 145 of  the General Corporation  Law of the  State of Delaware  (the
"DGCL")  provides that  a corporation  may indemnify  any person,  including any
officer or  director,  who  is, or  is  threatened  to be  made,  party  to  any
threatened,  pending  or completed  legal  action, suit  or  proceeding, whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or  in
the  right of such corporation),  by reason of the fact  that such person was an
officer, director, employee or agent of  such corporation, or is or was  serving
at  the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation. The  indemnity may include  expenses (including  attorneys'
fees),  judgments, fines and amounts paid  in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by such  person in  connection with  such action,  suit or  proceeding,
provided  such officer, director, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a
manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the corporation's  best
interests and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that
his  conduct was  unlawful. A  Delaware corporation  may indemnify  officers and
directors in an  action by or  in the right  of the corporation  under the  same
conditions,  except  that  no  indemnification  is  permitted  without  judicial
approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation.
Where an officer or  director is successful  on the merits  or otherwise in  the
defense  of any  action referred  to above,  the corporation  must indemnify him
against the  expenses which  such officer  or director  actually and  reasonably
incurred.
 
    The Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant provides that no director
of  the Registrant will be personally liable  to the Company or its stockholders
for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary  duty as a director, except to  the
extent  such exemption  from liability  or limitation  thereof is  not permitted
under the DGCL as currently in effect  or as the same may hereafter be  amended.
Pursuant  to Section 102(b)(7) of the  DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation of
the Registrant  eliminates such  liability, except  for liabilities  related  to
breach  of  duty  of  loyalty,  actions not  in  good  faith  and  certain other
liabilities.
 
    The Registrant  intends to  purchase a  directors' and  officers'  liability
insurance  policy. The Bylaws  of the Registrant  provide for indemnification of
the officers and directors of the Company to the fullest extent permitted by the
applicable law.  In addition,  the Company  will enter  into an  indemnification
agreement with each of its directors, pursuant to which they will be entitled to
advances  for the costs  of defending actions  against them in  addition to that
provided by the indemnification provisions  in the Certificate of  Incorporation
or the Company's officers' and directors' insurance policy.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
    The  form of  Underwriting Agreement attached  hereto as  Exhibit 1.1, which
provides for, among other things, the  Registrant's sale to the Underwriters  of
the  securities  being  registered  herein, will  obligate  the  Underwriters to
indemnify the Registrant and Registrant's officers and directors against certain
liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
    No securities of the Registrant were sold by the Registrant during the  past
three years.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    (a) Exhibits
 
   
   1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement among the Company, E.I. du Pont de
         Nemours and Company and the Underwriters.*
   3.1  Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended and restated
         on April 3, 1996.**
   3.2  Bylaws of the Company, as amended on December 31, 1995.**
   4.1  Specimen Certificate for Common Stock.*
   5    Opinion of Van H. Leichliter, Esq. as to the validity of the shares of
         Common Stock of the Company being registered.*
  10.1  Transitional Administrative Services Agreement between the Company and
         E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company dated as of January 1, 1996.*
  10.2  Environmental Indemnification Agreement effective as of the date the
         offering of the securities being registered hereunder is consummated
         (the "IPO Date") between the Company and E.I. du Pont de Nemours and
         Company.*
  10.3  Company's Bonus Plan, as adopted by the Company's Board of Directors
         on March 26, 1996.*
  10.4  Company's Non-employee Directors Stock Option Plan, as adopted by the
         Company's Board of Directors on March 26, 1996.*
  10.5  Company's Stock Performance Plan, as adopted by the Company's Board of
         Directors on March 26, 1996.*
  10.6  Company's Founders Stock Option Plan, as adopted by the Company's
         Board of Directors on March 26, 1996.*
  10.7  Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and DuPont Chemical
         and Energy Operations, Inc. dated as of December 31, 1995.*
  10.8  Tax Indemnification Agreement effective as of the IPO Date among the
         Company, DuPont Chemical and Energy Operations, Inc. and E.I. du Pont
         de Nemours and Company.*
  10.9  Credit Agreement between the Company and DuPont Chemical and Energy
         Operations, Inc. dated as of January 1, 1996.*
  10.10 Letter Agreement between J.M. Hardinger and E.I. du Pont de Nemours
         and Company dated as of September 21, 1995.*
  10.11 Research, Development and Consulting Agreement between the Company and
         E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company dated as of January 1, 1996.*
  10.12 Business Transfer Agreement between DuPont Korea Ltd. and DuPont
         Photomasks Korea Ltd. dated as of December 22, 1995.*
  10.13 Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its
         Directors and Officers.*
  10.14 Corporate Tradename and Trademark Agreement between the Company and
         E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company dated May 16, 1996.*
  21    List of principal subsidiaries of the Company.**
  23.1  Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP.*
  23.2  Consent of Van H. Leichliter, Esq. (included in the opinion filed
         herewith as Exhibit 5).
  24    Power of Attorney.**
 
    
- ------------------------
 *Filed Herewith
   
**Previously Filed
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
    (b)Financial Statements
 
       (1)Financial Statements
 
          Financial Statements filed as part of this Registration
          Statement are listed in the Index to Combined Financial
           Statements on page F-1.
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
    (a)The  Registrant hereby undertakes  to provide to  the underwriters at the
       closing specified  in the  Underwriting  Agreement certificates  in  such
denominations  and registered in  such names as required  by the underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    (b)Insofar as indemnification for  liabilities arising under the  Securities
       Act  of  1933 may  be permitted  to  directors, officers  and controlling
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the provisions described under Item 14  or
otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy as
expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim
for indemnification  against such  liabilities (other  than the  payment by  the
Registrant  of expenses incurred  or paid by a  director, officer or controlling
person  of  the  Registrant  in  the  successful  defense  of  action,  suit  or
proceeding)  is  asserted by  such director,  officer  or controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless  in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit  to  a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and  will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
    (c)The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
       (1) for  the purposes of  determining any liability  under the Securities
           Act of  1933, the  information omitted  from the  form of  prospectus
    filed  as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
    contained in a form of prospectus  filed by the Registrant pursuant to  Rule
    424(b)(1)  or (4) or 497(h)  under the Securities Act  shall be deemed to be
    part of  this  registration  statement  as  of  the  time  it  was  declared
    effective.
 
   
       (2) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
           of  1933,  each  post-effective  amendment that  contains  a  form of
    prospectus shall be deemed  to be a new  registration statement relating  to
    the  securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
    
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the registrant
has duly caused this amendment no. 1 to the registration statement to be  signed
on  its behalf  by the  undersigned, thereunto duly  authorized, in  the City of
Round Rock, State of Texas, on May 17, 1996.
    
 
                                          DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.
 
   
                                          By       /s/ J. MICHAEL HARDINGER
    
 
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                    J. Michael Hardinger
                                                 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND
                                                  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
   
                                          By          /s/ DAVID S. GINO
    
 
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                       David S. Gino
                                                EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND
                                                  CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, this  amendment
no.  1 to  the registration  statement has  been signed  below by  the following
persons in the capacities and on the date(s) indicated.
    
 
   
          SIGNATURE                       TITLE                   DATE
- ------------------------------  -------------------------  ------------------
 
                                Chairman of the Board and
              *                  Chief Executive Officer
- ------------------------------   and Director (Principal      May 17, 1996
     J. Michael Hardinger        executive officer)
 
                                Executive Vice President
                                 -- Finance and Chief
      /s/ DAVID S. GINO          Financial Officer
- ------------------------------   (Principal financial         May 17, 1996
        David S. Gino            officer and accounting
                                 officer)
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                      May 17, 1996
        John L. Doyle
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                      May 17, 1996
       John C. Hodgson
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                      May 17, 1996
   Charles O. Holliday, Jr.
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                      May 17, 1996
        Peter G. Kehoe
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                      May 17, 1996
      Gary W. Pankonien
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                      May 17, 1996
       John C. Sargent
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                      May 17, 1996
      Marshall C. Turner
 
              *
- ------------------------------  Director                      May 17, 1996
     Susan A. Vladuchick
 
*By /s/ DAVID S. GINO
    --------------------------
    David S. Gino
    Attorney-in-fact pursuant
    to a power of attorney
    filed herewith as part of
    this Registration
    Statement
 
    
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
EXHIBIT                                                                  PAGE
NUMBER                                                                  NUMBER
- ------                                                                  ------
  1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement among the Company E.I. du Pont
         de Nemours and Company and the Underwriters*.................
  3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended and
         restated on April 3, 1996**..................................
  3.2   Bylaws of the Company, as amended on December 31, 1995**......
  4.1   Specimen Certificate for Common Stock*........................
  5     Opinion of Van H. Leichliter, Esq. as to the validity of the
         shares of Common Stock of the Company being registered*......
 10.1   Transitional Administrative Services Agreement between the
         Company and E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company dated as of
         January 1, 1996*.............................................
 10.2   Environmental Indemnification Agreement effective as of the
         date the offering of the securities being registered
         hereunder is consummated (the "IPO Date") between the Company
         and E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company*.....................
 10.3   Company's Bonus Plan, as adopted by the Company's Board of
         Directors on March 26, 1996*.................................
 10.4   Company's Non-employee Directors Stock Option Plan, as adopted
         by the Company's Board of Directors on March 26, 1996*.......
 10.5   Company's Stock Performance Plan, as adopted by the Company's
         Board of Directors on March 26, 1996*........................
 10.6   Company's Founders Stock Option Plan, as adopted by the
         Company's Board of Directors on March 26, 1996*..............
 10.7   Registration Rights Agreement between the Company and DuPont
         Chemical and Energy Operations, Inc. dated as of December 31,
         1995*........................................................
 10.8   Tax Indemnification Agreement effective as of the IPO Date
         among the Company, DuPont Chemical and Energy Operations,
         Inc. and E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company*................
 10.9   Credit Agreement between the Company and DuPont Chemical and
         Energy Operations, Inc. dated as of January 1, 1996*.........
 10.10  Letter Agreement between J. M. Hardinger and E.I. du Pont de
         Nemours and Company dated as of September 21, 1995*..........
 10.11  Research, Development and Consulting Agreement between the
         Company and E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company dated as of
         January 1, 1996*.............................................
 10.12  Business Transfer Agreement between DuPont Korea Ltd. and
         DuPont Photomask Korea Ltd. dated December 22, 1995*.........
 10.13  Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its
         Directors and Officers*......................................
 10.14  Corporate Tradename and Trademark Agreement between the
         Company and E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company dated May 16,
         1996.*
 21     List of principal subsidiaries of the Company**...............
 23.1   Consent of Price Waterhouse LLP*..............................
 23.2   Consent of Van H. Leichliter, Esq. (included in the opinion
         filed herewith as Exhibit 5).................................
 24     Power of Attorney**...........................................
 
    
- ------------------------
 *Filed Herewith
   
**Previously Filed
    

<PAGE>



                             _______________ Shares


                             DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.

                          Common Stock, $.01 par value



                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT



__________, 1996


<PAGE>

                                                             _____________, 1996



Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Cowen & Company
Needham & Company, Inc.
c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
    1585 Broadway
    New York, New York  10036


Dear Sirs and Mesdames:


          DuPont Photomasks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
proposes to issue and sell to the several Underwriters named in Schedule I
hereto (the "Underwriters") an aggregate of  _______________ shares of its
Common Stock, $.01 par value per share (the "Firm Shares").

          The Company also proposes to issue and sell to the several
Underwriters not more than an additional __________  shares of its Common Stock,
$.01 par value per share (the "Additional Shares") if and to the extent that the
Representatives shall have determined to exercise, on behalf of the
Underwriters, the right to purchase such Additional Shares granted to the
Underwriters in Section 2 hereof.  The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are
hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Shares."  The shares of Common
Stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Company to be outstanding after giving
effect to the sales contemplated hereby are hereinafter referred to as the
"Common Stock."

          The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a registration statement, including a prospectus relating to the
Shares.  The registration statement as amended at the time it becomes effective,
including the information (if any) deemed to be part of the registration
statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), is hereinafter
referred to as the Registration Statement; the prospectus in the form first used
to confirm sales of Shares is hereinafter referred to as the "Prospectus."  If
the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement to register


<PAGE>

additional shares of Common Stock pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities
Act (the "Rule 462 Registration Statement"), then any reference herein to the
term "Registration Statement" shall be deemed to include such Rule 462
Registration Statement.

          In connection with the offering of the Shares contemplated hereby, the
Company, Du Pont Chemical and Energy Operations, Inc. ("DCEO"), the sole
shareholder of the Company, E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company ("DuPont"), the
sole shareholder of DCEO, and certain subsidiaries of the foregoing entities
have entered into a series of transactions described in the Prospectus under the
caption "Realignment of Photomask Business."  Such transactions are herein
collectively referred to as the "Realignment."

          1.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY AND DUPONT.  The
Company and DuPont, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to and agree
with each of the Underwriters that:

          (a)  The Registration Statement has become effective; no stop order
     suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement is in effect,
     and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or threatened by the
     Commission.

          (b)  (i) The Registration Statement, when it became effective, did not
     contain and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain
     any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
     required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
     not misleading, (ii) the Registration Statement and the Prospectus comply
     and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will comply in all material
     respects with the Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations
     of the Commission thereunder and (iii) the Prospectus does not contain and,
     as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not contain any untrue
     statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to
     make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which
     they were made, not misleading, except that the representations and
     warranties set forth in this paragraph 1(b) do not apply to statements or
     omissions in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus based upon
     information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing
     by such Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

          (c)  The Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing as a
     corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
     incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own its property
     and to conduct its


                                        2
<PAGE>

business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact
business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of
its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such
qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in
good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and the
Subsidiaries (as defined below), taken as a whole.

          (d)  Each Subsidiary has been duly incorporated or organized, is
     validly existing as a corporation or partnership in good standing under the
     laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, as the case
     may be, has the power and authority to own its property and to conduct its
     business as described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact
     business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct
     of its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such
     qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or
     be in good standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company
     and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  As used herein, "Subsidiary" shall
     mean DuPont Photomasks Delaware, Inc., DuPont Photomasks(France)S.A.,
     DuPont Photomasks Korea Ltd., DuPont Photomasks Verwaltungs GmbH and DuPont
     Photomasks Company Limited Shanghai.  The Company does not own or control,
     directly or indirectly, any corporation, association, partnership or other
     entity, and does not participate in any joint venture, other than the
     Subsidiaries.

          (e)  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered
     by the Company.

          (f)  The authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal
     matters to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus.

          (g)  The shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the issuance of
     the Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and
     non-assessable.

          (h)  The Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and
     delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be validly
     issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of such Shares will
     not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights.

          (i)  The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance
     by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement will not contravene
     any provision of


                                        3
<PAGE>

applicable law or the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or
any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of the
Subsidiaries that is material to the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a
whole, or any judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or
court having jurisdiction over the Company or any Subsidiary, and no consent,
approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with, any governmental
body or agency is required for the performance by the Company of its obligations
under this Agreement, except such as may be required by the securities or Blue
Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the
Shares.

          (j)  There has not occurred any material adverse change, or any
     development involving a prospective material adverse change, in the
     condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business or
     operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that
     set forth in the Prospectus (exclusive of any amendments or supplements
     thereto subsequent to the date of this Agreement).

          (k)  Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has all necessary
     consents, authorizations, approvals, orders, certificates and permits of
     and from, and has made all declarations and filings with, all federal,
     state, local, foreign and other governmental authorities, all self-
     regulatory organizations and all courts and other tribunals, to own, lease,
     license and use its properties and assets and to conduct its business in
     the manner described in the Prospectus, except to the extent that the
     failure to obtain or file would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a
     material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a
     whole.

          (l)  There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to the
     best of the Company's knowledge, threatened to which the Company or any of
     the Subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the
     Company or any of the Subsidiaries is subject that are required to be
     described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not so
     described in all material respects or any statutes, regulations, contracts
     or other documents that are required to be described in the Registration
     Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration
     Statement that are not described in all material respects or filed as
     required.

          (m)  Each preliminary prospectus filed as part of the registration
     statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed
     pursuant to Rule 424 under the


                                        4
<PAGE>

     Securities Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the
     Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission
     thereunder.

          (n)  The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and
     sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds as described in the
     Prospectus, will not be an "investment company" as such term is defined in
     the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

          (o)  The Company and the Subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with any
     and all applicable foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations
     relating to the protection of human health and safety, the environment or
     hazardous or toxic substances or wastes, pollutants or contaminants
     ("Environmental Laws"), (ii) have received all permits, licenses or other
     approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct
     their respective businesses and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and
     conditions of any such permit, license or approval, except where such
     noncompliance with Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits,
     licenses or other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and
     conditions of such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in
     the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and the
     Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          (p)  In the ordinary course of its business, the Company conducts a
     periodic review of the effect of Environmental Laws on the business,
     operations and properties of the Company and the Subsidiaries, in the
     course of which it identifies and evaluates associated costs and
     liabilities (including, without limitation, any capital or operating
     expenditures required for clean-up, closure of properties or compliance
     with Environmental Laws or any permit, license or approval, any related
     constraints on operating activities and any potential liabilities to third
     parties).  On the basis of the last such review so completed, the Company
     has reasonably concluded that such associated costs and liabilities would
     not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the
     Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as described in the
     Registration Statement or Prospectus.

          (q)  Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries owns or possesses
     adequate licenses or other rights to use all patents, patent rights,
     inventions, trade secrets, technology, know-how, trademarks, service marks,
     trade names and copyrights which are necessary to conduct its businesses as
     described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus,


                                        5
<PAGE>

     and the expiration of any patents, patent rights, trade secrets,
     trademarks, service marks, trade names or copyrights would not have a
     material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a
     whole.  The Company has not received any notice of, and has no knowledge
     of, any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with
     respect to, any patents, patent rights, inventions, trade secrets,
     technology, know-how, trademarks, service marks, trade names which, singly
     or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or
     finding, might have a material adverse effect on the Company and the
     Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          (r)  No labor disturbance by the employees of the Company or any of
     the Subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent;
     and the Company is not aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance
     by the employees of any of its principal suppliers, principal customers or
     principal distributors that might be expected to have a material adverse
     effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  Except as
     described in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, no collective
     bargaining agreement exists with any of the employees of the Company or any
     of the Subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, no such agreement
     is imminent.

          (s)  The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls
     sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (1) transactions are
     executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorization;
     (2) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
     financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting
     principles and to maintain asset accountability; (3) access to assets is
     permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific
     authorization; and (4) the recorded accountability for assets is compared
     with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is
     taken with respect to any differences.

          (t)  There are no contracts, agreements or understandings between the
     Company and any person granting such person the right to require the
     Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with
     respect to any securities of the Company or to require the Company to
     include such securities with the Shares registered pursuant to the
     Registration Statement other than the rights of DCEO and its assignees and
     with regard to the Company's compensation plans, both as described in the
     Prospectus.


                                        6
<PAGE>

          (u)  The Company has complied with all provisions of Section 517.075,
     Florida Statutes relating to doing business with the Government of Cuba or
     with any person or affiliate located in Cuba.

          (v)  Except as described in the Registration Statement or Prospectus,
     the Realignment has been completed; all applicable consents,
     authorizations, approvals, orders, certificates and permits of and from,
     and all applicable declarations and filings with, all federal, state,
     local, foreign and other governmental authorities, all self-regulatory
     organizations and all courts and other tribunals having jurisdiction over
     the Company or its Subsidiaries required in connection with the Realignment
     have been obtained or filed, except to the extent that the failure to
     obtain or file would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a material
     adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; and
     the Realignment does not contravene any provision of applicable law or the
     certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents of
     the Company or any Subsidiary or any agreement or other instrument binding
     upon the Company or any of the Subsidiaries that is material to the Company
     and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or any judgment, order or decree of
     any governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the Company
     or any Subsidiary.

          (w)  Except as described in the Prospectus under the caption
     "Realignment of Photomask Business," as a result of the Realignment, all
     businesses or operations previously owned by DuPont or any of its
     subsidiaries relating to the manufacture, distribution or sale of
     pellicles, photoblanks and photomasks are owned, direct or indirectly
     through one or more Subsidiaries, by the Company except to the extent that
     failure to own such businesses or operations, directly or indirectly, would
     not have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries,
     taken as a whole.

          2.   AGREEMENTS TO SELL AND PURCHASE.  The Company hereby agrees to
sell to the several Underwriters, and each Underwriter, upon the basis of the
representations and warranties herein contained, but subject to the conditions
hereinafter stated, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the
Company at $______ a share (the "Purchase Price") the respective numbers of Firm
Shares set forth in Schedule I or hereto opposite the name of such Underwriter.

          On the basis of the representations and warranties contained in this
Agreement, and subject to its terms and conditions, the Company agrees to sell
to the Underwriters the


                                        7
<PAGE>

Additional Shares, and the Underwriters shall have a one-time right to purchase,
severally and not jointly, up to _______________ Additional Shares at the
Purchase Price.  If the Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, elect to
exercise such option, the Representatives shall so notify the Company in writing
not later than 30 days after the date of this Agreement, which notice shall
specify the number of Additional Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters and
the date on which such shares are to be purchased.  Such date may be the same as
the Closing Date (as defined below) but not earlier than the Closing Date nor
later than ten business days after the date of such notice.  Additional Shares
may be purchased as provided in Section 4 hereof solely for the purpose of
covering over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm
Shares.  If any Additional Shares are to be purchased, each Underwriter agrees,
severally and not jointly, to purchase the number of Additional Shares (subject
to such adjustments to eliminate fractional shares as you may determine) that
bears the same proportion to the total number of Additional Shares to be
purchased as the number of Firm Shares set forth in Schedule I hereto opposite
the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm Shares.

          The Company hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not,
during the period ending 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, (i) offer,
pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase,
purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to
purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares
of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for Common Stock or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement
that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences
of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such transaction described in
clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such
other securities, in cash or otherwise.  The foregoing sentence shall not apply
to (A) the Shares to be sold hereunder or (B) the issuance by the Company of any
shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of an option or warrant or the
conversion of a security outstanding on the date hereof or the lapse of any
restriction with regard to shares issued pursuant to the Company's Stock
Performance Plan of which the Underwriters have been advised in writing.

          3.   TERMS OF PUBLIC OFFERING.  The Company is advised by you that the
Underwriters propose to make a public offering of their respective portions of
the Shares as soon after the Registration Statement and this Agreement have
become effective as in your judgment is advisable.  The Company is further
advised


                                        8
<PAGE>

by you that the Shares are to be offered to the public initially at $________ a
share (the "Public Offering Price") and to certain dealers selected by you at a
price that represents a concession not in excess of $______ a share under the
Public Offering Price, and that any Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may
reallow, a concession, not in excess of $_____ a share, to any Underwriter or to
certain other dealers.

          4.   PAYMENT AND DELIVERY.  Payment for the Firm Shares shall be made
by certified or official bank check or checks payable to the order of the
Company in New York Clearing House funds at the office of Davis Polk & Wardwell,
450 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York at 10:00 A.M., local time, on
____________, 1996, or at such other time on the same or such other date, not
later than _________, 1996, as shall be designated in writing by you.  The time
and date of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the "Closing Date."

          Payment for any Additional Shares shall be made by certified or
official bank check or checks payable to the order of the Company in New York
Clearing House funds at the office of Davis Polk & Wardwell, 450 Lexington
Avenue, New York, New York at 10:00 A.M., local time, on the date specified in
the notice described in Section 2 or on such other date, in any event not later
than _______, 1996, as shall be designated in writing by you.  The time and date
of such payment are hereinafter referred to as the "Option Closing Date."

          Certificates for the Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be in
definitive form and registered in such names and in such denominations as you
shall request in writing not later than one full business day prior to the
Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be.  The certificates
evidencing the Firm Shares and Additional Shares shall be delivered to you on
the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, for the
respective accounts of the several Underwriters, with any transfer taxes payable
in connection with the transfer of the Shares to the Underwriters duly paid,
against payment of the Purchase Price therefor.

          5.   CONDITIONS TO THE UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS.  The obligations of
the Company to sell the Shares to the Underwriters and the several obligations
of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares on the Closing Date are
subject to the condition that the Registration Statement shall have become
effective not later than ________ (New York time) on the date hereof.

          The several obligations of the Underwriters are subject to the
following further conditions:


                                        9
<PAGE>

          (a)  Subsequent to the execution and delivery of this Agreement and
     prior to the Closing Date:

               (i)  if applicable, there shall not have occurred any
          downgrading, nor shall any notice have been given of any intended or
          potential downgrading or of any review for a possible change that does
          not indicate the direction of the possible change, in the rating
          accorded any of the Company's securities by any "nationally recognized
          statistical rating organization," as such term is defined for purposes
          of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act; and

              (ii)  there shall not have occurred any change, or any development
          involving a prospective change, in the condition, financial or
          otherwise, or in the earnings, business or operations of the Company
          and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, from that set forth in the
          Prospectus (exclusive of any amendments or supplements thereto
          subsequent to the date of this Agreement) that, in your judgment, is
          material and adverse and that makes it, in your judgment,
          impracticable to market the Shares on the terms and in the manner
          contemplated in the Prospectus.

          (b)  The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date a
     certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by an executive officer of
     the Company, to the effect set forth in clause (a)(i) above and to the
     effect that the representations and warranties of the Company contained in
     this Agreement are true and correct as of the Closing Date and that the
     Company has complied with all of the agreements and satisfied all of the
     conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder on or before
     the Closing Date.

          The officer signing and delivering such certificate may rely upon the
     best of his or her knowledge as to proceedings threatened.

          (c)  The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an
     opinion of Van H. Leichliter, Esq., Executive Vice President and General
     Counsel of the Company, dated the Closing Date, to the effect that:

               (i)  the Company has been duly incorporated, is validly existing
          as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction
          of its incorporation, has the corporate power and authority to own its
          property and to conduct its business as


                                       10
<PAGE>

          described in the Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business
          and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of
          its business or its ownership or leasing of property requires such
          qualification, except to the extent that the failure to be so
          qualified or be in good standing would not have a material adverse
          effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

              (ii)  each Subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated or
          organized, is validly existing as a corporation or partnership in good
          standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or
          organization, as the case may be, has the power and authority to own
          its property and to conduct its business as described in the
          Prospectus and is duly qualified to transact business and is in good
          standing in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business or
          its ownership or leasing of property requires such qualification,
          except to the extent that the failure to be so qualified or be in good
          standing would not have a material adverse effect on the Company and
          the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; the Company does not own or
          control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association,
          partnership or other entity, and is not a participant in any joint
          venture, other than the Subsidiaries;

             (iii)  the authorized capital stock of the Company conforms as to
          legal matters to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus;

              (iv)  the shares of Common Stock outstanding prior to the issuance
          of the Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully
          paid and non-assessable;

               (v)  the Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and
          delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, will be
          validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and the issuance of
          such Shares will not be subject to any preemptive or similar rights;

              (vi)  this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
          delivered by the Company;

             (vii)  the execution and delivery by the Company of, and the
          performance by the Company of its obligations under, this Agreement
          will not contravene any provision of applicable law or the certificate
          of incorporation


                                       11
<PAGE>

          or by-laws of the Company or, to the best of such counsel's knowledge,
          any agreement or other instrument binding upon the Company or any of
          the Subsidiaries that is material to the Company and the Subsidiaries,
          taken as a whole, or, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, any
          judgment, order or decree of any governmental body, agency or court
          having jurisdiction over the Company or any Subsidiary, and no
          consent, approval, authorization or order of, or qualification with,
          any governmental body or agency is required for the performance by the
          Company of its obligations under this Agreement, except such as may be
          required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in
          connection with the offer and sale of the Shares;

            (viii)  the statements (A) in the Prospectus under the captions
          "Business -- Customers," "Business -- Intellectual Property,"
          "Management -- Board of Directors," "Compensation of Company Employees
          -- Bonus Plan", "Compensation of Company Employees -- Director's and
          Officer's Indemnification and Insurance," "Transactions and
          Relationships Between the Company and DuPont," "Description of Capital
          Stock," "Shares Eligible for Future Sale," [list others] and
          "Underwriters" and (B) in the Registration Statement in Items 14 and
          15, in each case insofar as such statements constitute summaries of
          the legal matters, documents or proceedings referred to therein,
          fairly present the information called for with respect to such legal
          matters, documents and proceedings and fairly summarize the matters
          referred to therein;

              (ix)  each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has all necessary
          consents, authorizations, approvals, orders, certificates and permits
          of and from, and has made all declarations and filings with, all
          federal, state, local, foreign and other governmental authorities, all
          self-regulatory organizations and all courts and other tribunals, to
          own, lease, license and use its properties and assets and to conduct
          its business in the manner described in the Prospectus, except to the
          extent that the failure to obtain or file would not, singly or in the
          aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company and the
          Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

               (x)  after due inquiry, such counsel does not know of any legal
          or governmental proceedings pending or threatened to which the Company
          or any of the


                                       12
<PAGE>

          Subsidiaries is a party or to which any of the properties of the
          Company or any of the Subsidiaries is subject that are required to be
          described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and are not
          so described or of any statutes, regulations, contracts or other
          documents that are required to be described in the Registration
          Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the
          Registration Statement that are not described or filed as required;

              (xi)  the Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering
          and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds as
          described in the Prospectus, will not be an "investment company" as
          such term is defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
          amended;

             (xii)  the Company and the Subsidiaries (A) are in compliance with
          any and all applicable Environmental Laws, (B) have received all
          permits, licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable
          Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses and (C) are
          in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit,
          license or approval, except where such noncompliance with
          Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses or
          other approvals or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of
          such permits, licenses or approvals would not, singly or in the
          aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the Company;

            (xiii)  each of the Company and the Subsidiaries owns or possesses
          adequate licenses or other rights to use all patents, patent rights,
          inventions, trade secrets, technology, know-how, trademarks, service
          marks, trade names and copyrights which are necessary to conduct its
          businesses as described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus;
          after due inquiry, such counsel does not know of any notice received
          by the Company of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights
          of others with respect to, any patents, patent rights, inventions,
          trade secrets, technology, know-how, trademarks, service marks, trade
          names which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an
          unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, might have a material adverse
          effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

             (xiv)  the Realignment has been completed; all consents,
          authorizations, approvals, orders, certificates and permits of and
          from, and all


                                       13
<PAGE>

          declarations and filings with, all federal, state, local, foreign and
          other governmental authorities, all self-regulatory organizations and
          all courts and other tribunals required in connection with the
          Realignment have been obtained or filed, except to the extent that the
          failure to obtain or file would not, singly or in the aggregate, have
          a material adverse effect on the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken
          as a whole; and the Realignment does not contravene any provision of
          applicable law or the certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other
          organizational documents of the Company or any Subsidiary or, to the
          best of such counsel's knowledge, any agreement or other instrument
          binding upon the Company or any of the Subsidiaries that is material
          to the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or, to the best
          of such counsel's knowledge, any judgment, order or decree of any
          governmental body, agency or court having jurisdiction over the
          Company or any Subsidiary;

              (xv)  except as described in the Prospectus under the caption
          "Realignment of Photomask Business," as a result of the Realignment,
          all businesses or operations previously owned by DuPont or any of its
          subsidiaries relating to the manufacture, distribution or sale of
          pellicles, photoblanks and photomasks are owned, direct or indirectly
          through one or more Subsidiaries, by the Company; and

             (xvi)  such counsel (A) is of the opinion that the Registration
          Statement and Prospectus (except for financial statements and
          schedules included therein as to which such counsel need not express
          any opinion) comply as to form in all material respects with the
          Securities Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the
          Commission thereunder, (B) has no reason to believe that (except for
          financial statements and schedules as to which such counsel need not
          express any belief) the Registration Statement and the prospectus
          included therein at the time the Registration Statement became
          effective contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted
          to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
          make the statements therein not misleading and (C) has no reason to
          believe that (except for financial statements and schedules as to
          which such counsel need not express any belief) the Prospectus
          contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a
          material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in


                                       14
<PAGE>

          the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
          misleading.

          (d)  The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an
     opinion of Davis Polk & Wardwell, counsel for the Underwriters, dated the
     Closing Date, covering the matters referred to in subparagraphs (v), (vi),
     (viii) (but only as to the statements in the Prospectus under "Description
     of Capital Stock" and "Underwriters") and (xvi) of paragraph (c) above.

          With respect to subparagraph (xvi) of paragraph (c) above, Van H.
     Leichliter, Esq. and Davis Polk & Wardwell may state that their opinion and
     belief are based upon their participation in the preparation of the
     Registration Statement and Prospectus and any amendments or supplements
     thereto and review and discussion of the contents thereof, but are without
     independent check or verification, except as specified.  With respect to
     paragraph (c) above insofar as it relates to the Realignment, Van H.
     Leichliter, Esq. may rely upon an opinion or opinions of foreign counsel,
     PROVIDED that (A) each such counsel is satisfactory to counsel for the
     Underwriters and (B) a copy of each opinion so relied upon is delivered to
     the Underwriters and is in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for
     the Underwriters.

          The opinion of Van H. Leichliter, Esq. described in paragraph (c)
     above shall be rendered to the Underwriters at the request of the Company
     and shall so state therein.

          (e)  The Underwriters shall have received, on each of the date hereof
     and the Closing Date, a letter dated the date hereof or the Closing Date,
     as the case may be, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters
     and Price Waterhouse LLP, from Price Waterhouse LLP, independent
     accountants, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily
     included in accountants' "comfort letters" to underwriters with respect to
     the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus; PROVIDED that the letter
     delivered on the Closing Date shall use a "cut-off date" not earlier than
     the date hereof.

          (f)  The "lock-up" agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A
     hereto, between you and DCEO relating to sales and certain other
     dispositions of shares of Common Stock or certain other securities,
     delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and
     effect on the Closing Date.


                                       15
<PAGE>

          (g)  The Shares shall have received approval for  inclusion on the
     Nasdaq National Market.

          The several obligations of the Underwriters to purchase Additional
Shares hereunder are subject to the delivery to you on the Option Closing Date
of such documents as you may reasonably request with respect to the good
standing of the Company, the due authorization and issuance of the Additional
Shares and other matters related to the issuance of the Additional Shares.

          6.  COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND DUPONT.  In further consideration of
the agreements of the Underwriters herein contained, the Company and, with
respect to paragraph (f) below, DuPont, covenants with each Underwriter as
follows:

          (a)  To furnish to you, without charge, _____ signed copies of the
     Registration Statement (including exhibits thereto) and for delivery to
     each other Underwriter a conformed copy of the Registration Statement
     (without exhibits thereto) and to furnish to you in New York City, without
     charge, prior to 5:00 P.M. local time on the business day following the
     date of this Agreement and during the period mentioned in paragraph (c)
     below, as many copies of the Prospectus and any supplements and amendments
     thereto or to the Registration Statement as you may reasonably request.

          (b)  Before amending or supplementing the Registration Statement or
     the Prospectus, to furnish to you a copy of each such proposed amendment or
     supplement and not to file any such proposed amendment or supplement to
     which you reasonably object in writing, subject however, to compliance with
     the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the
     "Exchange Act"), and the rules and regulations thereunder, and to file with
     the Commission within the applicable period specified in Rule 424(b) under
     the Securities Act any prospectus required to be filed pursuant to such
     Rule.

          (c)  If, during such period after the first date of the public
     offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters
     the Prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales
     by an Underwriter or dealer, any event shall occur or condition exist as a
     result of which it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus in
     order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
     when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading, or if, in
     the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters, it is necessary to amend or
     supplement the Prospectus to comply with applicable law,


                                       16
<PAGE>

     forthwith to prepare, file with the Commission and furnish, at its own
     expense, to the Underwriters and to the dealers (whose names and addresses
     you will furnish to the Company) to which Shares may have been sold by you
     on behalf of the Underwriters and to any other dealers upon request, either
     amendments or supplements to the Prospectus so that the statements in the
     Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the
     circumstances when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be
     misleading or so that the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, will
     comply with law.

          (d)  To endeavor to qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the
     securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as you shall reasonably
     request.

          (e)  To make generally available to the Company's security holders and
     to you as soon as practicable an earning statement covering the
     twelve-month period ending     ______________, 1996 that satisfies the
     provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and the rules and
     regulations of the Commission thereunder.

          (f)  Whether or not the transactions contemplated in this Agreement
     are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, to pay or cause to be paid
     all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this
     Agreement, including:  (i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the
     Company's counsel and the Company's accountants in connection with the
     registration and delivery of the Shares under the Securities Act and all
     other fees or expenses in connection with the preparation and filing of the
     Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and
     amendments and supplements to any of the foregoing, including all printing
     costs associated therewith, and the mailing and delivering of copies
     thereof to the Underwriters and dealers, in the quantities hereinabove
     specified, (ii) all costs and expenses related to the transfer and delivery
     of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other taxes
     payable thereon, (iii) the cost of printing or producing any Blue Sky or
     Legal Investment memorandum in connection with the offer and sale of the
     Shares under state securities laws and all expenses in connection with the
     qualification of the Shares for offer and sale under state securities laws
     as provided in Section 6(d) hereof, including filing fees and the
     reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in
     connection with such qualification and in connection with the Blue Sky or
     Legal Investment memorandum, (iv) all filing fees and disbursements of
     counsel to the


                                       17
<PAGE>

     Underwriters incurred in connection with the review and qualification of
     the offering of the Shares by the National Association of Securities
     Dealers, Inc., (v) all expenses in connection with the offer and sale of
     the Shares in Canada, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and
     disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection with Canadian
     offers and sales, (vi) all fees and expenses in connection with the
     preparation and filing of the registration statement on Form 8-A relating
     to the Common Stock and all costs and expenses incident to listing the
     Shares on the Nasdaq National Market, (vii) the cost of printing
     certificates representing the Shares, (viii) the costs and charges of any
     transfer agent, registrar or depositary, (ix) the costs and expenses of the
     Company relating to investor presentations on any "road show" undertaken in
     connection with the marketing of the offering of the Shares, including,
     without limitation, expenses associated with the production of road show
     slides and graphics, fees and expenses of any consultants engaged in
     connection with the road show presentations with the prior approval of the
     Company, travel and lodging expenses of the representatives and officers of
     the Company and any such consultants, and the cost of any aircraft
     chartered in connection with the road show, and (x) all other costs and
     expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company
     hereunder for which provision is not otherwise made in this Section.  It is
     understood, however, that except as provided in this Section, Section 7
     entitled "Indemnity and Contribution", and the last paragraph of Section 9
     below, the Underwriters will pay all of their costs and expenses, including
     fees and disbursements of their counsel, stock transfer taxes payable on
     resale of any of the Shares by them, and any advertising expenses connected
     with any offers they may make.

          7.   INDEMNITY AND CONTRIBUTION.  (a)  The Company and DuPont, jointly
and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each
person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of either
Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and
against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without
limitation, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with
defending or investigating any such action or claim) caused by any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Registration Statement or any amendment thereof, any preliminary prospectus or
the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented if the Company shall have furnished
any amendments or supplements thereto), or caused by any omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or


                                       18
<PAGE>

necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities are caused by any such untrue statement
or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission based upon information
relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such
Underwriter through you expressly for use therein.

          (b)  Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify
and hold harmless the Company, the directors of the Company, the officers of the
Company who sign the Registration Statement, and DuPont, and each person, if
any, who controls the Company or DuPont within the meaning of either Section 15
of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as
the foregoing indemnity from the Company and DuPont to such Underwriter but only
with reference to information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the
Company in writing by such Underwriter through you expressly for use in the
Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any
amendments or supplements thereto.

          (c)  In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation)
shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be
sought pursuant to paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7, such person (the
"indemnified party") shall promptly notify the person against whom such
indemnity may be sought (the "indemnifying party") in writing and the
indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified
party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and
shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding.
In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its
own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense
of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified
party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the
named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include
both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both
parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential
differing interests between them.  It is understood that the indemnifying party
shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in
connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction,
be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition
to any local counsel) for (i) all Underwriters and all persons, if any, who
control any Underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the
Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and (ii) the Company, its
directors, its officers who sign the Registration Statement and each person, if


                                       19
<PAGE>

any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either such Section and that
all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred.  In the
case of any such separate firm for the Underwriters and such control persons of
the Underwriters, such firm shall be designated in writing by Morgan Stanley &
Co. Incorporated.  In the case of any such separate firm for the Company or
DuPont, and such directors, officers and control persons of the Company or
DuPont, such firm shall be designated in writing by the Company or DuPont.  The
indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding
effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if
there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to
indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason
of such settlement or judgment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at
any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to
reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated
by the second and third sentences of this paragraph, the indemnifying party
agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected
without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30
days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request and (ii)
such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed the indemnified party in
accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.  No
indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified
party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect
of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could
have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement
includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability
on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding.

          (d)  To the extent the indemnification provided for in paragraph (a)
or (b) of this Section 7 is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient
in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein,
then each indemnifying party under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such
indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by
such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the
indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the Shares
or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by
applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the
relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of
the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and of the indemnified party
or parties on the other hand in connection with


                                       20
<PAGE>

the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The
relative benefits received by the Company and DuPont on the one hand and the
Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Shares
shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds
from the offering of the Shares (before deducting expenses) received by the
Company and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the
Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the
Prospectus, bear to the aggregate Public Offering Price of the Shares.  The
relative fault of the Company and DuPont on the one hand and the Underwriters on
the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether
the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or
alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the
Company or DuPont or by the Underwriters and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission.  The Underwriters' respective obligations to contribute
pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the respective number of
Shares they have purchased hereunder, and not joint.

          (e)  The Company, DuPont and the Underwriters agree that it would not
be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined
by PRO RATA allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for
such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of
the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (d) of this Section 7.
The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses,
claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding
paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth
above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party
in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be
required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total
price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public were
offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter
has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act)
shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation.  The remedies provided for in this Section 7 are
not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be
available to any indemnified party at law or in equity.


                                       21
<PAGE>

          (f)  The indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this
Section 7 and the representations, warranties and other statements of the
Company and DuPont contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in
full force and effect regardless of (i) any termination of this Agreement, (ii)
any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any person
controlling any Underwriter, or the Company, its officers or directors or any
person controlling the Company and (iii) acceptance of and payment for any of
the Shares.

          8.   TERMINATION.  This Agreement shall be subject to termination by
notice given by you to the Company, if (a) after the execution and delivery of
this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have
been suspended or materially limited on or by, as the case may be, any of the
New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange, the National Association
of Securities Dealers, Inc., the Chicago Board of Options Exchange, the Chicago
Mercantile Exchange or the Chicago Board of Trade, (ii) trading of any
securities of the Company shall have been suspended on any exchange or in any
over-the-counter market, (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking
activities in New York shall have been declared by either Federal or New York
State authorities or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation
of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis
that, in your judgment, is material and adverse and (b) in the case of any of
the events specified in clauses (a)(i) through (iv), such event, singly or
together with any other such event, makes it, in your judgment, impracticable to
market the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

          9.   EFFECTIVENESS; DEFAULTING UNDERWRITERS.  This Agreement shall
become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.

          If, on the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may
be, any one or more of the Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Shares
that it has or they have agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, and the
aggregate number of Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters
agreed but failed or refused to purchase is not more than one-tenth of the
aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased on such date, the other
Underwriters shall be obligated severally in the proportions that the number of
Firm Shares set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I or Schedule
II bears to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of
all such non-defaulting Underwriters, or in such other proportions as you may
specify, to purchase the Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or
Underwriters agreed but failed or refused to purchase on such date; PROVIDED
that in no event shall


                                       22
<PAGE>

the number of Shares that any Underwriter has agreed to purchase pursuant to
this Agreement be increased pursuant to this Section 9 by an amount in excess of
one-ninth of such number of Shares without the written consent of such
Underwriter.  If, on the Closing Date, any Underwriter or Underwriters shall
fail or refuse to purchase Firm Shares and the aggregate number of Firm Shares
with respect to which such default occurs is more than one-tenth of the
aggregate number of Firm Shares to be purchased, and arrangements satisfactory
to you and the Company for the purchase of such Firm Shares are not made within
36 hours after such default, this Agreement shall terminate without liability on
the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company.  In any such case
either you or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date, but
in no event for longer than seven days, in order that the required changes, if
any, in the Registration Statement and in the Prospectus or in any other
documents or arrangements may be effected.  If, on the Option Closing Date, any
Underwriter or Underwriters shall fail or refuse to purchase Additional Shares
and the aggregate number of Additional Shares with respect to which such default
occurs is more than one-tenth of the aggregate number of Additional Shares to be
purchased, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall have the option to (i)
terminate their obligation hereunder to purchase Additional Shares or (ii)
purchase not less than the number of Additional Shares that such non-defaulting
Underwriters would have been obligated to purchase in the absence of such
default.  Any action taken under this paragraph shall not relieve any defaulting
Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under
this Agreement.

          If this Agreement shall be terminated by the Underwriters, or any of
them, because of any failure or refusal on the part of the Company or DuPont to
comply with the terms or to fulfill any of the conditions of this Agreement, or
if for any reason the Company or DuPont shall be unable to perform its
obligations under this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters or
such Underwriters as have so terminated this Agreement with respect to
themselves, severally, for all out-of-pocket expenses (including the fees and
disbursements of their counsel) reasonably incurred by such Underwriters in
connection with this Agreement or the offering contemplated hereunder.

          10.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be signed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the
signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.


                                       23
<PAGE>

          11.  APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

          12.  HEADINGS.  The headings of the sections of this Agreement have
been inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part
of this Agreement.


                                       24
<PAGE>

                                             Very truly yours,

                                             DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.



                                             By_________________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title:


                                             E.I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY



                                             By_________________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title:



Accepted as of the date hereof.

MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
COWEN & COMPANY
NEEDHAM & COMPANY, INC.

Acting severally on behalf of themselves
 and the several Underwriters named
 in Schedule I hereto.

By Morgan Stanley & Co.
   Incorporated


By___________________________
  Name:
  Title:


                                       25
<PAGE>

                                   Schedule I

                                  Underwriters


                                                Number of
                                               Firm Shares
      Underwriter                            To Be Purchased
      -----------                            ---------------

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Cowen & Company
Needham & Company, Inc.



                                         _______________


   Total Firm Shares ..............
                                        ===============


                                       26
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A



                           [FORM OF LOCK-UP CONTRACT]


                                                              ____________, 1996



Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
Cowen & Company
Needham & Company, Inc.
c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
    1585 Broadway
    New York, New York  10036


Dear Sirs and Mesdames:


          The undersigned understands that you, as representatives (the
"Representatives") of the several underwriters (the "Underwriters"), propose to
enter into an Underwriting Agreement with DuPont Photomasks, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company") and E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, a Delaware
corporation, providing for the public offering (the "Public Offering") by the
several Underwriters, including yourselves, of            shares (the "Shares")
of the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company (the "Common
Stock").

          In consideration of the Underwriters' agreement to purchase and make
the Public Offering of the Shares, and for other good and valuable consideration
receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that,
without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated on behalf
of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period commencing on the date
hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the prospectus relating to the
Public Offering of the Shares (the "Prospectus"), (1) offer, pledge, sell,
contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option
or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or
otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common
Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for
Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are now owned by the
undersigned or are hereafter acquired), or (2) enter into


<PAGE>

any swap or other agreement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any
of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such
transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of
Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.  In addition, the
undersigned agrees that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley &
Co. Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters, it will not, during the period
commencing on the date hereof and ending 180 days after the date of the
Prospectus, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the
registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.

                                   Very truly yours,


                                   _________________________
                                   (Name)


                                   _________________________
                                   (Address)



<PAGE>

COMMON SHARES
  PAR VALUE $.01
                                                               -----------------
                                                                     SHARES

                             DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.
                                                               -----------------
              INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE
                                                               SEE REVERSE FOR
                                                             CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
                                                             CUSIP 26613X 10 1

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THIS CERTIFIES THAT




is the owner of
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                 FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE COMMON SHARES OF

                             DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.
of the par value of $.01 per share, transferable on the books of the Corporation
by the registered owner hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon
surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate and the shares
represented hereby are subject to all the provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation and all Amendments and Supplements thereof.
     This Certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the
     Transfer Agent and Registrar. 
     WITNESS the facsimile seal of the Corporation and the facsimile signatures 
     of its duly authorized officers.

     Dated:


     /s/ J. Michael Hardinger

                                        [CORPORATE SEAL]
        Chairman of the Board and                Countersigned and Registered:
          Chief Executive Officer                 CHEMICAL MELLON SHAREHOLDER
                                                  SERVICES, L.L.C.
                                                  Transfer Agent and Registrar
                                                  By
     /s/ Van H. Leichliter

                        Secretary                           Authorized Signature
<PAGE>

The Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests
the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or
other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the
qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

     The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of
this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

     TEN COM -- as tenants in common

     TEN ENT -- as tenants by the entireties

     JT TEN  -- as joint tenants with right of
                survivorship and not as tenants in common

     UNIF GIFT MIN ACT --___________ Custodian ______________
                            (Cust)                 (Minor)
                         under Uniform Gifts to Minors
                         Act__________________
                                 (State)

     Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value Received,_________________________________ hereby sell, assign and
transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
   IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
- --------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

__________________________________________________________________________Shares
of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

_______________________________________________________________________Attorney
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with
full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated_______________________________    ________________________________________
                                             NOTICE: The signature to this
                                        assignment must correspond with the name
                                        as written upon the face of the
                                        Certificate in every particular, without
                                        alteration or enlargement or any change
                                        whatever.

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT 5



DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.
100 TEXAS AVENUE
ROUND ROCK, TEXAS  78664


                                            May 17, 1996









         RE:  DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.
              REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1

Dear Sirs:

         I have acted as counsel for DuPont Photomasks, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the preparation and filing of a
Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Act"), with respect to the proposed offering of up to 4,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, par value of $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"), and 600,000
shares of Common Stock that are the subject of an over-allotment option granted
to the Underwriters.

         I have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified
to our satisfaction, of the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the
Company, each as amended, and the proposed underwriting agreement among the
Company, and the representatives of the several Underwriters in the form filed
as Exhibit 1 to the Registration Statement (the "Underwriting Agreement") and
such other documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and
instruments as I have considered necessary or advisable for the purpose of this
opinion.  I have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to me as
originals and the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to
me as copies.  I have not independently verified such information and
assumptions.


<PAGE>

         Subject to the foregoing, and based on such examination and review, I
am of the opinion that:

     1.  The Company is a corporation organized and existing in good standing
under the laws of the State of Delaware.

     2.  The 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock proposed to be offered by the
Company, when issued and delivered upon payment therefor in accordance with the
terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, will be duly authorized,
validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

         I hereby consent (i) to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to
the Registration Statement and all amendments thereto (including any post-
effective amendments) and any subsequent registration statement filed by the
Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Act, which relates to the registration
statement and (ii) to the reference to me contained under the heading "Legal
Matters" and elsewhere in the Prospectus which forms part of the Registration 
Statement.

                                  Very truly yours,

                              /s/ Van H. Leichliter

                                  Van H. Leichliter
                             Executive Vice President and
                                   General Counsel




<PAGE>



                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.1


                    TRANSITIONAL ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT


         THIS AGREEMENT, entered into and effective as of the 1st day of
January, 1996, (the "Effective Date") by and between E. I. du Pont de Nemours
and Company, a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business at
1007 Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19898, ("DuPont") and DuPont
Photomasks, Inc., a Delaware corporation, with its principal place of business
at 100 Texas Avenue, Round Rock, Texas 78664 ("DPI"), (DPI and DuPont are at
times referred to herein individually as "Party" and collectively as "Parties");

         Subject to the terms, conditions, covenants and provisions of this
Agreement, DuPont and DPI mutually covenant and agree as follows:


                                      ARTICLE 1
                                  SERVICES PROVIDED

         1.01  TRANSITIONAL SERVICES.  During the term of this Agreement upon
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, DuPont will
provide to DPI each of those administrative and support services listed in
Exhibit A, which is attached to and made part of this Agreement, (hereinafter
referred to individually as a "Transitional Service", and collectively as the
"Transitional Services"), during the time period for each Transitional Service
set forth in Exhibit A, (hereinafter referred to as the "Time Periods" for all
of the Transitional Services, and the "Time Period" for each Transitional
Service); provided, however, that if no Time Period is set forth for a
Transitional Service in Exhibit A, then the Time Period for such Transitional
Service shall be the term of this Agreement.

         1.02  PERSONNEL.  (a)  In providing the Transitional Services, DuPont,
as it deems necessary or appropriate in its discretion, may (i) use such
personnel of DuPont or its affiliates, and (ii) employ the services of third
parties to the extent such third party services

<PAGE>

are routinely utilized to provide similar services to other DuPont businesses or
are reasonably necessary for the efficient performance of any of such
Transitional Services; provided, however, that if DPI is not satisfied with the
quality or level of such Transitional Services, DPI may notify DuPont through
its Primary Coordinator and the Parties shall promptly attempt to resolve DPI's
concerns in good faith.

         (b)  DPI agrees that it will cooperate with DuPont in the provision of
the Transitional Services.

    1.03  REPRESENTATIVES.  DuPont and DPI shall each nominate a representative
to act as the primary contact person for the provision of all of the
Transitional Services (collectively, the "Primary Coordinators").  The initial
Primary Coordinators shall be Harold Lehon for DPI and Joe Dunning for DuPont.
The initial coordinators for each specific Transitional Service shall be the
individuals named in the description of such Transitional Service in Exhibit A
(the "Service Coordinators").  If a Service Coordinator is not specified for a
Transitional Service on Exhibit A, then the Primary Coordinator shall serve as
the Service Coordinator.  DuPont and DPI shall advise each other in writing of
any change in the Primary Coordinators and any Service Coordinator.  DuPont and
DPI agree that all communications relating to the provision of the Transitional
Services shall be directed to the Primary Coordinators.


         1.04  LEVEL OF TRANSITIONAL SERVICES.   (a)  DuPont shall perform the
Transitional Services exercising the same degree of care as it exercises in
performing the same or similar services for its own account, with priority equal
to that provided to its own businesses or those of any of its affiliates,
subsidiaries or divisions.  Nothing in this Agreement shall require DuPont to
favor DPI's business over its own businesses or those of any of its affiliates,
subsidiaries or divisions.

              (b)  Unless otherwise specifically set forth in the Exhibits
attached hereto or by DuPont's prior written consent, it is the intention of the
Parties that DPI's use of any Transitional Service that DPI elects to use shall
not be higher than the level of use

                                         -2-

<PAGE>

required by DPI's business prior to the effective date of this Agreement.   In
no event shall DPI be entitled to any new service without the prior written
consent of DuPont, which consent may be withheld by DuPont for any or no reason
in its sole and absolute discretion.  In no event shall DPI be entitled to
increase its use of any of the Transitional Services above the level of use
specified in this Agreement without the prior written consent of DuPont (which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, taking into consideration the
availability of DuPont personnel and DPI's needs).

              (c)  DuPont shall not be required to provide DPI Transitional
Services other than those defined and described in this Agreement, special
studies, support for new systems design and implementation, training, or the
like or the advantage of systems, equipment, facilities, training, or
improvements procured, obtained or made after the Effective Date by DuPont,
unless upon request by DPI to DuPont's Primary Coordinator, DuPont elects to
provide such service.

              (d)  In addition to being subject to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement for the provision of the Transitional Services, DPI agrees that
the Transitional Services provided by third parties shall be subject to the
terms and conditions of any agreements between DuPont and such third parties;
provided, however, that at DPI's request to DuPont's Primary Coordinator, DuPont
will permit DPI's Primary Coordinator an opportunity to review any such third
party agreements to the extent that DuPont is permitted to do so without a
breach of its confidentiality obligations to such third parties.

         1.05  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND WARRANTY. (a)  In the absence of
gross negligence or reckless or willful misconduct on DuPont's part, and whether
or not it is negligent, DuPont shall not be liable for any claims, liabilities,
damages, losses, costs, expenses (including, but not limited to, settlements,
judgments, court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees), fines and penalties,
arising out of any actual or alleged injury, loss or damage of any nature
whatsoever in providing or failing to provide the Transitional Services to DPI.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event DuPont
commits an

                                         -3-

<PAGE>

error with respect to or incorrectly performs or fails to perform any
Transitional Service, at DPI's request, DuPont shall use the same level of
performance as set forth in Section 1.04 hereof, to correct such error, re-
perform or perform such Transitional Service; PROVIDED, that DuPont shall have
no obligation to recreate any lost or destroyed data to the extent the same
cannot be cured by the re-performance of the Transitional Service in question.

              (b)  Except for gross negligence or reckless or willful
misconduct, DuPont's liability for damages to DPI for any cause whatsoever, and
regardless of the form of action, whether in contract or in tort, including
negligence, shall be limited to the payments made hereunder for the specified
Transitional Service that allegedly caused the damage during the period which
the alleged damage was incurred by DPI.  In no event shall DuPont be liable for
any damages caused by DPI's failure to perform DPI's responsibilities hereunder.
Except as set forth in Paragraph 5.01, DuPont will not be liable to DPI for
(i) any act or omission of any other entity (other than due to a default by
DuPont in any agreement between DuPont and such other entity) furnishing any
Transitional Service or (ii) lost, altered or destroyed data in providing any
Transitional Service or for any interruption of any Transitional Services
relating to computer or telecommunications services.  If DPI suffers any loss or
damages arising out of this Agreement which was caused by the gross negligence
or reckless or willful misconduct of DuPont, DuPont's sole liability to DPI
shall be to properly perform the Transitional Service(s) in question at no
additional cost to DPI and to pay DPI for any and all direct damages suffered by
DPI.
              (c)  NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED HEREIN OR
AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE LIABLE FOR PUNITIVE,
SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY
OTHER LOSS) ARISING FROM OR RELATING TO ANY CLAIM MADE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR
REGARDING THE

                                         -4-

<PAGE>

PROVISION OF OR THE FAILURE TO PROVIDE THE TRANSITIONAL SERVICES, EVEN IF THE
OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

                   (d)  In addition to the Transitional Services, DuPont agrees
to provide those goods and services described in Exhibit A.  If DuPont will be
providing any of its other goods in connection with providing the Transitional
Services,  such goods shall be provided in accordance with the conditions of
sale set forth in Exhibit A.  EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THOSE CONDITIONS, DUPONT
MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE) REGARDING ANY
GOODS PROVIDED IN CONNECTION WITH THE TRANSITIONAL SERVICES.

    1.06  NO OBLIGATION TO CONTINUE TO USE SERVICES.  DPI shall have no
obligation to continue to use any of the Transitional Services and may eliminate
any Transitional Service from the Transitional Services that DuPont is providing
to DPI by giving DuPont at least forty-five (45) days advance written notice of
its desire to eliminate any or all Transitional Services; PROVIDED, that the
elimination of any Transitional Service can only be effective on the last day of
a calendar month.

    1.07  INFORMATION SYSTEMS.  (a)  DPI acknowledges and agrees that the terms
and conditions set forth on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto shall apply to those
Transitional Services relating to the information systems as described in
Exhibit A (the "Information System Services").

         (b)  DPI hereby agrees that neither it nor any of its employees or
agents will access or use any DuPont or third party software on DuPont systems,
other than the software and systems specifically described in Exhibit A-1.

         (c)  DPI agrees that as a condition precedent to accessing any DuPont
computer or telecommunication systems, it must execute and deliver the DuPont
"Electronic

                                         -5-

<PAGE>


Information Security Agreement Form 0004", which is attached hereto as
Schedule B to Exhibit A-1.

              (d)  DPI agrees that within twenty-two (22) months following the
effective date of this Agreement, it shall provide to DuPont, in form and
substance reasonably acceptable to DuPont, a written migration plan providing a
detailed description, including calendar milestones, of the manner in which DPI
will migrate from the Information Systems Services (including, without
limitation, DuPont's computer and telecommunications software, hardware, and
equipment systems) to DPI or third party systems prior to the expiration of the
Time Period for the provision of the Information Systems Services described in
Exhibit A-1, and a contingency plan setting forth the manner in which DPI will
provide its computer and telecommunications services, if DPI is unable to fully
implement such migration plan.

         1.08  DUPONT ACCESS.  To the extent reasonably required for DuPont
personnel to perform the Transitional Services, DPI shall provide DuPont
personnel with reasonable access to its equipment, office space, plants,
telecommunications and computer equipment and systems, and any other areas and
equipment.

         1.09  SEPARATION AND TRANSITION COSTS.  (a)  DuPont will reimburse DPI
for certain of DPI's out-of-pocket costs incurred by DPI, prior to December 31,
1997, to separate and transition from DuPont services provided pursuant to this
Agreement and to allow DPI to develop and implement separate administrative
systems from other sources (either internal or external to DPI), including but
not limited to the development and implementation of an information systems
migration plan as described in Paragraph 1.07 (the "Separation Costs").  Such
reimbursement by DuPont of Separation Costs will not exceed $1,200,0000 in the
aggregate.  DPI will submit to DuPont's Primary Coordinator a monthly invoice
describing such out-of-pocket costs.  DuPont will reimburse DPI either through a
cash payment or through a credit to be applied to the next invoice submitted to
DPI pursuant to Paragraph 2.03 hereof.


                                         -6-

<PAGE>


              (b)  Notwithstanding Exhibit A-3 with regard to Relocation
Administration Services, DuPont shall bear all costs and expenses reimbursable
pursuant to DuPont's Relocation Plan with regard to the relocation of certain
DPI employees (previously employed by DuPont) from the Wilmington, Delaware
vicinity to the Austin/Round Rock vicinity during the time period between June
30, 1995 and December 31, 1997.  DPI will submit a notice with regard to any
such relocations to DuPont's Primary Coordinator.

                                      ARTICLE 2
                                     COMPENSATION

         2.01  CONSIDERATION.  (a)  As consideration for the Transitional
Services, DPI shall pay to DuPont the price specified for each Transitional
Service as set forth in Exhibit A.  Upon the elimination of any Transitional
Service in accordance with Paragraph 1.06 above, the compensation to be paid
under this Paragraph 2.01 shall be reduced by the amount specified for such
eliminated Transitional Service.

              (b)  In addition to the payments described in subparagraph (a)
above, DPI shall reimburse to DuPont an amount equal to the sum of (i) all of
the out-of-pocket payments, if any, incurred by DuPont to obtain consents from
such third parties to permit DuPont to provide any Transitional Service to DPI
hereunder (including, without limitation, amounts paid for the right to continue
to use third party software for the benefit of DPI), plus (ii) any out-of-pocket
payments by DuPont on behalf of DPI.  Such payments will be billed to DPI in the
monthly invoice(s) described in Paragraph 2.03 below.  DuPont will notify DPI in
advance of any such payments in excess of $10,000 not otherwise described in
Exhibit A.  In the event that DuPont will be making any such disbursements of
funds on behalf of DPI pursuant to any Transitional Service, before any
disbursement will be made, DPI shall deposit funds equal to an estimated amount
of such disbursements into a bank account designated by DuPont.

                                         -7-

<PAGE>


         2.02  TAXES.  Any taxes (other than income taxes) assessed on the
provision of the Transitional Services shall be paid by DPI.

         2.03  INVOICES.  Unless otherwise provided in Exhibit A, DuPont will
submit to DPI's Primary Coordinator invoices to DPI describing (a) all
Transitional Services provided to DPI, and (b) those out-of-pocket payments
described in Paragraph 2.01(b) above incurred during such month.  Such monthly
invoices will usually be issued by the fifteenth day of the month following the
month in which services are provided.  Each invoice shall include a summary list
of the previously agreed upon Transitional Service for which there are fixed
dollar fees, together with documentation supporting each of the invoiced amounts
that are not covered by the fixed fee agreements.  The total of this list and
supporting detail will equal the invoice total, and will be provided with the
invoice.  All invoices shall be sent to DPI at the following address or to such
other address as DPI shall have specified by notice in writing to DuPont:

         DuPont Photomasks, Inc.
         100 Texas Avenue
         Round Rock, Texas  78664
         Attention:  Accounts Payable

         2.04  PAYMENT OF INVOICES.  (a) Payment of all invoices submitted
shall be made by electronic funds transmission in U.S. Dollars, without any
offset or deduction of any nature whatsoever, except if DPI gives notice to
DuPont that it has a reasonable basis for a dispute regarding a fee charged or
service provided hereunder, within thirty (30) days of the invoice date unless
otherwise specified in Exhibit A.  All payments shall be made to the account set
forth in written instructions by DuPont from time to time.

         (b)  Upon receipt of a notice of a dispute as provided in
paragraph 2.04(a), the Parties shall thereupon submit the dispute under the
procedures set forth in paragraph 6.14.  So long as both parties are negotiating
the dispute in good faith, this agreement will continue in full force and effect
but either party may terminate the service affected in the event the other party
ceases negotiating the dispute in good faith.  Otherwise, if

                                         -8-

<PAGE>

any payment is not paid when due, DuPont shall have the right, without any
liability to DPI, or anyone claiming by or through DPI, upon 10 days written
notice to cease providing the Transitional Service(s) for which payment has not
been made, which right may be exercised by DuPont in its sole and absolute
discretion, until it receives such payment; provided, that this right shall not
affect DuPont's ability to terminate this Agreement as set forth in herein.


                                      ARTICLE 3
                                   CONFIDENTIALITY

         3.01  OBLIGATION.  (a)  In addition to any obligations of
confidentiality pursuant to other agreements between the Parties, without the
prior written consent of the other Party, each Party shall hold in confidence
and not disclose to any third party (i) any confidential information received by
it from the other Party during the provision of the Transitional Services,
including, without limitation, information which is not related to the
Transitional Services, provided such information is marked confidential, or if
provided orally, such information is reduced to writing and marked as
confidential within thirty (30) days of disclosure; and (ii) the specific terms,
conditions and information contained in this Agreement and any attachment
hereto.

              (b)  Each party agrees that it shall ONLY use the confidential
information received by it from the other Party in connection with the provision
or receipt of the Transitional Services, and for no other purpose whatsoever.

              (c)  For the purposes of this Agreement, confidential information
shall not include information:

                   (i)  which is or becomes part of the public domain other
         than through breach of this Agreement or through the fault of the
         receiving Party;

                   (ii) which is or becomes available to the receiving Party
         from a source other than the disclosing Party, which source has no
         obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party in respect
         thereof;

                                         -9-

<PAGE>

                   (iii) which is required to be disclosed by law or
         governmental order;

                   (iv) the disclosure of which is mutually agreed to by the
         Parties;
                   (v)  which has been independently developed by the other
         Party without reference to the confidential information; or

                   (vi) which was known to the receiving Party prior to receipt
         of the confidential information, as shown by its prior written records
         (which for DuPont were not records of DPI's business prior to the date
         hereof).

         3.02  EFFECTIVENESS.  The foregoing obligation of confidentiality
shall be in effect during the term of this Agreement and any extensions thereof
and for a period of five (5) years after the termination or expiration of this
Agreement.

         3.03  CARE AND INADVERTENT DISCLOSURE.  With respect to any
confidential information, each Party agrees as follows:

              (a)  it shall use the same degree of care in safeguarding said
information as it uses to safeguard its own information which must be held in
confidence; and

              (b)  upon the discovery of any disclosure or unauthorized use of
said information, or upon obtaining notice of such a disclosure or use from the
other Party, it shall take all necessary actions to prevent any further
disclosure or unauthorized use, and, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 1.05
above, such other Party shall be entitled to pursue any other remedy which may
be available to it.


                                      ARTICLE 4
                                 TERM AND TERMINATION

         4.01  TERM.  This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective
Date and shall remain in force: (a) for a period of twenty-four (24) months or
(b) until DuPont's equity ownership falls below fifty (50%) (the "Initial
Period"), whichever last occurs unless (x) all of

                                         -10-

<PAGE>

the Transitional Services are eliminated by DPI in accordance with Paragraph
1.06 above, at which time this Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the
payment of all amounts then due, or (y) this Agreement is terminated under
Paragraph 4.03 or 6.11 below prior to the end of such period.

         4.02  EXTENSION.  Subject to the earlier termination of this Agreement
in accordance with Paragraph 4.03 or 6.11 below, DPI may extend each Time Period
for an additional twelve (12) months by giving DuPont at least forty-five (45)
days prior written notice prior to the end of the Time Period in question,
except that DPI may not unilaterally extend this Agreement if DuPont's equity
ownership has fallen below fifty percent (50%).

         4.03  TERMINATION.  (a)  If either Party (hereafter called the
"Defaulting Party") shall fail to perform or default in the performance of any
of its obligations under this Agreement (other than as described in subparagraph
(b) below), the other Party (hereinafter called the "Non-Defaulting Party") may
give written notice to the Defaulting Party specifying the nature of such
failure or default and stating that the Non-Defaulting Party intends to
terminate this Agreement if such failure or default is not cured within
forty-five (45) days of such written notice.  If any failure or default so
specified is not cured within such forty-five (45) day period, the Non-
Defaulting Party may elect to immediately terminate this Agreement; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that if the failure or default relates to a dispute made in good faith
by the Defaulting Party pursuant to Paragraph 6.14, the Non-Defaulting Party may
not terminate this Agreement pending the resolution of such dispute pursuant to
the completion of the mediation process provided in Paragraph 6.14.  Such
termination shall be effective upon giving a written notice of termination from
the Non-Defaulting Party to the Defaulting Party and shall be without prejudice
to any other remedy which may be available to the Non-Defaulting Party against
the Defaulting Party.

                   (b)  Either Party may immediately terminate this Agreement
by a written notice to the other without any prior notice upon the occurrence of
any of the following events:


                                         -11-

<PAGE>

                        (i)  the other Party enters into proceedings in
    bankruptcy or insolvency;

                        (ii)  the other Party shall make an assignment for
    benefit of creditors;

                        (iii)  a petition shall be filed against the other
    Party under a bankruptcy law, a corporate reorganization law, or any other
    law for relief of debtors (or similar law in purpose or effect); or

                        (iv)  the other Party enters into liquidation or
    dissolution proceedings.

         4.04  DPI'S ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPPORT SERVICES.  (a)  DPI
acknowledges that DuPont is providing the Transitional Services as an
accommodation to DPI to allow DPI a transitional period of time to obtain its
own administrative and support services.  During the term of this Agreement, DPI
agrees that, in addition to the migration plan described in Paragraph 1.07(d),
it shall take all steps necessary to obtain its own administrative and support
services prior to the expiration of the Time Period for each Transitional
Service.
                   (b)  DPI specifically agrees and acknowledges that all
obligations of DuPont to provide each Transitional Service shall immediately
cease upon the expiration of the Time Period (and any extension thereof in
accordance with Section 4.02) for such Transitional Service, and DuPont's
obligations to provide all of the Transitional Services shall immediately cease
upon the termination of this Agreement, unless extended by mutual consent.  Upon
the cessation of DuPont's obligation to provide any Transitional Service, DPI
shall immediately cease using, directly or indirectly, such Transitional Service
(including, without limitation, any and all DuPont software or third party
software provided through DuPont, telecommunications services or equipment, or
computer systems or equipment).

                   (c)  DUPONT SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY OF ANY KIND OR NATURE
WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES) TO DPI, OR


                                         -12-
<PAGE>

TO ANYONE CLAIMING BY OR THROUGH DPI, FOR DUPONT'S CEASING TO PROVIDE ANY
TRANSITIONAL SERVICE UPON THE EXPIRATION OF THE TIME PERIOD (AND ANY EXTENSION
THEREOF IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 4.02) FOR SUCH TRANSITIONAL SERVICE OR THE
TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.  DPI SHALL HOLD DUPONT HARMLESS AND WAIVES ANY
AND ALL RIGHTS, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, THAT IT MAY HAVE TO BRING ANY SUIT,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, INJUNCTIVE RELIEF, OR TO ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES,
LOSS, COSTS (INCLUDING ATTORNEY FEES), ACTIONS, OR LIABILITY AGAINST DUPONT OR
DUPONT'S EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, ASSIGNEES, SUBSIDIARIES OR AFFILIATES ARISING OUT OF
DUPONT'S CEASING TO PROVIDE ANY TRANSITIONAL SERVICE UPON THE EXPIRATION OF THE
TIME PERIOD (AND ANY EXTENSION THEREOF IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 4.02) FOR SUCH
TRANSITIONAL SERVICE OR THE TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS
TERMS.

         4.05  SURVIVAL OF CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS.  The following obligations
shall survive the termination of this Agreement:  (a) for the period set forth
therein, the obligations of each Party under Articles 3, 4 and 5, and (b)
DuPont's right to receive the compensation for the Transitional Services
provided, and reimbursement of the payments described in Paragraph 2.01 above
incurred, prior to the effective date of termination.


                                      ARTICLE 5
                                     INDEMNITIES

         5.01  INDEMNITY BY DUPONT.  Subject to the limitations set forth in
Paragraph 1.05 above, DuPont shall indemnify, defend and hold DPI harmless
against any and all claims, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, expenses
(including, but not limited to, settlements, judgments, court costs and
reasonable attorney's fees), fines and penalties arising out of any actual
injury, loss or damage of any nature whatsoever (including, without limitation,
loss of

                                         -13-

<PAGE>

or damage to property, or damage to the environment) due or relating to the
provision of or failure to provide the Transitional Services, ONLY if such
amounts are a direct result of the gross negligence or reckless or willful
misconduct of the personnel of DuPont and/or any contract personnel or third
parties who DuPont arranged to provide the Transitional Services to DPI.

         5.02  INDEMNITY BY DPI.  DPI shall indemnify, defend and hold DuPont
harmless against any and all claims, liabilities, damages losses, costs,
expenses (including, but not limited to, settlements, judgments, court costs and
reasonable attorneys' fees), fines and penalties arising out of any actual
injury, loss or damage of any nature whatsoever (including, without limitation,
loss of or damage to property, or damage to the environment) due or relating to
receiving or using the Transitional Services, only if such amounts are the
direct result of the gross negligence or reckless or willful misconduct of the
personnel of DPI and/or any contract personnel or third parties who DPI has
assigned to assist DuPont in providing the Transitional Services to DPI.

         5.03  TERM OF INDEMNITY.  The indemnities contained in this Article
shall survive for a period of five (5) years after the termination of this
Agreement for any reason.


                                      ARTICLE 6
                                    MISCELLANEOUS

         6.01  AMENDMENTS. This Agreement shall not be amended or modified
except in writing signed by the Parties.

         6.02  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNMENT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon
and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto and their respective successors
and permitted assigns.  No Party shall assign this Agreement or any rights
herein without the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent may
not be unreasonably withheld.

         6.03  MERGER.  All understandings, representations, warranties and
agreements, if any, heretofore existing between the Parties regarding the
Transitional Services are merged

                                         -14-
<PAGE>

into this Agreement, including the Schedules, Exhibits and Appendices attached
hereto, which fully and completely express the agreement of the Parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof.  The Parties have entered into this
Agreement after adequate investigation with neither Party relying upon any
statement or representation not contained in this Agreement, or the Schedules,
Exhibits and Appendices  attached hereto.

         6.04  NOTICES.  All notices, consents, requests, approvals, and other
communications provided for or required herein, and all legal process in regard
thereto, must be in writing and shall be deemed validly given, made or served,
(a) when delivered personally or sent by telecopy to the facsimile number
indicated below with a required confirmation copy sent in accordance with
subparagraph (c) below; or (b) on the next business day after delivery to a
nationally-recognized express delivery service with instructions and payment for
overnight delivery; or (c) on the third day after deposited in any depository
regularly maintained by the United States postal service, postage prepaid,
certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the
following addresses or to such other address as the Party to be notified shall
have specified to the other Party in accordance with this paragraph:

    If to DuPont:

         E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
         1007 Market Street
         Wilmington, Delaware 19898, USA
         Attention:  Associate General Counsel - M&A
         Fax Number:

    If to DPI:

         DuPont Photomasks, Inc.
         100 Texas Avenue
         Round Rock, Texas
         Attention:  Van H. Leichliter
                     Executive Vice President and General Counsel
 


                                         -15-

<PAGE>

         6.05  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the United States of America and the
State of Delaware.  This Agreement shall not be governed by the United Nations
Convention on  Contracts for the International Sale of Goods.

         6.06  HEADINGS.  The various headings used in this Agreement are for
convenience only and are not to be used in interpreting the text of the Articles
or Paragraphs in which they appear or to which they relate.

         6.07  SEVERABILITY.  Wherever possible, each provision of this
Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid
under applicable law.  If any portion of this Agreement is declared invalid for
any reason in any jurisdiction, such declaration shall have no effect upon the
remaining portions of this Agreement, which shall continue in full force and
effect as if this Agreement had been executed with the invalid portions thereof
deleted.
         6.08  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

         6.9  RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES.  Nothing expressed or implied in this
Agreement is intended or will be construed to confer upon or give any person or
entity, other than the Parties and their respective subsidiaries and affiliates,
any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement or any transaction
contemplated thereby.

         6.10  RESERVATION OF RIGHTS.  Either Party's waiver of any of its
remedies afforded hereunder or at law is without prejudice and shall not operate
to waive any other remedies which that Party shall have available to it, nor
shall such waiver operate to waive the Party's rights to any remedies due to a
future breach, whether of a similar or different nature.

         6.11  FORCE MAJEURE.  Any failure or omission by a Party in the
performance of any obligation under this Agreement shall not be deemed a breach
of this Agreement or create any liability, if the same arises from any cause or
causes beyond the control of such Party,

                                         -16-

<PAGE>

including, but not limited to, the following, which, for purposes of this
Agreement shall be regarded as beyond the control of each of the Parties hereto:
acts of God, fire, storm, flood, earthquake, governmental regulation or
direction, acts of the public enemy, war, rebellion, insurrection riot,
invasion, strike or lockout; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such Party shall resume the
performance whenever such causes are removed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
such Party cannot perform under this Agreement for a period of forty-five (45)
days due to such cause or causes, either Party may immediately terminate this
Agreement by providing written notice to the other Party.

              6.12  RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES.  It is expressly understood
and agreed that in rendering the Transitional Services hereunder, DuPont is
acting as an independent contractor and that this Agreement does not constitute
either Party as an employee, agent or other representative of the other Party
for any purpose whatsoever.  Except as set forth herein, neither Party has the
right or authority to enter into any contract, warranty, guarantee or other
undertaking in the name or for the account of the other Party, or to assume or
create any obligation or liability of any kind, express or implied, on behalf of
the other Party, or to bind the other Party in any manner whatsoever, or to hold
itself out as having any right, power or authority to create any such obligation
or liability on behalf of the other or to bind the other Party in any manner
whatsoever (except as to any actions taken by either Party at the express
written request and direction of the other Party).

              6.13  CONFLICT.  In case of conflict between the terms and
conditions of this Agreement and any Exhibit, the terms and conditions of such
Exhibit shall control and govern as it relates to the Transitional Service to
which those terms and conditions apply.

              6.14  DISPUTE.  If a dispute develops between the parties over
performance of this agreement or the interpretation of any provision herein,
such dispute shall first be referred to as the Primary Coordinators.  If they
are unable to resolve the dispute, it shall be referred progressively through
the management of both parties including, if necessary, the top management of
DuPont and DPI.  If, after thorough negotiations, the parties are unable to


                                         -17-

<PAGE>

resolve the dispute, it shall be referred to non-binding mediation, the form to
be selected by both parties and the mediation expenses to be split evenly
between the parties.  Failing mediation, either party can bring suit in
accordance with this Agreement.

         6.15 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL AND CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.  EACH PARTY
HEREBY (a) WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A JURY TRIAL IN CONNECTION
WITH ANY MATTER OR RIGHT ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR RELATING TO THE
TRANSITIONAL SERVICES, (b) CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE
OR FEDERAL COURT WITHIN THE STATE OF DELAWARE AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL
ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING UNDER OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE
TRANSITIONAL SERVICES SHALL BE LITIGATED IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND (c) WAIVES ANY
OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY HAVE BASED UPON IMPROPER VENUE OR FORUM NON CONVENIENS TO
THE CONDUCT OF ANY PROCEEDINGS IN ANY SUCH COURT.

         6.16 TEXAS DECEPTIVE TRADE PRACTICES - CONSUMER PROTECTION ACT.

              (a)  DuPont and DPI have each assessed their respective rights,
liabilities, and obligations under the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices -
Consumer Protection Act as set out in Texas Business & Commerce Code Annotated
Section 17.41 ET SEQ. (Vernon's) as interpreted by applicable case law (the
"Act").  DuPont and DPI each agree that the Act does not apply to either DuPont
or DPI because neither DuPont nor DPI qualifies as a "Consumer" under Section
17.45(4) of the Act.  However, in the event that either DuPont or DPI is found
to be a consumer under the Act, each of them waive their rights under the Act
pursuant to Section 24(b) below.  In this regard, DuPont and DPI each represent
to one another that each of them is represented by legal counsel in seeking or
acquiring the goods or services.

              (b)  WAIVER  OF  CONSUMER  RIGHTS.  EACH  OF  DUPONT  AND  DPI
WAIVES  ITS  RIGHTS  UNDER  THE  DECEPTIVE  TRADE  PRACTICES  -

                                         -18-

<PAGE>

CONSUMER  PROTECTION  ACT,  Section 17.41  ET SEQ.,  BUSINESS  &  COMMERCE
CODE,  A  LAW  THAT  GIVES  CONSUMERS  SPECIAL  RIGHTS  AND  PROTECTIONS.  EACH
OF  DUPONT  AND  DPI,  AFTER  CONSULTATION  WITH  AN  ATTORNEY  OF  ITS  OWN
SELECTION,  VOLUNTARILY  CONSENTS  TO  THIS  WAIVER.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Transitional
Services Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written.

                             E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY

                             By:  /S/ JOHN C. SARGENT
                                  ---------------------------

                             Title:    VICE PRESIDENT AND TREASURER
                                       ----------------------------

                             DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.

                             By:  /S/ DAVID S. GINO
                                  ----------------------------
                                  David S. Gino

                             Title:    EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF
                                       FINANCIAL OFFICER


                                         -19-

<PAGE>


                                        INDEX

EXHIBIT A-1   INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES

EXHIBIT A-2   FINANCE AND ACCOUNTING SERVICES:
                   -    Tax Advisory
                   -    Business Accounting and Reporting
                   -    Accounts Receivable
                   -    Accounts Payable
                   -    Consulting
                   -    Internal Auditing
                   -    Banking and Treasury Support

EXHIBIT A-3   HR SERVICES:
                   -    Reimbursement for participation in DuPont Plans
                             (1/1/96 - 6/30/96)
                   -    Compensation and Benefit Administrator
                   -    Local Pay Determination
                   -    Relocation Administration
                   -    Employee Travel Expense Reimbursement Administration
                   -    Compensation and Benefit Policy Consulting
                   -    Diversity Education Consulting
                   -    Work/Life Issues Consulting
                   -    Occupational Medicine
                   -    Employee Assistance Program Consulting
                   -    Personnel Relations Consulting
                   -    HRS Timekeeping Systems Support
                   -    Other Systems Support

EXHIBIT A-4   Legal Services

EXHIBIT A-5   Business Consulting

EXHIBIT A-6   CONSULTING SERVICES - ENGINEERING

EXHIBIT A-7   SOURCING AND PURCHASING SERVICES

EXHIBIT A-8   SAFETY SERVICES

EXHIBIT A-9   OTHER CONSULTING SERVICES - CBI


<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT A-1

                 INFORMATION SYSTEMS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES


ENTITY PROVIDING SERVICE:

         E. I. du Pont de Nemours & Company, Affiliates, and, or, Third Party
Contractors or Agents

    SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:

    Information Systems Services

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE:

    DuPont Information Systems has available a wide range of Information
Systems Services that can be leveraged by DuPont Photomask to meet their
business requirements, including a network of internal consultants as well as
information systems engineers, analysts and programmers with analytical and
technical skills in the areas of deployment of information technology.

    DuPont Photomask has chosen to leverage Information Systems Services being
provided by DuPont, that includes Computer Applications Services, Computing and
Telecommunications Services.  Services are defined and itemized in accordance
with the Price Schedules attached hereto.  Services to be provided by global
regions such as Europe and Asia Pacific will be documented on a region-by-region
basis via separate agreements.

    In addition to the terms and conditions set forth in the body of the
Transitional Administrative Services Agreement, the following terms and
conditions will apply to the provision of Information Systems Services.

1.  DuPont will provide: (a) Computer Applications Services; Computing and
Telecommunications Services, to DuPont Photomask, to support operations at
existing DuPont Photomask Business locations from the effective date of this
Agreement at the prices provided for in the attachments to this Exhibit, subject
to the terms and conditions of the Transitional Administrative Services
Agreement; (b) Network planning and consulting to assist DuPont Photomask in
defining their long-term networking needs; including planning and consultation
for the re-routing of the telecommunications connection between Danbury, CT and
Newtown, CT as a result of the pending sale of the Newtown facility by DuPont.

    1.1. The attached pricing schedules, Schedule A-1 and A-2, itemize all
Computer Applications Services, and Computing and Telecommunications Services to
be provided by


<PAGE>


DuPont, as of the effective date of this Agreement, to DuPont Photomask, subject
to the term, scope, limitations, and exclusions set forth in this Agreement.
Pricing for variable Information Systems Services such as, but not limited to
Computing and Telecommunications Services, is based on consumption.  Pricing for
these same Services will be adjusted periodically based on actual consumption as
set forth in paragraph 3 herein.  Subject to the other provisions of this
Agreement, DuPont or DuPont Photomask may modify the schedule of services, or
DuPont Photomask may decrease the level of Service(s), with forth-five (45) days
prior written notice, as long as (a) the costs to DuPont Photomasks are
substantially similar to any services modified by DuPont, (b) a decrease in the
level of Service(s) does not result in any residual cost to DuPont, or (c) if
there is any additional cost because of any modification of Service(s), such
costs will be paid by DuPont Photomask on a pro rata basis, based on the ratio
of the additional costs attributable to modifications required by DuPont
Photomasks to the use of such modification by other users as otherwise provided
in this paragraph.  New facilities or locations, or increased or new services,
that DuPont Photomask wishes to add or to have included in this Agreement will
need to be agreed to, in writing, with DuPont and may result in new fees.

    1.2. DuPont Photomask will execute, deliver and abide by the Electronic
Information Security Agreement (ELIS Form 0004E) attached to the Administrative
Services Agreement as Exhibit A-1, Schedule B.  Any exceptions to be mutually
agreed to in writing.

    1.3. DuPont Photomask, in the use of DuPont systems, will not violate any
Federal, State or other governmental statute, law, rule, regulation or
ordinance, including, but not limited to, the United States Copyright Act of
1976, as amended.  Nor shall either Party cause or place any computer viruses,
worms, Trojan horses, or other similar software programs or routines to be
loaded onto or affect any DuPont software, hardware, networking or data systems.

2.  Termination of Services - Consistent with Article 4, Paragraph 4.03 of the
Transitional Administrative Services Agreement.

3.  Pricing - In addition to any prices charged in Section 2.01(b) of the
Transitional Administrative Services Agreement, the following prices will be
charged to DuPont Photomask;

    3.1. Monthly prices are itemized in Schedules A-1 and A-2 for Computer
Applications Services, and Computing and Telecommunications Services.  One time
charges or fees may need to be paid to software vendors or contractors for use
of software packages or licenses, including charges or fees listed on Schedule
C.  These charges or fees will be invoiced directly to DuPont


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

Photomask based on the actual invoices from the vendors or contractors.
Schedule D defines the services and pricing for maintenance and support of the
CA-MANMAN application.

    3.2. Normal and customary business expenses in accordance with DuPont
expense guidelines incurred by DuPont associated with any travel to a DuPont
Photomask locations by DuPont personnel to provide any of the services
hereunder.

    3.3. The initial monthly pricing for Services set forth in this Exhibit
will be fixed, except as otherwise provided in this Exhibit, during the first
twelve (12) months after the effective date of the Agreement.  Thereafter,
pricing will be adjusted, from time to time, based on cost increases and on
actual use of Services.  DuPont will provide Company with at least forty-five
(45) days prior written notice of any such price increase and an explanation of
the rationale for any such increase with detail of cost increases necessitating
an increase in pricing for Services.

4.  Computer Application Services

    4.1. Definitions

         4.1.1.    Computer Applications Services and Computing and
Telecommunications Services means the usage of: (a) computer software used in
support of DuPont Photomask operations; (b) technical professional services
necessary to provide support for the computer software; (c) technology
platforms, network interconnects and related services necessary to operate the
applications services provided; and, (d) voice communication services.

    4.2. Scope and Limitations

         4.2.1.    DuPont will provide DuPont Photomask with the use of
Computer Application Services substantially similar to those services which were
provided to the business assets at Company's existing business locations prior
to the effective date of this Agreement DuPont reserves the right to modify the
types and levels of services, as changes are made to such applications to
reflect the needs of the DuPont business, so long as the replacement computer
application services are substantially similar to the services replaced or
modified, and agrees to provide advance notification to DuPont Photomask as
notification is presented to other DuPont businesses but at least ninety (90)
days before such modification is made.

                                         -3-

<PAGE>

         4.2.2.    DuPont reserves the right to relocate any and all of DuPont
Photomask's applications to DuPont computer systems not currently utilized to
provide such services at no additional charge to DuPont Photomask.

         4.2.3.    DuPont reserves the right to provide these services by, or
through, the use of Affiliates, Third Party Contractors or Agents, provided that
DuPont shall continue to be responsible and liable to DuPont Photomask for all
performance hereunder pursuant to the terms of the Transitional Administrative
Services Agreement.

         4.2.4.    DuPont Photomask may not install its own or any third party
software into any DuPont system without the prior written consent of DuPont,
which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.

         4.2.5.    No non-DuPont Photomask employee, performing work for DuPont
Photomask, may access or use DuPont provided Services without prior written
consent by DuPont, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld.  This shall
include, but not be limited to, DuPont Photomask Contractors, Consultants or
Agents, or Employees of entities, directly or indirectly, having an ownership
interest in DuPont Photomask.

         4.2.6.    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
in the event DuPont commits an error with respect to or incorrectly performs or
fails to perform any Service(s), at DuPont Photomask's request, DuPont will use
all reasonable commercial efforts to promptly correct such error, re-perform or
perform such Service(s).

         4.2.7.    DuPont will provide disaster recovery procedures for all
Services covered under this Agreement that are presently included in DuPont's
disaster recovery plans.

         4.2.8.    DuPont will administer all RACF and other security measures
to be applied to DuPont Photomask's computer application users.  DuPont
Photomask will have access and control of its information and data being used;
and, DuPont reserves the right to define DuPont Photomask's access level to
systems and applications to ensure that DuPont Photomask can only access DuPont
Photomask applications and data.

         4.2.9.    Availability of Computer Applications Services, provided as
part of this Agreement, will be published by DuPont and made available to DuPont
Photomask's representative promptly upon reasonable request.

                                         -4-

<PAGE>

         4.2.10.   Should DuPont Photomask elect to migrate from DuPont
systems, DuPont will provide DuPont Photomask with extracts in mutually defined
formats from existing databases and make available pre-existing system
documentation.

         4.2.11.   All forms output for all application systems covered under
this Agreement will remain as the DuPont standard forms utilized prior to the
Effective Date of this Agreement which includes, but is not limited to, checks,
invoices, shipping advices, electronic message headers, etc.

5.  Company Obligations - DuPont's obligation to provide services and DuPont
Photomask's right to receive services will be subject to the following:

    5.1. DuPont Photomask and DuPont will provide an information systems
representative to act as a single point of contact to the other with regard to
all information systems services.  This person is called the "Information
Systems Service Coordinator" whose name and contact information are:

    For DuPont Photomask:    Name:  Jill Carroll
                             Title:  Senior Systems Specialist
                             Address:  Round Rock, TX
                             Telephone:  512-244-0024 x 280

    For DuPont:              Name:  Alan M. Ingalls
                             Title:  Project Manager
                             Address:  Wilmington, DE
                             Telephone:  302-773-0808


    5.2. DuPont Photomask will be responsible for providing functionality
testing to confirm nonimpact during any applications, computer, and
telecommunication upgrades; provided that DuPont will have given DuPont
Photomask sufficient time and opportunity prior to implementation of any such
upgrades.

    5.3. DuPont Photomask will provide all equipment necessary for accessing,
inputting and receiving output from DuPont computer applications provided as
part of this Agreement at DuPont Photomask business locations.

                                         -5-

<PAGE>

    5.4. DuPont Photomask will engage in studies and forecasting as would be
normal and customary for a user in accessing and using the computers,
telecommunications and applications hereunder.

    5.5. DuPont Photomask will provide physical security for and access to any
wiring closets and PBX equipment that will reside on DuPont Photomask property
or facilities where DuPont will be providing support for said equipment.  Access
to the equipment facility will be limited to DuPont, Third Party or Affiliate
agents, and DuPont Photomask personnel performing support for the equipment
unless mutually agreed to in writing.

                                         -6-

<PAGE>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
                     SCHEDULE A-1 - COMPUTER APPLICATION SERVICES
                                REGION: UNITED STATES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Business Function DuPont Application Name            Initial Price/Mo.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manufacturing           MANMAN **                          $  9,583.00 **
Safety & Environment    SIS MSDS Safety Data Sheets,
                        DUCIS-TSCA Government Reporting,
                        CESIS, CSWIS, SARA-313             $    150.00
Finance                 ETER Travel Expense Reporting      $    125.00
Finance                 VPCS Vendor Payment                $      *
Finance                 ARCS Accounts Receivable           $      *
Finance                 GCAP Earnings & Cash FLow          $      *
Finance                 GFDB Earnings & Cash Flow          $      *
Finance                 GFDB/COGS Intercompany Transfer    $      *
Human Resources         HRS                                $      *
Human Resources         PCBS                               $      *
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        TOTAL INITIAL MONTHLY PRICE        $  9,708.00
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

*   Charges included in other Financial and HR Services charges.
**  See Schedule C

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
                SCHEDULE A-2 - COMPUTING & TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
                                REGION:  UNITED STATES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Business Function  DuPont Application Name  Initial Price/Mo.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Computing Services      IBM MVS & VM Services              $      338.00
Computing Services      DEC VAX Services                   $    7,915.00
Voice Services          DUCOM/PBX Voice Mail               $   13,650.00
Data Communications     Leased Data Lines Wide Area        $   55,175.00
Data Communications     E-Mail Interconnect Services       $      467.00
Data Communications     Electronic Data Interchange        $       --
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        TOTAL INITIAL MONTHLY PRICE        $   77,545.00
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                         -7-

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT A-1
                                                                 SCHEDULE B


                  ELECTRONIC INFORMATION SECURITY ("ELIS") AGREEMENT

THIS ELIS AGREEMENT is made as of the date set forth below by and between
E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, ("DuPont") and the undersigned company
("Company").

The Parties, for good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally
bound, hereby agree as follows:

1.  DuPont grants access to certain DuPont and DuPont affiliate networks,
computer systems, software and/or data ("Systems") as specified in DuPont ELIS
Forms -0002C or reasonable facsimile thereof to the Company under the terms and
conditions of this Agreement and to no other networks, computer systems,
software and/or data.  DuPont's grant of access to Company will be a grant of
access to the Company employees, agents, or subcontractors specifically listed,
by name ("Users"), on the ELIS Form -0002C or reasonable facsimile thereof and
agreed to by DuPont.  The Company shall be liable for the actions or omissions
of Users in accessing Systems.  Users will access and use Systems only for
legitimate business purposes in furtherance of Company's business relationship
with DuPont or its affiliates and for no other purpose and will not unreasonably
interfere with the business operations of DuPont.  Company will notify DuPont
immediately, in writing, if any User ceases to be employed by Company or no
longer requires access to Systems.  Systems availability will be under the sole
control of DuPont.

2.  Company agrees, in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to DuPont,
that Company will: (1) secure written acknowledgement by Company employees
accessing Systems that the issuing and retention of accounts and SecurID cards
(or equivalent) are at the sole discretion of DuPont; (2) train Company
employees in the proper and secure access and use of DuPont Systems; (3) secure
written agreement by Company employees that Company employees will return the
SecurID Cards (or equivalent) issued to them at the conclusion of their
authorized use of DuPont Systems or upon either Company management or DuPont
request and to follow then current DuPont ELIS guidelines and standards for
voice, data, and network security; and (4) take such actions as are necessary or
appropriate to prevent improper access to DuPont Systems or applications on
DuPont systems by Company employees. Company will work with Company employees
and DuPont Sponsors to assure that only duly authorized Company employees are
accessing appropriate DuPont Systems and applications. Company will promptly,
after the execution of this Agreement, and from time to time thereafter as
information changes, or as reasonably requested by DuPont, provide DuPont with
updated written notice of all Company employees accessing DuPont Systems.

3.  Any material breach of this Agreement by either Party will entitle the
other Party to terminate this Agreement without prejudice to its rights or
remedies available at law or in equity.  Upon termination or expiration of this
Agreement, Company will cease and will ensure that Users will cease all attempts
to access Systems.

4.  DuPont may require Company to implement certain control procedures before
DuPont grants access to Systems. The implementation of any such DuPont required
control procedures will not

<PAGE>

relieve Company from any of its obligations under this Agreement. DuPont will
have the right to audit the control procedures at Company locations upon at
least forty eight (48) hours prior written notice.

5.  Company will abide by all applicable United States Federal, State or local
laws, statutes, rules, ordinances and regulations.  This Agreement will be
governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, United States of America and the
courts within Delaware will be the only courts of competent jurisdiction.  The
United Nations Convention on the International Sales of Goods will not apply to
this Agreement.  Company will adhere to the United States Export Administration
Laws and Regulations and will not export or re-export any technical data or
products received from DuPont or the direct product of such technical data to
any proscribed country listed in the United States Export Administration
Regulations unless properly authorized by the United States Government and
DuPont.

6.  DuPont makes no warranties, express or implied, including the warranty of
fitness for a particular purpose or merchantablity, with respect to the Systems
or to the equipment provided for in Article 14.

7.  Except for information owned by Company prior to input into Systems, all
information, including data, except Company data, created or contained in
systems, including messages, is the property of DuPont or one or more third
parties ("Information").  DuPont reserves the right to access all information
and data, whether or not owned by Company, DuPont, or third parties, sent
through or stored in Systems. Company will not access or use third party
Information stored in or transmitted through Systems except upon the prior
written agreement of the Parties.

8.  For the purposes of this Agreement, the term "computer virus" shall mean
and include, but not be limited to, any undocumented or hidden functionality or
performance capability contained in software or data which is designed to
destroy, corrupt or facilitate the theft of data or software, or disable or lock
software or a computer system, or any undocumented and unauthorized method for
gaining access electronically to software or other corporate resources or data.
Subject to the terms of the Transitional Administrative Services Agreement,
Company shall be liable for all damage to or loss of computer files or programs,
disruption of use of all or any part of System or other DuPont computer systems,
or other loss or damage to DuPont, which results in whole or in part, directly
or indirectly, from the introduction of a computer virus by Users on DuPont
Systems or other DuPont computer systems or networks.

9.  No liability will result to either Party from delay in performance or from
non-performance by circumstances beyond the reasonable control of the Party who
has delayed performance or not performed.

10. DuPont reserves the right to change its ELIS policies or procedures at any
time.  Upon receipt of any such revisions from DuPont, Users will abide by the
terms of the then current policies or procedures.

11. No rights, ownership, or licenses to any copyrights, patents, trade secrets
or other intellectual property rights are granted hereunder.  In no event will
Users copy, download, modify, reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, or
create derivative works of any data, DuPont software programs, or third party
software programs licensed to DuPont except with the prior written consent of
DuPont.

                                         -2-

<PAGE>

If Company desires DuPont to operate Company software on Company's or DuPont's
computers, Company must provide a proof of a valid license for the relevant
software to be run on the applicable computers.

12. In order to implement Company's access to Systems, it may be necessary for
DuPont, at its election, to install and maintain equipment at Company locations.
DuPont will have the right to reasonable access Company locations to install,
operate, use, inspect, or remove the equipment.  DuPont will have the right to
remove the equipment upon the expiration, termination, or cancellation of this
Agreement.  The equipment will remain the property of DuPont.  Company will
immediately return the equipment to DuPont upon receipt of DuPont's written
request, provided such request does not constitute breach of this agreement.
Both parties assume all risks and liability for property damage or personal
injury that may arise from the installation, operation, or use of the equipment
as provided in the Transitional Administrative Services Agreement.  DuPont
reserves the right to file a U.C.C. financing statement or other documentation
as may be necessary to preserve DuPont's interest in and assure its right to
recover without lien or other encumbrance the equipment.

13. This Agreement is signed by the duly authorized representatives of Company
and DuPont on the date set forth below.

14. This Agreement embodies the entire understanding between DuPont and Company
and there are no contracts, agreements, understandings, conditions, warranties
or representations, oral or written, express or implied, with reference to the
subject matter hereof which are not merged herein.


E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company        Company:
                                                    -------------------------
By:                                         By:
   -----------------------------               ------------------------------
    Printed Name                                      Printed Name

   -----------------------------               ------------------------------
    Signature                                         Signature

Title:                                      Title:
      -------------------------                    --------------------------


                        Date: ------------------------------

                                         -3-

<PAGE>


                                                                EXHIBIT A-1
                                                                 SCHEDULE C

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
                                      SCHEDULE C
              COMPUTER SOFTWARE NOT PRIMARILY RELATING TO DPI TO BE USED
            BY DUPONT TO PROVIDE TRANSITIONAL INFORMATION SYSTEMS SERVICES
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Consent   Monthly
Licensor                     Application      Req?    Price     Notes
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Computer Associates     MANMAN                  Y        *
Aldrich Chemical Co.    Sigma-Aldrich MSDS      Y        *
Software AG             ADABAS                  Y        *
IBM                     RMDS                    Y        *


*  To be determined
<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT A-1
                                                                 SCHEDULE D



              1996 MANMAN APPLICATION MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT



SCOPE OF SERVICES:           SUPPORT & MAINTENANCE of CA-MANMAN system
                             including custom transactions, reports, interfaces
                             and integrated third party software.

BUSINESS/FUNCTION SUPPORTED: DuPont Photomasks Inc.

SERVICE PROVIDER:            DuPont Printing & Publishing - Information Systems

CHARGES:                     $115,000 through 12/31/96

INCLUDES:

    -    Routine system maintenance services for CA-MANMAN databases, data
         files and related MANMAN batch jobs in conjunction with computer
         operations services provided under SEPARATE AGREEMENT by DUPONT
         INFORMATION SYSTEMS, to assure availability and reliable operation of
         the application.

    -    Application support for CA-MANMAN including custom transactions,
         reports and interfaces (VPCS etc.), CA-MANMAN related batch jobs,
         CA-MANMAN database and data files.

    -    Application support of integrated third party software:  CA-DATAPORT,
         UDMS, VERTEX

    -    Annual maintenance fees for CA-MANMAN, CA-DATAPORT, UDMS and VERTEX
         software.

    DOES NOT INCLUDE:

    -    Computer operation (Datacenter) services

    -    Wide Area Network (WAN) services

    -    Increases in software maintenance fees beyond the customary annual
         increases or purchase of a new software license, if required by the
         CA-MANMAN vendor Computer Associates.

<PAGE>

ATTACHMENT:

              1996 MANMAN APPLICATION MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT AGREEMENT
                          COST BREAKDOWN AND SERVICE DETAIL

    1.0  COST BREAKDOWN

         1.1  1996 SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE COSTS*
              MANMAN Application Software   $30,000
              VERTEX Software               $ 4,200
              UDMS Software                 $ 5,800
                                            -------
                             TOTAL          $40,000

              ( *  Does not include costs to upgrade DATAPORT software to be
                   compatible with future release of MANMAN)

         1.2  RESOURCE COST                 $75,000

              1.1.1     RESOURCE DETAIL
                        It is estimated that it will take .75 to 1.0 people to
                        resolve problems, assist users, perform maintenance
                        required to insure the application is available for
                        use, and minimize risk of data loss for 6 Photomask
                        locations.
                        Total cost for .75 people is $75M.

              1.2.2     KEY ITEMS INCREASING SUPPORT & MAINTENANCE LEVELS
                        -    Using MANMAN System for cash disbursements
                             (currently in VPCS)
                        -    Use of G/L Consolidations in MANMAN
                        -    Implementation of MOM Order Entry Sys. at Kokomo
                        -    Data which requires increased systems management
                             increased  25% during 1995
                        -    Installation of 4th Photomask disk drive on
                             1/29/96

              1.2.3     KEY ITEMS DECREASING SUPPORT & MAINTENANCE LEVELS
                   -    Shutting down VPCS interface for Photomask

    2.0  MANMAN SYSTEM SUPPORT

         2.1  DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES PROVIDED:
              Resolve problems and assist site contacts with questions relating
              to the use of existing software and functionality.  Areas
              included:
              -    MANMAN application software
              -    UDMS Application Software and security
              -    Vertex Application Software
              -    MANMAN batch jobs
              -    VPCS Interface (DuPont Vendor Payment System)
              -    MANMAN databases and datafiles
              -    Management of CA/MANMAN Maintenance and other third party
                   software maintenance agreements
              -    Dataport Interface software (used for the MOMS --) MM
                   Interface

                                         -2-

<PAGE>

         2.2  SUPPORT DETAILS:

              2.2.1     MANMAN/UDMS/VERTEX/DATAPORT PROBLEMS
                        LEVEL 1 MANMAN application support is provided to end-
                        users by DuPont Photomask MANMAN Site Administrators.
                        The DuPont MANMAN Application Support Team provides
                        LEVEL 2 support to MANMAN Site Administrators, systems
                        development personnel, and/or key contacts on two
                        levels:  primary and emergency.  Primary support is
                        provided during normal hours of business 0700-1630 EST.
                        Emergency support is available after primary service
                        hours for severity 1 problems only.

                        MANMAN Site Administrators, systems development
                        personnel, and/or key contacts should call the MANMAN
                        Application Support Team at DuCom 248-5481 or (919)
                        248-5481 for primary or emergency problems.  A call-
                        back will be made within 15 minutes after receipt of
                        the call.

                        Severity Code levels:

                             1.   A "system down" or MANMAN inoperative
                                  condition that is impacting production.
                             2.   A condition impacting production for which
                                  MANMAN is, or is suspected to be, the cause.
                             3.   A question concerning MANMAN performance, or
                                  an intermittent or low-impact condition
                                  associated with MANMAN.
                             4.   A question about the use of existing MANMAN
                                  functionality.  (Answers and assistance will
                                  be supplied by vendor, where appropriate).

              2.2.2     APPLICATION SOFTWARE "BUGS" AND/OR PROBLEMS
                        When a bug (i.e., the software does not function as the
                        vendor designed it) is identified in MANMAN, UDMS, or
                        Vertex, it will be documented and follow-up done with
                        the vendor's technical staff by the MANMAN Support
                        Team.  This will insure we know exactly when the fix
                        will be done.  Responsibility for fixes will reside
                        with the vendor or creator of the problem code.

                        For severity 1 problems, the DuPont MANMAN Application
                        Support Team will communicate status and action plan
                        information to a primary site or business contact every
                        2 hours.  For severity 2 problems, similar
                        communications will occur at least once a day.  For
                        severity 3 or 4 problems, the Team will provide an
                        initial response within 5 working days.

                        The primary site/business contact should communicate to
                        the Team if they are not satisfied with the response to
                        a problem.  The Team will then escalate the problem
                        internally and through the vendor's recommended
                        procedure.

              2.2.3     FIRST LEVEL EFFECTIVENESS
                        The DuPont MANMAN Support Team will work with DPI
                        MANMAN Site Administrators during the year to enhance
                        their effectiveness.

                                         -3-

<PAGE>


    3.0  MANMAN/VERTEX/UDMS/DATAPORT SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE

         3.1  DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES PROVIDED:
              MANMAN/VERTEX/UDMS/DATAPORT Application Maintenance includes
              proactive tasks necessary to prevent problems, maintain efficient
              use of computing resources, and develop contingency plans in case
              there is a problem.

         3.2  MAINTENANCE DETAILS:

              3.2.1     VERTEX SALES TAX UPDATE
                        Each month an update of U.S. tax rates is received from
                        Vertex Inc.  On-line files are updated prior to the 1st
                        of each month, when the records become effective.

              3.2.2     BATCH JOB MAINTENANCE
                        The MANMAN Support Team will create, schedule and
                        modify database backup jobs, as well as MANMAN batch
                        jobs which execute standard MANMAN commands.  New jobs
                        will be created within 5 days of receiving the request
                        and necessary responses to prompts.  Modifications will
                        be made within 3 days of the request.

              3.2.3     DISK MANAGEMENT
                        Disk space will be managed to maximize system response
                        time and minimize risk of data loss.  This will include
                        redistribution of files, as appropriate, to maximize
                        utilization of available space.  Additional disk space
                        beyond normal, forecasted, growth (i.e., additional
                        test databases, abnormally large versions of reports,
                        etc.) must be negotiated between DuPont and DuPont
                        Photomask, Inc.

              3.2.4     RUJ AND AIJ MANAGEMENT
                        Insure recovery-unit journaling (RUJ) and after-image
                        journaling (AIJ) are maintained, for production
                        databases, using alternate devices to allow recovery in
                        the event of a disk failure or system crash.

              3.2.5     RESIZING OF DATABASES
                        Based on routine analysis, resize database (areas) that
                        have grown beyond their optimal size and could affect
                        system performance.  Downtime to perform this
                        maintenance will be by agreement between the DuPont
                        MANMAN Support Team Data Base Administrator and DPI
                        Site MANMAN Administrator based on business needs,
                        currently scheduled maintenance and availability of
                        Data Base Administrator.

              3.2.6     DATABASE VERIFICATIONS/PHYSICAL INTEGRITY
                        This will include checks for "dump" files and database
                        corruption.  In cases where a "copy" database is used,
                        for production purposes, verification will be done
                        against that database, rather than the primary
                        (production) database.  This will allow a more thorough
                        check and less impact on users.

                        The Team will look for DBMS "dump" files against each
                        production database once a day and will run DBMS verify
                        procedures against each production database once/month.


                                         -4-

<PAGE>

              3.2.7     DATABASE ARCHIVE MANAGEMENT
                        Working with the DPI Site MANMAN Administrator, DPI
                        Finance, DuPont Finance and the DuPont MANMAN Support
                        Team will develop a schedule to archive historical data
                        from the on-line database to either disk storage files
                        or magnetic tape.  The length of time data will be
                        available on-line will be determined by business need,
                        system performance and cost (disk space, etc.).  The
                        DuPont MANMAN Support Team will create, run, and
                        maintain jobs to perform archives.  Responsibility to
                        communicate/schedule required downtime with the
                        affected (functional) areas will be that of the DPI
                        Site MANMAN Administrator.

              3.2.8     CONTINGENCY PLANNING
                        Responsibility for development and testing of
                        contingency plans, in the case of a
                        disruption/disaster, will be shared between DuPont and
                        DuPont Photomask, Inc.

              3.2.9     PLANNING AND INSTALLATION OF MANMAN APPLICATION
                        SOFTWARE
                        Interim and major upgrades will be done following the
                        "MANMAN Application Software Upgrade Procedure".  A
                        schedule will be published to Site MANMAN
                        Administrators with at least one month lead time before
                        a planned upgrade to MANMAN-related software.  All
                        commercial software upgrades will be installed first in
                        a test environment.  Site MANMAN Administrators are
                        expected to help with pre-production acceptance testing
                        of these upgrades.

                                         -5-

<PAGE>



                                                                EXHIBIT A-2

                         E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY
                                         AND
                               DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.


                               SERVICE AGREEMENT DETAIL


ENTITY PROVIDING SERVICE:         DuPont Finance

SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:           DPI and Subsidiary Tax Preparation and Filing
                                       Tax Planning and Guidance

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE:

    -    Preparation and filing of Federal, State and local income, excise,
         payroll, property, VAT, and miscellaneous tax returns for DPI, DPI
         Subsidiaries, joint ventures, affiliates and partnerships.

    -    Worldwide Tax Planning and Guidance.

    -    Assist in the establishment of tax policies.

    -    Represent DPI opposite, Federal, State and local government tax
         authorities.


PRICE OF SERVICE:

    -    Year 1 -- $228,000

    -    Year 2 -- $239,400



DUPONT SERVICE COORDINATOR:  Noah Schreiber


<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT A-2

                         E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY
                                         AND
                               DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.


ENTITY PROVIDING SERVICE:    DuPont Business Accounting & Reporting


SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Preparation and reporting of sales and earnings
                             data Preparation and reporting of
                             investment/cashflow data
                             Preparation and reporting of taxes (S&U, WFS, R&D
                             & Income)
                             Reconciliation for:
                                  Accounts Payable
                                  Master Note (G/L 1170)
                                  DuPont Services (G/L 8157)
                                  Bank and Cash Activities
                                  Inventory Reconciliations


DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE:

    1.   Sales and Earnings Reporting
         This service includes:

              A)   Preparing monthly sales estimate for all domestic sites
                   including shipments of semi-finished & finished products to
                   all regions (domestic & foreign) for outside sales and
                   transfers to be reported in GCAP.

              B)   Monthly closing of Photomasks' books for all domestic sites
                   on MANMAN for sales and earnings reportings in GCAP.

         Sales and earnings preparation and reporting service is contingent on
         Photomasks' continuous use of the MANMAN system.

    2.   Investment and Cashflow Reporting
         This service includes:

              A)   Preparing and reporting Photomasks' investment and cashflow
                   data for GCAP purposes.

         Investment and cashflow preparation and reporting service is
         contingent on Photomasks' continuous use of the MANMAN system.


<PAGE>

3.  Tax Reporting
    This service includes:

         A)   Calculating and reporting monthly sales and use taxes.

         B)   Calculating and reporting yearly income, R&D and WFS taxes.

    This service is contingent on Photomasks' continuous use of the MANMAN
    system.

4.  Reconciliations
    This service includes:

    A)   Reconciling the difference between what DuPont charged and what
         Photomasks posted.  This reconciliation is contingent upon Photomasks'
         continuing to sue DuPont's A/P system.

    B)   Master note reconciliation consists of keeping track of how much
         Photomasks borrows from and repays to DuPont.  This reconciliation is
         contingent on Photomasks' retaining G/L 1170.

    C)   Monthly reconciliation of amount payable to DuPont (all DuPont
         services billed to G/L 8157) based on how much DuPont charges
         Photomasks for their services against what Photomasks is reporting on
         their books.  This service is contingent upon Photomasks' maintaining
         G/L 8157 and accounts in G/L 8645 and 8151.

    D)   Reconciling Photomasks cash account to Mellon Bank statement.  This
         service is contingent on Photomasks' continuous use of the MANMAN
         system.

    E)   Reconciling Photomasks' inventory consisting of reviewing what
         Pellicles and Blanks products have been sent to Mask shops versus what
         products the Mask shops show received.  Any differences require a
         manual adjustment to be made in MANMAN systems only.  This service is
         contingent on Photomasks' maintaining the MANMAN system.


    PRICE OF SERVICE:  $243,000 per year

                                         -2-

<PAGE>


                                                                EXHIBIT A-2

                         E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY
                                         AND
                               DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.


ENTITY PROVIDING SERVICE:    DuPont Business Accounting & Reporting

SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Accounts Receivable

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE:

    1.   Daily application of foreign and domestic customer remittances,
         received by international wire transfer and by lockbox bank, to open
         invoices.

    2.   Daily accounting and reconciliation of cash collections received from
         wire transfers and lockbox.

    3.   Monthly accounting and reportings of accounts receivable balances.

    4.   Generate and mail inter-company monthly customer statements.

    5.   Issue international wire transfers.

    6.   Issue credit reference inquiries.

    7.   Back-up to issue credit memos and miscellaneous invoices.


CONDITIONS FOR PROVISION OF SERVICE:

    1.   Continued use of existing DuPont Photomasks MANMAN (OMAR) system.

    2.   Customer remittances to be submitted to a designated lockbox account.

    3.   Business to provide and maintain correct customer ship-to and bill-to
         name and address records.

    4.   Continued use of existing DuPont PROFS or E-mail system.


<PAGE>

SERVICES NOT TO BE PROVIDED:

    1.   Analysis of customer credit risk.

    2.   Resolution of customer disputes and payment discrepancies.

    3.   Collection of open accounts receivable balances.

    4.   Customer aging reports.

    5.   Generating or mailing customer invoices and statements.


PRICE OF SERVICE:  $121,500 per year



                                         -2-

<PAGE>


                                                                EXHIBIT A-2

                         E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY
                                         AND
                               DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.


ENTITY PROVIDING SERVICE:    DuPont Business Accounting & Reporting

SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Accounts Payable

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE:

    1.   Payment of trade debt including invoice verification of goods/services
         received, price, quantity and terms.

    2.   Maintenance of vendor master file data for active vendors.

    3.   Issuance of checks or processing of payments via EFT or bank wires to
         vendors.

    4.   Distribution of disbursement amounts to appropriate capital and/or
         cost accounts.

    5.   Processing and accounting for vendor credits and escheatments.

    6.   Handling of vendor inquiries.

    7.   Monthly performance reporting by site, purchase order prefix and
         vendor of transaction volume, verification errors, and late payments.

    8.   1099 Reporting.


CONDITIONS FOR PROVISION OF SERVICE:

    1.   Continued use of existing DuPont procurement systems, payable
         practices, access to purchase order sand receiving documents in
         hardcopy or electronic form, and continued use of DuPont accounting
         systems.

    2.   Business operations to provide:

              A)   All data necessary to establish and maintain vendor records,
                   including payment instructions by either check or EFT and
                   bank wires.

              B)   Assistance in resolving source document errors and
                   discrepancies identified in verification process.

    3.   Reimbursement of all disbursements prior to release of checks or EFT
         transmission.


<PAGE>


SERVICES NOT TO BE PROVIDED:

    1.   Cash Management.

    2.   Management of procurements made via ProCard.

    3.   Forecasts of disbursements.


PRICE OF SERVICE:  $243,000 per year


                                         -2-

<PAGE>


                                                                EXHIBIT A-2

                         E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY
                                         AND
                               DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.


                               SERVICE AGREEMENT DETAIL


ENTITY PROVIDING SERVICE:    DuPont Corporate Accounting


SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Consulting


LENGTH OF SERVICE AGREEMENT: 4 months beginning May 27, 1996


DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE:

    -    General consulting with regard to: (a) separation and transition from
         existing DuPont accounting system and (b) preparation of SEC reports
         and filings within the business, to include travel and administrative
         support.


PRICE OF SERVICE:

    -    Costs of the above service will be $9,000 monthly.


<PAGE>


                                                                EXHIBIT A-2

                         E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY
                                         AND
                       DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC., & SUBSIDIARIES


                               SERVICE AGREEMENT DETAIL


ENTITY PROVIDING SERVICE:    DuPont Finance


SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Internal Auditing


DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE:

    -    Planning and conducting periodic internal audits of DPI's


PRICE OF SERVICE:

    $50,000 per year

<PAGE>


                                                                EXHIBIT A-2

                         E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY
                                         AND
                       DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC., & SUBSIDIARIES


                               SERVICE AGREEMENT DETAIL


ENTITY PROVIDING SERVICE:    DuPont Finance


SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Internal Auditing


DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE:

    -    Planning and conducting periodic internal audits of DPI's



PRICE OF SERVICE:

    $50,000 per year



<PAGE>


                                                                EXHIBIT A-2

                         E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY
                                         AND
                       DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC., & SUBSIDIARIES


                               SERVICE AGREEMENT DETAIL


ENTITY PROVIDING SERVICE:    DuPont Treasury & Banking


SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Banking and Treasury Support


DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE:

    -    Electronic wire transfers.

    -    Cash management and banking.

    -    Lock box services administration.

    -    Assistance in loan negotiations, and money market and foreign exchange
         transactions.


PRICE OF SERVICE:

    $25,000 per year


<PAGE>


                                                                EXHIBIT A-3





                                1996 SERVICE AGREEMENT




                                    FOR PHOTOMASK






                                     HR SERVICES


<PAGE>


                                                                EXHIBIT A-3



                                REIMBURSEMENT OF COSTS

         DPI employees will continue to participate in and be covered by
DuPont's benefit and pension plans from January 1, 1996 to June 30, 1996.
During this period DuPont will bill DPI the actual cost of these benefits and
DPI agrees to reimburse DuPont for the actual cost of the benefits received by
DPI's employees.

<PAGE>


                                  HR SERVICE COMPANY
                               PROVIDER OF HR SERVICES



                            PHOTO MASK  SERVICE AGREEMENT


SERVICE PROVIDER:            DuPont Human Resources Service Company

SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Compensation and Benefits Administration

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

    1.   Administration and Delivery of Compensation

         -    Delivery, recordkeeping, accounting, counsel, and related
              training for:
              -    Salary/Wage
              -    Variable Compensation
              -    Awards
              -    Special Compensation
              -    Salary Forecasting

         -    Payroll Tax Reporting to Government
         -    Financial and Accounting Controls
         -    Internal Cost Distribution

    2.   Administration and Delivery of Benefits

         -    Benefits counseling and consulting services
         -    Administer flexible benefits package (Beneflex), including annual
              enrollment
         -    Administer benefit changes, information requests and interface
              with third party suppliers/insurance carriers/vendors
         -    Coordinate integration with compensation system
         -    Financial and accounting controls, ensuring regulatory compliance
              and meeting reporting requirements

    3.   Maintenance of HR data base in order to support compensation and
         benefits services and other personnel reports and systems.

    4.   Use of software systems, data bases, and systems support required to
         provide the above services.

    5.   Administrative fees paid to Medical and Benefits providers (Cigna,
         Aetna, Merrill Lynch) will be charged to Photo Mask in 1996 as part of
         HR's total leveraged services, based on Photo Mask headcount.
                                       

<PAGE>


COST OF SERVICE:

Total Services as described above:

                   $21,250 Per Month

Administrative Fees paid to providers:

                   $22,365 Per Month

COST OF ADMINISTERING SUPPLEMENTAL COMPENSATION & BENEFIT PLANS

    -    Photo Mask Founders Shares
    -    Long-Term Incentive Plan
    -    Accomplishment Awards

We are unsure at this point of the administrative effort involved, but we feel
it will be minimal.  If we find that there is significant effort involved (more
than 8 hours at one time), we will use the rate schedules as outlined on the
final page of the agreements.


DUPONT SERVICE COORDINATOR:            John Jackson, HRSC

<PAGE>

                               -----------------------
                                  HR SERVICE COMPANY
                               PROVIDER OF HR SERVICES
                               ------------------------


                            PHOTO MASK  SERVICE AGREEMENT



SERVICE PROVIDER:            DuPont Human Resources Service Company

SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Local Pay Determination (LPD)

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

    -    To assist and counsel sites on local pay methodology

         Specific services include:

         -    Survey development and analysis
         -    Conducting local pay surveys
         -    Preparation of survey results
         -    Consulting on local pay decisions

         This service can range from occasional consultations to performing the
         entire task for the plant site.


COST OF SERVICE:

    LPD Professional    -    $350 Per Day

    LPD Consultant      -    $600 Per Day

    Systems Cost        -    $100 Per Annual Adjustment


DUPONT SERVICE COORDINATOR:            John Jackson, HRSC

<PAGE>

                              --------------------------
                                  HR SERVICE COMPANY
                               PROVIDER OF HR SERVICES
                              --------------------------


                            PHOTO MASK  SERVICE AGREEMENT



SERVICE PROVIDER:            DuPont Human Resources Service Company

SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Relocation Administration Services

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

    -    Full Domestic Relocation Administration and Assistance

         -    Counseling of employees
         -    Processing of relocation reimbursements and payments
         -    Monitoring of activity/cost and payments through system-based
              processes
         -    Relocation policy development and consultation
         -    Home takeover assistance


COST OF SERVICE:

                   $1,300 Per Relocation

                   $2,000 Per International Relocation


COST OF SERVICE WITHOUT HOME TAKEOVER:

                   $500 Per Relocation


DUPONT SERVICE COORDINATOR:            John Jackson, HRSC




<PAGE>


                              --------------------------
                                  HR SERVICE COMPANY
                               PROVIDER OF HR SERVICES
                              --------------------------


                            PHOTO MASK  SERVICE AGREEMENT



SERVICE PROVIDER:            DuPont Human Resources Service Company

SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Administration of Employee Travel Expense
                             Reimbursement

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

    -    Administer the Employee Travel Expense Reimbursement System (ETER)

         -    Answer questions of employees
         -    Enter non-electronic travel expense
         -    Coordinate approval and reimbursement process
         -    Maintain relationship with outside supplies


COST OF SERVICE:

                   $1.5M Per Month
If less than 70% of travel expense reports are entered electronically,
additional charge of $7 per manual report.


DUPONT SERVICE COORDINATOR:            John Jackson, HRSC

<PAGE>


                             ---------------------------
                                  HR SERVICE COMPANY
                               PROVIDER OF HR SERVICES
                             ---------------------------


                             PHOTO MASK SERVICE AGREEMENT



SERVICE PROVIDER:            DuPont Human Resources

SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Compensation and Benefits Policy & Design

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

    -    Policy and design of compensation and benefit plans

    -    Benchmarking benefits and compensation with other companies to ensure
         competitiveness

    -    Design of variable compensation programs

    -    Studies of compensation and benefit programs and policies


COST OF SERVICE:

    Consultant     -    $800 Per Day

    Support Person -    $200 Per Day


DUPONT SERVICE COORDINATOR:            John Jackson, HRSC


<PAGE>

                               ------------------------
                                  HR SERVICE COMPANY
                               PROVIDER OF HR SERVICES
                              -------------------------


                            PHOTO MASK  SERVICE AGREEMENT



SERVICE PROVIDER:                 DuPont Human Resources

SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:           Diversity Education

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

    -    Design and policy concerning diversity goals and recommendations

    -    Consultation on diversity issues and diversity educational offerings


COST OF SERVICE:

    Consultant     -    $800 Per Day
    Support Person -    $200 Per Day


DUPONT SERVICE COORDINATOR:            John Jackson, HRSC

<PAGE>


                              --------------------------
                                  HR SERVICE COMPANY
                               PROVIDER OF HR SERVICES
                             ---------------------------


                            PHOTO MASK  SERVICE AGREEMENT



SERVICE PROVIDER:            DuPont Human Resources

SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Work/Life Issues

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

    -    Design and policy concerning work/life issues

    -    Consultation on work/life issues, including

    -    Family Leave
    -    Just-In-Time Care
    -    Child and Elder Care Referral Services
    -    School Search
    -    Other work/life programs


COST OF SERVICE:

              $2,500 Per Month


DUPONT SERVICE COORDINATOR:            John Jackson, HRSC


<PAGE>

                             ---------------------------
                                  HR SERVICE COMPANY
                               PROVIDER OF HR SERVICES
                             ----------------------------


                             PHOTO MASK SERVICE AGREEMENT



SERVICE PROVIDER:            DuPont Human Resources
                             Integrated Health Care

SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Occupational Medicine Consulting

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

    -    Occupational Health and Medicine consulting services


COST OF SERVICE:

                        $2,500 Per Month


DUPONT SERVICE COORDINATOR:            John Jackson, HRSC


                           --------------------------------
                                  HR SERVICE COMPANY
                               PROVIDER OF HR SERVICES
                           --------------------------------

                            PHOTO MASK  SERVICE AGREEMENT

SERVICE PROVIDER:                 DuPont Human Resources
                                  Integrated Health Care

SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:           Employee Assistance Program

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

    -    A network of internal consultants and external health care and service
         providers who deal with a wide range of personal employee and
         dependent concerns.  Primary focus is on the chemical dependence and
         mental health problems that contribute to escalating costs and detract
         from productivity.

         EAP professionals provide the objectivity needed to monitor routinely
         the health of organizations, enabling early identification of elements
         that detract from business objectives.  They do not replace the
         Employee Relations function on site but rather partner with them in
         achieving the common goal of the healthy organization.

SPECIFIC SERVICES INCLUDE:

    -    Assessment of the problem, referral to the appropriate service
         provider, and follow-up
    -    Crisis intervention, 24 hours a day, 365 days a year
    -    Counseling employees concerning work place problems
    -    Counseling management in handling problem employees
    -    Counseling management of organizations with unusual and immediate
         concerns
    -    Mental health and substance abuse education
    -    Managed care services including a preferred provider network
    -    Intensive case management that involves managing both the clinical and
         financial aspects of any situation


COST OF SERVICE:
                   $7,000 Per Month

This includes the operating cost of the internal EAP organization.  It does not
include claims cost or charges from VBH - our EAP administrator.


DUPONT SERVICE COORDINATOR:            John Jackson, HRSC

<PAGE>


                             ----------------------------
                                  HR SERVICE COMPANY
                               PROVIDER OF HR SERVICES
                             ----------------------------


                            PHOTO MASK  SERVICE AGREEMENT



SERVICE PROVIDER:            DuPont Human Resources

SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Personnel Relations

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

    -    Consultation services with business around issues of:
         -    Union-Labor negotiations
         -    Compliance with regulations
         -    Third-party interventions
         -    Improving practices
         -    Consistent treatment of employees
         -    Employee surveys


COST OF SERVICE:

    Consultant     -    $800 Per Day

    Support Person -    $200 Per Day


DUPONT SERVICE COORDINATOR:            John Jackson, HRSC



<PAGE>

                             ----------------------------
                                  HR SERVICE COMPANY
                               PROVIDER OF HR SERVICES
                             ---------------------------


                            PHOTO MASK  SERVICE AGREEMENT



SERVICE PROVIDER:            DuPont Human Resources Service Company

SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      HRS Timekeeping Systems Support

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

    -    Support the timekeeping system (HRS) used by Photo Mask to feed
         information to Pay-U.S.  Also contains plant personnel information.


COST OF SERVICE:

                   $4,100 Per Month


DUPONT SERVICE COORDINATOR:            John Jackson, HRSC

<PAGE>

                          ---------------------------------
                                  HR SERVICE COMPANY
                               PROVIDER OF HR SERVICES
                          ---------------------------------


                            PHOTO MASK  SERVICE AGREEMENT



SERVICE PROVIDER:            DuPont Human Resources Service Company

SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      One-Time Changes to our Leveraged  Processes and
                             Systems

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES:

    -    Changes are necessary to provide full compensation and benefits
         administrative services to Photo Mask effective 1/1/96.  When
         significant effort is undertaken to make specific changes or to
         fulfill specific requests in the future, there will be charges.


COST OF SERVICE:

    -    The cost of these services will be based on the following schedule:

         -    Office & Clerical Support     -    $200 Per Day
         -    Exempt Professional           -    $500 Per Day
         -    (Analyst, Programmer, Account)
         -    Consultant/Manager            -    $800 Per Day

Any charges that are received from a current service provider will be passed
through to Photo Mask.

         -    Significant systems charges will be billed to Photo Masks.


DUPONT SERVICE COORDINATOR:            John Jackson, HRSC

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT A-4

                         E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY
                                         AND
                               DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.


                               SERVICE AGREEMENT DETAIL


ENTITY PROVIDING SERVICE:         DuPont Legal


SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:           Consulting with regard to patent,
                                  environmental OSHA and human resource legal
                                  matters


LENGTH OF SERVICE AGREEMENT:      Six months beginning June 30, 1996


PRICE OF SERVICE:

    $140 per hour plus out-of-pocket expenses


DUPONT SERVICE COORDINATOR:  T. F. Killheffer

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT A-5

                         E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY
                                         AND
                               DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.


                               SERVICE AGREEMENT DETAIL


ENTITY PROVIDING SERVICE:    DuPont Electronic Materials Business ("ELM")


SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Consulting


LENGTH OF SERVICE AGREEMENT: 18 months beginning July 1, 1996


DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE:

    Consulting by H. K. Mueller in the area of:

    -    Strategic planning.
    -    New JV and partnership formation and relationships
    -    Relationship and partnership with DNP.
    -    China JV and project
    -    Technology initiatives, e.g., greater polishing, greater sourcing,
         cooperative R&D projects
    -    DuPont CR&D support of DPI.


PRICE OF SERVICE:

    -    Assuming an average of 50% of H. K. Mueller's time the price for the
         service will be $13,000 monthly, plus out-of-pocket expenses including
         travel.



DUPONT SERVICE COORDINATOR:  Bill Healy, DuPont ELM


<PAGE>


                                                                EXHIBIT A-6


                          AGREEMENT FOR CONSULTING SERVICES

    This Agreement is by and between DuPont Photomasks, Inc. ("Photomasks") and
DuPont Corporation ("DuPont").  Louis A. Parisi ("Parisi"), a DuPont employee,
is signatory to this Agreement, accepting to be bound by all the provisions
hereof which address Parisi's rights and obligations hereunder.  This Agreement
is effective as of March 1, 1996, or the day that the IPO process is complete
and DuPont Photomasks, Inc. is formed.

    WHEREAS, DuPont employs personnel with expertise in the following areas:
manufacturing processes, equipment, manufacturing of powder products, facility
design and construction, and

    WHEREAS, Photomasks wishes to utilize the services of DuPont to provide
expertise in the areas described above, and further wishes to engage DuPont as
its consultant for this purpose with the understanding that DuPont will assign
Parisi to perform the consulting services requested, and

    WHEREAS, DuPont desires to provide the consulting services requested by
Photomasks by assigning Parisi to work at Photomasks' Poughkeepsie, New York,
site to assist Photomasks as Photomasks may advise, and

    NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the services to be provided by DuPont
(via its employee, Parisi), and the payments to be made by Photomasks, as
described below, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

    1.   As requested by Photomasks, DuPont shall provide consulting services
to Photomasks, in such fields as process technology and equipment used
therefore, process control systems, and new product characteristics and
development, at Photomasks' Poughkeepsie location, by providing the full-time
services of one person employed by DuPont, to be designed by Photomasks and
agreed to by DuPont.

    2.   Until such time as Photomasks may terminate this Agreement, in
accordance with Section 15 below, or may designate its desire to select another
DuPont person, Photomasks designates Parisi as the DuPont person to provide the
services described in Section 1 above.

    3.   Parisi shall at all times be employed by DuPont, and not by
Photomasks,  However, Parisi's obligations with respect to assignment of
inventions as set forth in paragraph 2 of his Employee Agreement with DuPont
shall cease to be incurred as of the effective date of this Agreement; provided,
however, that any obligation arising from paragraph 2 prior to the effective
date of this Agreement shall continue in force.  The obligation of paragraph 1
of Parisi's Employment Agreement shall continue in force and shall continue to
be incurred, after the effective date of this Agreement.  Also, Parisi's
obligations as set forth in paragraph 3 with respect to returning DuPont
confidential materials shall

<PAGE>


commence as of the effective date of this Agreement.  DuPont shall be
responsible for all costs and expenses associated with Parisi's employment,
including, but not limited to, salary, benefits (including health and pension
benefits); employer liability for state, federal and local taxes, including
social security withholding; and professional, personal and other insurance.

    4.   Parisi shall abide by all policies and practices of Photomasks, as may
be effective from time to time during the term of this Agreement.

    5.   DuPont will work with Photomasks to be jointly responsible for
providing Parisi with performance appraisals.  DuPont will be responsible for
Parisi's career planning as per DuPont policy and any particular agreements
DuPont may have with Parisi.

    6.   In consideration for DuPont's providing Photomasks with the services
of a designated person, as described above, who, until further notice from
Photomasks, shall be Parisi, Photomasks agrees to pay DuPont the total sum of
$25,350 per each full consecutive three-month period during which Parisi
provides full-time consulting services at Photomasks' Poughkeepsie plant, per
Photomasks' request.  Payment shall be made by Photomasks within thirty days of
Photomasks' receipt of invoice from DuPont, and shall be made to the address
designated by DuPont.  DuPont shall bill Photomasks quarterly, in arrears.  The
payment described in this Section 6 shall constitute the total amount of
remuneration due from Photomasks to DuPont under this Agreement, and under no
circumstances shall Photomasks have any obligation to pay any consideration,
remuneration or indemnity to Parisi.

    7.   Parisi agrees and acknowledges that he may be exposed to Photomasks'
confidential information (hereinafter referred to as "Information") concerning
know-how, trade secrets, and inventions relating to processes and equipment for
producing Photomasks' products or processes and business information relating to
development plans, customers, pricing, business interests, and commercial
operations.  Parisi agrees that he shall not disclose the Information to anyone
other than Photomasks' employees with whom he may be associated in carrying out
the consulting work to be performed hereunder for Photomasks, without first
obtaining Photomasks' prior written consent to make such disclosure.  Parisi
agrees that he shall not use, other than to perform the consulting services
requested by Photomasks hereunder, any Information which he may acquire, obtain
or observe in connection with providing the consulting services contemplated by
this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Parisi shall not have any
obligation of confidence or restricted use with respect to information which:

         (a)  is in the public domain, or becomes part of the public domain
through no act or omission by Parisi.  (Information shall not be deemed to be in
the public domain merely because individual elements thereof are separately
found in the public domain);
         (b)  was known to Parisi prior to disclosure by Photomasks, as
evidenced by competent written proof;
         (c)  which is disclosed to Parisi by a third party having the right to
make such disclosures, and which Parisi is free to disclose to others without
breach of any agreement or undertaking of confidence; or


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

         (d)  which is released from its confidential status by the prior
written consent of Photomasks.

    8.   All records and copies of records concerning Photomasks' operations,
investigations and/or business, made or received by Parisi, are and shall be
Photomasks' property exclusively, and Parisi shall keep the same at all times in
Parisi's custody or as directed by Photomasks, and subject at all times to
Photomasks' control and will surrender the same to Photomasks upon termination
of this Agreement or Photomasks' request, whichever is earlier.

    9.   If the work performed by Parisi for Photomasks shall result in the
development of any inventions (hereinafter referred to as "Inventions"), whether
or not patentable, in processes, products, apparatus, or formulations, or in the
development of any trade secrets, or in the compilation of any data and/or
information, or in the development of any copyrightable materials, (hereinafter
referred to as "Inventions"), such Inventions shall be the exclusive property of
Photomasks.

    10.  Parisi shall:

         (a)  disclose to Photomasks promptly in writing all Inventions,
whether conceived or reduced to practice, in connection with his service
hereunder;
         (b)  make, at the sole option of Photomasks and at Photomasks' expense
such applications for United States and foreign patents covering such Inventions
as Photomasks by request:
         (c)  assign to Photomasks Parisi's entire right, title and interest in
and to all such Inventions, applications and patents;
         (d)  execute, acknowledge, and deliver such papers, and do such other
rightful acts, as Photomasks may consider necessary to secure to, and maintain
for, Photomasks the fullest rights to said Inventions, applications and patents;
and
         (e)  at Photomasks' request and expense provide all reasonable
assistance and cooperation to Photomasks in the enforcement of said patents.

    With respect to (d) and (e) above, DuPont shall also provide reasonable
assistance and cooperation to Photomasks as necessary.

    11.  Photomasks and DuPont hereby agree and acknowledge that neither of
them desires to receive the other's confidential and proprietary information,
and all parties agree that Parisi shall not disclose to Photomasks any DuPont
confidential information which Parisi may possess or acquire, nor shall Parisi
disclose to DuPont any Photomasks confidential information which he may possess
or acquire.

    12.  Photomasks, DuPont and Parisi each warrant that except as otherwise
disclosed in this Agreement, each has no obligations in conflict with any of the
provisions hereof.  Photomasks, DuPont and Parisi each agree not to assume
obligations to third parties in conflict with any of the provisions hereof.

                                         -3-
<PAGE>

    13.  It is understood that Parisi will act independently in the performance
of the consulting services contemplated hereby for Photomasks, that he is not
engaged as an employee of Photomasks, that neither Parisi nor DuPont is
appointed an agent for Photomasks for any purpose, and that neither Parisi nor
DuPont has authority to bind Photomasks to any agreement.

    14.  Photomasks and DuPont fully and completely release each other, and
each other's respective officers, employees, and independent contractors from
any and all liability related to Parisi's presence on any property owned, leased
or otherwise possessed by Photomasks, or Parisi's use of tools, equipment or
other implements in the performance of services hereunder, or Parisi's conduct
pursuant to this Agreement.  In the event that a third party, other than Parisi,
makes any claims against Photomasks and/or DuPont, based upon Parisi's conduct
and performance of services hereunder, then Photomasks and/or DuPont shall be
liable therefore, and shall indemnify each other, in proportion to their
relative fault.  Any claims by Parisi with respect to his conduct and
performance of services hereunder shall be governed by New York's workers'
compensation laws, as the same may be amended from time to time.

    15.  Even though Parisi's assignment ends June 1, 1997, this Agreement
shall continue until June 30, 1998, unless earlier terminated by Photomasks or
DuPont on ninety (90) calendar days' prior written notice to the other party.
Any obligation arising under Sections 7 through 11 inclusive and Section 14
shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

    16.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with,
the laws of the State of New York.


DuPont Photomasks, Inc.                DuPont Corporation

By:____________________________        By: ____________________________

Title: ________________________        Title: _________________________


Agreed and Acknowledged:

_______________________________
   LOUIS A. PARISI

                                         -4-

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT A-6


                          AGREEMENT FOR CONSULTING SERVICES

    This Agreement is by and between DuPont Photomasks, Inc. ("Photomasks") and
DuPont Corporation ("DuPont").  John A. Nykaza ("Nykaza"), a DuPont employee, is
signatory to this Agreement, accepting to be bound by all the provisions hereof
which address Nykaza's rights and obligations hereunder.  This Agreement is
effective as of March 1, 1996, or the day that the IPO process is complete and
DuPont Photomasks, Inc. is formed.

    WHEREAS, DuPont employs personnel with expertise in the following areas:
manufacturing processes, equipment, manufacturing of powder products, facility
design and construction, and

    WHEREAS, Photomasks wishes to utilize the services of DuPont to provide
expertise in the areas described above, and further wishes to engage DuPont as
its consultant for this purpose with the understanding that DuPont will assign
Nykaza to perform the consulting services requested, and

    WHEREAS, DuPont desires to provide the consulting services requested by
Photomasks by assigning Nykaza to work at Photomasks' Santa Clara, California,
site to assist Photomasks as Photomasks may advise, and

    NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the services to be provided by DuPont
(via its employee, Nykaza), and the payments to be made by Photomasks, as
described below, the parties do hereby agree as follows:

    1.   As requested by Photomasks, DuPont shall provide consulting services
to Photomasks, in such fields as process technology and equipment used
therefore, process control systems, and new product characteristics and
development, at Photomasks' Santa Clara location, by providing the full-time
services of one person employed by DuPont, to be designed by Photomasks and
agreed to by DuPont.

    2.   Until such time as Photomasks may terminate this Agreement, in
accordance with Section 15 below, or may designate its desire to select another
DuPont person, Photomasks designates Nykaza as the DuPont person to provide the
services described in Section 1 above.

    3.   Nykaza shall at all times be employed by DuPont, and not by
Photomasks,  However, Nykaza's obligations with respect to assignment of
inventions as set forth in paragraph 2 of his Employee Agreement with DuPont
shall cease to be incurred as of the effective date of this Agreement; provided,
however, that any obligation arising from paragraph 2 prior to the effective
date of this Agreement shall continue in force.  The obligation of paragraph 1
of Nykaza's Employment Agreement shall continue in force and shall continue to
be incurred, after the effective date of this Agreement.  Also, Nykaza's
obligations as set forth in paragraph 3 with respect to returning DuPont
confidential materials

<PAGE>


shall commence as of the effective date of this Agreement.  DuPont shall be
responsible for all costs and expenses associated with Nykaza's employment,
including, but not limited to, salary, benefits (including health and pension
benefits); employer liability for state, federal and local taxes, including
social security withholding; and professional, personal and other insurance.

    4.   Nykaza shall abide by all policies and practices of Photomasks, as may
be effective from time to time during the term of this Agreement.

    5.   DuPont will work with Photomasks to be jointly responsible for
providing Nykaza with performance appraisals.  DuPont will be responsible for
Nykaza's career planning as per DuPont policy and any particular agreements
DuPont may have with Nykaza.

    6.   In consideration for DuPont's providing Photomasks with the services
of a designated person, as described above, who, until further notice from
Photomasks, shall be Nykaza, Photomasks agrees to pay DuPont the total sum of
$25,350 per each full consecutive three-month period during which Nykaza
provides full-time consulting services at Photomasks' Santa Clara plant, per
Photomasks' request.  Payment shall be made by Photomasks within thirty days of
Photomasks' receipt of invoice from DuPont, and shall be made to the address
designated by DuPont.  DuPont shall bill Photomasks quarterly, in arrears.  The
payment described in this Section 6 shall constitute the total amount of
remuneration due from Photomasks to DuPont under this Agreement, and under no
circumstances shall Photomasks have any obligation to pay any consideration,
remuneration or indemnity to Nykaza.

    7.   Nykaza agrees and acknowledges that he may be exposed to Photomasks'
confidential information (hereinafter referred to as "Information") concerning
know-how, trade secrets, and inventions relating to processes and equipment for
producing Photomasks' products or processes and business information relating to
development plans, customers, pricing, business interests, and commercial
operations.  Nykaza agrees that he shall not disclose the Information to anyone
other than Photomasks' employees with whom he may be associated in carrying out
the consulting work to be performed hereunder for Photomasks, without first
obtaining Photomasks' prior written consent to make such disclosure.  Nykaza
agrees that he shall not use, other than to perform the consulting services
requested by Photomasks hereunder, any Information which he may acquire, obtain
or observe in connection with providing the consulting services contemplated by
this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Nykaza shall not have any
obligation of confidence or restricted use with respect to information which:

         (a)  is in the public domain, or becomes part of the public domain
through no act or omission by Nykaza.  (Information shall not be deemed to be in
the public domain merely because individual elements thereof are separately
found in the public domain);

         (b)  was known to Nykaza prior to disclosure by Photomasks, as
evidenced by competent written proof;


                                         -2-

<PAGE>

         (c)  which is disclosed to Nykaza by a third party having the right to
make such disclosures, and which Nykaza is free to disclose to others without
breach of any agreement or undertaking of confidence; or

         (d)  which is released from its confidential status by the prior
written consent of Photomasks.

    8.   All records and copies of records concerning Photomasks' operations,
investigations and/or business, made or received by Nykaza, are and shall be
Photomasks' property exclusively, and Nykaza shall keep the same at all times in
Nykaza's custody or as directed by Photomasks, and subject at all times to
Photomasks' control and will surrender the same to Photomasks upon termination
of this Agreement or Photomasks' request, whichever is earlier.

    9.   If the work performed by Nykaza for Photomasks shall result in the
development of any inventions (hereinafter referred to as "Inventions"), whether
or not patentable, in processes, products, apparatus, or formulations, or in the
development of any trade secrets, or in the compilation of any data and/or
information, or in the development of any copyrightable materials, (hereinafter
referred to as "Inventions"), such Inventions shall be the exclusive property of
Photomasks.

    10.  Nykaza shall:

         (a)  disclose to Photomasks promptly in writing all Inventions,
whether conceived or reduced to practice, in connection with his service
hereunder;
         (b)  make, at the sole option of Photomasks and at Photomasks' expense
such applications for United States and foreign patents covering such Inventions
as Photomasks by request:
         (c)  assign to Photomasks Nykaza's entire right, title and interest in
and to all such Inventions, applications and patents;
         (d)  execute, acknowledge, and deliver such papers, and do such other
rightful acts, as Photomasks may consider necessary to secure to, and maintain
for, Photomasks the fullest rights to said Inventions, applications and patents;
and
         (e)  at Photomasks' request and expense provide all reasonable
assistance and cooperation to Photomasks in the enforcement of said patents.

    With respect to (d) and (e) above, DuPont shall also provide reasonable
assistance and cooperation to Photomasks as necessary.

    11.  Photomasks and DuPont hereby agree and acknowledge that neither of
them desires to receive the other's confidential and proprietary information,
and all parties agree that Nykaza shall not disclose to Photomasks any DuPont
confidential information which Nykaza may possess or acquire, nor shall Nykaza
disclose to DuPont any Photomasks confidential information which he may possess
or acquire.

                                         -3-

<PAGE>

    12.  Photomasks, DuPont and Nykaza each warrant that except as otherwise
disclosed in this Agreement, each has no obligations in conflict with any of the
provisions hereof.  Photomasks, DuPont and Nykaza each agree not to assume
obligations to third parties in conflict with any of the provisions hereof.

    13.  It is understood that Nykaza will act independently in the performance
of the consulting services contemplated hereby for Photomasks, that he is not
engaged as an employee of Photomasks, that neither Nykaza nor DuPont is
appointed an agent for Photomasks for any purpose, and that neither Nykaza nor
DuPont has authority to bind Photomasks to any agreement.

    14.  Photomasks and DuPont fully and completely release each other, and
each other's respective officers, employees, and independent contractors from
any and all liability related to Nykaza's presence on any property owned, leased
or otherwise possessed by Photomasks, or Nykaza's use of tools, equipment or
other implements in the performance of services hereunder, or Nykaza's conduct
pursuant to this Agreement.  In the event that a third party, other than Nykaza,
makes any claims against Photomasks and/or DuPont, based upon Nykaza's conduct
and performance of services hereunder, then Photomasks and/or DuPont shall be
liable therefore, and shall indemnify each other, in proportion to their
relative fault.  Any claims by Nykaza with respect to his conduct and
performance of services hereunder shall be governed by California's workers'
compensation laws, as the same may be amended from time to time.

    15.  Even though Nykaza's assignment ends February 1, 1998, this Agreement
shall continue until June 30, 1998, unless earlier terminated by Photomasks or
DuPont on ninety (90) calendar days' prior written notice to the other party.
Any obligation arising under Sections 7 through 11 inclusive and Section 14
shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

    16.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with,
the laws of the State of California.


DuPont Photomasks, Inc.                DuPont Corporation

By: _____________________________      By:  ____________________________

Title:  _________________________      Title:  _________________________


Agreed and Acknowledged:


________________________________
   JOHN A. NYKAZA

                                         -4-

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT A-7

                         E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY
                                         AND
                               DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.


                               SERVICE AGREEMENT DETAIL


ENTITY PROVIDING SERVICE:    DuPont (U.S.A.) Sourcing


SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Sourcing


DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE:

    1.   Procurement of goods and services as defined in the Description of
         Services attached.

    2.   Use reasonable good faith efforts to permit DuPont Photomasks, Inc.,
         to continue access to all corporate agreements.


PRICE OF SERVICE:

    -    Costs for the above service will be $16,000 monthly ($192,000
         annually).



DUPONT SERVICE COORDINATOR:  P. J. Keller


<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT A-7

ATTACHMENT


                         E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY
                                         AND
                               DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.


                          SERVICE AGREEMENT DETAIL (CONT'D)


ENTITY PROVIDING SERVICE:    DuPont (U.S.A.) Sourcing


                                  ANNUAL     MONTHLY
SERVICE                           PRICE       PRICE             COMMENT
- -------                           -----       -----             --------
Contracting                       $60,000   $ 5,000   50%  of G. Down plus
                                                      appropriate clerical
                                                      support

Equipment/MRO                      15,000     1,250   Engineering Procurement
                                                      support plus access to
                                                      Corporate supply
                                                      agreements

Transportation/ Distribution       50,000     4,167   Global Support &
                                                      Management

Other                              15,000     1,250   ISP Travel and Misc.
                                                      Consulting & Training

Subtotal                         $140,000   $11,667


U.S. Overhead                     53.200     $4,433   38% Upcharge

Total U.S.                      $192,000    $16,000


<PAGE>


                                                                EXHIBIT A-8

                               DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.


                                DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE


ENTITY PROVIDING SERVICE:    E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company

SERVICE TO BE PERFORMED:          Safety Services -- U.S. Sites

DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE:
    -    Safety and Occupational Health services including scheduled surveys
         and reports.
    -    Daily and weekly tracking of distribution concerning OSHA and other
         federal regulatory issues and concerns.
    -    Occupational injury and illness statistics, reports, programs, goals,
         and performance.
    -    Safety and Occupational Health programs.
    -    Distribution and follow-up with respect to regulatory compliance
         advice and information.

KEY CUSTOMER SATISFACTION FACTORS:
    -    Required Safety & Occupational Health information communicated on a
         timely basis.
    -    Prompt response to inquiries and regulatory needs.
    -    Identification and assistance with site-specific programs.
    -    Prompt and direct in-house response to key safety, health, regulatory
         and fire protection issues and concerns.

METHOD OF COST ALLOCATION:
    -    DPI will be charged fully allocated cost of personnel assigned on
         direct usage basis.

BASIS OF COST ALLOCATION:
    -    Average fully allocated cost of personnel assigned to DPI times total
         effort specific to DPI.

PRICE OF SERVICE:  $15,000/year

<PAGE>


                                                                EXHIBIT A-9

                         E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY
                                         AND
                               DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.


                               SERVICE AGREEMENT DETAIL


ENTITY PROVIDING SERVICE:    DuPont Continuous Business Improvement


SERVICE TO BE PROVIDED:      Continuous Business Improvement Consulting


SERVICE START DATE:               Estimated to begin on July 1, 1996


DESCRIPTION OF SERVICE:

    (1)  Provide general consulting to implement business resource planning.

    (2)  Provide project management and process improvement support and
         facilitation in support of the "central inventory phase II project.


PRICE OF SERVICE:

    (1)  Price of item #1 above is $50,000 annually.

    (2)  Price of item #2 above is $140,000 annually.


DUPONT SERVICE COORDINATOR:  A. Alrich


<PAGE>

                     ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT, executed this 30th day of April, 1996, by and between E. 
I. du Pont de Nemours and Company ("EID"), a corporation duly organized and 
existing under the laws of the state of Delaware, with its principal place of 
business at 1007 Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19898, and Du Pont 
Photomasks, Inc. ("DPI"), a corporation duly organized and existing under the 
laws of the state of Delaware, with its principal place of business at 100 
Texas Avenue, Round Rock, Texas 78664 (collectively "the Parties") and 
effective as of the date common stock of DPI is initially offered to the 
public (the "IPO").

     WHEREAS, EID indirectly owns one hundred percent (100%) of the shares of
common stock of DPI;

     WHEREAS, it is the intention of EID to reduce its percentage of ownership
of DPI through the sale of shares of stock of DPI to the public;

     WHEREAS, certain manufacturing operations have been conducted in and on the
facilities and properties of DPI and will continue to be carried on after the
IPO; and

     WHEREAS, EID and DPI wish to establish a method for allocating between them
the responsibility for any and all costs, claims or damages to the facilities
and properties of DPI and to the environment as a result of such manufacturing
operations;


<PAGE>

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of mutual covenants and agreements, both
Parties hereby agree as follows:

     1.   For purposes of this Agreement:

     (a)  "Closing" shall mean the date on which common stock of DPI is first
          sold to the public;

     (b)  "Facility Site(s)" shall mean all DPI manufacturing sites currently or
          previously owned or leased by DPI and located in Danbury CT,
          Poughkeepsie NY, Kokomo IN, Round Rock TX, Santa Clara CA, San Jose
          CA, Ichon Republic of Korea, Rousset France, Hamburg Federal Republic
          of Germany;

     (c)  "Hazardous Waste" shall mean and include any hazardous waste,
          hazardous material, hazardous substance, pollutant, contaminant,
          pollution, toxic pollutant, oil, chemical substance or mixture, as
          such terms are defined in the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
          ("RCRA"), the Comprehensive Environmental, Response, Compensation and
          Liability Act ("CERCLA"), the Clean Water Act, the Safe Drinking Water
          Act, the Toxic Substances Control Act, and any similar terms in any
          similar state or local laws, and any amendment or interpretation of
          such definition.;

     (d)  "Environmental Condition of Undetermined Cause" shall mean an
          environmental condition resulting from or relating to the generation,
          storage, use, treatment, disposal, release, emission or discharge of
          any Hazardous Waste (a "Covered Activity") at a Facility Site in
          circumstances such that  the Parties in good faith cannot make a
          determination with reasonable certainty whether such condition was


                                        2
<PAGE>

          caused by Covered Activities occurring before the Closing or occurring
          after the Closing.

     2.   Except as provided in Article 5 hereof, EID hereby assumes all
liability for and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend DPI, its
directors, officers and employees from and against any and all claims, costs
(including without limitation attorney's fees), liabilities or damages,
including, without limitation, claims which would require a clean-up or other
form of environmental remediation (collectively "losses"), arising out of or
relating to (i) Covered Activities by DPI at  a Facility Site prior to Closing
or (ii) alleged violations by DPI attributable to a condition in place or a
circumstance existing on or prior to Closing (other than violations attributable
to a condition in place or a circumstance existing on or prior to the Closing
that was lawful on that date but later became a violation due to changes in the
law after Closing) of applicable federal, states or local laws, regulations,
permits, authorizations or licenses (including, without limitation, CERCLA,
RCRA, the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act and the Toxic Substances Control
Act), pertaining to a Covered Activity.

     Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, EID hereby assumes all
liability for and agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend DPI, its
directors, officers and employees from and against any and all losses arising
out of or relating to:  (i) the American Company Services Site in Indiana, the
Kinbuck Landfill in Edison, New Jersey, Solvent Recovery System of New England,
the Old Southington Landfill and the Hertel Landfill, Plattekill, New York; (ii)
the EID sites at which any Hazardous Waste generated or used by DPI may have
been stored, treated or disposed of; (iii) any activities or operations of EID
or an affiliate of EID other than DPI at any Facility Site; and (iv)  the
existing sludge beds and groundwater contamination at the Danbury, Connecticut
facility.


                                        3
<PAGE>

     3.   To the extent DPI becomes aware of or receives notice of a loss or
potential loss which it believes to fall within the scope of Article 2 hereof,
DPI agrees to give prompt notice of such loss to EID and to cooperate fully with
EID in the defense or resolution of such loss, although failure to give prompt
notice shall not invalidate the provisions of Article 2 hereof.  If such loss
includes an assertion by a federal, state or local environmental agency that
investigation and/or remediation is required of a site covered by Article 2, DPI
agrees that, subject to the last sentence of Article 5 hereof:

     (a)  EID or its designee shall control any and all contacts and
          negotiations with such agency, with the understanding that EID shall
          keep DPI fully apprised of such negotiations and provide to DPI copies
          of any correspondence with or material submissions to or received from
          such agency;

     (b)  EID or its designee shall have the sole right to conclude any
          agreement, order or similar understanding with such agency as to the
          timing and scope of any investigation and/or remediation activities;
          provided, however, that EID or its designee shall keep DPI fully
          apprised of negotiations with such agency and that such sole right
          shall not extend to any such agreement, order or understanding which
          would materially impair the operations of DPI unless the prior written
          consent of DPI has been obtained by EID; and


                                        4
<PAGE>

     (c)  EID or its designee shall have reasonable access to any and all areas
          of Facility Sites necessary to carry out such investigation and/or
          remediation activities, consistent with EID's obligations in Section
          (b) above and Article 4 hereof.

     4.   EID, to the extent it conducts investigation and/or remediation
activities pursuant to an agreement, order or similar understanding with an
environmental agency on a Facility Site, shall use its reasonable best efforts
to avoid disrupting or adversely impacting the business operations of DPI.  EID
and DPI agree, however, that the indemnity given in Article 2 hereof shall not
extend to any loss or damage to the business of DPI resulting from unavoidable
disruption and adverse impact of such investigation and/or remediation
activities where EID has so used its reasonable best efforts.  Where EID has not
exerted its reasonable best efforts as above, the indemnity in Article 2 shall
apply to loss or damage to the business of DPI resulting from such disruption.

     5.   In the case of a loss arising under this agreement with respect to an
Environmental Condition of Undetermined Cause:

     (a)  if the Parties can agree, after good faith negotiations, upon an
appropriate allocation of responsibility between EID and DPI based upon
available factual information, then EID shall indemnify, hold harmless and
defend DPI, its directors, officers and employees from and against EID's
allocated amount of the cost of resolving such losses; or

     (b)  if the Parties cannot agree, after good faith negotiations, upon an
appropriate allocation of responsibility between EID and DPI based upon
available factual information, then EID shall indemnify, hold harmless and
defend DPI, its


                                        5
<PAGE>

directors, officers and employees from and against the percentage of the cost of
resolving any loss set forth below depending upon the date on which DPI first
notified EID of such loss or potential loss:

                              DATE OF NOTIFICATION


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

        EID
     Percentage                  After                and           On or Prior to
     ----------                  -----                ---           ---------------
     <S>              <C>                             <C>     <C>
        100%                      --                          1st Anniversary of Closing

         80%          1st Anniversary of Closing              2nd Anniversary of Closing

         60%          2nd Anniversary of Closing              3rd Anniversary of Closing

         40%          3rd Anniversary of Closing              4th Anniversary of Closing

         20%          4th Anniversary of Closing             5th  Anniversary of Closing

          0           5th Anniversary of Closing
</TABLE>

 The Parties agree that in the case of claims for Environmental Conditions of
Undetermined Cause, the Party bearing the majority of liability under the
formula above shall have control of any negotiations described in Article 3(a)
and (b) hereof.

     6.   The Facility Sites are industrial property and DPI agrees it will not
seek indemnification for remediation beyond that required for properties
dedicated to industrial and related uses including, but not limited to, research
and development activities; provided, however, that if any regulatory agency
requires remediation beyond standards for industrial use, then the indemnity in
Article 2 shall apply.

     7.   EID's obligations hereunder run to and are for the benefit of DPI, its
directors, officers and employees only during the term of DPI ownership of such


                                        6
<PAGE>

Facility Site and shall, upon the sale by DPI of any Facility Site to a third
party, terminate with respect to DPI, its directors, officers and employees and
any purchaser of such Facility Site, but EID's obligations hereunder shall
remain in effect for (a) any claims of loss of which DPI has notified EID prior
to the date of transfer of such Facility Site, (b) any losses relating to any
site which is not a Facility Site and (c) any Facility Site still owned by DPI.

     8.   All notices, consents, requests, approvals, and other communications
provided for or required herein, and all legal process in regard thereto, must
be in writing and shall be deemed validly given, made or served, (a) when
delivered personally or sent by telecopy to the facsimile number indicated below
with a required confirmation copy sent to the address below; or (b) on the next
business day after delivery to a nationally-recognized express delivery service
with instructions and payment for overnight delivery; or (c) on the third day
after deposit in any depository regularly maintained by the United States postal
service, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt
requested, addressed to the following addresses or to such other address as the
Party to be notified shall have specified to the other Party in accordance with
this paragraph:

          If to DPI:                    DuPont Photomasks, Inc.
                                        P.O. Box 200
                                        100 Texas Avenue
                                        Round Rock, TX 28680-0200
                                        Fax:  512-244-9469
                                        Attn: V. H. Leichliter

          If to the EID:                E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
                                        1007 Market Street
                                        Wilmington, Delaware 19898
                                        Fax:  302-774-6198
                                        Attn: V. R. Rice


                                        7
<PAGE>

     9.   This Agreement may not be changed orally and no waiver of compliance
with any provision or condition hereof and no consent provided for herein shall
be effective unless evidenced by an instrument in writing duly executed by the
proper party.  Either party may at any time waive compliance by the other party
with any covenants or conditions contained in this Agreement only by written
instrument executed by the party waiving such compliance.  No such waiver,
however, shall be deemed to constitute the waiver of any such covenant or
condition in any other circumstance or the waiver of any other covenant or
condition.

     10.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall
constitute one and the same instrument.

     11.  This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior
written consent of the other party, and any attempt to do so shall be void.

     12.  This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.

     13.  This Agreement (a) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all
prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties,
with respect to the subject matter hereof, and (b) is not intended to confer
upon any other persons any rights or remedies hereunder.  In case any provision
in this Agreement


                                        8
<PAGE>

shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed as of the date first above written.

                         E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY

                         By: /s/ R. Wiederhorn
                            --------------------------------------

                         DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.
                         By: B. Grotte
                            --------------------------------------


                                        9


<PAGE>


04/10/96















                                      BONUS PLAN

                               DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.


<PAGE>


                                      BONUS PLAN
                                         FOR
                               DU PONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.


I.  PURPOSE

         The purposes of this Bonus Plan for Du Pont Photomasks, Inc. (the
"Plan") are:  (a) to provide greater incentive for employees to exert their best
efforts on behalf of the Du Pont Photomasks, Inc. ("DPI" or "the Company") by
rewarding them for services rendered with compensation, varied by performance,
that is in addition to their regular salaries; (b) to attract and retain in the
employ of DPI persons of outstanding competence; and, (c) to further the
identity of interests of such employees with those of DPI.


II. FORM OF BONUS

         Bonuses under this Plan will be paid in cash.


III.     LIMITATIONS ON BONUS

    1.   Bonus grants under this Plan shall be made from the Bonus Fund which
shall be determined and credited annually by the Compensation Committee of DPI.
The Bonus Fund shall not exceed 160% of the total approved Bonus targets for
those employees expected to participate in the Plan in any given year.

    2.   The Bonus Fund in any given year shall not exceed six percent (6%) of
the Company's pre-tax earnings.

    3.   Bonus grants for each year need not have an aggregate value equal to
the entire amount available in the Bonus Fund.  Any unawarded portion of said
fund shall not be carried forward and will not be available for grants in a
succeeding year or years.


IV. ADMINISTRATION

    1.   Except as otherwise specifically provided, the Plan shall be
administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of DPI, and
the members thereof shall be ineligible for grants under this Plan while serving
on said Committee.

<PAGE>


    2.   The decision of the Compensation Committee with respect to any
questions arising as to interpretation of this Plan, including the severability
of any and all of the provisions hereof, shall be final, conclusive, and
binding.


V.  ELIGIBILITY FOR BONUS

    1.    A Bonus under the Plan may be granted to any employee who has
contributed in a general way to the Company's success by his or her ability,
efficiency, and loyalty, consideration being given to those employees who have
contributed the most, and to those with ability to succeed in more important
managerial responsibility in DPI.  A Bonus may also be granted to:

    (a)  a person performing services on a consultant basis,

    (b)  an employee who retired or plans to retire by separation from service
         from the Company or a plan company at age 62 or greater,

    (c)  a former employee terminated on account of lack of work, and

    (d)  the surviving spouse or estate of a deceased employee.

    2.   Except as set forth in subparagraphs (a) to (d) of the preceding
paragraph, to be eligible for a Bonus grant an employee shall be employed by DPI
or a plan company as of the date final action is taken on a grant under this
Plan and shall be expected to continue in the employ of such company.

    3.   For purposes of this Plan, the term "employee" shall include an
employee of a corporation or other business entity in which DPI shall directly
or indirectly own fifty percent or more of the outstanding voting stock or other
ownership interest.  The term "plan company" as used in this Plan shall mean a
business entity whose employees are eligible for grants under this Plan.

                                          2

<PAGE>


VI. BONUS GRANTS

    1.   A performance goal based on the Company's earnings and cash flow will
be set annually by the Board of Directors.  Target bonus grants will be
established based on the position of eligible employees and computed as a
percentage of the employees salary.  The amount of bonus paid will be based on
the employee's target bonus grant, the performance of the Company compared with
the performance goal and individual contribution by the employee.

    2.   The Committee shall determine each year the total amount of the Bonus
fund to be distributed.  Subject to Article VIII, any Bonus for any fiscal year
shall be delivered as soon as practicable after the close of such fiscal year.

    3.   Annually upon the approval of Bonus grants, each beneficiary shall be
informed of his or her grant and that such a grant is subject to the applicable
provisions of the Plan.


VII.     RECOMMENDATIONS AND APPROVAL OF GRANTS

    1.   Recommendations for grants to members of the Board of Directors shall
be made by the Compensation Committee.  Recommendations for grants to employees
shall be made to the Compensation Committee by the Chairman of DPI.

    2.   Any grant to a director shall be made in the sole discretion of the
Board of Directors, a majority of whose members taking final action on any such
grant shall be ineligible for grants under Article V.  Any grant to an employee
who is not a member of the Board of Directors shall be made in the sole
discretion of the Compensation Committee which shall take final action on any
such grant.  No persons shall have a right to a grant under this Plan until
final action has been taken for such grant.  At the discretion of the
Compensation Committee, grants to employees of a plan company may be made
subject to approval by the Board of Directors or other management group of such
plan company.

                                          3

<PAGE>


VIII. DELIVERY

         Grants under this Plan shall be delivered to the beneficiary promptly,
or at such future times and under such terms and conditions as the Compensation
Committee may determine.  If it is determined that the grant be delivered
promptly to the beneficiary, that beneficiary may be granted the option to defer
delivery of the grant to the extent provided in terms and conditions established
by the Compensation Committee.


IX. AMENDMENTS

         While it is the present intention of the Company to approve grants
annually, when performance warrants such grants, the Company reserves the right
to modify this Plan from time to time or to repeal the Plan entirely, or to
direct the discontinuance of grants either temporarily or permanently; provided,
however, that no modification of this Plan shall operate to annul, without the
consent of the beneficiary, a grant already approved hereunder; provided, also,
that no modification without approval of the Compensation Committee shall
increase the maximum amount which may be credited to the Bonus Fund as herein
above provided.


X.  MISCELLANEOUS

         All expenses and costs in connection with the administration of this
Plan shall be borne by DPI and no part thereof shall be charged against the
Bonus Fund.

                                          4

<PAGE>


                                     Attachment I



                               DU PONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.
                                 TARGET BONUS GRANTS
                    (Effective beginning with fiscal 1996 grants)


Target bonus grants will continue below Level 4 to provide the opportunity for
any Du Pont Photomasks, Inc. employee to be recommended for a Bonus grant.


                       TARGET GRANT AS A % OF U.S. SALARY GUIDE


         Level                              Current Targets for
                                         Du Pont Photomasks, Inc.

         CEO                                     50%
         COO                                     40%
          9                                      35%
         8A                                      30%
          8                                      30%
         7A                                      25%
          7                                      25%
         6A                                      20%
          6                                      16%
         5A                                      14%
          5                                      12%
         4A                                      10%
          4                                      10%
         3A                                       8%
          3                                       8%
         2A                                       8%
          2                                       8%
         1A                                       8%
          1                                       8%
         C-A                                      8%


                                          5



<PAGE>

                             NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS'
                                STOCK OPTION PLAN

                             DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.


<PAGE>

                            DUPONT  PHOTOMASKS, INC.
                            NON-EMPLOYEE  DIRECTORS'
                               STOCK  OPTION  PLAN


     I.   Purpose

          The Purpose of the DuPont Photomasks, Inc. Non-Employee Directors'
Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is to secure for DuPont Photomasks, Inc. (the
"Company") and its stockholders the benefits of the incentive inherent in
increased ownership of common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common
Stock"), of the Company by the members of the Board of Directors (the "Board")
of the Company who are not employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
("Non-Employee Directors").  It is expected that the Plan will encourage
qualified persons to become directors of the Company and that  ownership of
Company stock will provide such Non-Employee Directors with a more direct stake
in the future welfare of the Company and encourage them to remain directors of
the Company.


     II.  Administration

          The Plan shall be administered by the Board.  The Board shall have all
the powers vested in it by the terms of the Plan, such powers to include
authority (within the limitations described herein) to prescribe the form of the
agreement embodying awards of stock options made under the Plan (the "Options")
and the power to determine the restrictions, if any, on the ability of
participants to dispose of any stock issued in connection with the exercise of
any options granted pursuant to the Plan.  The Board shall, subject to the
provisions of the Plan, have the power to construe the Plan, to determine all
questions arising thereunder and to adopt and amend such rules and regulations
for the administration of the Plan as it may deem desirable.  Any decisions of
the Board in the administration of the Plan, as described herein, shall be final
and conclusive.  The Board may authorize any one or more of their number or the
Secretary or any other officer of the Company to execute and deliver documents
on behalf of the Board.  The Board hereby authorizes the Secretary to execute
and deliver all documents to be delivered by the Board pursuant to the Plan.  No
member of the Board shall be liable for anything done or omitted to be done by
such member or by any other member of the Board in connection with the Plan,
except for such member's own willful misconduct or as expressly provided by
statute.


<PAGE>

     III. Amount of Stock

          The stock which may be issued and sold under the Plan will be the
Common Stock (par value $.01 per share) of the Company.  The total amount of
stock for which Options may be granted under the Plan shall not exceed 250,000
Common Stock shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Article VI below.  The
stock to be issued may be either authorized and unissued shares or issued shares
acquired by the Company or its subsidiaries.


     IV.  Eligibility

          Each member of the Board of the Company who is not an employee of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries (a "Non-Employee Director") shall be eligible
to receive an Option in accordance with Article V below (provided such Non-
Employee Director is not precluded by his or her employer from receiving an
option grant).  The adoption of this Plan shall be not deemed to give any
director any right to be granted an Option, except to the extent and upon such
terms and conditions, in accordance with the terms of the Plan, as may be
determined by the Board.


     V.   Terms and Conditions of Options

          Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an agreement
in such form as the Board shall prescribe from time to time in accordance with
the Plan, and shall comply with the following terms and conditions:

     1.   The Option exercise price shall be the fair market value of the Common
          Stock shares subject to such Option on the date the Option is granted,
          as determined in accordance with Article V.9.

     2.   Each Non-Employee Director shall receive an Option for 10,000 shares
          of Common Stock the later of: (a) upon his or her first election to
          the Board, or (b) the initial public offering of the Company's stock.


                                        2
<PAGE>

     3.   Except as provided below, each year, as of the first day of the month
          following the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company, each Non-
          Employee Director who has been reelected as a member of the Board as
          of the adjournment of the Annual Meeting shall receive an Option for
          3,000 shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that a non-Employee
          Director who has been first elected to the Board within the 60 day
          period immediately preceeding the Annual Meeting and has therefore
          received an Option under Article V.2., above, shall not receive an
          Option for an additional 3,000 shares at such Annual Meeting.

     4.   The Option shall not be transferable by the optionee otherwise than by
          will or the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable
          during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee.

     5.   No Option or any part of an Option shall be exercisable:


          (i)  after the expiration of ten years from the date the Option was
               granted;

          (ii) unless written notice of the exercise is delivered to the Company
               specifying the number of shares to be purchased and payment in
               full is made for the shares of Common Stock being acquired.
               Payment shall be made in cash (U.S. dollars); and

          (iii)unless the person exercising the Option has been, at all times
               during the period beginning with the date of grant of the Option
               and ending on the date of such exercise, a Director of the
               Company, except that if such person shall cease to be such a
               Director by reason of Retirement or death while holding an Option
               that has vested under the terms of Article V.6. hereof but not
               expired and has not been fully exercised, such person, or in the
               case of death, the executors, administrators, legatees or
               distributees, as the case may be, may at any time for a period of
               six months after the date such person ceased to be a such a
               Director (but in no event after the Option has expired under the
               provisions of Article V.5.(i) above), exercise the Option with
               respect to any shares of Common Stock


                                        3
<PAGE>

               as to which such person has not exercised the Option on the date
               the person ceased to be such a Director.  In the event any Option
               is exercised by the executors, administrators, legatees or
               distributees of the estate of a deceased optionee, the Company
               shall be under no obligation to issue stock thereunder unless and
               until the Company is satisfied that the person or persons
               exercising the Option are the duly appointed legal
               representatives of the deceased optionee's estate or the proper
               legatees or distributees thereof.

     6.   One-quarter (25%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock
          covered by the Option shall become exercisable beginning with the
          first anniversary date of the grant of the Option; thereafter an
          additional one-quarter (25%) of the total number of shares of Common
          Stock covered by the Option shall become exercisable on each
          subsequent anniversary date of the grant of the Option until on the
          fourth anniversary date of the grant of the Option the total number of
          shares of Common Stock covered by the Option shall become exercisable.
          In the event the Non-Employee Director ceases to be a Director by
          reason of Retirement or death, the total number of shares of Common
          Stock covered by the Option shall thereupon become exercisable
          provided such Option shall have been granted at least 6 months prior
          to such Retirement or death.

     7.   Options granted to a person shall automatically be forfeited by such
          person if such person shall cease to be a Director for reasons other
          than Retirement or death.

     8.   As used in this Article V, the term "Retirement" means the termination
          of a Director's service on the Board, including resignation from the
          Board upon reaching age 70 or otherwise resigning or not standing for
          reelection with the approval of the Board, but shall not include any
          termination of service resulting from an act of (i) fraud or
          intentional misrepresentation or (ii) embezzlement, misappropriation
          or conversion of assets or opportunities of the Company or any direct
          or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, by such Non-
          Employee Director.  The determination of whether termination results
          from any such act shall be made by the Board, whose determination
          shall be conclusive.


                                        4
<PAGE>

     9.   As used herein, fair market value shall be, at the time of the initial
          public offering of the stock, the initial offering price and
          thereafter shall be the average of the high and low prices of the
          Common Stock on the date of determination as reported on the NASDAQ
          Composite Index or if no sales of such stock were reported on the date
          of determination, the average of the high and low prices of such stock
          or the next preceeding day on which sales were reported on such Index.

     10.  Only non-qualified stock options may be granted under this plan.


     VI.  Adjustment in the Event of Change in Stock

     1.   In the event of any stock dividend, split-up, reclassification or
          other analogous change in capitalization, the Compensation Committee
          shall make such adjustments, in the light of the change, as it deems
          to be equitable, both to the optionees and to the Company, in

          (a)  the number of shares and prices per share applicable to
               outstanding stock options,

          (b)  the aggregate limitation set forth in Article III with respect to
               the number of shares which may be made subject to options.

          Furthermore, in the event of a distribution to common stockholders
          other than interim or year-end dividends declared as such by the Board
          of Directors, the Compensation Committee shall make such adjustments,
          in the light of the distribution, as it deems to be equitable, both to
          the optionees and to the Company, in respect of the items described in
          (a) above.

     2.   Any fractional shares resulting from adjustments made pursuant to this
          Article shall be eliminated.


                                        5
<PAGE>

     VII. Miscellaneous Provisions

     1.   Except as expressly provided for in the Plan, no Non-Employee Director
          or other person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Option
          under the Plan.  Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall
          be construed as giving any Non-Employee Director any right to be
          retained in the service of the Company.

     2.   An optionee's rights and interest under the Plan may not be assigned
          or transferred in whole or in part either directly or by operation of
          law or otherwise (except in the event of an optionee's death, by will
          or by laws of descent and distribution), including, but not by way of
          limitation, execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge,
          bankruptcy, or in any other manner, and no such right or interest of
          any participant in the Plan shall be subject to any obligation or
          liability of such participant.

     3.   No Common Stock shares shall be issued hereunder unless counsel for
          the Company shall be satisfied that such issuance will be in
          compliance with applicable Federal, state, and other securities laws
          and regulations.

     4.   It shall be a condition to the obligation of the Company to issue
          Common Stock shares upon exercise of an Option, that the optionee (or
          any beneficiary or person entitled to act under Article V.5.(iii)
          above) pay to the Company, upon its demand, such amount as may be
          requested by the Company for the purpose of satisfying any liability
          to withhold Federal, state, local, or foreign income or other taxes.
          If the amount requested is not paid (which payment may be made in any
          manner prescribed in Article V.5.(ii)), the Company may refuse to
          issue Common Stock shares.

     5.   The expenses of the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

     6.   The Plan shall be unfunded.  The Company shall not be required to
          establish any special or separate fund or to make any other
          segregation of assets to assure the issuance of shares upon exercise
          of any Option under the Plan, and the issuance of shares upon exercise
          of Options shall be subordinate to the claims of the Company's general
          creditors.


                                        6
<PAGE>

     7.   By accepting any Option or other benefit under the Plan, each optionee
          and each person claiming under or through such person shall be
          conclusively deemed to have indicated his or her acceptance and
          ratification of, and consent to, any action taken under the Plan by
          the Company or the Board.


VIII.     Amendment or Discontinuance

          The Plan may be amended at any time and from time to time by the Board
as the Board shall deem advisable; provided, however, that no amendment shall
become effective without stockholder approval if such stockholder approval is
required by law, rule or regulation, and provided further, to the extent
required by Rule 16b-3 under Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended (the "Exchange Act"), in effect from time to time, Plan provisions
relating to the amount, price, and timing of Options shall not be amended more
than once every six months, except that the foregoing shall not preclude any
amendment to comport with changes in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, or the rules thereunder in
effect from time to time.  No amendment of the Plan shall materially and
adversely affect any right of any participant with respect to any Option
theretofore granted without such participant's written consent.


     IX.  Effective Date of Plan

          The Plan shall become effective when the Plan is approved and adopted
by the Company's stockholders.


     X.   Term

          The Plan shall continue in effect without limit unless and until the
Board otherwise determines.


     XI.  Compliance with SEC Regulations

          It is the Company's intent that the Plan comply in all respects with
Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, and any related regulations.  If any
provision of this Plan is later found not to be in compliance with such Rule and
regulations, the provision shall be deemed null and void  All grants and
exercises of options under this Plan shall be executed in accordance with the


                                        7
<PAGE>

requirements of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and regulations promulgated
thereunder.


     XII. Governing Law

          The validity and construction of the Plan and any agreements entered
into thereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.


                                        8


<PAGE>



04/10/96



                                STOCK PERFORMANCE PLAN

                               DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.


<PAGE>

                                STOCK PERFORMANCE PLAN


      I. PURPOSES

         The purposes of this Stock Performance Plan (the "Plan") are: (a) to
provide greater incentive for employees who are or will be primarily responsible
for the growth and success of the business to exert their best efforts on behalf
of DuPont Photomasks, Inc. ("the Company"); and (b) to further the identity of
interests of such employees with those of the Company's stockholders generally
by encouraging them to acquire stock ownership in the Company.

     II. FORM OF GRANTS

    1.   Grants under this Plan may be made in the form of stock options,
         restricted stock or a combination of either of these forms and may be
         made in replacement of or as alternatives to salary or grants under
         any other plan or program of a plan company.

    2.   Stock options to purchase shares of the Company's common stock granted
         under this Plan are not incentive stock options qualified under the
         Internal Revenue Code ("nonqualified stock options").

    3.   Shares of restricted stock granted under this Plan shall be subject to
         restriction, such as forfeiture and a minimum vesting period. A
         grantee shall have the right to dividends (unless otherwise
         restricted).  Shares may be evidenced by book-entry registration, a
         stock certificate registered in the grantee's name but held in the
         Company's custody, issuance of an appropriate legended stock
         certificate or by any other appropriate means as may be determined by
         the Compensation Committee.


   III.  LIMITATIONS ON GRANTS

    1.   The aggregate number of shares of the Company's stock which may be
         made subject to stock options granted under this Plan and/or granted
         as restricted stock under this Plan shall not together exceed
         2,000,000, or 15% of such number for any grantee during any five
         consecutive years, of which only 300,000 shares may be subject to
         restricted stock grants.

                                         -1-

<PAGE>


    2.   If any stock option or restricted stock (without benefit of dividends)
         granted under this Plan shall terminate or expire for any reason
         without having been exercised or vested in full, the shares not
         acquired under such grant shall become available again for further
         grants under this Plan; provided also, that shares withheld by or
         tendered to the Company as payment of exercise price or other
         consideration or satisfaction of withholding taxes shall become
         available again for further grants to employees who are not executive
         officers.  The limitations set forth above shall be subject to
         adjustment as provided in Article XIII hereof.


    IV.  ADMINISTRATION

    1.   Except as otherwise specifically provided, the Plan shall be
         administered by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of
         Directors.  The Compensation Committee shall be elected pursuant to
         the Bylaws of the Company, and the members thereof shall be ineligible
         for grants while serving on said Committee.

    2.   The Compensation Committee is authorized, subject to the provisions of
         the Plan, from time to time to establish such rules and regulations as
         it deems appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan, and to
         make such determinations and take such steps in connection therewith
         as it deems necessary or advisable.

    3.   The Compensation Committee shall, subject to the provisions of the
         Plan, determine the time or times when stock options will be granted,
         which employees, if any, shall be granted stock options, the types of
         stock options to be granted, whether they shall be granted singly or
         in combination, when they shall be exercisable, the number of shares
         to be covered by each stock option or options, and the terms and
         conditions of such stock options.


                                         -2-

<PAGE>



    4.   The Compensation Committee shall, subject to the provisions of the
         Plan, determine the time or times when restricted stock will be
         granted, which employees, if any, shall be granted restricted stock,
         the number of restricted shares to be granted, the restrictions or
         conditions on the right to transfer or dispose of such shares, and the
         terms and conditions of such restricted stock, including the number,
         amount, and timing of vesting increments.

    5.   The decision of the Compensation Committee with respect to any
         questions arising as to interpretation of this Plan, including the
         severability of any and all of the provisions thereof, shall be final,
         conclusive and binding.


     V.  ELIGIBILITY FOR GRANTS

    1.   Grants under this Plan may be made to employees (including those who
         are directors or executive officers of the Company) and individuals
         performing services for the Company on a consulting basis as may be
         determined by the Compensation Committee.  In determining those
         individuals to whom grants are to be made, the Compensation Committee
         may take into consideration present and potential contributions to the
         Company's success by such individuals, and any other factors which the
         Compensation Committee may deem relevant in connection with
         accomplishing the purposes of the Plan.

    2.   The term "employee" may include an employee of the Company or of a
         corporation or other business entity in which the Company shall
         directly or indirectly own fifty percent or more of the outstanding
         voting stock or other ownership interest, but shall exclude any
         director who is not also an officer or a full-time employee of a plan
         company.  The term "plan company" as used in this Plan shall mean a
         business entity whose employees are eligible for grants under this
         plan. The term "grantee" as used in this Plan means an employee or
         other individual to whom a grant has been made under this Plan or,
         where appropriate, his or her successor in interest upon death.


                                        - 3 -

<PAGE>


    VI.  RECOMMENDATIONS AND GRANTS

    1.   Recommendations for grants to members of the Board of Directors shall
         be made by the Compensation Committee. Recommendations for grants to
         employees or other individuals who are not members of the Board of
         Directors shall be made to the Compensation Committee by the Chairman.

    2.   Any grant to a director shall be made in the sole discretion of the
         Board of Directors, whose members taking final action on any such
         grant shall be ineligible for grants under Article V.  Any grant to an
         employee or other individual who is not a member of the Board of
         Directors shall be made by the Compensation Committee which shall take
         final action on any such grant.

    3.   Grants may be made at any time under this Plan and in any of the forms
         or combinations thereof provided in Article II hereof.  A grantee may
         receive and may hold more than one grant under this Plan.

    4.   The date on which a grant shall be deemed to have been made under this
         Plan shall be the date of the Compensation Committee authorization of
         the award or such later date as may be determined by the Compensation
         Committee at the time the grant is authorized.  Each grantee shall be
         advised in writing by the Company of a grant and the terms and
         conditions thereof, which terms and conditions, as the Compensation
         Committee from time to time shall determine, shall not be inconsistent
         with the provisions of this Plan.


    VII. OPTION PRICE

         The price per share of the Company's common stock which may be
purchased upon exercise of a stock option granted under this Plan shall be
determined by the Compensation Committee, but shall in no event be less than the
fair market value of such share on the date the stock option is granted, and in
no event less than the par value thereof.  For purposes of this Plan, fair
market value shall be, at the time of the initial public offering of the stock,
the initial offering price and thereafter shall be the average of the high and
low prices of the Company's common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Composite
Index on the date of grant of a stock option or the date of exercise of a stock

                                        - 4 -

<PAGE>

option, or if no sales of such stock were reported on said Index on such date,
the average of the high and low prices of such stock on the next preceding day
on which sales were reported on said Index.  Such price shall be subject to
adjustment as provided in Article XIII hereof.


  VIII.  TERM

         The term of stock options or restricted stock granted under this Plan
shall be for such period as the Compensation Committee shall determine, but,
except as provided in Article XII hereof, not for more than ten years from date
of grant.


    IX.  EXERCISE OF STOCK OPTIONS

    1.   Except as provided in Article XII, no more than one quarter (25%) of
         the total number of shares of stock covered by an option shall become
         exercisable beginning with the first anniversary date of the grant of
         the option; thereafter an additional amount not to exceed one quarter
         (25%) of the total number of shares covered by the option shall become
         exercisable on each subsequent anniversary date of the grant of the
         option until no sooner than the fourth such anniversary date the total
         number of shares covered by the option shall become exercisable. The
         Compensation Committee may fix from time to time a minimum number of
         shares which must be purchased at the time a stock option is
         exercised.

    2.   A grantee electing to exercise a stock option shall at the time of
         exercise make arrangement to pay the Company in cash (U.S. dollars)
         the full purchase price of the shares he or she has elected to
         purchase.  With respect to shares of the Company's common stock to be
         delivered upon exercise of a stock option, the Compensation Committee
         shall periodically determine whether, and to what extent, such stock
         shall be in the form of new common stock issued for such purposes, or
         common stock acquired by the Company.

    3.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, when the fair market
         value of a share of the Company's common stock on the date a grantee
         elects to exercise a stock option is less than such amount per share
         above the grant price as may be determined by the

                                        - 5 -

<PAGE>

         Compensation Committee from time to time, the Company may at its
         election pay the grantee in cash for each share he or she elected to
         purchase an amount equal to the excess of such fair market value over
         the option price provided for in the stock option.  The Compensation
         Committee shall periodically determine whether the Company shall make
         such cash payment upon exercise of a stock option.  When the Company
         makes a payment to the grantee under this paragraph 3 of Article IX,
         it shall not require the grantee to tender the full purchase price of
         the shares he or she has elected to purchase, the Company's obligation
         to issue or deliver such shares shall be null and void, and the right
         to purchase such number of shares subject to option shall be
         terminated.  Such payment by the Company shall be deemed to be an
         exercise of a stock option and the purchase of shares thereunder for
         purposes of Article II and Article III.

    X.   RESTRICTED STOCK GRANTS

         Restricted stock shall be subject to a restriction period after which
restrictions shall lapse.  The restriction period shall commence on the date the
grant is made and may end on such date as the Compensation Committee shall
determine.  The Compensation Committee may require the achievement of
predetermined performance objectives in order for such shares to vest.  Except
as provided in Article XII, the restrictions on the stock in any restricted
stock grant may not lapse earlier than the second anniversary of the date of
grant.


   XI.   NONTRANSFERABILITY OF GRANTS

         During a grantee's lifetime no stock option or restricted stock
granted under this Plan shall be transferable, and stock options may be
exercised only by the grantee, except as may otherwise be provided in rules
established by the Compensation Committee to permit transfers or to authorize a
third party to act on behalf of the grantee with respect to any stock options.


   XII.  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

    1.   The Compensation Committee shall, subject to the provisions of the
         Plan, determine the rules relating to rights under stock options and
         restricted stock grants upon a grantee's termination of employment.


                                        - 6 -

<PAGE>

    2.   A grantee shall forfeit all rights to and under unvested stock options
         and restricted stock grants

         (a)  if the grantee is dismissed or leaves the service of the plan
              companies for any reason other than his or her death, retirement
              by separation from service from a plan company at age 62 or
              greater or termination by a plan company due to divestiture or
              lack of work, or

         (b)  if the grantee retires as described in subparagraph 2.(a) above,
              and if thereafter the Compensation Committee, after a hearing at
              which the grantee shall be entitled to be present, shall find
              that he or she has willfully engaged in any activity which is
              harmful to the interest of any of such companies;

         provided, however, that such stock options and restricted stock grants
         may continue in effect to such extent and under such conditions as the
         Compensation Committee may determine; and provided, further, that the
         Compensation Committee may accelerate or waive any restrictions or
         conditions applicable to such stock options and restricted stock
         grants, in whole or in part, based on such factors and criteria as the
         Compensation Committee may determine.


    3.   Upon the death of the grantee or his or her retirement or termination
         as described in subparagraph 2.(a) above, whichever shall first occur,
         all stock options and shares of restricted stock granted more than six
         months prior to such death or one year prior to such retirement and
         not yet exercised or, as the case may be, unrestricted shall become
         immediately exercisable or unrestricted.  Nothwithstanding the
         provisions of Article VIII hereof, such options shall remain
         exercisable for a period of three years therefrom and shall thereafter
         expire.


  XIII.  ADJUSTMENTS

    1.   In the event of any stock dividend, split-up, reclassification or
         other analogous change in capitalization, the Compensation Committee
         shall make such adjustments, in the light of the change, as it deems
         to be equitable, both to the grantees and to the Company, in

                                         -7-

<PAGE>


         (a)  the number of shares and prices per share applicable to
              outstanding stock options,

         (b)  the number of shares applicable to outstanding restricted stock
              grants,

         (c)  the aggregate limitation set forth in Article III with respect to
              the number of shares which may be made subject to options and
              restricted stock grants.

         Furthermore, in the event of a distribution to common stockholders
         other than interim or year-end dividends declared as such by the Board
         of Directors, the Compensation Committee shall make such adjustments,
         in the light of the distribution, as it deems to be equitable, both to
         the grantees and to the Company, in respect of the items described in
         (a) and (b) above.

    2.   Any fractional shares or fractional stock appreciation rights
         resulting from adjustments made pursuant to this Article shall be
         eliminated.


   XIV.  AMENDMENTS

         The Board of Directors reserves the right to modify this Plan from
time to time or to repeal the Plan entirely, or to direct the discontinuance of
grants either temporarily or permanently; provided, however, that no
modification of this Plan shall operate to annul, without the consent of the
grantee, a grant already made hereunder; provided, also, that no modification
without approval of the stockholders shall

    (a)  increase the number of shares which may be made subject to stock
         options or restricted stock grants which may be granted under this
         Plan in the aggregate, except by way of adjustments as provided in
         Article XII,

    (b)  permit grant of stock options at value,

    (c)  extend the maximum term of stock options, or

    (d)  permit a grant under this Plan to a member of the Compensation
         Committee;

    except that the Board of Directors may take any action it deems advisable
    to comport with the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, as it may be
    amended.


                                        - 8 -

<PAGE>


   XV.   MISCELLANEOUS

    1.   The Compensation Committee may adopt such modifications, procedures,
         and subplans as may be necessary or desirable to comply with
         provisions of the laws of countries other than the United States in
         which the Company or a plan company may operate to assure the
         viability of the benefits of grants made to employees in such
         countries and to meet the purposes of the Plan.

    2.   Grantees may use shares of the Company's common stock to satisfy
         withholding taxes relating to grants under this Plan to the extent
         provided in terms and conditions established by the Compensation
         Committee.

                                        - 9 -


<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 10.6

04/10/96



                           FOUNDERS STOCK OPTION PLAN

                             DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.


<PAGE>

                           FOUNDERS STOCK OPTION PLAN



I.  PURPOSE

          The purpose of this Founders Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is to
offer employees a favorable opportunity to share in the success of DuPont
Photomasks, Inc. (the "Company") through stock options, thereby giving them a
stake in the growth and prosperity of the Company and benefiting the Company.


II.  FORM OF AWARDS

     1.   Awards under this Plan may be granted in the form of stock options.

     2.   Stock options to purchase shares of the Company's common stock granted
          under this Plan will be stock options that are not incentive stock
          options qualified under the Internal Revenue Code ("nonqualified stock
          options").


III.  LIMITATIONS ON AWARDS

     1.   The aggregate number of shares of the Company's stock which may be
          made subject to stock options granted under this Plan shall not exceed
          400,000.  The limitations set forth above shall be subject to
          adjustment as provided in Article XII hereof.


IV.  ADMINISTRATION

     1.   Except as otherwise specifically provided, the Plan shall be
          administered by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of
          Directors, and the members thereof shall be ineligible for awards
          while serving on said Committee.

     2.   The Compensation Committee is authorized, subject to the provisions of
          the Plan, from time to time to establish such rules and regulations as
          it deems appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan, and to
          make such determinations and take such steps in connection therewith
          as it deems necessary or advisable.


<PAGE>

     3.   The Compensation Committee shall, subject to the provisions of the
          Plan, determine the time when stock options will be granted, which
          employees of the Company, if any, shall be granted stock options, when
          they shall be exercisable, the number of shares to be covered by each
          stock option, and the terms and conditions of such stock options.

     4.   The decision of the Compensation Committee with respect to any
          questions arising as to interpretation of this Plan, including the
          severability of any or all of the provisions thereof, shall be final,
          conclusive and binding.

     5.   Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give any employee, or any
          employee's legal representatives or assigns, any right to participate
          in the Plan except to such extent, if any, as the Committee may have
          determined or approved pursuant to the provisions of this Plan.


V.  ELIGIBILITY FOR AWARDS

     1.   Awards under this Plan may be granted to employees of or individuals
          performing services on a consulting basis for  the Company or a plan
          company as determined by the Compensation Committee.

     2.   The term "employee" may include an employee of a plan company but
          shall exclude any director who is not also an officer or a full-time
          employee of the Company or a plan company.  The term "optionee" as
          used in this Plan means an employee to whom a stock option award has
          been granted under this Plan or, where appropriate, his or her
          successor in interest upon death.

     3.   The term "plan company" shall mean a corporation or other business
          entity in which this Company shall directly or indirectly own fifty
          percent or more of the outstanding voting stock or other ownership
          interest.


VI.  GRANTING OF AWARDS

     1.   Any award granted to an employee shall be made by the Compensation
          Committee which shall take final action on any such award.


                                        2
<PAGE>

     2.   Awards may be granted at any time under this Plan and in the form
          provided in Article II hereof.

     3.   The date on which an award shall be deemed to have been granted under
          this Plan shall be the date of the Compensation Committee
          authorization of the award or such later date as may be determined by
          the Compensation Committee at the time the award is authorized.  Each
          optionee shall be advised in writing by the Company of an award and
          the terms and conditions thereof, which terms and conditions, as the
          Compensation Committee from time to time shall determine, shall not be
          inconsistent with the provisions of this Plan.


VII.  GRANT PRICE

          The price per share of the Company's common stock which may be
purchased upon exercise of a stock option granted under this Plan shall be
determined by the Compensation Committee, but shall in no event be less than the
fair market value of such share on the date the stock option is granted, and in
no event less than the par value thereof.  For purposes of the grant price, fair
market value shall be, at the time of the intial public offering of the stock,
the initial offering price and thereafter shall be the average of the high and
low prices of the Company's common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Composite
Index on the date of grant of a stock option, or if no sales of such stock were
reported on said Index on such date, the average of the high and low prices of
such stock on the next preceding day on which sales were reported on said Index.
Such price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Article XII hereof.


VIII.  OPTION TERM

          The term of each stock option granted under this Plan shall be for
such period as the Compensation Committee shall determine, but not for more than
ten years from date of grant.


IX.  EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     1.   One quarter (25%) of the total number of shares of stock covered by an
          option shall become exercisable beginning with the first anniversary
          date of the grant of the option; thereafter an additional one quarter
          (25%) of the total number of shares covered by the option shall become
          exercisable on each subsequent


                                        3
<PAGE>

          anniversary date of the grant of the option until on the fourth such
          anniversary date the total number of shares covered by the option
          shall become exercisable.   The Compensation Committee may fix from
          time to time a minimum number of shares which must be purchased at the
          time a stock option is exercised.

     2.   An optionee electing to exercise a stock option shall at the time of
          exercise make arrangement to pay the Company in cash (U.S. dollars)
          the full purchase price of the shares he or she has elected to
          purchase.  With respect to shares of the Company's common stock to be
          delivered upon exercise of a stock option, the Company's Board of
          Directors shall periodically determine whether, and to what extent,
          such stock shall be in the form of new common stock issued for such
          purposes, or common stock acquired by the Company.


X.  NONTRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS

          During an optionee's lifetime no stock option granted under this Plan
shall be transferable and stock options may be exercised only by the optionee,
except as may otherwise be provided in rules established by the Compensation
Committee to permit transfers or to authorize a third party to act on behalf of
the optionee with respect to any stock options.


XI.  TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

     1.   The Compensation Committee shall, subject to the provisions of the
          Plan, determine the rules relating to rights under stock options upon
          a grantee's termination of employment.

     2.   A grantee shall forfeit all rights to and under unvested stock options

          (a)  if the grantee is dismissed or leaves the service of the plan
               companies for any reason other than his or her death, retirement
               by separation from service from a plan company at age 62 or
               greater or termination by a plan company due to divestiture or
               lack of work, or


                                        4
<PAGE>

          (b)  if the grantee retires as described in subparagraph 2.(a) above,
               and if thereafter the Compensation Committee, after a hearing at
               which the grantee shall be entitled to be present, shall find
               that he or she has willfully engaged in any activity which is
               harmful to the interest of any of such companies;

          provided, however, that such stock options may continue in effect to
          such extent and under such conditions as the Compensation Committee
          may determine; and provided, further, that the Compensation Committee
          may accelerate or waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to
          such stock options, in whole or in part, based on such factors and
          criteria as the Compensation Committee may determine.

     3.   Upon the death of the grantee or his or her retirement or termination
          as described in subparagraph 2.(a) above, whichever shall first occur,
          all stock options granted more than six months prior to such death or
          one year prior to such retirement and not yet exercised shall
          thereupon become immediately exercisable for a period of one year
          therefrom and shall thereafter expire.


XII.  ADJUSTMENTS

     1.   In the event of any stock dividend, split-up, reclassification or
          other analogous change in capitalization, the Compensation Committee
          shall make such adjustments, in the light of the change, as it deems
          to be equitable, both to the optionees and to the Company, in

          (a)  the number of shares and prices per share applicable to
               outstanding stock options,

          (b)  the aggregate limitation set forth in Article III with respect to
               the number of shares which may be made subject to options.


                                        5
<PAGE>

          Furthermore, in the event of a distribution to common stockholders
          other than interim or year-end dividends declared as such by the Board
          of Directors, the Compensation Committee shall make such adjustments,
          in the light of the distribution, as it deems to be equitable, both to
          the optionees and to the Company, in respect of the items described in
          (a) above.

     2.   Any fractional shares resulting from adjustments made pursuant to this
          Article shall be eliminated.


XIII.  AMENDMENTS

          The Company reserves the right to change this Plan in its discretion
by action of the Compensation Committee or discontinue this Plan in its
discretion by action of the Board of Directors.


                                        6


<PAGE>

                            REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

    This Registration Rights Agreement (the "Agreement") is made and entered
into as of December 31, 1995 by and between Du Pont Photomasks, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company") and Du Pont Chemical and Energy Operations, Inc. a
Delaware corporation ("DCEO" ).

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Agreement of Merger dated as of
December 27, 1995, (the "Merger Agreement") pursuant to which the Company will
issue its Common Stock to DCEO as of December 31, 1995.

The parties hereby agree as follows:

1.  DEFINITIONS

    1.01 "AFFILIATE" means, with respect to a specified Person, any Person
controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person.

    1.02 "COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

    1.03 "COMMON STOCK" means the common stock, $.01 par value per share, of
the Company.

    1.04 "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

    1.05 "HOLDER" means a holder of Registrable Securities.  A person is deemed
to be a Holder of Registrable Securities whenever such person owns Registrable
Securities; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that unless the Company is otherwise notified by
the Holder of a Registrable Security, the Holder of a Registrable Security shall
be deemed to be that person set forth on the books and record of the Company or
the registrar for such Registrable Securities.

    1.06 "INSPECTORS" means collectively any Holder, any underwriter
participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement and any
attorney, accountant or other professional retained by any such Holder or
underwriter.

    1.07 "IPO" means the initial public offering of Common Stock by the Company
that is registered under the Securities Act with the Commission.

    1.08 "MAJORITY HOLDERS" means the holder or holders of a majority of the
Registrable Securities to be registered under a Registration Statement.

    1.09 "OTHER SELLING HOLDERS" means all persons and entities other than the
Selling Holders who have been granted registration rights by the Company.

    1.10 "PERSON" means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited
liability company, a limited liability partnership, an association, a joint
stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an


<PAGE>

unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency
or political subdivision thereof.

    1.11 "RECORDS" means all financial and other records, pertinent corporate
documents and properties of the Company.

    1.12 "REGISTRABLE SECURITIES" means all shares of Common Stock held at the
relevant time by DCEO, or any transferee or assignee of Common Stock previously
held by DCEO (provided that pursuant to such transfer or assignment DCEO has
specifically assigned certain of its rights hereunder), and any other issued or
issuable shares of Common Stock held by DCEO at the relevant time, either at the
time of initial issuance or subsequently, by way of a stock dividend or stock
split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger,
consolidation or other reorganization.  As to any particular Registrable
Securities, such securities will cease to be Registrable Securities (i) when
they have been transferred in a public offering registered under the Securities
Act or in a sale made through a broker, dealer or market-maker pursuant to Rule
144 under the Securities Act or (ii) when any Holder requests in writing that
such Registrable Securities not be registered pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement.

    1.13 "REGISTRATION EXPENSES" means (i) registration and filing fees, (ii)
fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws (including
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel in connection with blue sky
qualifications of the Registrable Securities), (iii) printing, mailing and
delivery expenses, (iv) internal expenses (including, without limitation, all
salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or
accounting duties), (v) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the
listing of the Registrable Securities if the Company shall choose to list such
Registrable Securities, (vi) reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for
the Company and customary fees and expenses for independent certified public
accountants retained by the Company (including, without limitation, the expenses
or costs associated with the delivery by independent certified public
accountants of a comfort letter or comfort letters), (vii)  the reasonable fees
and disbursements of one counsel retained by or for the benefit of all of the
holders of Registrable Securities  (determined by the Selling Holders of such
securities in any manner in which they collectively choose), (viii) the
reasonable fees and expenses of any special experts retained by the Company in
connection with such registration and (ix) the reasonable fees and expenses of
any transfer agents and registrars of the Registrable Securities, as selected by
the Company; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the Company shall not have any obligation to pay
any underwriting fees, discounts or commissions attributable to the sale of
Registrable Securities, or, except as provided by clause (ii) above, any out-
of-pocket expenses of the Holders (or the agents who manage their accounts) or
the fees and disbursements of counsel for any underwriter.

    1.14 "REGISTRATION STATEMENT" means a registration statement on Form S-1 or
another appropriate form filed by the Company during the period that this
agreement is in effect.

    1.15 "RULE 144" means Rule 144 or other comparable provision that may be
adopted by the Commission.

    1.16 "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                                         -2-

<PAGE>

    1.17 "SELLING HOLDER" means, with respect to any Registration Statement,
any Holder whose securities are included therein.

2.  REGISTRATION RIGHTS

    2.01 DEMAND REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  Upon the written request of a Holder, the
Company shall file with the Commission a Registration Statement (a "DEMAND
REGISTRATION") under the Securities Act covering all or part of then outstanding
Registrable Securities, and shall use its best efforts to cause the Registration
Statement to become effective as soon as practicable; provided, however, that
the number of Registrable Securities for which such registration is sought must
exceed 1,000,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock.

    (a)  NUMBER OF DEMAND REGISTRATIONS.  The Holder will be entitled to
    request five Demand Registrations with respect to the Registrable
    Securities.  Except as otherwise provided herein, a registration will not
    be deemed a Demand Registration until it has become effective and the
    Holder is legally permitted to sell all of the Registrable Securities that
    are requested to be included in such Registration Statement; PROVIDED
    HOWEVER, in the event that the Holder fails to take such actions as are
    required on its part to cause the registration to become effective, such
    registration shall be deemed a Demand Registration.

    (b)  PRIORITY ON DEMAND REGISTRATIONS.  In the event that a Demand
    Registration is an underwritten offering, and the managing underwriters
    advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of
    Registrable Securities, the Company's securities, and any other securities
    requested to be included exceeds the number that can be sold in such
    offering without adversely affecting such underwriters' ability to effect
    an orderly distribution of such securities (including the price thereof),
    the Company will include in such registration:  (i) first, the number of
    Registrable Securities requested to be included by DCEO; (ii) second, the
    number of Registrable Securities requested to be included by any other
    Holder; (iii) third, if all the Registrable Securities requested to be
    included are included in such registration, the number of the Company's
    securities requested to be included that, in the opinion of such
    underwriters, can be sold; and (iv) fourth, if all Registrable Securities
    and the Company's securities requested to be included are included in such
    registration, any other securities requested to be included in such
    registration that, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold.

    (c)  CONDITIONS AND LIMITATIONS ON DEMAND REGISTRATIONS.  The Company may
    postpone for up to 60 days the filing or the effectiveness of a
    Registration Statement for a Demand Registration if (i) the President of
    the Company delivers a written certificate to each Holder or such Holder's
    representative certifying that the Company's Board of Directors (evidenced
    by a resolution) has determined that public disclosure in a Registration
    Statement of certain information concerning the Company at that time would
    materially adversely affect the financial position or business of the
    Company or (ii) such Demand Registration would require an audit of the
    Company's financial statements at a time such audit would not otherwise be
    required pursuant to the Exchange Act; provided that in any such event, the
    Holder may withdraw such request and that, if such request is withdrawn,
    such request will not be deemed a Demand


                                         -4-

<PAGE>

    Registration.  The Company may only make one election in any 12-month
    period to postpone a Demand Registration pursuant hereto.

    2.02 PIGGYBACK REGISTRATIONS.

         (a)  RIGHT TO PIGGYBACK.  Whenever the Company proposes to register
    any of its Common Stock (whether for its own account or the account of
    others) under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to a Demand
    Registration) an offering registered on Form S-8, Form S-4 or the IPO and
    the registration form to be used is suitable for the registration of
    Registrable Securities (a "PIGGYBACK REGISTRATION"), the Company will give
    prompt written notice of the proposed registration to each Holder and,
    subject to the priority provisions of Section 2.02(b), will include in such
    registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company
    has received written requests for inclusion therein within 30 days after
    receipt of such notice, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) the Company will not be
    required to effect a Piggyback Registration if it is registering securities
    in connection with an employee stock option plan, a merger, exchange offer
    or another transaction of the type specified in Rule 145 and (ii) the
    Company may withdraw any proposed Registration Statement or offering of
    securities under this Section at any time without liability to any Holder,
    in which case the Company will not be required to effect a registration,
    unless such Holder converts its request into a Demand Registration.

         (b)  PRIORITY ON PRIMARY REGISTRATIONS.  In the event that a Piggyback
    Registration is in connection with an underwritten primary offering of the
    Company's securities and the managing underwriters advise the Company in
    writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be
    included in such registration exceeds the number that can be sold in such
    offering without adversely affecting such underwriters' ability to effect
    an orderly distribution of such securities, the Company will include in
    such registration:  (i) first, the Company's securities proposed to be sold
    by the Company; (ii) second, the number of Registrable Securities requested
    to be included that, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, PRO
    RATA among the Holders of such securities on the basis of the amount of
    Registrable Securities then owned by each such Holder; and (iii) third, if
    all Registrable Securities requested to be included are included in such
    registration, any other securities requested to be included in such
    registration that, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold.

         (c)  PRIORITY ON OTHER REGISTRATIONS.  In the event that a Piggyback
    Registration is in connection with an underwritten offering of the
    Company's securities pursuant to the exercise of registration rights by a
    stockholder of the Company who is not a Holder hereunder and the managing
    underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number
    of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the
    number that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting such
    underwriters' ability to effect an orderly distribution of such securities,
    the Company will include in such registration:  (i) first, the shares of
    Company Common Stock requested to be registered by such Company stockholder
    pursuant to the exercise of its registration rights, (ii) second, any
    Company's securities proposed to be sold by the Company in such offering;
    (iii) third, the number of Registrable Securities requested to be included
    that, in the opinion of such underwriters, can be sold, PRO RATA among the
    Holders of such securities on the basis of the amount of Registrable
    Securities then owned by each such Holder; and (iv) fourth, if all
    Registrable Securities requested to be included are


                                         -4-

<PAGE>


    included in such registration, any other securities requested to be
    included in such registration that, in the opinion of such underwriters,
    can be sold.

         (d)  CONDITION TO PIGGYBACK REGISTRATIONS.  Registrable Securities and
    any other securities registered in a Piggyback Registration shall be
    offered to the public at no less than the price at which other equivalent
    securities of the Company then registered are offered to the public.

3.  HOLDBACK AGREEMENT.  To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law,
each Holder agrees not to effect any sale or distribution of any securities of
the issue being registered or any securities similar to those being registered,
or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for such
securities, including a sale pursuant to Rule 144, during the ten (10) business
days prior to, and during the 120-day period beginning on, the effective date of
such registration statement (except as part of such registration), if and to the
extent timely notified in writing by the managing underwriter or underwriters in
the case of an underwritten public offering.

4.  SELECTION OF UNDERWRITERS.  At the option of the Majority Holders, the
offering of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2.01 may be in the form
of an underwritten offering; PROVIDED, that the Majority Holders shall be
entitled to select the book-running managing underwriter subject to the approval
of the Company, which approval will not be unreasonably withheld.

5.  REGISTRATION.

    5.01 REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.  In connection with the offering the
Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2, the Company shall:

         (a)  prepare and file the Registration Statement with the Commission
    on any form for which the Company then qualifies or which counsel for the
    Company shall deem appropriate and which form shall be available for the
    sale of the Registrable Securities thereunder in accordance with the
    intended method of distribution thereof, and use its reasonable best
    efforts (subject to Section 2.01(c)) to cause such filed Registration
    Statement to become effective as soon as practicable; and after the filing
    of the Registration Statement, the Company will promptly notify each Holder
    of Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement of any stop
    order issued or threatened by the Commission and take all reasonable
    actions required to prevent the entry of such stop order or to remove it if
    entered;

         (b)  in the event of a Demand Registration, prepare and file with the
    Commission such amendments and supplements to the Registration Statement
    and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep
    such registration statement effective for a period of not less than 270
    days or such shorter period which will terminate when all Registrable
    Securities covered by such registration statement have been sold and comply
    with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition
    of all securities covered by the Registration Statement during such period
    in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the holders
    thereof set forth in the Registration Statement;

                                         -5-

<PAGE>

         (c)  furnish to each Holder whose Registrable Securities are to be
    included in the Registration Statement, prior to filing the Registration
    Statement, if requested, copies of the Registration Statement as proposed
    to be filed, and thereafter furnish to such Holder such number of copies of
    the Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each
    case including all exhibits thereto), the prospectus included in the
    Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus) and such
    other documents as such Holder may reasonably request in order to
    facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such
    Holder;

         (d)  use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such
    Registrable Securities under such other securities or state blue sky laws
    of such jurisdictions as any Holder or managing underwriter reasonably (in
    light of the intended plan of distribution) requests and do any and all
    other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to
    enable such Holder or managing underwriter to consummate the disposition in
    such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder;
    PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company will not be required to (i) qualify
    generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise
    be required to qualify but for this Section 5.01(d), (ii) subject itself to
    taxation in any such jurisdiction or (iii) consent to general service of
    process in any such jurisdiction;

         (e)  use its reasonable best efforts to cause such Registrable
    Securities to be registered with or approved by such other governmental
    agencies or authorities as may be necessary by virtue of the business and
    operations of the Company to enable the Holder or Holders thereof to
    consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

         (f)  notify each Holder of such Registrable Securities, at any time
    when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the
    Securities Act, of the occurrence of an event requiring the preparation of
    a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter
    delivered to the Holders of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus
    will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
    any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
    statements therein not misleading and promptly making available to each
    Holder any such supplement or amendment;

         (g)  enter into customary agreements (including an underwriting
    agreement in customary form) and take such other actions as are reasonably
    required in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such
    Registrable Securities;

         (h)  make available for inspection by Inspectors all Records as shall
    be reasonably necessary to enable them to exercise their due diligence
    responsibility, and cause the Company's officers, directors and employees
    to supply all information reasonably requested by any such Inspectors in
    connection with the Registration Statement.  Records which the Company
    determines, in good faith, to be confidential and which it notifies the
    Inspectors are confidential shall not be disclosed by the Inspectors unless
    (i) the disclosure of such Records is necessary to avoid or correct a
    misstatement or omission in the Registration Statement or (ii) release of
    such Records is ordered pursuant to a subpoena or other order from a court
    of competent jurisdiction.  Each Holder of such Registrable Securities
    agrees that information obtained by it as a result of such inspections
    shall be deemed confidential and shall not be used by it as the basis for
    any

                                         -6-

<PAGE>

    market transactions in the securities of the Company or its affiliates
    unless and until such is made generally available to the public.  Each
    Holder of such Registrable Securities further agrees that it will, upon
    learning that disclosure of such Records is sought in a court of competent
    jurisdiction, give notice to the Company and allow the Company, at its
    expense, to undertake appropriate action to prevent disclosure of the
    Records deemed confidential;

         (i)  use its reasonable best efforts to obtain a comfort letter or
    comfort letters from the Company's independent public accountants in
    customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by
    comfort letters;

         (j)  otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all
    applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to
    its security holders, as soon as reasonable practicable, an earnings
    statement covering a period of twelve months, beginning within three months
    after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings
    statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities
    Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

         (k)  cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each
    securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are
    then listed and, if not so listed, to be listed on the NASDAQ National
    Market ("NASDAQ") and, if listed on the NASDAQ system, use its reasonable
    best efforts to secure designation of all such Registrable Securities
    covered by such registration statement as a NASDAQ "national market system
    security" within the meaning of Rule 11Aa2-1 of the Commission or, failing
    that, to secure NASDAQ authorization for such Registrable Securities and,
    without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to arrange for at least
    two market makers to register as such with respect to such Registrable
    Securities with the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.; and

         (l)  provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable
    Securities (if the Company does not already have such an agent) not later
    than the effective date of such registration statement.

    The Company may require each Holder of Registrable Securities to promptly
furnish in writing to the Company such information regarding the distribution of
the Registrable Securities as it may from time to time reasonably request and
such other information as may be legally required in connection with such
registration.

    Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the
happening of any event of any kind described in Section 5.01(f) hereof, such
Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant
to the Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities until such
Holder's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus
contemplated by Section 5.01(f) hereof.  In the event the Company shall give
such notice, the Company shall extend the period during which the Registration
Statement shall be maintained effective (including the period referred to in
Section 5.01(f) hereof) by the number of days during the period from and
including the date of the giving of notice pursuant to Section 5.01(f) hereof to
the date when the Company shall make available to the Holders of Registrable
Securities covered by the Registration Statement a prospectus supplemented or
amended to conform with the requirements of Section 5.01(f) hereof.


                                         -7-

<PAGE>

    5.02.     REGISTRATION EXPENSES.  If Registrable Securities are included in
a registration statement for a Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration,
the Company shall pay the Registration Expenses.

6.  RULE 144.  With a view to making available the benefits of Rule 144 under
the Securities Act (or similar rule then in effect) available to each Holder,
the Company shall:

         (a)  make and keep available adequate current public information with
    respect to the Company within the meaning of Rule 144(c) under the
    Securities Act (or similar rule then in effect);

         (b)  furnish to each Holder forthwith upon request (i) a written
    statement by the Company as to its compliance with the informational
    requirements of Rule 144(c) (or similar rule then in effect) or (ii) a copy
    of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company; and

         (c)  comply with all other necessary  filing and other requirements so
    as to enable each Holder to sell Registrable Securities under Rule 144
    under the Securities Act (or similar rule then in effect).

7.  GRANTING OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  Without DCEO's prior written consent, the
Company shall not in the future grant any rights to any other person to register
any shares of capital stock or other securities of the Company; provided,
however, DCEO's consent will no longer be required if and when DCEO's direct or
beneficial ownership of the Company's voting securities is less than 50% of the
total outstanding voting securities.

8.  INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

    8.01 INDEMNIFICATION BY THE COMPANY.  The Company agrees to indemnify and
hold harmless, to the extent permitted by law, each Holder from and against any
and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or any actions in respect
thereof) to which such Holder may become subject, under the Securities Act or
otherwise arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement or
prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities or in any amendment or
supplement thereto or in any related preliminary prospectus, or arising out of
or based upon any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact
required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, and will reimburse each Holder for any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such Holder in connection with investigating or defending
any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred,
except insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out
of, or are based upon, any such untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue
statement or omission from any of such documents based upon information
furnished in writing to the Company by such Holder or on such Holder's behalf
expressly for use therein and; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that with respect to any
untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in any
preliminary prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section shall
not apply to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense
results from the fact that a current copy of the prospectus was not sent or
given to the persons asserting any such loss, claim, damage, or liability if it
is determined that it was the responsibility of such Holder to provide such
person with a current copy of the

                                         -8-

<PAGE>

prospectus and such current copy of the prospectus would have cured the defect
giving rise to such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense.  The Company also
agrees to indemnify any underwriters of the Registrable Securities, their
officers and directors and each person who controls such underwriters (within
the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the
Exchange Act) on substantially the same basis as that of the indemnification of
the Holders provided in this Section.

    8.02 INDEMNIFICATION BY HOLDER OR REGISTRABLE SECURITIES. Each Holder
agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors and officers
and each person or entity, if any, who controls the Company (within the meaning
of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) to
the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to such Holder, from
and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect
thereof) to which the Company may become subject, under the Securities Act or
otherwise arising out of or based upon any untrue statement of any material fact
contained in any Registration Statement or prospectus relating to the
Registrable Securities, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or any
preliminary prospectus, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or the
alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the
extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder
specifically for use therein, and will reimburse any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending
any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action as such expenses are incurred.


    8.03 CONDUCT OF INDEMNIFICATION PROCEEDINGS.  Promptly after receipt of
notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including any
governmental investigation) against any person or entity entitled to
indemnification under Section 8.01 or 8.02 above (an "Indemnified Party"), such
Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any
indemnifying party under Section 8.01 or 8.02 above (an "Indemnifying Party"),
notify the Indemnifying Party of the commencement thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that the omission to so notify the Indemnifying Party will not relieve it from
any liability which it may have to any Indemnified Party otherwise than under
Section 8.01 or 8.02 above.  In case any such action is brought against any
Indemnified Party and it notifies the Indemnifying Party of the commencement
thereof, the Indemnifying Party will be entitled to participate therein and, to
the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other Indemnifying Party similarly
notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to
such Indemnified Party (who shall not, except with the consent of the
Indemnified Party, be counsel to the Indemnifying Party), and after notice from
the Indemnifying Party to such Indemnified Party of its election so to assume
the defense thereof, the Indemnifying Party will not be liable to such
Indemnified Party under this section for any legal or other expenses
subsequently incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in
the event that such action or proceeding includes both the Indemnified Party and
the Indemnifying Party, and there exists, in the opinion of the Indemnified
Party's counsel, a conflict between the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified
Party, the Indemnifying Parties shall, in connection with any such action or
proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related actions or
proceedings in the same jurisdiction, arising out of the same

                                         -9-

<PAGE>

general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the fees and expenses of not
more than one separate firm of attorneys (together with appropriate local
counsel) at any time for such Indemnified Party.  An Indemnifying Party will
not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, settle or
compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending
or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which
indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the
Indemnified Parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action)
unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release
of each Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such claim, action,
suit or proceeding.  The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any
settlement of any such action or proceeding effected without its written consent
(which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with its
written consent, or if there be a final judgment in favor of the party
instituting any such action or proceeding, the Indemnifying Party shall
indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnified Parties from and against any loss
or liability (to the extent stated above) by reason of such settlement or
judgment.

    8.04 CONTRIBUTION.  In the event that the indemnification provided for in
this Section is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified
Party under Section 8.01 or 8.02 above, then each Indemnifying Party shall
jointly and severally contribute to the amount paid or payable by such
Indemnified Party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities
referred to in Section 8.01 and 8.02 as (i) as between the Company on the one
hand and the underwriters on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate to
reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the
underwriters on the other or if such allocation is not permitted by applicable
law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative
benefits but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the
underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which
resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities or judgments, as well as
any other relevant equitable considerations and (ii) as between the Company on
the one hand and each Holder on the other, in such proportion as is appropriate
to reflect the relative fault of the Company and of each Holder in connection
with such statements or omissions, as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand
and the underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion
as the total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and
commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the
total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the underwriters, in
each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the prospectus.  The
relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the underwriters on the
other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the
untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged
omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company
or by the underwriters, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to
information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or
omission.  The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of each Holder
on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether
the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or
alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by
such party, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information
and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or omission.  The
amount paid by an Indemnified Party as a result of the losses, claims, damages
or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this Section shall be deemed
to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified
Party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is
the subject of this Section.

                                         -10-

<PAGE>

    No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of
Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any
person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

    8.05 OBLIGATIONS.  The obligations of the Company under this Section shall
be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have and shall
extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each director of any Holder and
to each person, if any, who controls any Holder or any underwriter within the
meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange
Act.  The obligations of each Holder under this Section shall be in addition to
any liability which the respective Holder may otherwise have and shall extend,
upon the same terms and conditions, to each director of the Company, to each
officer of the Company who has signed any registration statement and to each
person, if any, who controls the Company or any underwriter (within the meaning
of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act).

9.  MISCELLANEOUS.

    9.01 NOTICES.  All notices and other communications provided for or
permitted hereunder shall be made by hand-delivery or registered first-class
mail:

         (i)  HOLDER.  If to a Holder of Registrable Securities, at the most
current address, and with a copy to be sent to each additional address given by
such Holder.

         (ii)  if to the Company:

                   Du Pont Photomasks, Inc.
                   100 Texas Avenue
                   Round Rock, Texas


         All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly
given when delivered by hand, if personally delivered, or two business days
after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed.

    9.02 TRANSFER OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS; SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  DCEO may
transfer or assign its rights hereunder, in whole or in part, without the prior
approval of the Company.  This Agreement and its benefits shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties
hereto.

    9.03 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.  The provisions of this Agreement, including
the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, modified or supplemented,
and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be
given without the written consent of the Company and the Majority Holders.

    9.04 COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.



                                         -11-

<PAGE>

    9.05 HEADINGS.  The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

    9.06 GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to principles
of conflicts of law.

    9.07 SEVERABILITY.  In the event that any one or more of the provisions
contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity,
legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of
the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be in any way impaired
thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of each Holder
shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

    9.08 SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE.  The parties hereto acknowledge that there would
be no adequate remedy at law if any party fails to perform any of its
obligations hereunder, and accordingly agree that each party, in addition to any
other remedy to which it may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled
to compel specific performance of the obligations of any other party under this
Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement in any
court of the United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction.

    9.09 ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement, together with the Merger Agreement,
is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended
to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of
the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein and
therein.  There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other
than those set forth or referred to herein and therein.  This Agreement and the
Merger Agreement (including the exhibits thereto) supersede all prior agreements
and understandings between the parties with respect to such subject matter.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed
the day and year first written above.


                   DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.

                   By:  /s/ David S. Gino
                        -------------------------------
                   Name:     David S. Gino
                   Title:    Executive Vice President


                   DU PONT CHEMICALS AND ENERGY OPERATIONS, INC.

                   By:  /s/ Charles L. Downing
                        -------------------------------
                   Name:     Charles L. Downing
                   Title:    Vice President and Treasurer

                                         -12


<PAGE>


                                                           EXHIBIT 10.8

                            TAX INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

    TAX INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the "Agreement"), dated May 14, 1996,
entered into by and among E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY ("EID"), a
Delaware corporation, Du Pont Chemical and Energy Operations, Inc. ("DCEO"), a
Delaware corporation, and DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC. ("DPI"), a Delaware
corporation,

    WHEREAS, prior to the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) DPI was a
member of an affiliated group (within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") having EID as its common
parent (such affiliated group, the "EID Affiliated Group");

    WHEREAS, prior to the Closing Date and the restructuring of the Photomask
Business (as hereafter defined) the Photomask Business outside the United States
was conducted by wholly-owned indirect subsidiaries of EID's Du Pont Photomasks
(France) S.A., Du Pont Photomask GmbH & Co. KG ("COKG"), and Du Pont Korea Ltd.;

    WHEREAS, EID intends to restructure its Photomasks Business so that DPI
will own directly or through certain wholly-owned companies the entire
Photomasks Business;

    WHEREAS, EID will cause to be sold to the public a portion of the common
stock of DPI in a Public Offering (as hereafter defined);

    WHEREAS, the parties desire to provide for the accrual, allocation, payment
and indemnification of tax liabilities of the Photomasks Business;

    NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

    "CLOSING DATE" means the close of business on the date on which DPI ceases
to be a member of the EID Affiliated Group.

    "CONSOLIDATED RETURNS" means any consolidated or combined tax returns with
respect to United States federal, state, or local taxes on or based on net
income, net worth or gross receipts required to be filed by EID.

<PAGE>

    "DPI COMPANY TAXES" means United States federal, state and local taxes on
or based on net income, net worth or gross receipts (including interest and
penalties relating thereto) attributable to the operations of DPI.

    "DPI SUBSIDIARY" means each corporation of which DPI owns on the Closing
Date or thereafter, directly or indirectly, capital stock representing more than
50% of the outstanding voting stock.

    "EID SUBSIDIARY" OR "EID SUBSIDIARIES" mean each corporation of which EID
owns, directly or indirectly, capital stock representing more than 50% of the
outstanding voting stock.  EID Subsidiary or EID Subsidiaries shall include the
COKG notwithstanding that the COKG is treated as a partnership for German tax
purposes and a corporation for U.S. tax purposes.  EID Subsidiary or EID
Subsidiaries shall not include DPI or Subsidiary.

    "PHOTOMASKS BUSINESS" means the business consisting of the development,
manufacture and marketing of photomasks and related components, including but
not limited to pellicles and photomasks blanks used in the manufacture of
semiconductor devices of all types.

    "PHOTOMASKS PRODUCT" shall mean photomasks and related components,
including but not limited to pellicles and photomasks blanks used in the
manufacture of semiconductor devices of all types.

    "PUBLIC OFFERING" means either the sale to the public by DCEO or the
issuance to the public by DPI of common stock of DPI.

    "TAXES" means all federal, state, local and foreign income, profits,
franchise, sales, use, occupation, property, severance, production excise,
payroll, withholding, and any other taxes (including interest and penalties
thereon).

                                      ARTICLE II

                                REPRESENTATIONS OF EID

    SECTION 2.1    All tax returns, reports and forms for any taxable year or
tax period ending on or before the Closing Date that are required to be filed on
or before the Closing Date with respect to any activities or assets of the
Photomasks Business with any domestic (federal, state, local, or otherwise) or
foreign taxing jurisdiction, excluding any

                                         -2-

<PAGE>


Consolidated Returns, shall have been timely filed in accordance with all
applicable laws, and all Taxes shown as due on such returns, reports, and forms
shall have been paid, and any proposed deficiency asserted by any such taxing
authority with respect thereto has been paid or properly protested.

    SECTION 2.2    All Consolidated Returns, including any reports and forms
relating thereto, for any taxable year or tax period ending on or before the
Closing Date that are required to be filed on or before the Closing Date or
after the Closing Date have been or shall be timely filed in accordance with all
applicable laws, and all DPI Company Taxes shown as due on such Consolidated
Returns have been or shall be paid, and any proposed deficiency asserted by any
appropriate taxing authority with respect thereto has been paid or properly
protested.

                                     ARTICLE III

                                     TAX MATTERS

    SECTION 3.1    EID shall include (to the extent required by law) the
taxable income or loss and all other tax items of DPI for the taxable years or
tax periods ending on or before the Closing Date in Consolidated Returns.  For
the period January 1 through the Closing Date the following arrangement shall
apply to ensure that the correct amount of DPI Company Taxes shown as due on the
Consolidated Returns is billed to and paid by DPI:

         (a)  An estimate of the amount of such DPI Company Taxes due, which
estimate shall be determined in good faith and shall reflect amounts, if any,
previously paid by DPI with respect to DPI Company Taxes through the Closing
Date, shall be billed to DPI and paid to EID prior to the Closing Date.

         (b)  Upon filing of the Consolidated Returns for the taxable year
which shall include the period commencing on January 1 and ending on the Closing
Date, either

              (i)  the unpaid amount, if any, of DPI Company Taxes shown as due
on such Consolidated Returns shall be billed to DPI, and DPI or its designee
shall pay such amount to EID within 30 days after receiving written notice from
EID of such amount, or,

              (ii) if the amount of such DPI Company Taxes paid to EID, if any,
exceeds the amount of the DPI Company Taxes shown as due on such Consolidated
Returns, EID or its designee shall pay such excess to DPI or its designee within
30 days after filing the Consolidated Returns for the taxable year which
includes the Closing Date.

                                         -3-

<PAGE>

         (c)  DPI Company Taxes required to be reported on Consolidated Returns
shall be determined in accordance with U.S. federal income tax regulation
Section 1.1552.

    SECTION 3.2    Subject to the provisions of Sections 3.1, EID and EID
Subsidiaries shall be liable for and shall hold DPI and Subsidiaries (including
such Subsidiaries as successors in interest) harmless from and against any and
all Taxes due or payable by DPI or the Subsidiaries or by EID or EID
Subsidiaries which are attributable to the Photomasks Business for any taxable
year or tax period ending on or before the Closing Date.

    SECTION 3.3    Subject to the provisions of Sections 3.1, DPI and
Subsidiaries shall be liable for and shall hold EID and EID Subsidiaries
harmless from and against any and all Taxes due or payable to EID or the EID
Subsidiaries or by DPI or Subsidiaries that are attributable to the DPI and
Subsidiaries for any taxable year or tax period beginning on or after the
Closing Date.  Notwithstanding this Section 3.3, in the event an EID Subsidiary
engages in reselling Photomasks Products, Section 3.2 shall apply with respect
to Taxes which are due or payable and which are attributable to such reselling
activity for all taxable years or tax periods whether ending before or after the
Closing Date.

    SECTION 3.4    Any Taxes for any tax period beginning before the Closing
Date and ending after the Closing Date shall be apportioned between DPI as a
member of the EID Affiliated Group and DPI (as a separate company which is not a
member of the EID Affiliated Group), respectively, on the basis of a method
consistent with U.S. federal income tax regulation Section 1.1502-76(b)(4) and
each such period shall be deemed to be a tax period subject to the provisions of
Sections 3.2 and 3.3.  In the case of real and personal property such
apportionment shall be on a per diem basis.

    SECTION 3.5    DPI shall file or cause to be filed all required separate
(non-consolidated or non-combined) state, local and foreign tax returns for the
tax period beginning before the Closing Date and ending after the Closing Date,
and DPI shall pay or cause its Subsidiaries to pay all Taxes shown as due on any
such tax returns with respect to DPI and Subsidiaries.

    SECTION 3.6    Any refunds or credits of Taxes attributable to the
operations of the Photomasks Business arising from events occurring before the
Closing Date shall be for the account of EID and EID Subsidiaries, and, to the
extent that such refunds or credits arise from events occurring after the
Closing Date, such refunds or credits shall be for the account of DPI and
Subsidiaries.  DPI and Subsidiaries shall use their best efforts to promptly
forward to or to reimburse EID and EID Subsidiaries for any such refunds or
credits due EID and EID Subsidiaries after receipt thereof, and EID shall
promptly forward and reimburse DPI and Subsidiaries for any refunds or credits
due DPI and

                                         -4-

<PAGE>

Subsidiaries after receipt thereof.  Notwithstanding this Section 3.6, in the
event an EID Subsidiary engages in reselling Photomasks Products any refunds or
credits of Taxes attributable to such reselling activity shall be for the
account of EID and EID Subsidiaries whether such refunds or credits arise from
events occurring before or after the Closing Date.

    SECTION 3.7    As part of the restructuring of the Photomasks Business,
prior to the date of Closing DPI will sell 31% of the stock of Du Pont Korea
Ltd. to EID for a sales price which will be determined based upon an appraisal
conducted by an independent third party.  Under the Code and the regulations
promulgated thereunder, any loss realized on such sale will be deferred until
such time as when DCEO's ownership in DPI is equal to 50% or less.  Such loss
when recognized may only be applied to reduce capital gains recognized by DPI.
Accordingly, the parties hereby agree that to the extent such loss is utilized
by DPI, whether on a current, carryback or carryforward basis (including when
DPI was a member of the EID Affiliated Group), and DPI thereby reduced its
income tax liability the benefits of such tax reduction shall be paid to EID or,
in the case where there is a reduction in the DPI Company Taxes shown as due on
the Consolidated Returns as a result of a carryback, such tax reduction shall be
retained by EID.

    SECTION 3.8    EID or EID designee shall exercise, at EID's expense,
complete control of the audit, appeal, litigation and/or settlement of any
issues raised in any official inquiry, examination or proceeding that could
result in an official determination with respect to Taxes due or payable by the
EID Affiliated Group, EID Subsidiaries, DPI or Subsidiaries with respect to the
Photomasks Business for any taxable year or tax period (including a period
deemed to be a tax period under Section 3.4) ending on or before the Closing
Date.  The parties shall cooperate, as EID or its designees may reasonably
request, in any such inquiry, examination or proceeding.

                                      ARTICLE IV

                                   INDEMNIFICATION

    SECTION 4.1    INDEMNIFICATION.  (a)  Except to the extent of any due and
unpaid obligations of DPI with respect to its payment obligations under Article
III, EID and DCEO shall jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless DPI
and each Subsidiary for the amount of any and all liability, loss, expense or
damage any such company may suffer or incur as a result of any or all claims,
demands, costs or expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys' and
accountants' fees), interest, penalties, or judgments made against it arising
from or incurred in relation to all Taxes for all Consolidated Returns, and
shall make any payment, remove any lien, and take any action reasonably
necessary to avoid any such company from incurring such liabilities, losses,
expenses, or damages.


                                         -5-

<PAGE>


         (b)  Except to the extent of any due and unpaid obligations of EID
with respect to its payment obligations under Article III, DPI shall indemnify
and hold harmless EID and each EID Subsidiary for the amount of any and all
liability, loss, expense or damage any such company may suffer or incur as a
result of any or all claims, demands, costs or expenses (including, without
limitation, attorneys' and accountants' fees), interest, penalties, or judgments
made against it arising from or incurred in relation to any failure of DPI to
pay any amount to EID with respect to DPI's obligations under Article III.

    SECTION 4.2    TIME OF PAYMENT.  (a) Payments under this Agreement shall be
due no later than thirty (30) days after the date written demand therefor, with
a reasonably detailed explanation for the basis of the claim, is actually
received by EID or DPI.

    SECTION 4.3    INTEREST ON UNPAID AMOUNTS.  Except as otherwise provided
herein, in the event that any Party fails to pay any amount owed pursuant to
this Agreement within ten (10) days after the date when such amount is due,
interest shall accrue on the unpaid amount at the rate applicable to
underpayments of the tax with respect to which such amount relates from the due
date until such amounts are fully paid.

                                      ARTICLE V

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

    SECTION 5.1    DESTINATION OF AGENT.  For all purposes of this Agreement,
DPI shall be the agent for each of the Subsidiaries, with full power to give any
consent and/or exercise any right provided for herein on behalf of such
Subsidiary.

    SECTION 5.2    RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES.  Any dispute concerning the
calculation or basis of determination of any payment provided for hereunder
shall be resolved by a law firm or "big six" accounting firm, selected jointly
by EID and DPI, whose judgment shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties
in the absence of manifest error.  The fees and other expenses of such law or
accounting firm shall be paid 50% by EID and 50% by DPI.

    SECTION 5.3    BINDING EFFECT: SUCCESSORS.  This Agreement shall be binding
upon the Parties hereto and shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon
any of their successors or assigns; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that none of EID, DPI,
any of the Subsidiaries may assign or delegate any of its obligations hereunder
without the consent of DPI (in the case of a proposed assignment or delegation
by EID) or EID (in the case of a proposed assignment or delegation by DPI or any
of the Subsidiaries).


                                         -6-

<PAGE>


    SECTION 5.4    ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement embodies the entire
understanding between the Parties relating to its subject matter and supersedes
and terminates all prior agreements and understandings among the Parties with
respect to such subject matter.  Any and all prior correspondence, conversations
and memoranda with respect to such subject matter are merged herein and shall be
without effect hereon.  No promises, covenants or representations of any kind,
other than those expressly stated herein, have been made to induce any Party to
enter into this Agreement. This Agreement shall not be modified or terminated
except by a writing duly signed by each of the Parties (or, in the case of a
Subsidiary, by DPI acting as its agent on its behalf), and no waiver of any
provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless in a writing duly signed
by the Party sought to be bound (or, in the case of a Subsidiary, by DPI acting
as its agent on its behalf).

    SECTION 5.5    NOTICES.  Any payment, notice or communication required or
permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing (including
telegraphic, telecopy, telex or cable communication) and mailed, telegraphed,
telecopied, telexed, cabled or delivered:

         If to EID and DCEO, to:

                   1007 Market Street
                   Wilmington, Delaware  19898
                   Attention:  Vice President and Treasurer

         If to DPI on its own behalf, or as agent for the Subsidiaries, to:

                   100 Texas Avenue
                   Round Rock, Texas  78664
                   Attention:  Executive Vice President and General Counsel


or to such other person or address as a Party shall furnish in writing to all
the other Parties.  Subject to the provisions of Section 4.1(a), all such
notices and communications shall be effective (i) when received, if mailed or
delivered, or (ii) when delivered to the telegraph company, transmitted by
telecopier, confirmed by telex answerback or delivered to the cable company,
respectively.

    SECTION 5.6    COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which
together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


                                         -7-

<PAGE>

    SECTION 5.7    GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by the laws
applicable to contracts entered into and to be fully performed within the State
of Delaware by residents thereof.

    SECTION 5.8    JURISDICTION.  Each of EID, DPI, any of the other
Subsidiaries agree that, in the event of any legal suit or proceeding arising in
connection with this Agreement and the obligations of the Parties hereunder, it
shall submit to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court of Delaware
and further agrees to venue in such court.

    SECTION 5.9    INTERPRETATION.  This Agreement shall be interpreted in such
a manner as is fair and equitable to all the Parties.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has caused this Agreement to be
executed by its respective duly authorized officer as of the date first set
forth above.


              E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY


              By:  /s/ JOHN C. SARGENT
                   ---------------------------------
              Title:    VICE PRESIDENT AND TREASURER
                        ----------------------------


              DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.


              By:  /s/ DAVID S. GINO
                   ---------------------------------
              Title:    EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
                        ----------------------------------------------------

                                         -8-

<PAGE>

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT


     This Credit Agreement is entered into as of the 1st day of January, 1996,
by and between Du Pont Photomasks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower")
(together with its consolidated subsidiaries, "Photomasks") and Du Pont Chemical
and Energy Operations, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Lender").

Section 1.     DEFINITIONS.

     Certain capitalized terms have the meanings set forth on Exhibit 1 hereto
or in the Security Agreement.  All financial terms used in this Agreement but
not defined on Exhibit 1 or in the Security Agreement have the meanings given to
them by generally accepted accounting principles.  All other undefined terms
have the meanings given to them in the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code as in
effect from time to time.

Section 2.     LOANS.

     2.1. REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, Lender hereby agrees to extend to Borrower a line of credit facility
(the "Facility") under which Lender may make loans (the "Revolving Loans") to
Borrower at Borrower's request from time to time during the term of this
Agreement of amounts up to $30,000,000.  Borrower may borrow, prepay (without
penalty or charge), and reborrow under the Facility, provided that the principal
amount of all Revolving Loans outstanding at any one time under the Facility
will not exceed $30,000,000 at any one time outstanding.  If the amount of
Revolving Loans outstanding at any time under the Facility exceeds the limits
set forth above, Borrower will immediately pay the amount of such excess to
Lender in cash.

          (b)  Borrower may request a Revolving Loan by written or telephone
notice to Lender.  Lender will make Revolving Loans by crediting the amount
thereof to Borrower's account.  Revolving Loan proceeds will be used for general
working capital purposes, general corporate purposes and capital expenditures.

          (c)  As provided in Section 7, Borrower will duly issue and deliver to
Lender a Revolving Note in the form of Exhibit 2 (the "Revolving Note"), in the
principal amount of $30,000,000 bearing interest as specified in the Revolving
Note.

          (d)  The term of the Facility will expire on December 31, 1997, and
the Revolving Note will become payable in full on such date.  Borrower may
prepay the principal balance of the Revolving Note in whole or part at any time
(without penalty or charge).

Section 3.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

     Borrower hereby warrants and represents to Lender the following:

     3.1. ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATION.  Borrower is a corporation organized
under the laws of the State of Delaware, has the power and authority to carry on
its business and to enter into and perform this Agreement, the Note and the
other Loan Documents, is qualified and licensed to do business in each jurisdic-
tion in which such qualification or licensing is required and where failure to
be licensed or qualified would have a material effect on Photomasks, taken as a
whole.  All information provided to Lender with respect to Photomasks and its
operations is true and correct in all material respects on the date as of which
such information is provided.


<PAGE>

     3.2. DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance by
Borrower of this Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Note and the other Loan
Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action, and will not
contravene or constitute a default under any law or any governmental rule or of
the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of Borrower or any order binding on
Borrower, nor violate any agreement or instrument by which Borrower is bound nor
result in the creation of a Lien on any assets of Borrower except the Lien to
Lender granted herein.  Borrower has duly executed and delivered this Agreement,
the Security Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents, and they are
valid and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable according to their
respective terms except as limited by equitable principles and by bankruptcy,
insolvency or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.  No
notice to or consent by any governmental body is needed in connection with this
transaction.

     3.3. LICENSES, ETC.  Borrower maintains in full force and effect any and
all material licenses, permits, franchises, governmental authorizations,
patents, trademarks, copyrights or other rights necessary for the ownership of
its properties and the conduct of its business.  Borrower maintains in full
force and effect material licenses, patents, patent applications, copyrights,
trademarks, trademark applications, and trade names to continue to conduct its
business as heretofore conducted by it, without any known conflict with the
rights of any other person or entity, except where such conflict would not have
a material adverse effect on Photomasks, taken as a whole.

     3.4. LAWS AND TAXES.  Photomasks is in compliance with all laws,
regulations, rulings, orders, injunctions, decrees, conditions or other
requirements applicable to or imposed upon Photomasks by any law or by any
governmental authority , court or agency having jurisdiction over Photomasks,
the failure to comply with which will have a material adverse affect on
Photomasks, taken as a whole.  Borrower has filed all required material tax
returns and reports that are now required to be filed by it in connection with
any federal, state and local tax, duty or charge levied, assessed or imposed
upon Borrower or its assets, including unemployment, social security, and real
estate taxes.  Borrower has paid all taxes which are now due and payable, except
to the extent that the same are being contested in good faith.  No taxing
authority has asserted or assessed any additional tax liabilities against
Borrower which are outstanding on the date of this Agreement and which would
have a material adverse effect on Photomasks, taken as a whole, except to the
extent that the same are being contested in good faith.

     3.5. FINANCIAL CONDITION.  All financial statements required hereunder to
be delivered to Lender are true and correct and have been prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.  Photomasks
has no material obligations or liabilities of any kind not disclosed in such
financial statements, and there has been no material adverse change in the
financial condition of Photomasks nor has Photomasks suffered any damage,
destruction or loss which has adversely affected its business, financial
position, results of operations, assets or prospects since the submission of the
most recent financial statements to Lender.

     3.6. TITLE.  Photomasks has good and marketable title to the assets
reflected on the most recent balance sheet submitted to Lender, free and clear
from all liens and encumbrances of any kind, except for the following
(collectively, the "Permitted Liens"):

          (a)  Liens existing on the date of this Agreement including Liens
securing Indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Agreement;

          (b)  any Lien existing on any asset of any corporation at the time
such corporation becomes a subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such
event;


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

          (c)  any Lien on any asset securing Indebtedness incurred or assumed
for the purpose of financing all or any part of the cost of acquiring such
asset, PROVIDED that such Lien attaches to such asset concurrently with or
within 90 days after the acquisition thereof;

          (d)  any Lien on any asset of any corporation existing at the time
such corporation is merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a
subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such event;

          (e)  any Lien existing on any asset prior to the acquisition thereof
by the Borrower or a subsidiary and not created in contemplation of such
acquisition;

          (f)  any Lien arising out of the refinancing, extension, renewal or
refunding of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien permitted by any of the
foregoing clauses of this Section 3.6, PROVIDED that such Indebtedness is not
increased and is not secured by any additional assets;

          (g)  Liens arising in the ordinary course of Photomasks' business
which do not secure Indebtedness;

          (h)  Liens imposed by law which secure amounts not yet due and payable
or that are being contested in good faith;

          (i)  Liens not otherwise permitted by the foregoing clauses of this
Section 3.6 securing Indebtedness in an aggregate principal or face amount at
any date not to exceed $500,000;

          (j)  any Lien held by Lender.

     3.7. DEFAULTS.  Borrower is in compliance with all material agreements
applicable to it, and there does not now exist any material default or violation
by Borrower of or under any of the terms, conditions or obligations of any
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, franchise, permit, contract, agreement or
other instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which it is bound, and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result
in such default or violation.

     3.8. ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS.  (a) Borrower and its subsidiaries (i) are in
compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) have received all
permits, licenses and other authorizations which are required under applicable
Environmental Laws and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of
any such permit, license and authorization, except where such noncompliance with
Environmental Laws, failure to receive required permits, licenses and
authorizations or failure to comply with the terms and conditions of such
permits, licenses and authorizations, would not, singly or in the aggregate,
result in a material adverse effect on the Borrower and its subsidiaries, taken
as a whole.

          (b)  Borrower is not aware of any costs or liabilities associated with
Environmental Laws which would, singly or in the aggregate, result in a material
adverse effect on the Borrower and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

     3.9  ERISA.  Borrower is in compliance with all of its obligations to
contribute to any employee benefit plan or pension plan regulated by the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA").  Borrower has not
received notice informing it that it is not in full compliance with any of the
requirements of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and there
exists no event described in Section 4043(c) thereof ("Reportable Event") that
would have a material adverse effect on Photomasks, taken as a whole.

Section 4.     AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

     4.1. BOOKS AND RECORDS.  Borrower will maintain proper books of account and
records and enter therein complete and accurate entries and records of all of
its transactions in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and
give representatives of Lender access thereto at all reasonable times, including
permission to examine, copy and make abstracts from any such books and records
and such other information which might be helpful to Lender in evaluating the
status of the Loans as it may reasonably request from time to time, subject to
Lender's pledge to keep information confidential which is designated as such.
Borrower will give Lender reasonable access to the Collateral and the other
property securing the Obligations for the purpose of performing examinations
thereof and to verify its condition or existence.

     4.2. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Borrower will maintain a standard and modern
system for accounting and will furnish to Lender.

          (a)  With respect to the first three quarters of the Borrower's fiscal
year, as soon as available and in any event within forty-five (45) days after
the end of each quarter, a copy of Borrower's consolidated financial statements
for that quarter and for the year to date in a form reasonably acceptable to
Lender, prepared and certified as complete and correct, subject to changes
resulting from year-end adjustments, by the principal financial officer of
Borrower;

          (b)  As soon as available and in any event within ninety (90) days
after the end of each fiscal year, a copy of Borrower's consolidated financial
statements for that year audited by a firm of independent certified public
accountants acceptable to Lender (which acceptance will not be unreasonably
withheld), and accompanied by a standard audit opinion of such accountants
without significant qualification;

          (c)  Simultaneously with the statements submitted under (a) and (b)
above, a certificate signed by the chief financial officer of Borrower,
(i) stating that such office is familiar with all documents relating to Lender
and that no Event of Default specified in this Agreement, nor any event which
upon notice or lapse of time, or both would constitute such an Event of Default,
has occurred, or if any such condition or event existed or exists, specifying it
and describing what action Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect
thereto, and (ii) setting forth, in summary form, figures showing the financial
status of Borrower in respect of the financial restrictions contained in this
Agreement;

          (d)  Copies of all federal, state and local income tax returns and
such other information as Lender may reasonably request, subject to Lender's
pledge to keep information confidential which is designated as such.

     4.3. CONDITION AND REPAIR.  Borrower will maintain its assets in good
repair and working order, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and will make all
appropriate repairs and replacements thereof.

     4.4. INSURANCE.  Prior to the drawdown or borrowing of any funds pursuant
to this Agreement, Borrower will use reasonable efforts to insure or cause
Photomasks' properties and business to be insured against loss or damage of the
kinds and in the amounts customarily insured


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

against by corporations with established reputations engaged in the same or
similar business as Borrower.  All such policies will (a) be issued by
financially sound and reputable insurers, (b) name Lender as an additional
insured and, where applicable, as loss payee under a lender loss payable
endorsement satisfactory to Lender and (c) will provide for thirty (30) days
written notice to Lender before such policy is altered or canceled all of which
will be evidenced by a Certificate of Insurance delivered to Lender by Borrower
within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of execution of this
Agreement.

     4.5. TAXES.  Borrower will pay when due all taxes, assessments and other
governmental charges imposed upon it or its assets, franchises, business, income
or profits before any penalty or interest accrues thereon, and all claims
(including, without limitation, claims for labor, services, materials and
supplies) for sums which by law might be a lien or charge upon any of its
assets, provided that (unless any material item or property would be lost,
forfeited or materially damaged as a result thereof) no such charge or claim
need be paid if it is being diligently contested in good faith, and if Borrower
establishes an adequate reserve or other appropriate provision required by
generally accepted accounting principles.

     4.6. EXISTENCE, BUSINESS.  Borrower will (a) maintain its existence,
(b) engage primarily in business of the same general character as that now
conducted, and (c) refrain from entering into any lines of business
substantially different from the business or activities in which Borrower is
presently engaged.

     4.7. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  Borrower will comply with all federal, state
and local laws, regulations and orders applicable to Borrower or its assets,
including without limitation all Environmental Laws, in all respects material to
Borrower's business, assets or prospects and will immediately notify Lender of
any violation of any rule, regulation, statute, ordinance, order or law relating
to the public health or the environment and of any complaint or notifications
received by Borrower regarding any environmental or safety and health rule,
regulation, statute, ordinance or law.

     4.8. NOTICE OF DEFAULT.  Borrower will, within three (3) days of its
knowledge thereof, give written notice to Lender of (a) the occurrence of any
event or the existence of any condition which would be, after notice or lapse of
applicable grace periods, an Event of Default, and (b) the occurrence of any
event or the existence of any condition which would prohibit Borrower from
continuing to make the representations set forth in this Agreement.

     4.9. COSTS.  Borrower will pay to Lender its fees, costs and expenses
(including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees, court costs,
litigation and other expense) (collectively, "Costs") incurred or paid by Lender
in enforcing the Loan Documents and Lender's security interest in the Collateral
or any other property pledged to secure the Loans.  The Costs will be due upon
demand by Lender.  If Borrower fails to pay the Costs upon such demand, Lender
is entitled to disburse such sums as an advance under the Facility, and
thereafter the Costs will bear interest from the date incurred or disbursed at
the highest rate set forth in the Notes.

     4.10.     OTHER AMOUNTS DEEMED LOANS.  If Borrower fails to pay any tax,
assessment, governmental charge or levy or to maintain insurance within the time
permitted by this Agreement, or to discharge any Lien prohibited hereby, or to
comply with any other obligation, Lender may, but shall not be obligated to,
pay, satisfy, discharge or bond the same for the account of Borrower, and to the
extent permitted by law and at the option of Lender, all monies so paid by
Lender on behalf of Borrower will be deemed Revolving Loans and Obligations.


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

Section 5.     NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

     5.1. INDEBTEDNESS.  Without the Lender's prior written consent, Photomasks
will not incur, create, assume or permit to exist any Indebtedness (in addition
to the Indebtedness hereunder) in excess of $30,000,000 in the aggregate, other
than in the ordinary course of business as presently conducted by Photomasks or
other advances or loans to its Affiliates.

     5.2. LEASES.  Without the Lender's prior written consent, Photomasks will
not enter into any lease of real or personal property as lessee (other than
leases in existence on the date this Agreement is executed which have been
disclosed to Lender) if the aggregate payments due under such lease and all
other leases of Photomasks then in effect would exceed $30,000,000 in any fiscal
year.

     5.3. PLEDGE OR ENCUMBRANCE OF ASSETS.  Without the prior written consent of
Lender, Photomasks will not create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien in
any present or future asset, except for Permitted Liens.

     5.4. MERGER; DISPOSITION OF ASSETS.  Without the Lender's prior written
consent, which may not be unreasonably withheld, Borrower will not (a) change
its capital structure, (b) merge or consolidate with any corporation, (c) amend
or change its articles of incorporation or bylaws or (d) sell, transfer or
otherwise dispose of all or any substantial part of its assets, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired, except for sales of Inventory in the ordinary
course of business.

Section 6.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

     6.1. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Any of the following events will be an Event of
Default ("Event of Default"):

          (a)  any representation or warranty made by Borrower herein or in any
of the Loan Documents is incorrect in any material respect when made or
reaffirmed and shall not have been corrected within 10 days of discovery by the
Borrower of such incorrectness; or

          (b)  Borrower defaults in the payment of any principal on any
Obligation when due and payable, by acceleration or otherwise; or

          (c)  Borrower defaults in payment of any interest on any Obligation
when due and payable, provided that Lender has provided Borrower notice of such
default and Borrower fails to cure such default within 7 days; or

          (d)  Borrower fails to observe or perform any covenant, condition or
agreement herein and fails or is unable to cure such default within 30 days of
the occurrence thereof, provided that such 30 day grace period will not apply to
any failure permit inspection of the Collateral or of the books and records of
Borrower; or

          (e)  a court enters a decree or order for relief with respect to
Borrower or an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or
other similar law then in effect, or appoints a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or similar official) of Borrower or for any
substantial part of its property, or orders the wind-up or liquidation of its
affairs; or a petition initiating an involuntary case under any such bankruptcy,
insolvency or similar law is filed and is pending for thirty (30) days without
dismissal; or


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

          (f)  Borrower commences a voluntary case under any applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law in effect, or makes any general
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or fails generally to pay its debts as
such debts become due, or takes corporate action in furtherance of any of the
foregoing; or

          (g)  Borrower defaults under the terms of any Indebtedness or lease
involving total payment obligations of Borrower in excess of $500,000 and such
default gives any creditor or lessor the right to accelerate the maturity of any
such indebtedness or lease payments which right is not contested by Borrower or
is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be valid; or

          (h)  final judgment of the payment of money in excess of $500,000 is
rendered against Borrower and remains undischarged for 30 days during which
execution is not effectively stayed; or

          (i)  an Event of Default or default occurs under any other Loan
Document; or

          (j)  a trustee is appointed by a United States District Court to
administer any employee benefit plan; or the Pension Benefit Guaranty
Corporation institutes proceedings to terminate any of Borrower's employee
benefit plans.

     6.2. REMEDIES.  If any Event of Default will occur, Lender may cease
advancing money hereunder, and/or declare all Obligations to be due and payable
forthwith, whereupon they will forthwith become due and payable without
presentment, demand, protest, or notice of any kind, all of which are hereby
expressly waived by Borrower.

     6.3. SETOFF.  If any Event of Default will occur, Lender is authorized,
without notice to Borrower, to offset and apply to all or any part of the
Obligations all moneys, credits and other property of any nature whatsoever of
Borrower now or at any time hereafter in the possession of, in transit to or
from, under the control or custody of, or on deposit with Lender, including but
not limited to certificates of deposit.

     6.4. DEFAULT RATE.  After the occurrence of an Event of Default, all
amounts of principal outstanding as of the date of the occurrence of such Event
of Default will bear interest at the Default Rate, in Lender's sole discretion,
without notice to Borrower.  This provision does not constitute a waiver of any
Event of Default or an agreement by Lender to permit any later payments
whatsoever.

     6.5. NO REMEDY EXCLUSIVE.  No remedy set forth herein is exclusive of any
other available remedy or remedies, but each is cumulative and in addition to
every other remedy available under this Agreement, the Loan Documents or as may
be now or hereafter existing at law, in equity or by statute.  Borrower waives
any requirement of marshaling of assets which may be secured by any of the Loan
Documents.

     6.6. EFFECT OF TERMINATION.  The termination of this Agreement will not
affect any rights of either party or any obligation of either party to the
other, arising prior to the effective date of such termination, and the
provisions hereof shall continue to be fully operative until all transactions
entered into, rights created or Obligations incurred prior to such termination
have been fully disposed of, concluded or liquidated.  The security interest,
lien and rights granted to Lender hereunder and under the Loan Documents will
continue in full force and effect, notwithstanding the termination of this
Agreement or the fact that no Revolving Loans are outstanding to Borrower, until
all of the Obligations, have been paid in full.


                                       -7-
<PAGE>

Section 7.     CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

     7.1. CONDITIONS TO INITIAL LOANS.  Lender will have no obligation to make
or advance any Revolving Loan until Borrower has delivered to Lender at or
before the closing date, in form and substance satisfactory to Lender:

          (a)  An executed version of the Revolving Note in the form of
Exhibit 2 attached hereto.

          (b)  A certified resolution of Borrower authorizing this transaction
in a form acceptable to Lender.

          (c)  An executed version of the Security Agreement in the form of
Exhibit 3 attached hereto.

          (d)  Evidence of Uniform Commercial Code searches, tax Lien and
litigation searches, insurance certificates, notices or other documents which
Lender may require to reflect, perfect or protect Lender's Lien in the
Collateral and all other property pledged to secure the Obligations and to fully
consummate this transaction.

          (e)  All requisite releases of Liens and termination statements
necessary to release all Liens and encumbrances against the Collateral and all
requisite waivers, in a form satisfactory to Lender, which are necessary to
grant Lender a first Lien in the Collateral, including but not limited to all
Equipment of Borrower.

          (f)  Such additional information and materials as Lender may
reasonably request.

     7.2. CONDITIONS TO EACH REVOLVING LOAN.  On the date of each Revolving
Loan, the following statements will be true:

          (a)  All of the representations and warranties contained herein and in
the Loan Documents will be correct in all material respects as though made on
such date;

          (b)  No event will have occurred and be continuing, or would result
from such Revolving Loan, which constitutes an Event of Default, or would
constitute an Event of Default but for the requirement that notice be given or
lapse of time or both;

          (c)  The aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Loans
after giving effect to such Revolving Loan will not violate the lending limits
set forth in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

          Lender may request a certificate by an officer of the Borrower
evidencing the above.  The acceptance by Borrower of the proceeds of each
Revolving Loan will be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by
Borrower that the conditions in Section 7.2 of this Agreement, other than those
that have been waived in writing by Lender, have been satisfied.

     8.1. MISCELLANEOUS.  This Agreement, the exhibits and the other Loan
Documents are the complete agreement of the parties hereto and supersede all
previous understandings relating to the subject matter hereof.  This Agreement
may be amended only in writing signed by Borrower and Lender.  This Agreement
may be executed in counterparts.  If any part of this Agreement is held invalid,
the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected thereby.  This Agreement is
and is intended to be a continuing agreement and will remain in full force and
effect until the Revolving Loans are finally and irrevocably paid in full and
the Facility is terminated.


                                       -8-
<PAGE>

     8.2. WAIVER BY BORROWER.  Borrower waives notice of non-payment, demand,
presentment, protest or notice of protest of any Accounts or other Collateral,
and all other notices (except those notices specifically provided for in this
Agreement); consents to any renewals or extensions of time of payment thereof;
and generally waives any suretyship defenses and defenses in the nature thereof.

     8.3. BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the respective legal representatives, successors and assigns of the
parties hereto; however, Borrower may not assign any of its rights or delegate
any of its obligations hereunder.  Lender (and any subsequent assignee) may
transfer and assign this Agreement or may assign partial interests or
participation in the Loans to other persons.  Lender may, with the prior written
consent of Borrower which may not be unreasonably withheld, disclose to all
prospective and actual assignees and participants all financial, business and
other information about a Borrower which Lender may possess at any time, subject
to such assignee's signing a confidentiality agreement.

     8.4. SECURITY.  The Obligations are secured as provided herein, in the
Security Agreement, the Loan Documents and in each other document or agreement
which by its terms secures the repayment or performance of the Obligations.

     8.5. SURVIVAL.  All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements
made by Borrower herein and in the Loan Documents will survive the execution and
delivery of this Agreement, the Loan Documents and the issuance of the Note.

     8.6. DELAY OR OMISSION.  No delay or omission on the part of Lender in
exercising any right, remedy or power arising from any Event of Default will
impair any such right, remedy or power or any other right, remedy or power or be
considered a waiver of any right, remedy or power or any Event of Default nor
will the action or omission to act by Lender upon the occurrence of any Event of
Default impair any right, remedy or power arising as a result thereof or affect
any subsequent Event of Default of the same or different nature.

     8.7. NOTICES.  Any notices under or pursuant to this Agreement will be
deemed duly sent when delivered in hand or when mailed by registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed as follows:

     To Borrower:

          Du Pont Photomasks, Inc.
          100 Texas Avenue
          Round Rock, Texas

     To Lender:

          Du Pont Chemical and Energy Operations, Inc.
          1007 Market Street
          Wilmington, DE  19898

          Attention:  Tom Schmelzer - Administrator

     Either party may change such address by sending notice of the change to the
other party.

     8.8. NO PARTNERSHIP.  Nothing contained herein or in any of the Loan
Documents is intended to create or will be construed to create any relationship
between Lender and Borrower other than as expressly set forth herein or therein
and will not create any joint venture, partnership or other relationship.


                                       -9-
<PAGE>

     8.9. INDEMNIFICATION.  If after receipt of any payment of all or part of
the Obligations, Lender is for any reason compelled to surrender such payment to
any person or entity, because such payment is determined to be void or voidable
as a preference, impermissible setoff, or diversion of trust funds, or for any
other reason, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and Borrower
will be liable to, and will indemnify, save and hold Lender, its officers,
directors, attorneys, and employees harmless of and from the amount of such
payment surrendered.  The provisions of this Section will be and remain
effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may have been taken by
Lender in reliance on such payment, and any such contrary action so taken will
be without prejudice to Lender's rights under this Agreement and will be deemed
to have been conditioned upon such payment becoming final, indefeasible and
irrevocable.  In addition, Borrower will indemnify, defend, save and hold
Lender, its officers, directors, attorneys, and employees harmless of, from and
against all claims, demands, liabilities, judgments, losses, damages, costs and
expenses, joint or several (including all accounting fees and attorneys' fees
reasonably incurred), that Lender or any such indemnified party may incur
arising out of this Agreement, any of the Loan Documents or any act taken by
Lender hereunder except for the willful misconduct or gross negligence of such
indemnified party.  The provisions of this Section will survive the termination
of this Agreement.

     8.10.     GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION.  This Agreement, the Note and the
other Loan Documents will be governed by the domestic laws of the State of
Delaware without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.  Borrower agrees
that the state and federal courts in New Castle County, Delaware, or any other
court in which Lender initiates proceedings have exclusive jurisdiction over all
matters arising out of this Agreement, and that service of process in any such
proceeding will be effective if mailed to Borrower at its address described in
the Notices section of this Agreement.  LENDER AND BORROWER HEREBY WAIVE THE
RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY MATTERS ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower and Lender have executed this Agreement
by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.


                                           DU PONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.

                                           By:  /s/ David S. Gino
                                                --------------------------------

                                           Its: Executive Vice President and CEO
                                                --------------------------------
                                                


                                           DU PONT CHEMICAL AND ENERGY
                                            OPERATIONS, INC.

                                           By:   /s/ C.L. Downing
                                                --------------------------------

                                           Its: Vice President and Treasurer
                                                --------------------------------


                                      -10-
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBITS

                                       TO

                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

                            DU PONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.

                AND DU PONT CHEMICAL AND ENERGY OPERATIONS, INC.



          Exhibit 1      -      Definitions
          Exhibit 2      -      Revolving Note
          Exhibit 3      -      Security Agreement


                                      -11-
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

     1.   "Affiliate" means any corporation, subsidiary, partnership, limited
liability company, trust or other legal entity controlled by the Borrower.

     2.   "Collateral" has the meaning assigned to that term in the Security
Agreement.

     3.   "Default Rate" means two percent (2%) in excess of the interest rate
otherwise in effect under amounts outstanding under the Note.  In no event will
the interest rate accruing under such Note be increased to be in excess of the
maximum interest rate permitted by applicable state or federal usury laws then
in effect.

     4.   "Environmental Laws" means any and all federal, state, local and
foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders,
decrees or other governmental restrictions relating to the environment or to
pollution or protection of the environment, including laws relating to
emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of pollutants,
contaminants, chemicals, or industrial toxic or hazardous substances or waste
into the environment (including without limitation ambient air, surface water,
ground water or land), or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing,
distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of
pollutants, contaminants, chemicals or industrial, toxic or hazardous substances
or wastes.

     5.   "ERISA" means the Federal Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended, or any successor act.

     6.   "Event(s) of Default" will have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1
of the Agreement.

     7.   "Facility" will have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 of the
Agreement.

     8.   "Indebtedness" of any person means (a) all debt of such person for
borrowed money, (b) all indebtedness of such person secured by any mortgage,
pledge, lien or conditional sale or other title retention agreement to which any
property or asset owned or held by such person is subject, whether or not the
indebtedness secured thereby will have been assumed by such person (excluding
non-capitalized leases which may amount to title retention agreements but
including capitalized leases) and (c) all indebtedness of others which such
person has directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed (otherwise than for
collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), discounted or sold
with recourse or agreed (contingently or otherwise) to purchase or repurchase or
otherwise acquire, or in respect of which such person has agreed to apply or
advance funds (whether by way of loan, stock purchase, capital contribution or
otherwise) or otherwise to become directly or indirectly liable.

     9.   "Lien" means any security interest, mortgage, pledge, assignment, lien
or other encumbrance of any kind, including interests of vendors or lessors
under conditional sale contracts and capitalized leases.

     10.  "Loan Documents" means this Agreement, the Note, the Security
Agreement, and every other document or agreement executed by any party
evidencing, guarantying or securing any of the Obligations; and "Loan Document"
means any one of the Loan Documents.

     11.  "Note" means the Revolving Note.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

     12.  "Obligation(s)" means all loans, advances, and indebtedness of
Borrower owed to Lender of every kind and description whether now existing or
hereafter arising under this Agreement, the Note and the other Loan Documents.

     13.  "Permitted Liens" has the meaning assigned thereto as set forth in
Section 3.6 hereof.

     14.  "Revolving Loans" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.1
of this Agreement.

     15.  "Revolving Note" has the meaning assigned to that term in Section 2.1
of this Agreement.

     16.  "Security Agreement" means the Security Agreement dated the date
hereof between Borrower and Lender securing the Obligations.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT 2

                                 REVOLVING NOTE

$30,000,000                                                      January 1, 1996

     On December 31, 1997, Du Pont Photomasks, Inc., a Delaware corporation, for
value received, hereby promises to pay to the order of Du Pont Chemical and
Energy Operations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Lender"), at its offices,
located at 1007 Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware, in lawful money of the
United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal sum
of Thirty Million and no/100's Dollars ($30,000,000) or such lesser unpaid
principal amount as may be advanced by Lender pursuant to the terms of the
Credit Agreement of even date herewith by and between Borrower and Lender, as
the same may be amended from time to time (the "Agreement").

     The principal balance outstanding hereunder, will bear interest from the
date of the first advance until paid at an annual floating rate of interest
equal to LIBOR in effect from time to time plus a spread of 50 basis points.

     Accrued and unpaid interest will be payable in immediately available funds
at the principal office of the Lender set forth above on the first day of June,
1996, and on the first day of each calendar month thereafter during the term
hereof.  Interest will be calculated based on a 365-day year and charged for the
actual number of days elapsed.

     On December 31, 1997, all outstanding principal and all accrued and unpaid
interest will be due and payable.  After maturity, whether by acceleration or
otherwise, this Note will bear interest (computed and adjusted in the same
manner, and with the same effect, as interest hereon prior to maturity) payable
on demand, at a rate per annum equal to the Default Rate (as defined in the
Agreement), until paid, and whether before or after the entry of judgment
hereon.

     "LIBOR" will be determined by Lender in accordance with the following
provisions:  On each LIBOR Interest Determination Date, LIBOR will be determined
on the basis of the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having 180-day maturity,
commencing on the second London Banking Day immediately following such LIBOR
Interest Determination Date, which appears on the Telerate Page 3750 (as defined
below) as of 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the LIBOR Interest Determination
Date.  If such rate does not so appear on the Telerate Page 3750, the rate in
respect of such LIBOR Interest Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of
the rates quoted by major banks in the City of New York, selected by Lender, at
approximately 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on that LIBOR Interest
Determination Date for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a
period of 180 days commencing on that Interest Reset Date and in a principal
amount equal to an amount not less than $1,000,000 that is representative for a
single transaction in such market at such time; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if the
aforesaid rate cannot be determined by Lender, LIBOR in respect of such LIBOR
Interest Determination Date will be LIBOR then in effect on such LIBOR Interest
Determination Date.  The "LIBOR Interest Determination Date" will be the second
London Banking Day preceding any Interest Reset Date.  The "Interest Reset Date"
shall be each January 1 and June 1.  "London Banking Day" means any day dealing
in deposits in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

     "Telerate Page 3750" means the display page so designated on the Dow Jones
Telerate Service (or such other page as may replace that page on that service,
or such other service as may be nominated as the information vendor, for the
purpose of displaying rates or prices relating to LIBOR).


                                      -14-
<PAGE>

     The principal amount of each loan made by Lender under this Note and the
amount of each prepayment made by Borrower under this Note will be recorded by
Lender on the schedule attached hereto or in the regularly maintained data
processing records of Lender.  The aggregate unpaid principal amount of all
loans set forth in such schedule or in such records will be presumptive evidence
of the principal amount owing and unpaid on this Note.  However, failure by
Lender to make any such entry will not limit or otherwise affect Borrower's
obligations under this Note or the Agreement.

     All payments received by Lender under this Note will be applied first to
payment of amounts advanced by Lender on behalf of Borrower or which may be due
for insurance, taxes and attorneys' fees or other charges to be paid by Borrower
pursuant to the Agreement and the Loan Documents (as defined in the Agreement),
then to accrued interest on this Note, then to principal.

     This Note is the Revolving Note referred to in the Agreement, and is
entitled to the benefits, and is subject to the terms, of this Agreement.
Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings
attributed thereto in the Agreement.  The principal of this Note is prepayable
in the amounts and under the circumstances, and its maturity is subject to
acceleration upon the terms, set forth in the Agreement.  Except as otherwise
expressly provided in the Agreement, if any payment on this Note becomes due and
payable on a day other than one on which banks are open for business in New
York, New York (a "Business Day"), the maturity thereof will be extended to the
next Business Day, and interest will be payable at the rate specified herein
during such extension period.

     After the occurrence of an Event of Default, all amounts of principal
outstanding as of the date of the occurrence of such Event of Default will bear
interest at the Default Rate, in Lender's sole discretion, without notice to
Borrower.  This provision does not constitute a waiver of any Events of Default
or an agreement by Lender to permit any late payments whatsoever.

     Borrower may prepay any portion of this Note in part at any time without
premium or penalty.

     In no event will the interest rate on this Note exceed the highest rate
permissible under any law which a court of competent jurisdiction will, in a
final determination, deem applicable hereto.  In the event that a court
determines that Lender has received interest and other charges under this Note
in excess of the highest permissible rate applicable hereto, such excess will be
deemed received on account of, and will automatically be applied to reduce the
amounts due to Lender from Borrower under this Note, other than interest, and
the provisions hereof will be deemed amended to provide for the highest
permissible rate.  If there are no such amounts outstanding, Lender will refund
to Borrower such excess.

     Borrower and all endorsers, sureties, guarantors and other persons liable
on this Note hereby waive presentment for payment, demand, notice of dishonor,
protest, notice of protest and all other demands and notices in connection with
the delivery, performance and enforcement of this Note, and consent to one or
more renewals or extensions of this Note.

     This Note may not be changed orally, but only by an instrument in writing.

     This Note is being delivered in, is intended to be performed in, will be
construed and enforceable in accordance with, and be governed by the internal
laws of, the State of Delaware without regard to principles of conflict of laws.
Borrower agrees that the State and Federal courts in New Castle County, Delaware
or any other court in which Lender initiates proceedings will have exclusive
jurisdiction over all matters arising out of this Note, and that service of
process in any such proceeding will be effective if mailed to Borrower at its
address described in the Notices


                                      -15-
<PAGE>

section of the Agreement.  BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF
ANY MATTERS ARISING OUT OF THIS NOTE.


WITNESSES:                                              DU PONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.

                                                        By:
                                                            --------------------
- -------------------------------
                                                        Its:
                                                            --------------------
- -------------------------------
                                                            By:
                                                                ----------------

                                                            Its:
                                                                ----------------


                                      -16-
<PAGE>

                           CORPORATION ACKNOWLEDGMENT


STATE OF _______________________

COUNTY OF _____________________ ss


     Before me the undersigned , a Notary Public, in and for said County and
State, on this ____ day of _______, 19___, personally appeared
__________________________ to me known to be the identical person___ who
subscribed the name to the maker thereof to the foregoing instrument as its
_________________________________________ and acknowledged to me that __he__
executed the same as ____________ free and voluntary act and deed and as the
free and voluntary act and deed of such corporation, for the uses and purposes
therein set forth.

     Given under my hand and seal of office the day and year last above written.



                            _________________________
                            NOTARY PUBLIC
                            My Commission Expires:  ______________


                                      -17-
<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT 3

                               SECURITY AGREEMENT

     THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into as of the ___ day of June, 1996, by
and between Du Pont Photomasks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower")
and Du Pont Chemical and Energy Operations, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
"Lender").

Section 1.     DEFINITIONS:

     1.1. SPECIFIC DEFINITIONS.  The following definitions will apply:

          (a)  "Debtors" means Borrower's customers and all other persons
obligated to Borrower on Accounts.

          (b)  "Equipment" means all machinery, machine tools, and equipment as
set forth on any schedule which is either now or in the future attached to
Lender's copy of this Agreement.

          (c)  In addition to the foregoing, the definition of the terms
Equipment and Accounts will have the meaning attributed thereto in the
applicable version of the Uniform Commercial Code adopted in the jurisdiction
where Secured Party's principal place of business is located as in effect on the
date hereof.

     1.2. OTHER DEFINITIONS.  Capitalized terms not defined herein have the
meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement dated the date hereof between
Borrower and Lender (the "Credit Agreement").  All other undefined terms will
have the meaning given to them in the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code.

Section 2.     SECURITY.

     2.1. SECURITY INTEREST OF LENDER.  To induce Lender to make the Loans, and
as security for all Obligations, Borrower hereby assigns to Lender as collateral
and grants to Lender a continuing pledge and security interest subject only to
the Permitted Liens in the following property of Borrower (the "Collateral"),
whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and regardless of
where it is located:

          (a)  all Equipment;

          (b)  all Accounts;

          (c)  all Proceeds; and

          (d)  all instruments, chattel paper, documents, securities, money or
other property, owned by Borrower or in which Borrower has an interest, which
are in the possession or control of Lender.

     2.2. PROVISIONS CONCERNING EQUIPMENT.  (a)  Borrower warrants and
represents that Borrower has informed Lender of all places where any of such
Borrower's Equipment is located or has been located at any time during the past
four months.  No Equipment will be moved to any location not disclosed to Lender
but Equipment may be moved from one such location to another.


                                      -18-
<PAGE>

          (b)  Borrower will keep and maintain the Equipment in good operating
condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted, make all necessary
replacements so that its value and operating efficiency is maintained and
preserved.  Borrower will immediately notify Lender of any material loss or
damage to the Collateral.

     2.3  PROVISIONS CONCERNING ACCOUNTS

          (a)  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Borrower shall
retain all its right, title and interest to the Accounts.

          (b)  Lender hereby authorizes Borrower to collect the Accounts.  All
Proceeds constituting collections of Accounts while held by Borrower shall
continue to be collateral security for all of the Obligations.

     2.4. LIENS.  Borrower has good and marketable title to its respective
Collateral.  All assets of Borrower are owned free, clear and unencumbered
except for the Permitted Liens.

     2.5. FURTHER ASSURANCES.  (a)  Borrower will execute and deliver to Lender
at Lender's request all financing statements, continuation statements and other
documents that Lender may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Lender, to
perfect and maintain perfected Lender's security interest in the Collateral and
to fully consummate all transactions contemplated under this Agreement.
Borrower hereby irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints Lender (and any of
Lender's officers, employees or agents designated by Lender) as Borrower's true
and lawful attorney with power to sign the name of Borrower on any such
documents.

          (b)  Lender may inspect and verify each Borrower's books and records
at any time or times hereafter, during usual business hours, in order to verify
the amount or condition of the Collateral, or any other matter relating to the
Collateral or Borrower's financial condition.  Borrower will promptly deliver to
Lender copies of all books and records requested by Lender, subject to Lender's
pledge to keep information confidential which is designated as such.

     2.6. OTHER AMOUNTS DEEMED LOANS.  If Borrower fails to pay any tax,
assessment, government charge or levy or to maintain insurance within the time
permitted by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement, or to discharge any Lien
prohibited hereby, or to comply with any other obligation, Lender may, but will
not be required to pay, satisfy, discharge or bond the same of the account of
such Borrower, and to the extent permitted by law and all monies so paid out
will be secured by the Collateral.

     2.7. BORROWER REMAINS LIABLE.  Borrower will remain liable under any
contracts and agreements included in the Collateral to perform all of its duties
and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been
executed, and Lender will not have any obligation or liability under such con-
tracts and agreements by reason of this Agreement or otherwise.

     2.8. INSURANCE.  Prior to the drawdown or borrowing of any funds pursuant
to the Credit Agreement, Borrower will use reasonable efforts to insure or cause
to be insured the Collateral against loss or damage of the kinds and in the
amounts customarily insured against by corporations with established reputations
engaged in the same or similar business as Borrower.  All such policies will
(a) be issued by financially sound and reputable insurers, (b) name Lender as an
additional insured and, where applicable, as loss payee under a lender loss
payable endorsement satisfactory to Lender, and (c) will provide for thirty (30)
days written notice to Lender before such policy is altered or canceled all of
which will be evidenced by a Certificate of Insurance delivered to Lender by
Borrower within 120 days from the date of execution of this Agreement.


                                      -19-
<PAGE>

Section 3.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

     3.1. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Any of the following events will be an Event of
Default.

          (a)  Borrower fails to keep its assets insured as required herein or
in the Credit Agreement, or material uninsured damage to or loss, theft or
destruction of the Collateral occurs; or

          (b)  Borrower fails to observe or perform any covenant, condition or
agreement herein and fails or is unable to cure such default within 30 days of
the occurrence thereof, provided that such 30 day grace period will not apply to
any failure to maintain insurance or permit inspection of the Collateral or of
the books and records of Borrower; or

          (c)  an Event of Default occurs under the Credit Agreement.

     3.2. REMEDIES.  If any Event of Default will occur and be continuing in
addition to the remedies provided in the Credit Agreement:

          (a)  Lender may resort to the rights and remedies of a secured party
under the Uniform Commercial Code including the right to enter any premises of
Borrower, with or without legal process and take possession of the Collateral
and remove it and any records pertaining thereto and/or remain on such premises
and use it for the purpose of collecting, preparing and disposing of the
Collateral;

          (b)  Lender may ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain and
repair the Collateral, and may sell the Collateral at public or private sale,
and Borrower will be credited with the net proceeds of such sale only when they
are actually received by Lender and any requirement of reasonable notice of any
disposition of the Collateral will be satisfied if such notice is sent to
Borrower 10 days prior to such disposition;

          (c)  Borrower will upon request of Lender assemble the Collateral and
any records pertaining thereto and make them available at a place designated by
Lender; or

          (d)  Lender may use, in connection with any assembly or disposition of
the Collateral, any trademark, trade name, tradestyle, copyright, patent right,
trade secret or technical process used or utilized by Borrower.

     3.3. NO REMEDY EXCLUSIVE.  No remedy set forth herein is exclusive of any
other available remedy or remedies, but each is cumulative and in addition to
every other remedy given under this Agreement or the Credit Agreement or now or
hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute.

Section 4.     MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

     4.1. MISCELLANEOUS.  No delay or omission to exercise any right will impair
any such right or be a waiver thereof, and a waiver on one occasion will be
limited to that particular occasion.  This Agreement may be amended only in
writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the amendment is sought.
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts.  If any part of this Agreement
is held invalid, the remainder of this Agreement will not be affected thereby.

     4.2. BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the respective legal representatives, successors and assigns of the
parties hereto; however, Borrower may not assign any of its rights or delegate
any of its obligations hereunder.  Lender (and any subsequent assignee) may
transfer and assign this Agreement or may assign partial interests or
participation in the Loans to other persons.


                                      -20-
<PAGE>

     4.3. FINANCING STATEMENT.  Borrower hereby authorizes Lender to file a copy
of this Agreement as a Financing Statement with appropriate county and state
government authorities necessary to perfect the Lender's security interest in
the Collateral as set forth herein.

     4.4. NOTICES.  Any notices under or pursuant to this Agreement will be
deemed duly sent when delivered in hand or when mailed by registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, to the addresses then provided for in
the Notices section of the Credit Agreement.

     4.5. GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION.  This Agreement will be governed by the
domestic laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the principles of
conflicts of law.  Borrower agrees that the state and federal courts in New
Castle County, Delaware or any other court in which Lender initiates proceedings
have exclusive jurisdiction over all matters arising out of this Agreement, and
that service of process in any such proceeding will be effective if mailed to a
Borrower at its address described in the Notices section of the Credit
Agreement.  LENDER AND BORROWER HEREBY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY
MATTERS ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower and Lender have executed this Security
Agreement by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.


WITNESSES:                                           DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC.

- ---------------------------                          By:
                                                         -----------------------

                                                     Its:
                                                         -----------------------

- ---------------------------                              By:
                                                             -------------------

                                                         Its:
                                                             -------------------


WITNESSES:                                           DU PONT CHEMICAL AND ENERGY
                                                       OPERATIONS, INC.

- ---------------------------                          By:
                                                         -----------------------

                                                     Its:
                                                         -----------------------

- ---------------------------                              By:
                                                             -------------------

                                                         Its:
                                                             -------------------


                                      -21-


<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.10



                                   September 21, 1995



PERSONAL & CONFIDENTIAL


J. M. Hardinger


This is to confirm several items discussed in our meeting on September 18 and
reflects DuPont's understanding of the issues addressed.  Please advise me as
soon as possible if you have any questions or concerns regarding these matters.

     1. You will retire from DuPont effective the day before you commence
employment with DPI.  For all purposes, including pension, stock options, and
post-retirement medical coverage, you will be considered to have retired at age
50, subject to any required approvals by DuPont committees or other entities, as
specified in the applicable benefit plans, which will be pursued on your behalf.
Prior to your attainment of age 50, your pension benefit will be paid from the
assets of DuPont, not from the Pension and Retirement Plan.

     2. You must make certain elections in connection with your retirement
regarding treatment of deferred compensation, retirement payouts, spousal
survival options, and other benefits.  These elections are customarily made
thirty days before retirement.  DuPont will modify these election dates as
necessary to facilitate your post-retirement planning, provided such
modifications are consistent with I.R.S. and plan administration requirements.
DuPont will provide you with notice of the expected date of commencement of
employment with DPI at least 45 days prior to the effective date.

     3. Your 1995 DuPont variable compensation will be granted in 1996 without
proration.  All options granted in 1995 will be 100% vested.

     4. Your pension benefit calculation will be revised once the variable
compensation for 1995 is paid.

     5. It is anticipated that you will receive the following compensation and
benefits from DPI.  To the extent such compensation and benefits are not
received from DPI, DuPont will reimburse you.


<PAGE>

     a. Your base salary will be a minimum of $290,000.  Salary increases will
be set by the Board of DPI based on performance and comparison with appropriate
frame companies.

     b. You will participate in DPI's incentive compensation plan.

     c. If you are terminated without cause during the first two years of
employment with DPI, you will receive a severance payment of three times your
base salary.  If you are terminated without cause after two years of employment,
you will receive a severance payment of one and a half times your base salary.
Your removal by DPI from the position of Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer will be tantamount to termination.  Cause shall be defined as
any act of serious misconduct, including fraud, embezzlement, and conviction of
a felony.

     d. Upon commencement of employment with DPI, you will be granted
$2,475,000 of stock options priced at one hundred percent of the IPO price.  The
vesting period for such options will be four years, with twenty-five percent of
the options vesting on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversary
dates of the grant.  The options will be subject to a 20% price hurdle and all
other terms set forth in the DPI stock option plan.  These options will vest
immediately in the event of termination without cause or death.

     e. DPI will provide to you life insurance in the amount of one times
salary, and will make available for purchase additional coverage up to four
times salary under the terms of the DPI plan.

     f. You will receive a grant of restricted stock, valued at ten months'
base salary, at the time of the IPO.  This stock will carry a two year
restriction on sale or transfer, and will be subject to all other terms of the
DPI plan.

     g. Your relocation will be handled under the terms of DuPont's relocation
policy regardless of completion date.

     h. DPI will purchase typical directors and officers liability insurance
covering the IPO and subsequent events.  DPI will indemnify you for any
liability in excess of the directors and officers insurance to the extent
permitted under Delaware law.

     i. In the event you are exposed to excise taxes as a result of a change of
control of DPI, DPI will make its best efforts to reduce or defer payments due
to maximize your after-tax income.


<PAGE>

     j. You will be covered under the applicable DPI benefit plans, including,
but not limited to, 401(k) and medical coverage.

     k. Perquisites appropriate to the position of Chairman of the Board and
Chief Executive Officer, if any, will be determined by the DPI Board of
Directors.

The foregoing will be effective upon your retirement from DuPont and
commencement of employment with DPI.

                                   /s/ C. O. Holliday, Jr.

                                   C. O. Holliday, Jr.
                                   Senior Vice President


I hereby accept the terms of this letter.


     /s/ J. M. Hardinger
- -----------------------------------
J. M. Hardinger

Date:   9/22/95

- -----------------------------------


<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11

                            RESEARCH, DEVELOPMENT AND
                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT

                                     between

                      E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company
                 1007 Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19898
                                   ("DuPont")

                                       and

                             DuPont Photomasks, Inc.
                    100 Texas Avenue, Round Rock, Texas 78664
                                     ("DPI")

     This Agreement, effective January 1, 1996, by and between DuPont and DPI
provides for research and consulting activities applicable to photomasks, blanks
and pellicles ("Field").

1.   SCOPE

     For the term of this Agreement, DuPont, primarily through its Central
Research Facility, agrees to provide to DPI reasonable technical assistance and
consulting of two general types in the Field:

     (a)  State-of-the-art analytical support and general consulting on an
as-needed basis ("Analytical Support and Counseling").

     (b)  Research projects at DPI's request and agreeable to DuPont addressing
specific DPI research needs such as, but not limited to, supporting outside
contracts between DPI and SEMATECH. These projects may be long term and detailed
("Research Projects").  In addition, DuPont agrees to advise DPI if other
research being conducted by DuPont may have application to the Field, and if so,
the Parties may discuss a specific Research Project based on this other
research.

2.   COMPENSATION

     (a)  DPI agrees to pay $100,000 per calendar year to DuPont for Analytical
Support and Consulting.

     (b)  In the event the cost of Analytical Support and Consulting in
accordance with DuPont's customary charges for the services provided are
estimated to exceed the $100,000, DuPont shall notify DPI and DPI shall either
agree to any additional projected costs or elect not to have DuPont provide
these additional services.


<PAGE>

     (c)  Invoices by DuPont shall be on a quarterly basis and DPI shall remit
payment to DuPont within thirty (30) days of invoice date.  DuPont shall provide
instructions for where payment shall be sent.

     (d)  Research Projects between the Parties will be negotiated as to each
Project's scope, whether DPI will totally or partially fund the Research
Project(s), timing, term, cost and payment schedule, etc. and will be attached
to this Agreement when negotiated during the term of this Agreement.

3.   COOPERATION AND KEY PERSONNEL

     (a)  DuPont and DPI agree to meet periodically as appropriate, but at least
once per year, to review and discuss DPI's staffing and consulting needs for
Analytical Support and Consulting and for any Research Projects.

     (b)  Dr. Roger French is considered by DPI to be a key DuPont person for
any research project.  Accordingly, the Parties shall include a provision
concerning his availability and commitment in any negotiated Research Project.

     (c)  Company contacts for communications between DuPont and DPI to
facilitate this Agreement are:

     For DuPont:    Lloyd Guggenberger
                    DuPont Company
                    Central Research & Development
                    Experimental Station 356-301
                    Wilmington, Delaware 19880-0356

     For DPI:       Dr. Franklin D. Kalk
                    DuPont Photomasks, Inc.
                    100 Texas Avenue
                    Round Rock, Texas 78664

4.   CONFIDENTIALITY

     (a)  Each Party will hold in confidence and not disclose to any third Party
without the prior written consent of the other Party nor use for any other
purpose than that contemplated herein any information specifically marked as
"confidential" received by it from the other Party, or if oral, designated as
"confidential" at the time of disclosure or so designated within thirty (30)
days of disclosure. "Any Third Party" does not mean any subsidiary of a Party
and each Party is hereby permitted to disclose confidential information
hereunder to its subsidiaries who have a bona fide need to know the same
provided that each will abide by this confidentiality commitment.


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

     (b)  The foregoing obligation of confidentiality and non-use shall extend
for the term of this Agreement and for a period of ten (10) years thereafter,
provided that no Party shall be obligated to maintain in confidence information:

          (a)  which is or becomes part of the public domain other than through
               breach of this Agreement or through the fault of the receiving
               Party, or

          (b)  which is or becomes available to the receiving Party from a third
               Party entitled to disclose it, or

          (c)  which is made available by the disclosing Party in written form
               to a third Party on an unrestricted basis, or

          (d)  which is required to be disclosed by law or governmental order,
               or

          (e)  disclosure of which is mutually agreed to by the Parties, or

          (f)  which the receiving Party has developed independent of any
               references to the confidential information, or

          (g)  which the receiving Party had knowledge as shown by its written
               records prior to disclosure thereof.

     (c)  If by Agreement of the Parties any Party hereto discloses such
information to a third Party, such disclosing Party shall ensure that suitable
obligations of secrecy are undertaken by such third Party which are no less
stringent than those of this Article.

     (d)  Anything to the contrary notwithstanding

          (i)  DuPont shall have no obligation for confidentiality in any
               technical field other than relating to photomasks, pellicles and
               blanks unless so identified by DPI and demonstrated by DPI to be
               related to its business activities; and

          (ii) DPI shall have the right to disclose Confidential DuPont
               Information if in the sole discretion of  DPI such disclosure is
               necessary for marketing photomasks, pellicles or blanks; and

          (iii)either Party may disclose Confidential Information of the other
               Party in the filing of any patent application.

5.   INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     (a)  In connection with any Research Project(s) carried out hereunder,
DuPont will make semi-annual presentations to DPI of technology developed by
DuPont relating to the Field.  In the event DPI undertakes the total funding of
any such Research Project, DPI will own any


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

technology developed in the Research Project relating to the Field unless
otherwise negotiated by the Parties, and will have the right to file any patent
applications it deems appropriate based on ideas and/or inventions made in the
Research Project.  In the event DPI undertakes a partial funding of any such
Research Project, DuPont will own any technology developed in the Research
Project and will grant DPI an exclusive worldwide license of the technology in
the Field with the right to sublicense such technology including any patents
issued to DuPont based on any ideas and/or inventions made in the Research
Project, at a reasonable royalty to be negotiated between the parties.

     (b)  Both Parties shall cooperate with each other to apply for U.S. or
foreign patents and shall execute all papers necessary or advisable for the
filing and prosecution of any such patent applications.  Patent applicant shall
bear all costs of patent application, prosecution, maintenance and enforcement.

6.   TERM

     (a)  This Agreement shall be effective on January 1, 1996 and continue in
full force and effect for five (5) years and shall continue thereafter until
terminated by either Party in whole or in part within ninety (90) days after any
annual meeting of the Parties as described in 3(a) herein.

     (b)  Either Party may immediately terminate this Agreement by notice to the
other Party in the event the other Party enters into bankruptcy proceedings,
becomes insolvent or commits an act of bankruptcy or breaches a material
provision of this Agreement and doesn't cure such breach after thirty (30) days
notice of breach.

7.   GENERAL

     (a)  The Parties acknowledge that they are independent contractors in
carrying out this Agreement and are not representatives, agents or partners or
joint venturers with each other.  Neither Party has any authority to make any
representations or warranties or to bind the other Party in any respect without
the other Party's prior written consent.

     (b)  No liability shall result to either Party from delay in performance or
from nonperformance caused by circumstances beyond the control of the Party who
has delayed performance of not performed.  The nonperforming Party shall be
diligent in attempting to remove any such cause and shall promptly notify the
other Party of its extent and probable duration.

     (c)  Neither Party shall assign or transfer this Agreement, in whole or in
part, or any interest arising under this Agreement, or subcontract any work
hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other Party.


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

     (d)  Either Party's waiver of any of its remedies afforded hereunder or by
law is without prejudice and shall not operate to waive any other remedies, nor
shall such waiver operate to waive each Party's rights to any remedies for a
future breach, whether of a like or different character.

     (e)  The laws of the State of Delaware shall govern the construction of
this Agreement.

     (f)  In the event that any clause of this Agreement shall be found to be
void or unenforceable, such findings shall not be construed to render any other
clause of this Agreement either void or unenforceable, and all other clauses
shall remain in full force and effect unless the clause(s) which is/are invalid
or unenforceable shall substantially affect the rights or obligations granted to
or undertaken by either Party.

     (g)  This Agreement embodies the entire understanding between DuPont and
DPI and there are no contracts, conditions, or representations, oral or written,
with reference to the subject matter hereof which are not merged herein.  No
modification hereto shall be of any force or effect unless reduced to writing
and signed by both Parties hereto.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed
by their duly authorized representatives.

DUPONT PHOTOMASKS INC.                      E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY



By:       /s/ Van H. Leichliter              By:    /s/ John C. Sargent
          ------------------------                  ----------------------------

Title:    Executive Vice President           Title: Vice President and Treasurer
          ------------------------                  ----------------------------
          and General Counsel
          ------------------------


                                       -5-


<PAGE>



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.12



                           BUSINESS TRANSFER AGREEMENT

     This Agreement (this "Agreement"), entered this 22nd day of December, 1995
by and between DuPont Korea Ltd., a corporation organized and existing under the
laws of Korea with its principal place of business at 345-1 Suha-ri,
Shindeun-myon, Ichon-kun, Kyunggi-do, Korea ("Assignor") and DuPont Photomasks
Korea Ltd., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Korea with
its principal place of business at 345-1 Suha-ri, Shindeun-myon, Ichon-kun,
Kyunggi-do, Korea ("Assignee") (Assignor and Assignee collectively, "the
Parties"),


                                   WITNESSETH:


     WHEREAS, the Assignor intends to assign to the Assignee any and all of the
Assignor's photomasks manufacturing, distribution, marketing and incidental
businesses thereto set forth in detail in Attachment I hereto ("Business"); and

     WHEREAS, in order to consummate such business transfer, the Assignor will
withdraw from the Business and wishes to transfer the entire business in Korea
including assets, liabilities, employees and customers as a whole to Assignee,
and Assignee wishes to purchase the Business;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
herein, the Parties agree as follows.

ARTICLE 1.     ASSIGNMENT

     (a)  Assignor hereby agrees to assign the entire Business as a whole to
          Assignee, and Assignee agrees to acquire the Business under the terms
          and conditions of this Agreement.  The business includes, but is not
          limited to, (i) any and all assets and liabilities of Assignor related
          to the Business as set forth in detail in Attachment II hereto (the
          "Assets and Liabilities"), and (ii) any and all employees engaging in
          the business except for those who determine to remain as employees of
          the Assignor as of the date hereof and as set forth in detail in
          Attachment III hereto ("Employees").

     (b)  The Assets consist of all property and rights held by Assignor in
          connection with the Business except for cash on hand and deposits in
          banks.  The Liabilities consist of all encumbrances and claims on or
          against the Assets or the Assignor in connection with Assignor's
          Business.  Assets and Liabilities set forth in Attachment II are not
          exhaustive, but provided only for the purpose of reference.  The
          Attachment II were prepared based upon the balance sheet with respect
          to the Business ("Balance Sheet") conducted as of October 31, l995
          ("Balance Sheet Date") attached hereto as Attachment IV.


<PAGE>


ARTICLE 2.     CLOSING

     (a)  The Closing shall occur on January 30, 1996 or such other date as
          agreed upon by and between the Parties (the "Closing Date").

     (b)  On the Closing Date, Assignor and Assignee shall each take any and all
          measures to effectuate the following:

          1.   Assignor transfers and Assignee accepts title, risk of loss and
               all rights in the Assets.  Assignor shall also deliver all Assets
               to Assignee at the premises of Assignor.  Further, Assignee shall
               assume all Liabilities.

          2.   Assignor shall execute, obtain and deliver to Assignee contracts
               and other documents as may be appropriate to complete the
               transaction contemplated by this Agreement, including the change
               of any registration or the obtaining of approvals or consents of
               the third parties concerning the transfer of the Assets and
               Liabilities.  This includes the Assignor's delivery of (i) such
               good and sufficient instruments of transfer as shall be necessary
               and effective to vest in the Assignee good and marketable title
               to the Assets, (ii) assignments and other instruments effectively
               transferring and assigning to the Assignee all agreements and
               contracts, and (iii) all approvals and consents of third parties
               as are necessary to convey clear title to the Assets and
               otherwise to consummate the transactions hereunder.  Further, the
               Assignee shall execute and deliver to the Assignor an undertaking
               or an instrument of assumption whereby Assignee will assume and
               agree to pay or discharge the Liabilities.

          (c)  Employees shall be transferred from Assignor to Assignee on the
               Closing Date, unless any employee determines to remain as an
               employee of the Assignor on or before the Closing Date.  Assignee
               agrees to employ Employees, and to assume all obligations and
               liabilities therefor, on the same terms and conditions as those
               under which said employees are employed by Assignor as of Closing
               Date.

          (d)  Insofar as the transfer or delivery of any of the Assets shall
               not have been completed or the collection of any moneys due to
               Assignee shall not have been realized by the Closing Date,
               Assignor shall as from such date be deemed to stand possessed of
               such Assets as trustee for and on behalf of Assignee and all
               moneys received by Assignor after the Closing Date in respect of
               sums payable to Assignee shall be received by Assignor on behalf
               on Assignee, who shall be entitled to receive and account of such
               sums from Assignor.


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

ARTICLE 3.     CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

The obligation of either Assignor or Assignee to consummate the transactions as
contemplated in this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction of the following
conditions on or prior to the Closing Date, unless waived by either party in
writing:

     (a)  Representations and Warranties.  The representations and warranties of
          Assignor and Assignee in this Agreement or in any schedule,
          certificate or document delivered pursuant hereto shall be true and
          correct in all material respects on the Closing Date as though made on
          and as of the Closing Date.

     (b)  Government Approvals.  Subject to Article 4 hereof, on or before the
          Closing Date, all governmental approvals and/or waivers of
          requirements which may be necessary for the completion of the
          transaction and the effectuation of its essential purposes, and
          licenses and permits to operate Assignor's business, have been
          obtained.  The Assignor and the Assignee shall each take any and all
          measures to obtain, or to assist the other to obtain, such
          governmental approvals in due course.

ARTICLE 4.     ICHON PLANT

     (a)  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement or any other agreement
          implementing this transaction to the contrary, Assignee and Assignor
          acknowledge that the final title transfer of the land and buildings
          located in Ichon plant set forth in detail in Attachment V ("Ichon
          Plant") may require prerequisite government permits, approvals,
          reports, or other official procedures that may not be completed on or
          before the Closing Date.

     (b)  Assignor shall tender possession and control of the Ichon Plant to
          Assignee on the Closing Date and ensure that Assignee may engage in
          the Business on or after the Closing Date in substantially the same
          manner as has been conducted by Assignor.

     (c)  Both Assignor and Assignee shall secure all such required government
          approvals, submit all necessary reports, and finalize any other
          official procedures required to normally and legally transfer title of
          the Ichon Plant from Assignor to Assignee as soon as possible after
          the Closing Date, but not later than March 31, 1996.  Assignor and
          Assignee shall fully cooperate with each other in obtaining such
          governmental approvals.  The completion of any such procedure
          regarding the Ichon Plant after the Closing Date shall in no way
          impair the continuing validity of this Agreement or any other
          agreement implementing this transaction.

     (d)  The parties agree that a separate summary sales agreement(s), which
          provides for basic terms and conditions with respect to the transfer
          of the land and buildings at the Ichon site, may need to be prepared
          and executed between the related parties to obtain the aforementioned
          governmental approval in an expeditious and smooth manner.  The
          parties shall cooperate with each other in preparing and executing
          such summary


                                       -3-

<PAGE>

          agreements.  In case of any conflict and discrepancy between this
          Agreement and such a summary agreement(s), however, this Agreement
          shall prevail.

ARTICLE 5.     CONSIDERATION

In consideration of the transfer of Business, Assignee shall pay 29,249,258,800
Won, excluding any value added tax ("Transfer Price"), on the Closing Date   The
value of the Assets and Liabilities, on which the Transfer Price has been
calculated, shall be as shown in the Balance Sheet.  Immediately after the
Closing Date, but at latest within two (2) months from the Closing Date, the
Assignor and the Assignee shall evaluate the Business as of the Closing Date and
determine the difference by subtracting the Transfer Price from the amount of
such evaluation ("Closing Date Value").  The resulting difference, if positive,
shall be immediately paid by Assignee to the Assignor.  Should such difference
be negative, such difference shall be paid by Assignor to Assignee.

ARTICLE 6.     WARRANTY AND REPRESENTATION

     (a)  The Assignor represents and warrants to the Assignee as follows:

          1.   Assignor is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
               good standing under the laws of the Republic of Korea and has all
               requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate
               its properties, to carry on its business as now being conducted,
               and to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement;

          2.   The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and all
               writings relating hereto by Assignor have been duly and validly
               authorized by all requisite corporate action.  This Agreement
               constitutes the valid and binding obligation of Assignor,
               enforceable in accordance with its terms.  Except as disclosed
               herein or in any Attachment hereto, neither the execution and
               delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation by Assignor of
               the transactions contemplated hereby, nor compliance with any of
               the provisions hereof will (i) conflict with or result in a
               breach of the Articles of Incorporation of Assignor, (ii) violate
               any statute, law, rule or regulation, or any order, writ,
               injunction or decree of any court or other governmental
               authority, or (iii) violate or conflict with or constitute a
               default under (or give rise to any penalty or an increase in any
               cost, rate or charge, or any right of termination, cancellation
               or acceleration under) any agreement or writing of any nature to
               which Assignor is a party or by which the Assets or its other
               properties may be bound;

          3.   On the Closing Date, Assignor shall have good and merchantable
               title to the Assets;

          4.   The Balance Sheet fairly presents the financial position of the
               Business as of the Balance Sheet Date in accordance with
               generally accepted Korean accounting principles consistently
               applied.  Further, since the Balance Sheet Date, there has


                                       -4-

<PAGE>


               been no material adverse change in the Assets and Liabilities,
               business, or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Business;

          5.   The Assignor has complied in all material respects with all laws,
               ordinances, regulations and orders, and administrative guidance
               applicable to its business.  Further, the Assignor is not a party
               to, nor to the knowledge of the Assignor is Assignor threatened
               with, any litigation or judicial, administrative, or arbitration
               proceeding which if decided adversely to the Assignor, could have
               an adverse effect upon the transactions contemplated hereby;

          6.   The Assignor covenants and agrees that, for the duration of the
               period between the execution of this Agreement and the Closing
               Date, it will carry on the Business diligently and substantially
               in the same manner as heretofore conducted, it shall not engage
               in any new line of business; and

          7.   Assignor agrees that it will at any time and from time to time
               after the Closing Date, upon the request of Assignee, do,
               execute, acknowledge and deliver such further acts, assignments,
               transfers, instruments or documents as may reasonably be required
               in order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this
               Agreement.

     (b)  Assignee represents and warrants to Assignor as follows:

          1.   Assignee is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
               good standing under the laws of the Republic of Korea, with full
               corporate power to enter into and perform this Agreement; and

          2.   This Agreement has been executed by an officer of Assignee duly
               authorized by its Board of Directors to enter into such an
               Agreement, and no further corporate authority is necessary for
               the execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the
               transactions provided for herein.

ARTICLE 7.     INDEMNIFICATION

     (a)  The Assignor shall indemnify, save, and hold harmless the Assignee,
          its successors and assigns, and its officers, directors, employees,
          and representatives from and against any and all costs, losses,
          claims, liabilities, damages, lawsuits, judgments, and expenses
          ("Costs") in connection with or arising out of or resulting from or
          incident to any breach of, or inaccuracy with respect to any covenant
          or representation or warranty herein contained made by the Assignor.

     (b)  The Assignee shall indemnify, save, and hold harmless the Assignor,
          its successors and assigns, and its officers, directors, employees,
          and representatives from and against any and all Costs in connection
          with or arising out of or resulting from or incident to any breach of,
          or inaccuracy with respect to, any covenant or


                                       -5-

<PAGE>

          representation or warranty herein contained made by the Assignee, and
          against and in respect from all losses, expenses, fine, debts and
          obligations of any nature whatsoever incurred by Assignor to the
          extent that they relate to or arise out of; (i) the liabilities
          assumed by Assignee pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) Assignee's
          ownership, use or operation of the Assets on or after the Closing
          Date.

ARTICLE 8.     TAXES

     Assignor and Assignee shall pay and bear their respective taxes as set
forth in this Agreement.  The amount of any value added taxes on the items among
the Assets (the "VAT") which are subject to value added tax liabilities under
Korean law, will be borne by Assignee.  However, Assignor shall pay the VAT to
the tax authorities without collecting such VAT from Assignee.  Assignee shall
repay to Assignor such amount of the VAT when Assignee offsets such VAT against
its own value added tax liabilities which Assignee incurred in relation to its
business or when Assignee gets a refund of the VAT from the tax authorities.

ARTICLE 9.     TERMINATION

     Either Party may terminate this Agreement by written notice to the other
before the Closing Date for any reason.

ARTICLE 10.    AMENDMENT

     This Agreement may be amended only by written agreement executed by both
Parties.

ARTICLE 11.    GOVERNING LAW

     This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of Korea.  It is agreed that in case any; controversy or claim arises out
of, or in connection with, this Agreement or with respect to a breach thereof,
the Parties shall seek to solve the matter amicably through discussions between
the Parties.  If the Parties fail to resolve such controversy, claim or breach
within thirty (30) days after initiation of such discussion by amicable
arrangement and compromise, the Parties shall submit to the jurisdiction of the
Seoul District Court with respect to any suit from such controversy, claim or
breach.

ARTICLE 12.    LANGUAGE

     This Agreement is written in English, which version shall prevail over any
translation thereof.

ARTICLE 13.    COUNTERPARTS

     This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
when so executed shall constitute an original, but all of which together shall
constitute one agreement.


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

ARTICLE 14.    NOTICES

     Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing (letter, telex,
facsimile or telegram) and shall be effective when received by the addressee at
its address indicated below.

     (a   Notice sent to the Assignor shall be addressed as follows:

          Address   : 345-1 Suha-ri, Shindeun-myon, Ichon-kun, Kyunggi-do, Korea
          Attention : Jeong Taik Rim
          Facsimile : 0336-30-1115

     (b)  Notice sent to the Assignee shall be addressed as follows:

          Address   : 345-1 Suha-ri, Shindeun-myon, Ichon-kun, Kyunggi-do, Korea
          Attention : Jeff Geissler
          Facsimile : 0336-30-1118

     (c)  The Parties by notice hereunder may designate other addresses to which
          notices shall be sent.


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed
by their authorized representatives on the day and year first above written.

                                   Assignor :

                                   DuPont Korea Ltd.

                                   By:  /s/ JONG SE KIM
                                      -------------------------
                                        Name:     Jong Se Kim
                                        Title:    Representative Director

                                   Assignee :

                                   DuPont Photomasks Korea Ltd.

                                   By:       /s/ CHEROO WON
                                       --------------------------
                                        Name:     Cheroo Won
                                        Title:    Representative Director


                                       -7-

<PAGE>

                                                            ATTACHMENT I


                               DETAILS OF BUSINESS


Manufacture, distribution, marketing of photomasks and incidental businesses
thereto:

     1.   Manufacture, distribution, marketing of photomasks.

     2.   Import of raw materials such as Blank Masks, Pellicle, and Chemicals

     3.   Any other activities necessary or advisable for any of the foregoing
          activities.


                                       -8-

<PAGE>

                                                            ATTACHMENT II

                        DETAILS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

A.   ASSETS

     The Assets shall mean any assets of the Assignor related to the Business,
which shall include, but not limited to, the following:

     (1)  The trade accounts receivable, notes receivable and miscellaneous
          accounts receivable;

     (2)  The inventory and supplies;

     (3)  The prepaid expenses and prior deposits;

     (4)  The telephone/telex deposits and other deposits;

     (5)  The fixed assets consisting of items in the category of structures,
          machinery and equipment, vehicles and furniture;

     (6)  Copies or originals of all of the books and records and systems
          necessary for the operation of the Business;

     (7)  All rights under all agreements, contracts, and other arrangements
          related to the Business, including those specified in Schedule A;

     (8)  Ichon Plant and Ichon Plant factory registration; and

     (9)  All items used in the Business not recorded as assets in the Balance
          Sheet.

B.   LIABILITIES

     The Liabilities shall mean any obligation or liabilities of the Assignor,
arising out of or relating to the Business, which shall include, but not limited
to, the following:

     (1)  The trade accounts payable, notes payable and miscellaneous accounts
          payable;

     (2)  Employees related liabilities;

     (3)  The liabilities related to the Business with respect to warranties;
          and

     (4)  All liabilities related to the Business, but not recorded as assets in
          the Balance Sheet.


                                       -9-

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                        ICHON EMPLOYEE LISTS

Emp No.   Name                  Entrance Date     Depart                                  Position
- -------   -----                 -------------     ------                                  --------
<S>       <C>    <C>            <C>               <C>                                     <C>
100010    Park   Keun-Won       8-May-1989        75   Ichon PM Management (402)          Plant Manager
100013    Park   Jong Hyo       16-Jan-1989       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Production Manager
100086    Park   Chang Uk       21-Jul-1988       52   Ichon Site Engineering (13)        SHEA & Site Engineering Man
100089    Lee    Dong Koo       1-Oct-1988        51   Ichon Site ER/ADM/MGMT (10)        H.R. & Adm. Manager
100099    Kim    Tae Ho         12-Aug-1986       73   Ichon PM Marketing (7040)          Marketing Manager
100125    Won    Chuiwoo        16-Mar-1981       51   Ichon Site ER/ADM/MGMT (10)        Site Manager
100170    Bae    Hwa Sup        4-Sep-1989        66   Ichon PM Process Eng. (45)         Sr. Inspection Engineer
100171    Park   Keon Taek      17-Aug-1989       66   Ichon PM Process Eng. (45)         Sr. Process Engineer
100172    Kim    Ja Hwa         4-Sep-1989        69   Ichon PM Prod. Plan (481)          Data Planning Supervisor
100173    Shin   Cheol          21-Aug-1989       69   Ichon PM Production (482)          Sr. Production Engineer
100198    Kye    Kwang Sik      20-Dec-1989       55   Ichon Site ML&S (150)              Sourcing Administrator
100201    Kim    Ki Jong        24-Jan-1990       66   Ichon PM Process Eng. (45)         Engineering Manager
100204    Lee    Hack Yeon      22-Jan-1990       73   Ichon PM Marketing (7040)          Account Manager
100259    Choi   Ik Zoo         1-Apr-1988        51   Ichon Site ER/ADM/MGMT (10)        H.R./Adm. Administrator
100261    Lee    Eun Seok       18-Sep-1985       51   Ichon Site ER/ADM/MGMT (10)        General Transportation Coord.
100322    Lee    Hee Young      16-Apr-1990       52   Ichon Site Engineering (13)        Electrical/Instrument Engineer
100336    Lee    In Sook        16-May-1990       53   Ichon Site Safety (131)            Nurse
100348    Jung   Jae Hoon       15-Mar-1990       68   Ichon PM Sys. Engr. (432)          Inspection Equip. Engineer
100349    Oh     Jung Guen      15-Mar-1990       68   Ichon PM Sys. Engr. (432)          Process Equip. Engineer
100379    Park   Se Jin         18-Jun-1990       71   Ichon PM Facilities (433)          Fac./Equipment Engineer
100406    Choe   Gwon Yong      31-Jan-1991       54   Ichon Site ISD (143)               Engineer/Sys. & Networks
100438    Kim    Young il       26-Apr-1990       71   Ichon PW Facilities (433)          Facility Engineer
100440    Lee    Woo Kang       21-May-1990       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Prod. Shift Supervisor
100451    Kim    Myung Sook     15-Mar-1990       69   Ichon PM Prod. Plan (481)          Operator
100452    Jung   Mi Seon        15-Mar-1990       51   Ichon Site ER/ADM/MGMT (10)        H.R. Resource
100455    Yoon   Jae Sun        15-Mar-1990       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100456    Park   Hyun Mi        1-Dec-1990        65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100503    Seol   Dong Kwon      7-Feb-1990        69   Ichon PM Prod. Plan (481)          Data Preparation Engineer
100504    Oh     Joon Hee       7-Feb-1991        65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Shift Leader
100505    Jang   Jung Koon      7-Feb-1991        68   Ichon PM Sys. Engr. (432)          Inspection Equip. Technician
100506    Lee    Eun Joo        11-Feb-1991       69   Ichon PM Prod. Plan. (481)         Data Prep. Technician
100509    Lee    Young Soo      25-Feb-1991       71   Ichon PM Facilities (433)          Facility Engineer
100513    Lee    Jung Ok        4-Mar-1991        65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100519    Kim    Do Yun         18-Mar-1991       66   Ichon PM Process Eng. (45)         E-beam Process Engineer
100536    Kwon   Joong Hoon     10-Jun-1991       08   Biz. Develop/Plan                  Business Analyst
100539    Nam    Yun Ju         11-Jun-1991       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100540    Park   In Soo         1-Jul-1991        65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100542    Cho    Young Rok      15-Jul-1991       70   Ichon PM Quality Mngt. (53)        Q.M. Supervisor
100543    Lee    Jong Jun       22-Jul-1991       70   Ichon PM Quality Mngt. (53)        Quality Technician
100550    Kim    Sook-Kyung     16-Sep-1991       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100553    Kim    Sun-Ja         16-Sep-1991       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100571    Kim    Ju Nam         16-Sep-1991       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100575    Kim    Deuk-Bae       1-Oct-1991        73   Ichon PM Marketing (7040)          Marketing Rep.
100593    Kwon   Hee-Kyung      6-Jan-1992        55   Ichon Site ML&S (150)              Sourcing Assistant
100594    Lee    Jung-Ji        13-Jan-1992       69   Ichon PM Prod. Plan. (481)         Computer System Engineer
100607    Lee    Bok-Hee        10-Feb-1992       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100608    Kim    Lee-Sook       2-Mar-1992        70   Ichon PM Quality Mngt. (64)        Operator
100612    Park   Dong-Hyang     2-Mar-1992        69   Ichon PM Prod. Plan (481)          Operator
100619    Ju     Young-Man      2-Apr-1992        71   Ichon PM Facilities (433)          Facility Technician
100627    Choi   Jung-Mi        6-Apr-1992        69   Ichon PM Prod. Plan (481)          Operator
100637    Park   Yoo-Jin        20-Apr-1992       70   Ichon PM Quality Mngt. (64)        Document Control
100650    Lee    Kyu-Bum        27-Apr-1992       71   Ichon PM Facilities (433)          Facility Engineer
100652    Kim    Jong-Suk       4-May-1992        73   Ichon PM Marketing (7040)          Sales Rep.
100655    Lee    In-Soo         4-May-1992        66   Ichon PM Process Eng. (45)         Optical Process Engineer
100656    Son    Yong-Suk       4-May-1992        66   Ichon PM Process Eng. (45)         Inspection Engineer
100659    Shin   Kyung-Che      1-Jun-1992        68   Ichon PM Sys. Engr. (432)          Process Equip. Tech.
100663    Kim    Eun Sook       14-Jul-1992       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100665    Yang   Jun-Soo        14-Jul-1992       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100679    Lee    Joo-Hee        20-Jul-1992       69   Ichon PM Prod. Plan (481)          Operator
100683    Kim    Sang-Hee       10-Aug-1992       73   Ichon PM Marketing (7040)          Customer Service Rep.
100684    Choi   Kil-Sub        12-Aug-1992       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Shift Leader Technician
100685    Kim    Woo-Sung       10-Aug-1992       68   Ichon PM Sys. Engr. (432)          Process Equip. Technician
100688    Park   Myung-Hee      12-Aug-1992       70   Ichon PM Quality Mngt. (64)        Operator
100689    Kim    Jae-Koo        1-Sep-1992        65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Production Control
100696    Lee    Ok-Jin         17-Sep-1992       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100697    Lee    Soo-Young      17-Sep-1992       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100698    Yoo    Yoon-Ja        17-Sep-1992       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator


                                       -10-

<PAGE>

<CAPTION>

Emp No.   Name                  Entrance Date     Depart                                  Position
- -------   -----                 -------------     ------                                  --------
<S>       <C>    <C>            <C>               <C>                                     <C>
100699    Kim    Sung-Mi        17-Sep-1992       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100700    Kang   Ji-Hee         17-Sep-1992       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100704    Lee    Eun-Sook       24-Sep-1992       73   Ichon PM Marketing (7040)          Clerk
100714    Choi   Hun-Jung       24-Nov-1992       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100715    Kim    Jung-Nam       24-Nov-1992       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100717    Song   Hyun-kyun      24-Nov-1992       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100719    Lee    Ki-Suk         30-Nov-1992       70   Ichon PM Quality Mngt. (64)        Quality Technician
100720    Kim    Il-Joong       30-Nov-1992       73   Ichon PM Marketing (7040)          Customer Service Rep.
100722    Park   Young-A        4-Dec-1992        65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100738    Lee    Won-Jae        18-Jan-1993       73   Ichon PM Marketing (7040)          Sales Engineer
100742    Yoon   Suk-Won        18-Jan-1993       68   Ichon PM Sys. Engr. (432)          Process Equip. Technician
100743    Park   Jong-Bok       18-Jan-1993       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Production Technician
100744    Lee    Na-Young       22-Feb-1993       66   Ichon PM Process Eng. (45)         Training Coordinator
100745    Kim    Young-Hee      2-Mar-1993        70   Ichon PM Quality Mngt. (64)        Operator
100756    Jeon   Mi-Sook        10-May-1993       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100763    Park   Hyang-Suk      5-Jul-1993        65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100766    Hong   Jung-Hwa       23-Jul-1993       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100763    Yoo    Mi-Ra          9-Aug-1993        69   Ichon PM Prod. Plan (481)          Data Prep. Technician
100769    Park   Hyo-Soon       6-Sep-1993        70   Ichon PM Quality Mngt. (64)        Operator
100773    Park   Kyung-Hee      14-Oct-1993       65   Ichon PM Production (482)
100732    Lee    Ju-Eun         11-Nov-1993       51   Ichon Site ER/ADM/MGMT (10)        H.R. Assistant
100733    Lim    Yoon-Sun       15-Nov-1993       75   Ichon PM Management (402)          Secretary
100735    Kim    Hee-Jung       6-Dec-1993        69   Ichon PM Prod. Plan (481)          Operator
100788    Park   Nam-Kyu        4-Jan-1994        70   Ichon PM Quality Mngt. (64)        Q.M. Engineer
100816    Kim    Young-Sook     14-Feb-1994       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100830    Kim    Myoung-He      7-Apr-1994        73   Ichon PM Marketing (7040)
100833    Youn   Mi-Juong       18-Apr-1994       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100834    Koak   Kyung-Lim      18-Apr-1994       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100835    Kang   Soon-Nam       19-May-1994       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100856    Lee    Jin-Hee        7-Jun-1994        65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100857    Mun    Hye-Jeoun      7-Jun-1994        65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100858    Jun    So-Young       7-Jun-1994        65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100859    Her    Kyung-Nim      7-Jun-1994        65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100860    Park   Sang-Hui       15-Jun-1994       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Clerk
100869    Kim    Kyong-suk      12-Jul-1994       69   Ichon PM Prod. Plan. (481)         Operator
100870    Park   Myong-suk      12-Jul-1994       69   Ichon PM Prod. Plan. (481)         Operator
100873    Kim    Eui-sung       18-Jul-1994       73   Ichon PM Marketing (7040)          Customer Service Rep.
100874    Kim    Kyong-ja       18-Jul-1994       73   Ichon PM Marketing (7040)          Clerk
100888    Seo    Hye-Young      10-Sep-1994       73   Ichon PM Marketing (7040)          Customer Service Rep.
100891    Kwon   Ki-Ok          12-Oct-1994       70   Ichon PM Quality Mngt. (64)        Operator
100892    Choi   Won-Yu         4-Oct-1994        71   Ichon PM Facilities (433)          Electric Technician
100893    Park   Mi-Suk         5-Oct-1994        65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100896    Shin   Eun-Young      12-Oct-1994       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100897    Kim    Eun-ju         13-Oct-1994       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100920    Lee    Young-il       1-Dec-1994        66   Ichon PM Process Eng. (45)         E-beam Process Engineer
100921    Oh     Seok-pil       1-Dec-1994        66   Ichon PM Process Eng. (45)         Inspection Engineer
100923    Kim    Seungryon      12-Dec-1994       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Technician
100926    Lee    Chang-suk      12-Dec-1994       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100927    Song   Pan-dol        19-Dec-1994       68   Ichon PM Sys. Engr. (432)          Inspection Equip. Tech.
100928    Song   Eun-joo        19-Dec-1994       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100929    Lee    Hyun-jung      19-Dec-1994       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100931    Ju     Kwang-seo      3-Jan-1995        71   Ichon PM Facilities (433)          Facility Technician
100933    Han    Bok-soon       23-Jan-1995       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100934    Choi   Min-young      16-Jan-1995       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100937    Kim    Hyen-chu       23-Jan-1995       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100938    Lim    Eun-jung       23-Jan-1995       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100949    Lee    Ku-youn        13-Mar-1995       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100957    Kim    Young-mi       17-Apr-1995       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100960    Kim    Eun-kyung      2-May-1995        70   Ichon PM Quality Mngt. (64)        Operator
100961    You    Mi-young       8-May-1995        78   Ichon Site Mngt.                   Secretary
100962    Yoon   Tae-kun        20-Apr-1995       71   Ichon PM Facilities (433)          Facility Technician
100968    Yun    In-ja          31-May-1995       70   Ichon PM Quality Mngt. (64)        Operator
100969    Han    Hyou-hui       31-May-1995       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100971    Shin   In-ja          31-May-1995       65   Ichon PM Production (482)
100972    Park   Jum-ee         31-May-1995       65   Ichon PM Production (482)


                                        -11-

<PAGE>

<CAPTION>

Emp No.   Name                  Entrance Date     Depart                                   Position
- -------   -----                 -------------     ------                                   --------
<S>       <C>    <C>            <C>               <C>                                     <C>
100976    Lee    Sang-chel      26-Jun-1995       73   Ichon PM Marketing (7040)          Shipping Clerk
100980    Mun    So-yon         1-Aug-1995        69   Ichon PM Prod. Plan (481)          Operator
100981    Park   Min-ok         1-Aug-1995        70   Ichon PM Quality Mngt. (64)        Operator
100982    Kim    Hye-yeon       1-Aug-1995        70   Ichon PM Quality Mngt. (64)        Operator
100983    Kim    Soon-bok       1-Aug-1995        69   Ichon PM Prod. Plan (481)          Operator
100984    Jo     Eun-suk        1-Aug-1995        65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100985    Lee    Ju-hee         1-Aug-1995        65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100986    Kim    Sun-hee        1-Aug-1995        65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
100997    Choi   Eun-kyoun      9-Oct-1996        69   Ichon PM Prod. Plan (481)          Technician
101001    Han    Chong-a        23-Oct-1995       73   Ichon PM Marketing (7040)          Customer Services Rep.
101003    Shin   Myong-sun      6-Nov-1995        65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
101004    Park   Mi-kyong       6-Nov-1995        70   Ichon PM Quality Mngt. (64)        Operator
101005    Shin   In-wha         20-Nov-1995       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
101007    Park   Mi-kyong       23-Nov-1995       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
101008    Bang   Yoon-hee       23-Nov-1995       65   Ichon PM Production (482)          Operator
101011    Choi   Hui-ye         12-Dec-1995       70   Ichon PM Quality Mngt. (64)        Operator
</TABLE>


                                      -12-

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                                 ATTACHMENT IV

                                                     BALANCE SHEET FOR BUSINESS



          ASSET                              AMOUNT                         LIABILITIES                              AMOUNT
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                     <C>                     <C>                                           <C>

Accounts Receivable-Trade                   558,657,098          Accounts Payable-Trade                           110,644,299
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Intercompany Accounts                                            Intercompany Accounts Payable - Trade         1,3364,121,501
Receivable - Trade                          906,550,830
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note Receivable - Trade                   1,592,760,540          Accounts Payable - Other                          27,706,600
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Quick Asset)                             3,057,968,468          Accrued Expenses                                 206,949,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Finished Goods                              910,553,615          Total Current Liabilities                      1,709,421,400
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Raw Materials                               478,460,991          Allowance for Severance Pay                    1,204,980,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplies                                    173,639,399          National Pension for Severance Pay                75,077,400
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Inventories)                             1,562,654,005          Total Long-Term Liabilities                    1,129,902,600
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prepaid Expenses                             76,995,167          Total Liabilities                              2,839,324,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Short-Term Loans to Employees                13,920,517          Net Asset Value (Sales Proceeds)              29,249,258,800
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Other Current Assets)                       90,915,684
- ------------------------------------------------------------
(Total Current Assets                     4,711,538,157
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Telex and Telephone Rights                    7,470,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Other Deposit                                25,100,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Long Term Loans                           1,034,399,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Other Assets                              1,066,939,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Land                                      4,168,775,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Building                                  9,723,626,933
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Structure                                   930,720,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Machinery and Equipment                  10,628,856,076
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Tools and Equipment                         218,628,601
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Furniture, etc.                             587,469,033
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Vehicles                                     52,000,000
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Total Fixed Assets                       26,310,075,643
- ------------------------------------------------------------
Total Assets                             32,088,582,800
- ------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>


                                      -13-
<PAGE>

                                                                    ATTACHMENT V


                             DETAILS OF ICHON PLANT


BUILDINGS


                   Use                                 Size
          ----------------------                  -------------

          Manufacturing Bldg.                     7,235.86 m to the 2nd power
          Site Service Bldg.                      1,673.76 m to the 2nd power
          Sewage Treatment Bldg.                    127.20 m to the 2nd power
          Guard House                                23.38 m to the 2nd power
          Utility Bldg.                             420.00 m to the 2nd power
          Pump House                                 48.00 m to the 2nd power





LAND

Size:     32,825 m to the 2nd power

Location: 345-1, Suha-ri, Shindeun-myon, Ichon-kun, Kyunggi-do, Korea



                                      -14-
<PAGE>

                                                                      SCHEDULE A



                  AGREEMENTS, CONTRACTS, AND OTHER ARRANGEMENTS


     1.   Sales Agreements

     2.   Technology Inducement Agreement

     3.   Service Agreement


                                      -15-

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.13

                              INDEMNITY  AGREEMENT

     THIS INDEMNITY AGREEMENT, effective as of ______________, 1996, between
DUPONT PHOTOMASKS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), and
___________________________ (the "Indemnitee").

                             W I T N E S S E T H :

     WHEREAS, Indemnitee is a member of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation (the "Board of Directors"), and in such capacity is performing a
valuable service for the Corporation; and

     WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve, and take on
additional service for or on behalf of the Corporation, subject to certain
conditions, including without limitation, the execution and performance of this
Agreement by the Corporation; and

     WHEREAS, it is intended that Indemnitee shall be paid promptly by the
Corporation all amounts necessary to effectuate in full the indemnity provided
herein;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants in this
Agreement, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as
follows:

      1.  SERVICES BY INDEMNITEE        Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director
of the Corporation so long as he or she is duly appointed or elected and
qualified in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Certificate of
Incorporation ("Charter") and By-Laws ("By-Laws") of the Corporation and until
such time as he or she resigns or fails to stand for election or is removed from
his or her position in accordance with such Charter and By-Laws.  Indemnitee may
at any time and for any reason resign or be removed from such position (subject
to any other contractual obligation or other obligation imposed by operation of
law and subject to any applicable provisions of the Charter or By-Laws).

      2.  INDEMNIFICATION     The Corporation shall indemnify Indemnitee
whenever he or she is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
Proceeding, including without limitation any such Proceeding brought by or in
the right of the Corporation, because he or she is or was a director of the
Corporation, or is or was serving or had agreed to serve at the request of the
Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, or
other business entity or enterprise, or because of anything done or not done by


<PAGE>

Indemnitee in such capacity, against Expenses and Liabilities actually and
reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with
such Proceeding, including the costs of any investigation, defense, settlement
or appeal; provided that, such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner
such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interest
of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe that such conduct was unlawful; and except that with
respect to a Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Corporation, no
indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter if
Indemnitee was finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be
liable to the Corporation or for amounts paid in settlement to the Corporation
unless and to the extent that the court in which the suit was brought or other
court of competent jurisdiction determines that Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification for such amounts as the court deems proper.

      3.  ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES  If in the judgment of the Board of Directors
of the Corporation Indemnitee is reasonably likely to be entitled to
indemnification pursuant to Section 2, then all Expenses incurred by or on
behalf of Indemnitee shall be advanced from time to time by the Corporation to
Indemnitee within thirty (30) days after the Corporation's receipt of a written
request for an advance of Expenses, whether prior to or after final disposition
of a Proceeding.  The written request for an advancement of any and all Expenses
under this paragraph shall contain reasonable detail of the Expenses incurred by
Indemnitee.  If required by law at the time of such advance, Indemnitee hereby
agrees to repay the amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that
Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement.

      4.  LIMITATIONS    The foregoing indemnity and advancement of Expenses
shall apply only to the extent that Indemnitee has not been indemnified and
reimbursed pursuant to such insurance as the Corporation may maintain for
Indemnitee's benefit, provided however, that notwithstanding the availability of
such other indemnification and reimbursement pursuant to such Corporation-
maintained policies, Indemnitee may claim indemnification and advancement of
Expenses pursuant to this Agreement by assigning to the Corporation, at its
request, Indemnitee's claims under such insurance to the extent Indemnitee has
been paid by the Corporation.

      5.  INSURANCE AND FUNDING    The Corporation may purchase and maintain
directors and officers, insurance in such amounts as approved by the Board of
Directors to protect Indemnitee against any Expenses and Liabilities in
connection with any Proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
laws.  The Corporation may create a trust fund, grant a security interest or use
other means (including, without limitation, a letter of credit) to ensure the


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

payment of such amounts as may be necessary to effect indemnification or
advancement of Expenses as provided in this Agreement.

      6.  PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO INDEMNIFICATION

     (a)  Whenever Indemnitee believes that he or she is entitled to
indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the
Corporation a written request for indemnification.  Any request for
indemnification shall include sufficient documentation or information reasonably
available to Indemnitee to support his or her claim for indemnification.
Indemnitee shall submit such claim for indemnification within a reasonable time
not to exceed five years after any judgment, order, settlement, dismissal,
arbitration award, conviction, acceptance of a plea of nolo contendere or its
equivalent, final termination or other disposition or partial disposition of any
Proceeding, whichever is the later date for which Indemnitee requests
indemnification.  The Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary or
other appropriate officer shall, promptly upon receipt of Indemnitee's request
for indemnification, advise the Board of Directors in writing that Indemnitee
has made such request.  Determination of Indemnitee's entitlement to
indemnification shall be made not later than ninety (90) days after the
Corporation's receipt of his or her written request for such indemnification.

     (b)  The Indemnitee shall be entitled to select the forum in which
Indemnitee's request for indemnification will be heard, which selection shall be
included in the written request for indemnification required in Section 6(a).
The forum shall be any one of the following:

          (i)  The stockholders of the Corporation;

          (ii) A quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested
     Directors; or

          (iii)     If such quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, if
     a quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by Independent Legal
     Counsel in a written opinion as designated by Indemnitee.

          If Indemnitee fails to make such designation, his or her claim shall
     be determined by an appropriate court of the State of Delaware.

      7.  FEES AND EXPENSES OF INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL         The Corporation
agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Legal Counsel
should such counsel be retained to make a determination of


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

Indemnitee's entitlement to indemnification pursuant to Section 6 of this
Agreement.

      8.  REMEDIES OF INDEMNITEE

          (a)  In the event that (i) a determination pursuant to Section 6
     hereof is made that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, (ii)
     advances of Expenses are not made pursuant to this Agreement for any
     reason, (iii) payment has not been timely made following a determination of
     entitlement to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement, or (iv)
     Indemnitee otherwise seeks enforcement of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall
     be entitled to a final adjudication of his or her rights in an appropriate
     court of the State of Delaware.  The Corporation shall not oppose
     Indemnitee's right to seek any such adjudication.

          (b)  In the event that a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled
     to indemnification, in whole or in part, has been made pursuant to Section
     6 hereof, the decision in the judicial proceeding provided in paragraph (a)
     of this Section 8 shall be made de novo and Indemnitee shall not be
     prejudiced by reason of a determination that he or she is not entitled to
     indemnification.

          (c)  If a determination that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification
     has been made pursuant to Section 6 hereof or otherwise pursuant to the
     terms of this Agreement, the Corporation shall be bound by such
     determination in the absence of (i) a misrepresentation of a material fact
     by Indemnitee or (ii) a specific finding (which has become final) by an
     appropriate court of the State of Delaware that all or any part of such
     indemnification is expressly prohibited by law.

          (d)  In any court proceeding pursuant to this Section 8, the
     Corporation shall be precluded from asserting that the procedures and
     presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable.  The
     Corporation shall stipulate in any such court that the Corporation is bound
     by all the provisions of this Agreement and is precluded from making any
     assertion to the contrary.

      9.  MODIFICATION, WAIVER, TERMINATION AND CANCELLATION     No supplement,
modification, termination, cancellation or amendment of this Agreement shall be
binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto.  No waiver of
any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a
waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such
waiver constitute a continuing waiver.


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

     10.  NOTICE BY INDEMNITEE AND DEFENSE OF CLAIM         Indemnitee shall
promptly notify the Corporation in writing upon being served with any summons,
citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document
relating to any matter, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, but the omission to so notify the Corporation will not relieve it
from any liability for Expenses or Liabilities which it may have to Indemnitee
under the terms of this Agreement or otherwise if such omission was not the
result of bad faith by Indemnitee.  If such omission was the result of
Indemnitee's bad faith and such omission prejudices the Corporation's rights,
the Corporation will be relieved from liability for Expenses or Liabilities only
to the extent of such prejudice; provided, however, no such omission will
relieve the Corporation from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee
otherwise than under this Agreement.  With respect to any Proceeding as to which
Indemnitee notifies the Corporation of the commencement thereof:

          (a)  The Corporation will be entitled to participate therein at its
     own expense; and

          (b)  The Corporation jointly with any other indemnifying party
     similarly notified will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with
     counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee; provided, however, that the
     Corporation shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding
     if Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict
     of interest between the Corporation and Indemnitee with respect to such
     Proceeding.  After notice from the Corporation to Indemnitee of its
     election to assume the defense thereof, and Indemnitee's written
     confirmation that there is no conflict of interest between the Corporation
     an Indemnitee with respect to such Proceeding, the Corporation will not be
     liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any expenses subsequently
     incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof, other than
     reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below.
     Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in such
     Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after notice
     from the Corporation of its assumption of the defense thereof shall be at
     the expense of Indemnitee unless:

               (i)  The employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been authorized
          by the Corporation;

               (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that counsel
          engaged by the Corporation may not adequately represent Indemnitee; or

               (iii)     The Corporation shall not in fact have employed counsel
          to assume the defense in such Proceeding or shall not in


                                       -5-
<PAGE>

          fact have assumed such defense and be acting in connection therewith
          with reasonable diligence;

     in each of which cases the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at
     the expense of the Corporation.

          (c)  The Corporation shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner
     which would impose any Liability or limitation on Indemnitee without
     Indemnitee's written consent; provided, however, that Indemnitee will not
     unreasonably withhold his or her consent to any proposed settlement.

     11.  NOTICES   All notices, requests, demands and other communications
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i)
delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other
communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or
registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date
on which it is so mailed:

     (a)  If to Indemnitee, to:

          __________________________
          __________________________
          __________________________

          with a copy to:

          __________________________
          __________________________
          __________________________

     (b)  If to the Corporation, to:

          DuPont Photomasks, Inc.
          100 Texas Avenue
          Round Rock, Texas  78664

or such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the
Corporation or to the Corporation by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

     12.  NONEXCLUSIVITY The rights of Indemnitee hereunder shall not be deemed
exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may now or in the future be
entitled under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the
Articles or By-Laws, or any agreements, vote of stockholders, resolution of the
Board of Directors or otherwise.


                                       -6-
<PAGE>

     13.  CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

          (a)  "DISINTERESTED DIRECTOR"  shall mean a director of the
     Corporation who is not or was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of
     which indemnification is being sought by Indemnitee.

          (b)  "EXPENSES"  shall include all direct and indirect costs
     (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees, retainers, court costs,
     transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating
     costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery
     service fees, all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses and
     reasonable compensation for time spent by Indemnitee for which he or she is
     otherwise not compensated by the Corporation) actually and reasonably
     incurred in connection with a Proceeding or establishing or enforcing a
     right to indemnification under this Agreement, the Corporation's Charter
     and By-Laws applicable law or otherwise; provided, however, that "Expenses"
     shall not include any Liabilities.

          (c)  "INDEMNIFICATION PERIOD"  shall mean the period of time during
     which Indemnitee shall continue to serve as a director or as an officer of
     the Corporation, and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to
     any possible Proceeding arising out of acts or omissions of Indemnitee as a
     director or as an officer of the Corporation.

          (d)  "INDEPENDENT LEGAL COUNSEL"  shall mean any person or firm who is
     licensed to practice law within the jurisdiction of the United States or
     any state thereof (including the District of Columbia) and who is in good
     standing of all applicable bar associations of which he is a member and
     who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then
     prevailing, would not have a conflict in representing either the
     Corporation or the Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee's rights
     under this Agreement.

          (e)  "LIABILITIES"  shall mean liabilities of any type whatsoever
     including, but not limited to, any judgments, convictions, fines, ERISA or
     Internal Revenue Code excise taxes and penalties, penalties and any other
     amounts paid in settlement (including all interest assessments and other
     charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such judgments,
     fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement) of any Proceeding.

          (f)  "PROCEEDING"  shall mean any threatened, pending or completed
     action, claim, suit, order, arbitration, settlement, alternate dispute
     resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing or any


                                       -7-
<PAGE>

     other proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative,
     including any appeal therefrom.

     14.  BINDING EFFECT, DURATION AND SCOPE OF AGREEMENT        This Agreement
shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the
parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct
or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or
substantially all of the business or assets of the Corporation), spouses, heirs
and personal and legal representatives.  This Agreement shall continue in effect
during the Indemnification Period, regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to
serve as a director or as an officer.

     15.  SEVERABILITY   If any provision or provisions of this Agreement (or
any portion thereof) shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for
any reason whatsoever:

          (a)  the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining
     provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired
     thereby; and

          (b)  to the fullest extent legally possible, the provisions of this
     Agreement shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent of any
     provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

     16.  GOVERNING LAW AND INTERPRETATION OF AGREEMENT     This Agreement shall
be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the
State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered
into and to be performed entirely within Delaware.  If the laws of the State of
Delaware are hereafter amended to permit the Corporation to provide broader
indemnification rights than said laws permitted the Corporation to provide prior
to such amendment, the rights of indemnification and advancement of expenses
conferred by this Agreement shall automatically be broadened to the fullest
extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, as so amended.

     17.  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION  The Corporation and Indemnitee each
irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware
for all purposes in connection with any action or proceeding which arises out of
or relates to this Agreement and agree that any action instituted under this
Agreement shall be brought only in the state courts of the State of Delaware.

     18.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT    This Agreement represents the entire agreement
between the parties hereto, and there are no other agreements, contracts or
understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the subject


                                       -8-
<PAGE>

matter of this Agreement, except as specifically referred to herein or as
provided in Section 12 hereof.

     19.  COUNTERPARTS   This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original
but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

                              DUPONT  PHOTOMASKS,  INC.


                              By: ________________________________

                              Name: _____________________________

                              Title: _______________________________


                              [Director]


                              ___________________________________

                              Name: ______________________________


                                       -9-


<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.14

                  CORPORATE TRADE NAME AND TRADEMARK AGREEMENT

       This Agreement is made and entered into this 16th day of May, 1996.

                                     between

E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company, a company organized and existing under the
laws of the State of Delaware, and having its principal place of business at
1007 Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19898 (hereinafter referred to as
"DuPont" or "Licensor");

                                       and

DuPont Photomasks, Inc., a company organized and existing under the laws of the
State of Delaware, and having its principal place of business at 100 Texas
Avenue, Round Rock, Texas 78664 (hereinafter refereed to as "DPI" or "Licensee")
of the other party.

     In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, the
parties have agreed as follows:

     WHEREAS, Licensor is the sole and exclusive owner of the trademark DuPont
in Oval, and has registered said trademark; and

     WHEREAS, Licensee has requested permission to use said trademark as part of
its corporate logotype and in connection with the sale of Licensee's products
manufactured by it and Licensor is willing to grant Licensee use of said
trademark on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth; and

     WHEREAS, Licensee desires to use the tradename "DuPont" as a part of its 
corporate name or the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

ARTICLE 1.  DEFINITIONS

(a)  "Licensee's Corporate Name" shall mean the tradename "DuPont Photomasks,
      Inc." or the substantial equivalent thereof.

(b)  "Affiliated Company" shall mean any corporation which is affiliated with
     the Licensee through the ownership by the Licensee or a subsidiary of the
     Licensee of at least 51% of the stock/equity shares entitled to vote for
     the election of directors of such corporation.


<PAGE>

ARTICLE 2.  CORPORATE TRADE NAME

2.1. The Licensor hereby grants to the Licensee, and the Licensee hereby accepts
     the non-assignable and non-exclusive license to use the tradename "DuPont"
     as part of the Licensee's Corporate Name, or as part of the Corporate name
     of an Affiliated Company.

2.2  Licensor hereby grants to Licensee and its affiliated Companies the 
     nonexclusive and nontransferable right to use the trademark DuPont in Oval 
     as part of its corporate logotype and for the sale of Licensee's products 
     manufactured by it, subject to the following limitations:


     (a)  Licensor reserves the right as owner of said trademark to specify the
          manner of its use by Licensee in its company logotype and in labeling,
          advertising and sales promotion material.

     (b)  Licensee hereby acknowledges the validity of Licensor's trademark and
          Licensor's exclusive ownership of said trademark.  Licensee shall not
          use or take any action with respect to the licensed trademark to
          prejudice or infringe Licensor's rights thereto.

     (c)  Licensee shall not sublicense use of said trademark without the
          written approval of Licensor, and, except for those rights expressly
          granted herein, hereby waives all right, title and interest to said
          trademark as a licensed user thereof.

ARTICLE 3.  ASSIGNMENT

     The Licensee shall not assign or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any
interest arising therefrom without the previous consent in writing of the
Licensor.  The Licensor shall have the right to assign or transfer any or all
its rights or obligations hereunder to any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

ARTICLE 4.  LICENSEE'S COVENANTS

a)   The Licensee recognizes the title of the Licensor to the tradename "DuPont"
     and hereby covenants that it shall not at any time do or suffer to be done
     any act or thing which will in any way impair the rights of the Licensor in
     this regard.  It is understood that the Licensee shall not acquire and
     shall not claim any right by virtue of this agreement or through its use of
     the tradename "DuPont".  The Licensee further undertakes that it shall not
     authorize, assist or knowingly allow the use of the tradename "DuPont" by 
     any third party except by Licensee's customers or Licensee's agents,
     representatives or contractors in conjunction with marketing


                                       -2-
<PAGE>

     selling or distributing Licensee's products.  The covenant foregoing shall
     survive the termination of this Agreement for a period of three (3) years
     thereafter.

b)   The Licensee undertakes to bring to the notice of the Licensor all cases or
     potential cases of infringement or passing off of the tradename "DuPont" or
     registration or attempted registration of the tradename "DuPont" or of any
     corporate name, trademark or tradename similar thereto of which Licensee
     has knowledge.  In the event of the Licensor undertaking any opposition to
     or any action to restrain or punish such act or acts, the Licensee agrees
     to cooperate fully with the Licensor.  If required by the Licensor, the
     Licensee shall permit the Licensor to undertake such opposition or action
     in the name of the Licensee.  The Licensee shall have no right to prosecute
     any claim against any alleged infringer, or to participate in any
     litigation against such alleged infringer.

(c)  In the event of any claim or litigation by a third party alleging that said
     trademark imitates or infringes a trademark or trade name of such party or
     is invalid, Licensee shall promptly give notice of such claim or litigation
     to Licensor and Licensor shall assume responsibility for and control of the
     handling, defense or settlement thereof, including assuming all costs
     thereof, and shall use its best efforts to defend the trademark.

ARTICLE 5.  USE OF MARKED MATERIAL

     To the extent the trademarks, service marks, brand names or trade, 
corporate or business names of DuPont or of any of DuPont's affiliates or 
divisions are used by DPI or by an affiliated Company on stationery, signage, 
invoices, receipts, forms, packaging, advertising and promotional materials, 
product, training and service literature and materials, computer programs or 
like materials ("Marked Materials"), DPI and any affiliated Company may use 
such existing Marked Materials for a period ending on January 1, 1998 without 
altering or modifying such Market Materials, or removing such trademarks, 
service marks, brand names, or trade, corporate or business names, but 
neither DPI are any affiliated Company shall thereafter use such trademarks, 
service marks, brand names or trade, corporate or business names in any other 
manner unless otherwise permitted by DuPont.

ARTICLE 6.  TERMINATION

6.1  The Licensor shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon the
     occurrence of any or all of the following events upon 90 days prior written
     notice to the Licensee:


     (a)  If the Licensor and/or its affiliates cease to hold 51% of the total
          outstanding common stock of the Licensee;


                                       -3-
<PAGE>

     (b)  If the Licensee shall attempt or purport to assign or otherwise sell,
          transfer or encumber this Agreement, without the written consent of
          the Licensor;

     (c)  If the Licensee uses the tradename "DuPont" otherwise than under the
          terms of this Agreement.


6.2  After January 1, 2000, the Licensor shall have the right to terminate this
     Agreement, without giving any reason whatsoever, upon 90 days prior written
     notice to the Licensee.

6.3  Licensee has the right to terminate this agreement in whole or in part at
     any time upon ninety (90) days prior written notice to Licensor.

ARTICLE 7.  POST TERMINATION

     Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, the Licensee
shall within 90 days after demand of the Licensor:


     (a)  proceed forthwith to change its tradename so that the word "DuPont"
          shall be omitted therefrom;

     (b)  cease to use the word "DuPont" or any word similar thereto as, or as
          part of its corporate name or in any other manner whatsoever; and

     (c)  cease to use the Licensor's trademarks licensed herein.

ARTICLE 8.  WAIVER

     No waiver by either party of any breach or series of breaches or defaults
in performance by the other party, and no failure, refusal or neglect to
exercise any right, power or option given to either party hereunder or to insist
upon strict compliance with or performance of the obligations under this
Agreement, shall constitute a waiver of the provisions of this Agreement with
respect to any subsequent breach thereof or a waiver by such party of its right
at any time thereafter to require exact and strict compliance with the
provisions hereof.


                                       -4-
<PAGE>

ARTICLE 9.  NO OBLIGATION

     This agreement does not, in any way, require Licensee to use the trademark
DuPont in Oval or the DuPont tradename in straight line form for any time
period, but confers upon the Licensee a License for the right to use such marks
under the terms of this License Agreement.

ARTICLE 10.  GOVERNING LAW

     This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the
laws of Delaware.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed by the parties on the
day and year first above written.


On behalf of                                    On behalf of

E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS AND COMPANY            DU PONT PHOTOMASKS , INC.


By:   /s/ John C. Sargent                       By:    /s/ Van H. Leichliter
      ------------------------------                   -------------------------

Title:  Vice President and Treasurer            Title: Executive Vice President
      ------------------------------                   -------------------------
                                                       and General Counsel
                                                       -------------------------


                                       -5-


<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
   
    We  hereby consent to  the use in  the Prospectus constituting  part of this
Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement  on Form S-1 of our reports  dated
April 4, 1996 and May 10, 1996, relating to the combined financial statements of
DuPont  Photomasks Business, a division of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company,
which appear in such Prospectus. We also  consent to the references to us  under
the   headings  "Experts"  and  "Selected   Combined  Financial  Data"  in  such
Prospectus. However,  it should  be  noted that  Price  Waterhouse LLP  has  not
prepared or certified such "Selected Combined Financial Data."
    
 
   
PRICE WATERHOUSE LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
May 15, 1996
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission